Gates General Catalo - American Radio History

Gates General Catalo - American Radio History

BROADCAST

AND

COMMUNICATIONS

EQUIPMENT

HAR

R

{S

I

NTE

RTYPE

CORPORATION www.americanradiohistory.com

INTRODUCTION

Gates proudly

presents one

of

the

most comprehensive

selections

of broad-

cast

equipment

ever assembled

in

one

catalog.

Here you

will find a complete range of AM,

FM and

short

wave broadcast transmitters, together with

the

world's most

extensive line

of audio control

consoles

and studio equipment.

Many

models

of commercial communications equipment for

single

-sideband

transmission

will

also

be found in a

section

devoted exclusively

to

HF

com-

munications transmitters.

Gates broadcast products are noted for their excellence of engineering

design.

Our goal has always

been to

set

the

standards

led to the

for

-and in

recent years this

determination pioneering of such outstanding products as:

the

first

FCC type

more Gates others to meet

has accepted

100%

solid state

FM exciter; a complete

line

of

FM monitors

using

integrated circuits and

"firsts ",

the listed

first on

50 kW the

AM transmitter with Vapor following quality of craftsmanship and

pages.

Phase

Cooling manufactured in

the

United

States.

You will find

these,

and many

Field

sales

and service

is

extensive. Branch offices

are located in

New

York,

Washington,

Houston,

and

Los

Angeles. Direct Gates employee sales engi-

neers cover

all of

the

continental United

States.

The

Houston Service

Center, carrying a large inventory of equipment and

service

parts, serves

the

entire

south

and

southwest.

In

Canada, sales are handled

by Gates Radio Com-

pany, (Canada), a division of Harris -Intertype

Limited

(Canada).

Overseas, local agents

keting co- are in most

countries of the

world, with most international

mar-

ordinated

by

Rocke

International Corporation at

13

E.

40th Street,

New York City.

In

1966, ment

Automatic

Tape

Control

(ATC),

a pioneer in tape cartridge equip- and broadcast automation systems,

became

a division of Gates, rounding out our complete

line

of quality broadcast equipment.

Gates

is a

phic arts

division of Harris -Intertype Corporation, a world leader in gra- and electronics, and

one

of

the

nation's 500 largest corporations, as

listed by Fortune

Magazine.

The corporation's electronic

divisions,

in addition

to Gates, include

Radiation, Incorporated, a leader in digital communications systems and microelectronics, and

PRD

Electronics, Incor-

porated, producer of microwave

instruments

and electronic checkout sys- tems.

A new

dimension has

been

added

to

Gates'

research

and develop-

ment

of effort

by the

establishment of a corporate product development

center

at Melbourne, Florida.

This facility will enable

Gates to

draw from

the

staff approximately

one

thousand

scientists

and engineers at Radiation,

Inc., as well as from

the

large engineering group at Quincy,

to assure

our custo- mers that Gates' broadcasting and communications equipment is

synonymous

with product leadership.

If

your

need

is in radio broadcasting

or

HF communications,

we

wholeheart- edly invite your patronage.

Each

member

of

the Gates

organization will

do

his very best

to

justify your confidence.

GATES

RADIO COMPANY

A division of Harris- Intertype Corporation

QUINCY, ILLINOIS 62301 www.americanradiohistory.com

Our

Modern

Manufacturing Facilities

Situated on an attractive

40

-acre plot in

Quincy, Illinois, the new Gates factory has a total

floor

space of 108,000 square feet

-and is one of the nation's most modern facilities devoted to the manufacturing of broadcast and electronics equipment. www.americanradiohistory.com

Table

Of

Contents

PAGE

AM

BROADCAST TRANSMITTERS

100

kW

to

250 watt transmitters

Phasing

and coupling equipment

Mon- itors Dummy antennas

-

_

4

FM

BROADCAST TRANSMITTERS

40 kW

to

10 watt transmitters

Stereo

and

SCA

generators

FM relay pack-

ages

Antennas Monitors

_

32

BROADCAST TRANSMITTER ACCESSORIES

Remote

control

Transmission

line Antenna towers Tower lights

Induct-

ors

and mica capacitors

63

TELEVISION TRANSMITTERS

5

kW

to 100

watt transmitters

Television

antennas Monitors 76

AUDIO CONTROL CONSOLES

--

88

PROGRAM

AUTOMATION

_.

120

AUDIO

EQUIPMENT

Solid

state

limiter Automatic gain control amplifiers

System

-type audio

am-

plifiers

Accessories

Speakers

and baffles Microphones

Remote

ampli- fiers

Turntables Equipment cabinets

Proof of performance

Tape

re- corders

136

HIGH FREQUENCY BROADCAST TRANSMITTERS

100

kW

to 1000

watt transmitters

High

speed

modulation monitor

©

Copyright by Gates Radio Co.

186

SINGLE SIDEBAND

¡SS

Exciters

HF

AND COMMUNICATIONS

TRANSMITTERS

linear amplifiers

ISB

HF transmitters mitter

HF matching transformers soles

Transportable systems

HF antenna system

LF beacon trans-

Transmitter

con-

197

ACCESSORY EQUIPMENT

Remote

pick -up equipment

STL equipment

Transmitter logging Wire

Emergency generators Transmitting

tubes Transistors

216

REFERENCE

INFORMATION

232

INDEX

236

The mechanical and electrical design of the equipment described herein is subject to change without notice as deemed necessary by Gates Radio Company or its suppliers in the interest vancing industry requirements or the state of the art. of ad-

Price:

$10.00 www.americanradiohistory.com

100,000

Watt

Medium

Wave

Broadcast

Transmitter

MODEL VP

-100

Gates

VP

-100 is the most advanced

100 kW medium wave transmitter in the world.

It provides an over -all performance superior to that of any other AM broadcast transmitter in the same power range

-at lower operating costs.

With its amaz- ingly high efficiency, and advanced cooling system design, this transmitter represents the latest state -of- the

-art in high power broadcast equipment.

HIGH EFFICIENCY

-EXCEEDS

65%:

The modulation system employed in the VP -100 transmitter is almost

90% efficient

(instead of the usual 50% or

60%), enabling the transmitter to achieve an unusually high over -all efficiency of greater than

65%.

This means about one

-third less power consump- tion than that of other high -level plate modulated

100 kW transmitters.

ONLY

FIVE TUBES: The entire transmitter employs just five tubes

-with modern ceramic

4CV100,000C tetrode power tubes operating well below manufacturer's dissipation ratings.

All power supplies utilize long -life solid state silicon rectifiers.

Highest quality components, conservatively rated, are used throughout the VP

-100 to assure a maximum degree of re-

liability.

CONTINUOUS 100% MODULATION RATING:

This con- tinuous sine wave modulation capability permits a higher average modulation

(such as trapezoidal) to boost signal strength, without increasing transmitted carrier power. An- other feature of this high convenient efficiency modulation system is front panel carrier power adjustment over a wide range. s==m

GAES

4

QUIET

OPERATION: Cooling by the

Vapor

Phase method reduces noise by heat eliminating the need for large blowers.

The exchanger is cooled by a single two horsepower blower, resulting in whisper -quiet operation. Vapor

Phase

Cooling also extends tube life by helping to eliminate

"hot

spots" and maintains tube anode temperatures far below those at- tained by other methods.

GREATLY REDUCED FLOOR SPACE: Due to the high ciency of the effi- transmitter, and the elimination of large iron core components such as the modulation transformer and modulation reactor, the VP

-100 requires only 8.8 square meters (95 square feet) of inet design provides easy floor space. The advanced cab- accessibility to all components.

VP

-100 with heat exchanger. www.americanradiohistory.com

100,000

Watt

Medium Wave

Broadcast

Transmitter

-VP

-100

RF

Output

Cabinet.

Power

Amplifier and

Modulator

Cabinet.

Rear

View

of

VP

-100

with

doors removed.

AC

Control Cabinet.

RF

SECTION:

The

RF chain is conventional, using a transis- torized oscillator, buffer, emitter follower, and a

4CX1500B tetrode tube amplifier to drive a single 4CV100,000C tetrode

Class

C power output stage. An automatic drive control limits the

PA screen current to 2.2 amps, eliminating the usual prob- lem of over dissipating the screen of a tetrode during tune -up.

A convenient efficiency meter peaks as the efficiency of the transmitter increases, to allow rapid tuning. No

error"

tune -up methods are necessary.

"trial

-and-

THE

MODULATION

SYSTEM:

This advanced system is char- acterized by low plate dissipation and low tube peak cur- rents; peak cathode currents are about one

-half that of other

100 kW transmitters. Average plate dissipation runs substan-

tially

below rated levels, and all peak voltages are main-

AUDIO WAVE

CLIPPED AT

12 dE. THEN EEAWPIIr1ED

Trapezoidal Modulation.

5 tained well below component ratings. Wide frequency re- sponse is possible as large reactive components are not used in a the system. Control of the transmitter power output over wide range is by means of a front panel vernier control. No adjustment is necessary in any high power

RF circuits, includ- ing the loading coil.

PROTECTIVE CIRCUITS: are

All major components of the

VP

-100 protected by circuit breakers.

Tubes and transistors are protected by overload relays or current

-limiting devices. A quick- acting series

"crowbar"

circuit protects against damage from high voltage arcs by limiting the energy in such arcs to less than

10 watt seconds. Protection against voltage standing wave ratios of greater than

1.2 to

1.0 is provided

.

. . both forward and reflected power is metered at the front panel.

In case of momentary

RF overloads the

VP

-100 will recycle twice automatically. Should a third overload occur within a thirty second period, the transmitter will remain off until manually reset. However, if the time between overloads is greater than thirty seconds, continuous recycling will occur.

TRAPEZOIDAL

RESPONSE:

Trapezoidal modulation may be used ing to gain additional power on the air without increas- transmitted carrier power.

To do this the audio input wave (A), at left, is flattened at the top, by clipping, then reamplified to form a trapezoidal wave

(B). The shaded areas in the diagram indicate the power gain. All the additional power gained by clipping the audio input is delivered at the output of the transmitter, thus increasing volume at the re- ceiver.

GATEO www.americanradiohistory.com

100,000

Watt

Medium

Wave

Broadcast

Transmitter

-VP

-100

DUAL OSCILLATOR

AND MODULATOR:

Gates has pro- vided redundancy in all transistor sections to relieve any concern over solid state circuitry in high

-power transmitters.

Although the

reliability

of transistor circuitry has been proven in transmitters now operating under extreme conditions, this duplication is your double assurance of dependability.

DESIGNED

FOR

A WIDE RANGE OF CLIMATES: The VP -100 will give top performance in a wide range of climates

-from hot and humid, to dry and dusty. With Vapor

Phase

Cooling, ducting outside air into the tronsmitter is not necessary.

All transformers and similar components are hermetically sealed, encased, or vacuum impregnated. All high power radio fre- quency networks contain silver

-plated inductors and vacuum capacitors.

TRANSMITTER LAYOUT:

The standard

VP

-100 consists of three cabinets, a heat exchanger designed for mounting on top of the cabinets, and an external high voltage power trans- former.

Front and rear doors, and meter panel are magneti- cally latched. External connections to the transmitter are made through the top of the units so that

floor

ducts are not necessary.

FLOOR PLAN

VP-100

n

)

HIGH

VOLTGAGE

POWER

TRANSFORMER

---('::"

I

-

RF

OUTPUT ;TRANSMISSION LINE DUCT

-

-t-

AC CONTROL

MODULATOR &

POWER AMPLIFIER

( t sn

)

W.)

(.

:=

)

DOOR

SWING

P

A TANK &

R. F.

NETWORK t.37m

( ss- t.asm ) rs-

`"

'SWING

SPECIFICATIONS

POWER OUTPUT: watts.

100,000 watts nominal unmodulated; capable 110,000

RF

FREQUENCY RANGE: 535 kHz to 1620 kHz.

RF

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE: 230 ohms, available as specified.

FREQUENCY STABILITY: unbalanced. Other output impedances

+10

Hz of assigned frequency.

CARRIER SHIFT.

Less than 4% at 100% modulation.

MODULATION: High level.

TRAPEZOIDAL

2,000

Hz.

MODULATION:

Less than 5% tilt or overshoot 100 Hz to

MODULATION

LEVEL:

100% sinusoidal, continuously, over an audio fre- quency range of

50 -5000 Hz.

RF

HARMONICS:

-80 dB below fundamental (well within

CCIR require- ments).

AUDIO

FREQUENCY RESPONSE: to 1,000 Hz at

±1.5 dB from

20 to 12,000 Hz, referenced

95% modulation.

AUDIO

FREQUENCY DISTORTION: less than 3% from

100 to 7500 Hz;

4% from

50 to

10,000

Hz at 95% modulation.

NOISE. 55 dB below 1000 Hz, 100% modulated level.

AUDIO

INPUT IMPEDANCE:

600/150 ohms, balanced or unbalanced.

AUDIO

INPUT LEVEL.

POWER

-:

10 dBm _±2 dB at

1000 Hz for 100% modulation.

CONSUMPTION:

155 kW

160 kW

215 kW

-No

Modulation.

-30%

Modulation.

-100%

Modulation.

POWER INPUT. Any or 60 Hz as specified voltage 380 ordered.

V to 480 V,

±5

%,

3 phase, 50

POWER FACTOR: 95

%.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Model

VP

-100 with one set of tubes and two crystals

100% set spare tubes for

VP

-100 transmitter

Recommended minimum spare tubes

Trademark of Dow Chemical Company. for

VP

-100 transmitter

®

GATES

6

VOLTAGE REGULATOR:

Built

-in electronic voltage supplies other than high voltage. regulator for all power

CROWBAR RESPONSE:

Less than 5 microsecond operate time.

OVER -ALL EFFICIENCY: 65%

@ average modulation.

ALTITUDE: Up to 1829 meters cial order).

(6000 feet) above sea level (higher on spe-

TEMPERATURE RANGE:

(with

Ambient air temperature from

Dowanol in water system).

-20

°C to

+50

°C

STORAGE TEMPERATURE:

-35

°C to

+60

°C.

HUMIDITY: Up to

95% maximum within the above temperature range.

SIZE: Each meters of the three cabinets measures 1.83 meters (6 feet) wide, 1.37

(4.5 feet) deep, and

1.98 meters (6.5 feet) high.

The heat ex- changer adds another 1.21 meters (4 feet) in height.

The HV transformer measures

1.21 x

1.12 x 1.52 meters

(48" x

44" x 60

").

WEIGHT: Export packed 8165 kilograms (18,000 lbs.).

Main transmitter as- sembly 5443 kg

(12,000 lbs.). Power

Heat exchanger 454 kg

(1000 lbs.). transformers 2268 kg

(5000 lbs.).

CUBAGE: Export packed 39.6 cubic meters

(1400 cubic feet). Main trans- mitter assembly 31.6 cu. meters

(1,115 cu. ft.). Power transformer 3.8 cu. meters (135 cu. ft.). Heat exchanger

4.2 cu. meters (150 cu. ft.).

FINISH: Two -tone beige -gray.

TUBES:

Two, 4CV100,000C; two, 4CX1500B; one, WL -22801

(damper diode).

994 -6561

990 -0566

990 -0567 www.americanradiohistory.com

50,000

Watt

Medium Wave Broadcast

Transmitter fril"4...-

OYTé

N

A

A

MAI -

-

-

_

_

.

.-

'

.---

70000 aYT!

MODEL

VP

-50

Inside and out, the

VP

-50 is the first really new

50,000 watt

AM transmitter produced in the last decade. Advanced en- gineering in the cooling system design has produced the cool- est, quietest, and most efficient

50 kW broadcast transmitter ever manufactured.

OPERATING ECONOMY: Vapor cooling of the single triode

PA tube and the two triode modulator tubes produces a high level plate modulated transmitter with a power consumption of only

85 kW at

0% modulation.

Tube costs are the lowest of any 50 kW transmitter, yet the constant temperature main- tained by the cooling system helps to extend tube life. All transmitter components are operated well below manufac- turers' ratings for longer, more dependable operation.

WHISPER QUIET

OPERATION:

50 kW transmitter on the

With the vapor cooling method employed in the VP

-50, large blowers, and associated noise, are eliminated.

As a result, the VP

-50 is the quietest market today.

INSTALLATION

FLEXIBILITY: The VP -50 is compact in size

-designed

to fit most existing buildings or to permit construc- tion of low -cost new buildings.

It can be installed without complex under -floor wiring ducts, as all high voltage lines are run into the top of the cabinets.

SOLID STATE POWER SUPPLIES:

Silicon rectifiers are used throughout the VP -50. The result is greatly improved per- formance, as silicon cells are particularly resistant to aging, moisture, and extreme temperature variations.

DUAL SOLID STATE EXCITER: Both the oscillator and inter- mediate

RF amplifier are all transistor.

In addition, the ex- citer has a duplicate oscillator and intermediate amplifier for highest reliability.

If one unit should back -up

fail

to operate, the exciter can be switched into service immediately.

POWER AMPLIFIER: A single 4CX3000A IPA tube drives the conservatively rated 7480 triode PA tube to produce a full

50 kW power output.

HIGH

LEVEL PLATE

MODULATION:

The VP -50 uses two

3CV30,000H3 triodes operating Class

B to modulate the single

7480 triode final

RF amplifier.

A conventional three stage audio amplifier is used to drive the modulator tubes. High level plate modulation has the advantage of simplicity, since final amplifier tuning is simplified.

Unlike other techniques, high level modulation is not affected by changes in the final

RF amplifier loading.

==o

CATES

7 www.americanradiohistory.com

50,000

Watt

Medium

Wave

Broadcast Transmitter

-VP

-50

STEAM

PRESSURE

INTERLOCK

PRESSURE EQUALAER FITTING

CONDOM

(REAM -WATER)

VOIT

RESERVOIR

INSULATOR TUBE

(STEAM)

TUBE

INSULATOR

I!'

,;

1

(WATER)

MODULATOR

\-

R. F.

AMPLIFIER

J

Vapor

Phase

Cooling.

LEVEL

CONTROL

BOX

SOLENOID VALVE

VAPOR

PHASE COOLING:

Cooling by vapor takes advantage of the latent heat of vaporization of water.

Raising the temperature of one pound of water

1°F requires one

BTU; however, changing a sin- gle pound of water at

212 °F to steam vapor takes 970

BTU's. Thus, remove vapor cooling will nearly twenty times as much energy as a circulating water system.

As power is applied to the tube anode, dis- sipation heats the water to 212

°F.

Further heating causes the water to boil and change to steam.

This vapor is passed through a heat exchanger, where it is converted to liquid. Water is returned to the boiler reser- voir for re -use.

Water losses are compensated for by the reserve tank, which will replenish the boiler if the water level drops one -quarter inch.

Tube anodes have a constant supply of wa- ter with fail

-safe protection.

The vapor sys- tem operates near atmospheric pressure and is

fully

vented.

In the Gates VP

-50 transmitter water pumps are not required, as normal vapor pressure will move the steam from the boiler to the heat exchanger, and return water is

gravity

fed back to the boilers.

PROTECTIVE DEVICES:

DC overload relays are provided, as well as

AC overload relays, which are used in conjunction with the start contactors in the

HV power supply. Magnetic breakers protect the bias, screen and intermediate high volt- age supplies.

In case of

RF overload, the output VSWR circuit will automatically turn off the transmitter and recycle up to three times, giving momentary troubles a chance to clear.

OPERATING SIMPLICITY: Automatic sequence control cir- cuits are provided.

This assures simple and fool -proof op- eration, and helps avoid costly errors.

With a total of

14 meters, including

10 located on the front of the main trans- mitter assembly, all vital transmitter circuits can be mon- itored constantly.

The few tuning controls that require ad- justment are readily accessible through the front doors.

EASY

MAINTENANCE:

Full front and rear access to all components makes the VP -50 one of the easiest to maintain high power transmitters ever designed.

Ideal for use in all climates, this transmitter greatly reduces the problems of cleaning and filtering of outside air required in forced air systems. The cooling system requires little attention other than maintaining the proper purity and water level in the reser- voir tank.

Easy to handle

PA tube

GATES

8 www.americanradiohistory.com

50,000

Watt

Medium Wave Broadcast

Transmitter

-VP

-50

SOLO

SUM

W

OSCRSAIOR/IRCR61

111

M

O.IVa

Kx3a0A

RF

DRWa

SCREEN

$1My

SOUP STATE

SKV SSWIS2

SOUP STATI

IO0V

SOSO

SUIRy

STAR

1ST m

AUOI0 lour

2Ae MOW

BLOCK DIAGRAM

VP-50 nn

M00

WS

SOLD

STATO

CA111OYE FOLLOWS.

DORM m

0132

.own

AAUL11n

111

7410

.A

MAS

SOSD STATI a

OUTPUT

SO

KW

MODUTATOI

CLASS

I nl ICV30. 00e13

//.

Kv

MANY

T

T rr r

I r

311T--i riMOO.

IIACTOI

41-MO11 sl'-i

MOOIIUTOR

ONO

YI.-111011

T ssM-

Ir

I 1

T

i

M.

VIM u4-

WWI r

T.

C

MOpxATOI

POWOM

AM

áW urna

/Mr'

VP

-50

FLOOR PLAN

IS.

SPECIFICATIONS

POWER OUTPUTS:

50,000 watts (rated), 55,000 watts (capable). Conven- ient power reduction to 25,000 or 10,000 watts.

RF

FREQUENCY RANGE: ordered.

535 kHz to

1620 kHz, supplied to frequency as

RF

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE: Any impedances from 50 to 300 ohms.

FREQUENCY STABILITY:

±2

Hz.

CARRIER SHIFT: Less than 3% at 100% modulation.

RF

HARMONICS:

Exceeds

FCC and

CCIR specifications.

AUDIO

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

12,000 Hz.

±1 dB, 50 to 7500 Hz

±lY dB, 30 to

AUDIO FREQUENCY DISTORTION:

Less than

3

%,

50 to 7500 Hz at 95% modulation.

NOISE:

(Unweighted)

-60 dB or better below 100% modulation.

AUDIO INPUT:

600/150 ohms at

+10 dBm

±2 dB for

100% modulation.

POWER

CONSUMPTION:

50 kW

Output

25 kW Output

0% modulation

85 kW

30% modulation 95 kW

100% modulation 125 kW

48 kW

53 kW

69 kW

POWER INPUT: 380 V, or 460 V,

3 phase, 50 or 60 Hz as ordered.

POWER FACTOR:

90% or better.

ALTITUDE: To

6,000 feet standard (higher on special order).

TEMPERATURE RANGE:

-20

°C to

+50

°C (with Dowanol* in water system).

'

Trademark Dow Chemical

Co. (Used only where temperatures go below

0°C.)

HUMIDITY: 95 %.

SIZE:

78" high, 144" wide,

48" deep (transmitter cabinet). External com- ponents include: Modulation transformer, modulation reactor, and power transformer. Heat exchanger mounted on top of

VP

-50 adds

48" to over- all height.

WEIGHT: 12,000 lbs. unpacked (approximate).

14,250 lbs. domestic packed (approximate).

15,500 lbs. export packed (approximate).

CUBAGE: 1003.5 cu. ft.

FINISH: Beige -gray.

TUBES USED:

(1) 7480; (2) 3CV30000H3; 4CX3000A;

(4) 8122; (3) 12AÚ7.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Model VP -50 with one set of tubes and two crystals

100% set of spare tubes for

VP

-50 transmitter

Recommended minimum spare tubes for

VP

-50 transmitter

994 -6523

990 -0537

990 -0538

GATE3

9 www.americanradiohistory.com

10,000

Watt

Medium

Wave

Broadcast Transmitter i

The most outstanding

10,000 watt AM transmitter on the market today, the

BC

-10H has gained wide acceptance and approval from broadcasters throughout the country in the two years since its high introduction. Excellent on- the

-air quality, reliability, and low operating costs are proven features that have helped to make the

BC

-10H so popular.

SOLID STATE CIRCUITRY:

The

BC

-10H uses transistors in all circuits except the

RF driver, power amplifier and mod- ulator to provide a richer, fuller sound for the listener, and increased

reliability

for the broadcaster.

LOW

TUBE COST: Ceramic type 3CX2500F3 triode tubes are used in the power amplifier and modulators, and a type

4

-400A tetrode is used as the

RF driver. All tubes are operated well below their maximum ratings for long tube life. This combination provides the lowest cost tube complement of any

10 kW AM broadcast transmitter on the market today.

MODEL

BC

-10H

RF

SECTION: Two transistor oscillators are instantly switch

- able, and oscillator output is amplified to provide the proper signal level for the driver, a 4

-400A tetrode, which is mod- ulated to improve the over -all transmitter performance. The

4

-400A drives two 3CX2500F3 power amplifiers which are high level plate modulated.

These air

-cooled power amplifiers have an efficiency as high as 90

%,

and feed a full

Tee net- work.

The

RF output

capability

of the

BC

-10H, 10,800 watts, easily accommodates complicated multi -tower phasors.

AUDIO

SECTION: Four push

-pull solid state audio amplifier stages amplify the audio signal from input level to full drive power for the modulator stage. The modulator consists of two 3CX2500F3 triodes, operated

Class

ABA.

Inverse feedback, and an advanced design low leakage reactance modulation transformer

/reactor

group, results in signal quality of the highest fidelity.

The modulation transformer is oil (Askarel) filled.

GA

TES

10 www.americanradiohistory.com

10,000

Watt

Medium

Wave

Broadcast

Transmitter-

BC

-10H

Front view, interior. antenna coupler. Either of these then be- comes a bonus factor in harmonic sup- pression.

EFFICIENT

COOLING: Individual low

- speed Rotron blowers in the

RF and mod- ulator stages, and a specially designed air exhaust, allow only a limited amount of direct heat to be dissipated into the interior of the

BC

-10H

-for extra -cool operation.

OPERATING ECONOMY:

Long tube life, low tube cost, and the highly efficient tank circuit combine to make economy of operation an important feature of the

BC-10H.

ACCESSIBILITY: Designed icing, the for easy serv- transmitter front features

2 full length doors, with operational controls located between the two. Meters which indicate transmitter operating parame- ters are located across the front of the cabinet, above the doors.

All necessary tuning controls are adjustable in full view of these meters.

Further access to the transmitter from the front may be gained by releasing the catches on vari- ous front access panels.

In addition,

4 panels may be removed from the rear of the transmitter for 100% accessibility.

The

BC-10H is completely within one cabinet. self

-contained

INTERCHANGEABILITY: Added tube life may be achieved from the 3CX2500F3 triodes by interchanging the modulators and the power amplifiers, as the same tube type is used in both stages.

SOLID STATE POWER

SUPPLIES:

Lifetime silicon in rectifiers all power supplies provide a 2 to

1 voltage and a 5 to

1 current safety factor.

This high margin of safety assures trouble -free performance.

CONTROL

CIRCUITRY:

Careful attention has been given to the design of the control circuitry in the

BC

-10H. Complete

AC and

DC overload protection is standard equipment. A recycling feature, which will automatically turn the trans- mitter off when an overload occurs, is built

-in.

HARMONIC RADIATION:

A full

Tee network and second harmonic trap are assurance that the

BC

-10H can exceed harmonic reduction regulations within the transmitter itself without relying on the harmonic attenuation of a phasor or

11 www.americanradiohistory.com

Rear view, interior.

®

Gar

Es

10,000

Watt

Medium

Wave

Broadcast

Transmitter-

BC

-10H

TRANSISTORIZED

OSCILLATORS AND

INTERMEDIATE

AMPLIFIERS

TRANSISTORIZED

AUDIO AMPLIFIERS

AND DRIVER

RF

4

DRIVER

-400A

TETRODE

CLASS

"B"

MODULATOR

TWO TYPE

3CX2500F3

HI- EFFICIENCY

POWER

AMPLIFIER

TWO

3CX2500F3

TRIODES

SOLID STATE

POWER SUPPLY

5000 VDC

OUTPUT

10,000

UNBALANCED

WATTS

BLOCK

DIAGRAM

BC

-10H

SPECIFICATIONS

POWER OUTPUT:

(Rated) 10,000 watts.

(Capable) 10,800 watts. Power duction to approximately 2,500 watts included. re-

RF

FREQUENCY RANGE: 535 kHz to 1620 kHz as ordered. supplied to one frequency

RF

RF

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE: Supplied for 50 ohms, or other as specified.

FREQUENCY STABILITY:

+2

Hz.

CARRIER SHIFT less than

3% at 100% modulation.

RF

HARMONICS: Meets or exceeds

FCC specifications.

AUDIO

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

12,000

Hz.

±1 dB, 50 to 10,000 Hz. +11/2 dB, 30-

AUDIO

FREQUENCY DISTORTION

95% modulation.

2.5% or less

50

Hz to 10,000

NOISE: (Unweighted) 60 dB or better below 100% modulation.

Hz at

AUDIO

INPUT:

600/150 ohms at +10 dBm,

+2 dB

POWER

INPUT: 208 230 volts,

3 phase, 50 or 60 Hz. 18.5 kW zero modu- lation.

21.0 kW overage modulation. 27.5 kW 100% modulation.

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE:

-20

°C to

+50

°C.

ALTITUDE: To

7,500 ft. standard (higher altitudes on special order).

SIZE: 78" high, 72" wide, 32" deep (completely self- contained).

WEIGHT: 2,500 lbs. unpacked (approximate). 3,050 lbs. domestic packed approximate). 3,250 lbs. export packed (approximate).

CUBAGE: 184 cubic feet packed.

FINISH: Beige -gray.

TUBES USED:

(4) 3CX2500F3, (1) 4

-400A. Total

-5.

GENERAL

INFORMATION Monitors:

10

RF volts output at frequency and modulation monitors.

50/70 ohms for

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Model

BC

-10H transmitter with one set of tubes and two

100% set spare tubes for

BC

-10H transmitter

Set of spare transistors for

BC

-10H

(diodes not included) crystals

_

Kit for remote control of power output

®

GA

TES

12 www.americanradiohistory.com

994 -6522

990 -0539

990 -0540

_

_

994 -6548

5000

Watt

Medium Wave

Broadcast

Transmitter

MODEL

BC

-5H

Representing the finest in engineering design, the

BC

-5H pro- vides superb over

-all performance, with top quality audio, high

reliability,

and extra low power consumption through the use of high efficiency power amplifier circuits.

The transmitter is completely self- contained, and requires a

floor

space of only 72 inches

(wide) and

32 inches (deep).

The over

-all height is

78 inches.

Other features that have helped to make the

BC

-5H the most popular broadcast transmitter in its power range are: large edgewound silver plated tank and

Tee network coils; a low leakage reactance modulation transformer for excellent sound quality; a design that permits easy attachment of remote control; unusually high efficiency; and lowest tube cost of any 5000 watt AM transmitter.

13

TRANSMISSION

FIDELITY:

Wide frequency response and low carrier shift are important considerations in the design of an

AM transmitter.

The extremely wide audio response and superior reproduction of audio dynamic range in the

BC -511 testify to its advanced engineering

development-evi

- dent to all who hear this signal. transmitter's excellent broadcast

RF

SECTION:

In the

RF circuit, a transistor oscillator (instantly switchable to a back -up oscillator), drives a transistorized amplifier, which provides drive for the type

4

-400A tetrode

RF driver.

This driver stage is modulated to improve the over- all performance of the transmitter. The 4

-400A drives a single

3CX2500F3 power amplifier tube, which is high level plate modulated, and uses high efficiency

RF circuits to improve the power amplifier efficiency to 90

%.

The power amplifier feeds a full

Tee network.

M

GATES www.americanradiohistory.com

5000 Watt

Medium

Wave

Broadcast Transmitter

-BC

-5H

TRANSISTORIZED

OSCILLATORS

AND

INTERMEDIATE

AMPLIFIERS

RF

DRIVER

4

-400A

TETRODE

HI- EFFICIENCY

POWER AMPLIFIER

ONE 3CX2500F3

TRIODE

OUTPUT

5000 WATTS

UNBALANCED

TRANSISTORIZED

AUDIO

AMPLIFIERS

AND

DRIVER

J

208/230 VAC

-

SOLID STATE

POWER

SUPPLY

5000 VDC

CLASS

"B"

MODULATOR

TWO

TYPE

3CX2500F3

BLOCK

DIAGRAM

BC

-5H

Front view, doors open.

CATES

AUDIO

SECTION: Four push

-pull solid state audio amplifier stages amplify the audio signal from input level to full drive power for the modulator stage.

The modulator stage, consist- ing of two Class

B type 3CX2500F3 triodes, provides more than ample power to high level modulate the power ampli- fier, and modulate the

RF driver.

Inverse feedback, and an advanced design low leakage reactance modulation trans- former

/reactor

group, results in signal quality of the highest fidelity.

The rugged modulation transformer is oil (Askarel) filled for additional protection.

TUBE

INTERCHANGE:

Both the

RF power amplifier and mod- ulator stages use

3CX2500F3 long

-life triodes.

By periodic ro- tation many added tube life hours may be gained. Only four tubes of two different types are used in the entire transmitter.

SOLID STATE POWER SUPPLIES: Five separate power sup- plies assure fine silicon regulation, and add to

reliability.

Lifetime rectifiers in all power supplies provide a 2 to

1 voltage and a 5 to

1 current safety factor.

HARMONIC ATTENUATION: Harmonic reduction meets rigid

FCC regulations, and is achieved through the use of a Tee network in the output circuit, and a second harmonic

filter.

The harmonic attenuation from the phasor or antenna coupler thus becomes a bonus for still greater harmonic reduction.

14 www.americanradiohistory.com

5000

Watt

Medium Wave

Broadcast

Transmitter

-BC

-5H

REMOTE CONTROL:

Use of relays in the transmitter control circuits makes are installation of factory installed in the remote control transmitter, so simple. Terminals that circuits to be remote controlled may be easily connected.

PROTECTIVE CIRCUITS: Relays are switches. An provided for overload, start

/stop and interlock circuits, along with pressure type output power /VSWR meter is standard equip- ment, and is interlocked in the transmitter control circuitry as a protective device against antenna system malfunction.

RECYCLING:

In the event of a direct short in the high voltage supply, the transmitter will recycle three times and then shut down.

In the event of flashover, due to an electrical storm, the transmitter will momentarily shut down and then return to the air with no mechanical limit on the number of times recycling may occur.

EFFICIENT

COOLING: One low speed Rotron blower cools all tubes, and a special air exhaust vents heat directly to the transmitter exterior to prevent heat circulation within the transmitter cabinet.

ACCESSIBILITY: The BC -5H is length

100% accessible, with full front doors, drop down front panels and removable rear panels. The transmitter control panel is located between the two front doors, and necessary tuning controls are adjust- able from the front, in full view of meters which indicate operating parameters.

Rear view, dust covers removed.

POWER OUTPUT:

(Rated) 5000 watts. (Capable) 5600 watts.

Power reduc- tion to approximately 1000 or 500 watts available.

RF

FREQUENCY RANGE: as ordered.

535 kHz to 1620 kHz

-supplied to one frequency

RF

RF

OUTPUT

IMPEDANCE: Supplied

FREQUENCY STABILITY:

±2

Hz. for

50 ohms, or other as specified.

CARRIER SHIFT:

Less than 3% at 100% modulation.

RF

HARMONICS:

Meets or exceeds FCC specifications.

AUDIO FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

12,000 Hz.

±1 dB 50 to

10,000

Hz.

±1'/2 dB

30 to

AUDIO

FREQUENCY DISTORTION:

2.5% or less

50 Hz to 10,000 Hz at

95% modulation.

NOISE:

(Unweighted)

60 dB or better below 100% modulation.

AUDIO INPUT: 600

/150 ohms at

+10 dBm,

-*2 dB.

SPECIFICATIONS

POWER INPUT:

208/230 volts,

3 phase, 50 or 60 Hz. 10.7 kW zero modu- lation. 11.9 kW overage modulation. 15.6 kW 100% modulation.

AMBIENT

TEMPERATURE RANGE:

-20

°C to

+50

°C.

ALTITUDE:

To

7500 feet standard (higher altitudes on special order).

SIZE:

78" high,

72" wide,

32" deep. Completely self -contained.

WEIGHT: 1850 lbs. unpacked

(approximate); 2200 lbs. domestic packed

(approximate); 2450 lbs. export packed (approximate).

CUBAGE: 120 cubic feet packed.

FINISH: Beige -gray.

TUBES USED:

(3)3CX2500F3, (1)4-400A.

GENERAL INFORMATION: Monitors: 10

RF volts output at frequency and modulation monitors.

50/70 ohms for

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Model

BC

-5H transmitter with one set of tubes and two crystals

-_

_

100% set spare tubes for

BC

-5H transmitter

100% set spare transistors for

BC

-5H (diodes not included)

_

Kit for remote control of power output

994 -6521

990 -0535

990 -0540

994 -6548

GATES

15 www.americanradiohistory.com

1000

Watt

Transistorized

AM

Transmitter

VANGUARD

II

Field- proven for

reliability

and performance, the

Vanguard

Il transmitter uses just one tube!

All remaining circuits are solid state

-producing

a typical frequency response of -±1 dB from

20- 16,000

Hz, with distortion in the

1% range, and a noise ratio of

55 dB below 100% modulation.

Your listeners will actually hear a superior sound quality. And you get the added bonus of

"Solid-

Statesman"

reliability.

GATES

16

ONLY ONE TUBE:

The

Vanguard

II uses a

4CX3000A tube as the final

RF amplifier

-the rest of the circuits are transistor- ized.

This tube was selected to complement the solid state circuitry, as it operates well below rated capacity to assure longer life.

The

4CX3000A is in a Class AB

-1 circuit, which significantly reduces intermodulation distortion and substan-

tially

contributes to the high

fidelity

performance of the

Vanguard

II.

The the low level transistorized circuitry accepts and amplifies audio signal, generates the carrier frequency, then mod- ulates the to the carrier wave with the audio signal for transmission final amplifier stage.

Modulation takes place in this section with an audio level of about one watt, compared to about

700 watts in conventional transmitters.

The proven

reliability

of Vanguard

II is brought about by the simplicity of the solid state design versus the elaborate

array

of components required to perform these functions in tube

- type transmitters.

SOLID STATE OSCILLATORS: A single unit contains the two complete temperature controlled crystals, oscillators and first buffers.

The frequency stability of these solid state oscillators greatly exceeds that of the conventional type. Crystal trim- mers are adjustable from the front panel. A

Zener controlled voltage supply to the oscillators assures stable operation with line voltage changes, and a front panel switch permits instant on- the

-air change from one oscillator to the other.

POWER CHANGE:

The

Vanguard

II transmitter provides in- stantaneous power change from watts or 250 watts. a full one kilowatt, to

500

BUILT

-IN DUMMY ANTENNA:

The transmitter may be tested at a using the full one kilowatt output with 100% modulation built

-in dummy antenna.

This permits simulation of on- the

-air conditions for thorough testing of all transmitter functions. No external load is required.

BUILT

-IN

TEE

NETWORK:

The complete built

-in and adjust- able

Tee network permits exact matching of the transmitter to its load with greatest harmonic attenuation.

The capac- itors are large mica insulated units of the highest quality.

The final amplifier and

Tee network are tuned by the large edgewound coils, manufactured by Gates. Tuning in the power amplifier stage is exclusively by variable coils.

COMPACT

DESIGN

-SAVES

FLOOR SPACE: The

Vanguard

Il takes less than six square feet of floor space, and is com- pletely self- contained. There are no external sections that require additional floor space.

Note the narrow width of

Vanguard

II that permits a front door swing of only 28 inches.

The back door is completely removable with just a twist of a latch handle.

EXTREMELY COOL RUNNING:

The combination of cool op- erating solid state components, with a large capacity blower for the power tube, results in highly efficient internal cooling. www.americanradiohistory.com

1000

Watt

Transistorized AM Transmitter

-Vanguard

II

Final

RF amplifier.

Built -in dummy antenna.

FRFO.

MON.

CRYSTAL

OSC.

I

BUFFER

#1

FREO.

MON.

AMP.

1ST.

R.F.

1ND.

R.F.

MODULATED

R.F.

OUTPUT

ORNER

FINAL

AMP

R.F.

OUTPUT

BUILT-

IN

DUMMY

ANTENNA

MOD MONITOR

CRYSTAL

OSC. i

BUFFER

*2

AUDIO INPUT .

-

BLOCK

DIAGRAM

VANGUARD II

AUDIO

AMP

MODULATOR

NEGATIVE

43v

SILICON

RECT.

POSITIVE

115V

SILICON

RECT.

BIAS RECT.

200V

SILICON

BRIDGE

SCREEN

RECT.

950V

SILICON

BRIDGE

N.V. RECT.

5000 V

SILICON

BIDGE

230V 60C

3

WIRE

SPECIFICATIONS

POWER OUTPUT 1150 watts.

FREQUENCY RANGE: 540 -1700 kHz.

RF

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE:

50/70 ohms.

FREQUENCY STABILITY:

±2

Hz or better.

CARRIER SHIFT: Rated

3% or less.

Typical less than

2

%.

AUDIO RESPONSE:

±1 dB,

2016,000

Hz.

AUDIO

DISTORTION.

1.5% or less,

20- 15,000 Hz.

NOISE 55 dB or better below 100% modulation.

AUDIO INPUT. 600 ohms at

+5 dB.

POWER

DEMAND: 100% modulation, 4500 watts,

90% power factor.

POWER INPUT: 230 volts, able where specified).

3 wire, 60 Hz single phase (208 volts also avail-

DUMMY ANTENNA:

50 ohms for

1 kW output.

SIZE:

29" wide,

78" high,

30" deep.

WEIGHT: Net 700 lbs. Domestic packed, 800 lbs.; export packed, 935 lbs.

Cubage:

72.

TUBE

COMPLEMENT:

1

-Type

4CX3000A.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Vanguard II, 1000 watt AM broadcast transmitter complete with two crystals, dummy antenna, and silicon rectifiers

994 -6519

100% spare set of transistors

-

990 -0515

Spare tube, 4CX3000A_

374 -0074

®

GATES

17 www.americanradiohistory.com

1000/250

Watt

AM

Broadcast

Transmitter

AUDIO

SECTION:

Wider frequency response, low harmonic distortion, and low noise

. .

. the basis of the "Big G's" fine sound

. . . result from a unique circuit arrangement.

A new low leakage modulation transfcrmer, combined with superb high frequency response has produced typical distortion read- ings of 1.5% or less at the critical

7000

Hz audio frequency.

Push

-pull

807 tubes modulate the husky 833A high level modulator tubes, producing an abundance of extra power to provide full performance as tubes age.

RF

SECTION: Dual vacuum -type ovenless crystal units pro- vide utmost stability. Frequency adjustment and crystal changeover are made from the front, as are all transmitter control functions. There are four

RF stages to assure good frequency stability. Dual long

-life 833A tubes feed a gen- erous 1000 watts into a Tee network for exact loading and superior harmonic attenuation.

The final amplifier and

Tee network are tuned by large, variable edgewound coils.

BUILT

-IN DUMMY ANTENNA:

The BC

-1G may be tested at a full

1 kilowatt output with 100% modulation, using this built

-in antenna feature.

POWER REDUCTION:

Class IV stations will particularly ap- preciate the quick and efficient way the

BC

-1G reduces power to 250 watts. Switching in the primary of the main plate trans- former eliminates power consuming, voltage dropping resis- tors. Plate voltage is reduced on both the power amplifier and modulator tubes, resulting in the possibility of hundreds of added tube hours, as well as savings in power costs.

POWER AMPLIFIER

TUBES:

In search of the most reliable power tube, based both on performance and cost per hour,

Gates engineers tested every known tube type available for this service.

The result was the selection both

RF and modulator circuits.

The

833A provides a com- bined hourly tube cost of approximately

2¢, and has world- wide

availability.

Being a solid, husky of the 833A tube for triode, it is more tol- erant to spurious emissions, and changing operating con- ditions caused by variances in load or fluctuations in cooling.

MODEL

BC

-1

G

REMOTE

CONTROL: Built

-in metering kits are both provided for plate voltage and plate current.

The use of relays throughout permits almost instantaneous adaption to remote control, and eliminates the need for outboard attachments.

All electrical connections for remote controlling are brought out to terminal boards.

The

'

"Big

G"

offers you all of the really important features you look for in a

1 kW

AM transmitter

. . . such as wide frequency response, great reliability and low operating costs.

Another big feature is the high

fidelity

sound, achieved through low distortion

-sound

with an unusually rich quality that has become a

"Big

G"

trade

-mark.

GATES

18

RECTIFIER SYSTEM: The

BC

-1G solid state model has three separate power supplies, all with large silicon rectifiers for lower power consumption, lifetime

reliability.

The three are:

(1) main

HV supply, (2) intermediate supply, and

(3) bias supply. www.americanradiohistory.com

1000/250

Watt

AM

Broadcast

Transmitter

-BC

-1G

(I)

OSC.

128074

BUFFER

(I) I2BY7A

DRIVER

(2) 807

POWER

AMPLIFIER

(2) 833A

IKM

OUTPUT

UNBALANCED

FIRST

AUDIO

(2)

807

AUDIO

DRIVER

(2)

807

MODULATOR

(2)

833A

BLOCK

DIAGRAM

BC-1G

COOLING:

The "Big

G"

was designed from the outset with ideal cooling as a major engineering objective.

In the trans- mitter, parts location is of great importance, and is combined with an intelligent convection cooling system and suction fan ventilation in the top of the cabinet. Fresh air is drawn through dual removable filters at the back base of the trans- mitter, circulated through every part of the equipment, and then exhausted at the top. Heat generating power tubes are located in the are direct air stream. Component and tube life greatly lengthened by the cool- running operation.

GENERAL DESIGN: The transmitter is completely self

- contained in a sturdy steel cabinet. An attractive front door is hinged on the left and opens to expose all tuning controls.

Color -coded switches for start -stop and power change func- tions are accessible from the

These switches front when the door is closed. illuminate to show the transmitter operating

. status at a glance. Behind the front door is a full -length per- forated grill for protection when the transmitter is operating

.

. it may be removed in seconds by means of snap locks.

The back panel is easily removed by turning two thumb screws.

SPECIFICATIONS

POWER OUTPUT: loss, etc., 1100

1000/250 watts. Capable output to accommodate phasor watts.

Also available in a

1000

/500 watt model.

RF

FREQUENCY RANGE:

540 -2000 kHz

(as ordered).

RF

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE: on special order.

50/70 ohms.

Other output impedances available

FREQUENCY STABILITY:

-4-5

Hz or better.

CARRIER SHIFT:

3% or less with adequate power mains.

Typical is

2%.

MODULATION: High level Class

B.

AUDIO

RESPONSE:

+11

dB 30-

12,000 Hz

95% modulation. Under tical programming conditions ±11/2 dB 30-

16,000

Hz. prac-

AUDIO DISTORTION: 3% or less

50- 10,000 Hz

90% modulation. Under practical programming conditions

2% or less

50-

16,000

Hz.

NOISE: (1000 watts) 60 dB or better below 100% modulation. (250 watts)

55 dB or better below 100% modulation.

AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE: 150 or 600 ohms at

+16 dBm

±2 dB.

POWER CONSUMPTION:

1 kW;

0 modulation, 2650 watts; program modu- lation, 3150 watts; 100% modulation, 3850 watts. 250 watts;

0 modula- tion, 1650 watts, programming modulation,

1825 watts; 100% modu- lation, 2050 watts.

POWER INPUT: 230 volt, able when specified).

1 phase,

3 wire, 50/60

Hz.

(208 volts also avail-

DUMMY ANTENNA:

50 ohms.

Capable 100% program modulation contin- uous or 100% sine wave modulation for

20 minutes on and

5 minutes off.

TEMPERATURE:

-

20° to t

50 °C (silicon).

+5° to

+50

°C (mercury rectifier).

SIZE:

78" high, 37" wide,

29" deep. Front door swing 32

".

WEIGHT: Net, 1000 lbs. Domestic packed,

1140 lbs.

Export packed, 1490 lbs.

Cubage: 110.

TUBES: (2) 12BY7A crystal oscillator and buffer, (2) 807 intermediate driver amplifiers, (2) 833A

RF power amplifiers, (2) 807

1st audio amplifiers,

(2)

807 2nd audio amplifiers,

(2)

833A modulators. If tube rectifier model purchased, add:

(2) 8008 HV rectifiers, (2)

866/866A intermediate voltage rectifiers.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

BC

-1G transmitter, 1000/250 watts, solid state rectifier model, with tubes, and

1 vacuum crystal

994 -6245

BC

-1G transmitter, 1000/250 watts, tube rectifier tubes and

1 vacuum crystal model, with

994 -62456

Spare 100% tube complement for

994 -6245 model

990-0471

Spare 100% tube complement for 994 -6245B model

990 -0472

Output power remote control kit 994 -6326

NOTES: (1)

Be sure able for

208 volts, of 994 -6245B tube tion of the

BC

-1G to specify

3 carrier frequency wire, at slight when additional ordering. (2) cost. (3) Packed

Avail- weight rectifier model is

25 lbs. greater. (4) Power consump- with tube rectifiers is slightly higher due to addition of filament transformers.

®

GATES

19 www.americanradiohistory.com

500

Watt

AM

Broadcast Transmitter

MODEL

BC

-500G

The

B

-500G broadcast transmitter is essentially the same transmitter as the

BC

-1G, 1,000 watt model described on pages

18 and

19. It differs only in the use of a single type

833A

RF power tube.

So complete is standardization that an increase to 1,000 watts at any later date is easily accom- plished.

As the basic design is around

1,000 watt construction, a bonus of conservatism is built into this 500 watt model.

All of the features found in the 1,000 watt

BC

-1G are also found in the

BC

-500G.

These features include: a built

-in dummy antenna for easier maintenance, solid state power supplies throughout, total accessibility from the front, modu- lation of the

RF driver and power amplifiers, inverse feedback and lower distortion.

RF harmonic reduction meets FCC regu- lations within the transmitter itself as the

Pi

-Tee output net- work does not assume that the outside antenna coupler will perform this function.

The specifications herein are pertinent to the Model

BC

-500G, 500 watt transmitter. Any other data is the same as the

Model

BC

-1G.

SPECIFICATIONS

POWER OUTPUT

FCC rated 500 watts.

Capability

550 watts.

RF

FREQUENCY RANGE: 540 kHz to 2000 kHz (as ordered).

RF

OUTPUT

IMPEDANCE: 50/70 ohms.

FREQUENCY STABILITY:

±5

Hz.

CARRIER SHIFT:

3% or less at 100% modulation.

AUDIO

RESPONSE: +_1'/2 dB, 30. 12,000

Hz.

(Typical: ±11/2 dB,

30-16,000

Hz under practical programming conditions.)

AUDIO

DISTORTION:

3% or less

50- 10,000 Hz at 95% modulation.

NOISE: 60 dB, or better, below 100% modulation level.

AUDIO INPUT:

150 or 600 ohms,

+9 dBm,

±2 dB for 100% modulation.

POWER INPUT: 230 volts,

3 wire, 50/60

Hz single phase. Power consump- tion

(0 modulation)

1900 watts; (program modulation) 2200 watts; (100% modulation) 2600 watts.

DUMMY ANTENNA:

50 ohms.

MONITORS:

Will accommodate all current models. Gates

FCC approved

M -4990 Frequency

®

Monitor and

M

-5693 Modulation Monitor recommended.

®

aarEs

20

SIZE:

78" high, 37" wide, 29" deep. Front door swing 32

".

WEIGHT AND

CUBAGE: (Domestic) 950 lbs. net., 1100 lbs. packed. (Export)

1350 lbs. pocked. Cubage:

100.

FINISH: Two -tone beige -gray.

TUBES: power

12BY7A oscillator,

12BY7A

1st

IPA, (2) 807 2nd IPA, (1) 833A amplifier,

(2) 807

1st audio,

(2) 807 2nd audio,

(2) 833A mod- ulators.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Model

BC

-500G AM broadcast transmitter,

500 watts, with tubes, one crystal, silicon rectifiers

994 -6333

Spare 100% tube complement for

BC-

500G__

Recommended minimum spare tube kit for

BC

-500G

990 -0481

_

_

990 -0479

NOTES (1)

Be sure to specify carrier frequency when ordering.

(2)

Available for

208 volts,

3 wire, at slight additional cost. (3)

Available on special order with tube rectifiers at no increase in price.

(4) 500 watt stations may use a

1000 watt transmitter operated at

500 watts power. If

1000 watts is later contemplated, the customer should pur- chase the Model

BC

-1G. www.americanradiohistory.com

250

Watt

AM

Broadcast

Transmitter

MODEL

BC

-250GY

Gates 250 watt AM broadcast transmitter is a performance

- plus, high

fidelity

transmitter, complete in every detail for today's modern broadcasting. Features include attractive shadow mold styling, vacuum crystal, and full size back door for 100% accessibility.

Fully

FCC type approved,

Gates BC-

250GY transmitter has a world -wide reputation for long, trouble -free service. From

Greenland to the

Marianas, broad- casters acclaim the excellence and simplicity of this most widely used

250 watt medium wave transmitter.

RADIO FREQUENCY

AND AUDIO

STAGES: The

RF tube line -up consists of a 12BY7 in an a oscillator circuit that utilizes vacuum crystal. A second 12BY7 is used as an intermediate power amplifier to drive a rugged 813, which in turn feeds the parallel 810 power amplifiers. The audio section is push

- pull with

6L6 driver tubes operating into the Class

B

810 modulator tubes.

Interchange of power amplifier and modu- lator tubes gives added economy and longer tube life.

OPERATING FEATURES: The emphasis is on accessibility, ease is of service and well ventilated design. Convection cooling employed.

As a result, the

BC

-250GY transmitter is silent in operation, and may be operated adjacent to a microphone.

Vertical construction permits

"walk -in"

access. The audio sec- tion is a hinged sub

-section. Seven meters allow direct simul- taneous reading of all importrint functions.

For a conserva- tive, superb will performing transmitter, the

Model

BC

-250GY

fill

the needs of most discriminating broadcasters.

I

POWER OUTPUT: Rated 250 watts, capable 280 watts.

FREQUENCY RANGE:

540-1620 kHz, as ordered.

RF

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE:

30/300 ohms unbalanced, as ordered.

FREQUENCY STABILITY:

±5

Hz.

CARRIER SHIFT.

3% or less,

100% modulation.

MODULATION High -level plate.

AUDIO

RESPONSE:

±1.5 dB 30- 10,000 Hz.

AUDIO DISTORTION:

3% or less,

50 -7500 Hz at 90% modulation.

NOISE: 55 dB below 100% modulation.

AUDIO

INPUT:

500/600 ohms at

+8 dBm

±2 dB,

100% modulation.

POWER

CONSUMPTION: 1.6 kW at 90% modulation.

POWER INPUT: 230 volts AC,

2 wire, single phase,

50/60

Hz.

POWER FACTOR:

Better than

90

%.

SPECIFICATIONS

MONITORS:

Will accommodate all modern frequency and modulation mon- itors.

SIZE:

78" high, 34" wide,

33" deep.

WEIGHT: Domestic, packed

-770 lbs.; export

-900 lbs.

CUBAGE: 112.

FINISH: Two -tone beige -gray.

TUBES:

(4) 810, (2) 6L6, (2) 12BY7, (1)

813,

(2)

8008,

(1) 5Y4G.

21

ORDERING

Spare 100% set of tubes

INFORMATION

BC

-250GY Transmitter, 250 watts, tubes and one vacuum crystal complete with one set of

994 -3760

990 -0507

Recommended minimum set of spare tubes 990 -0508

NOTE: Please ordering. state carrier frequency and

RF output impedance when

E==1

GATES www.americanradiohistory.com

Antenna

Phasing Equipment

j

J

Custom

-built

Phasor for

5 kW,

5

-tower directional

AM station.

Gates phasing equipment is custom built, utilizing

Gates man- ufactured inductors and other quality components for precise coverage patterns requiring a minimum of adjustment and a maximum of stability.

Some of the most complex phasing systems in existence have been built by

Gates.

ADVANCED

RESEARCH:

As the world leader in the design and manufacture of phasing equipment, Gates engages in highly advanced phasor research and development.

All

Gates phasing systems are computer designed to assure maximum accuracy and most efficient circuitry.

Phasor construction is carried out by a group of design and production experts, with years

This of experience in specialized phasing equipment. group is under the direction of a registered professional engineer.

®

GATES

22

CONSTRUCTION: Antenna tuning units are constructed as a in panel and shelf type for wall mounting in a doghouse, or weatherproof metal cabinets. Phasor cabinetry built to your specifications is available, and becomes an integral planning factor in the coordination of design and styling to reflect over -all system compatibility and appearance.

Gates manufactures phasing equipment

for

any power, for any number of towers; 250 watt to 250 kilowatt tuning units; diplexers for medium wave and for

2

-30 MHz short wave; triplexers, rejection filters, and a wide range of radio fre- quency networks.

Each is custom tailored for the particular application, to assure the broadcaster's complete satisfaction. www.americanradiohistory.com

Antenna

Phasing

Equipment

Rear view of Phasor at left, with panels removed. Note the clean mechanical layout.

STABILITY

AND

EFFICIENCY:

All direc- tional phasing equipment is designed to the parameters provided by the station's con- sulting engineer, and work is not initiated until the consultant and customer approve the design.

To furnish custom designed phasors suited for specific broadcasting needs,

Gates provides detailed specifica- tions for your equipment, so you may de- termine exactly what you are buying.

The full range of adjustment can be precisely determined by

computer-

before it is de- livered.

This avoids the possibility of having to replace inadequate components, or make costly field modifications of design to re- lieve

difficult

adjustment.

The tices careful design and construction prac- maintained by Gates give you more than reasonable assurance of the best pos- sible long term stability and efficiency. This avoids expensive readjustments and reproof of pattern later on.

Gates phasors are constructed to give a safety factor of 1.4 times on RMS current and four times on maximum

RMS voltage based on expected operating adjustments.

CUSTOM -BUILT

OPEN PANEL

PHASOR.

Gates phasing equipment is manufactured specifically to the customer's need, either in cabinets or on open panels.

23 www.americanradiohistory.com

Typical

Antenna

Tuning Unit.

QATES

AM

Antenna Couplers

WEATHERPROOF

SERIES- FED

ANTENNA

COUPLER,

1250 WATTS

SERIES

AND

SHUNT

FED

COUPLERS

WEATHERPROOF

5

-10 KW

ANTENNA

COUPLING

UNITS

Recommended for broadcast transmitter powers of 1,000, 500 and 250 watts,

100% modulated.

Heavy edgewound micalex insulated silver plated coil has generous inductance for a full

Tee net- work along with fixed mica capacitors supplied.

Extra room is provided to install either diode or thermocouple remote metering equipment. Heavy duty meter shorting switch eliminates antenna meter from the circuit when not in use for light- ning protection. Meter is observed through plexi- glass

Front porthole. door of cabinet has been removed for il- lustrative purposes.

SPECIFICATIONS

CARRIER POWER: Up to 1250 watts AM.

FREQUENCY: 525 -1700 kHz as ordered.

LINE IMPEDANCE: 40 -230 ohms as

TO

MATCH: Series -fed electrical length. ordered. tower of from

70° to

95°

CIRCUIT: Full Tee

WEIGHT: 98 lbs.

Network.

SIZE:

20" high, 20's" wide, 183." deep.

ORDERING INFORMATION

Antenna Coupler with antenna meter 994 -3494

NOTE:

When ordering, state transmission line impedance, frequency, tower height, and tow- er measurements, if known. For remote meters, see below. Couplers to match unusual loads such as short or tall towers, shunt feed, etc., are available on special order at extra cost.

Both series in a and shunt fed models are constructed non- weatherproof cabinet with slip

-off front door and large lead in bowl at top. Coil is mi- calex insulated edgewound silver plated and ca- pacitors are supplied to tune to buyer's specific frequency.

Size:

21" high, 10" wide,

9" deep.

Usually mounted in small dog house at base of tower.

Rating 1250 watts,

100% modulated.

*SERIES FEED

MODEL: Provides full

Tee network inductance with capacitors to match wide range of line input and output impedances. State frequency impedance, and tower height when order- ing. 994 -5178

SHUNT

FEED

MODEL: Includes inductor and capacitors to tune out reactance in shunt fed antenna coupling. If tower measurements are known, these are always especially helpful.

State line impedance and frequency 994 -5179

*NOTE: METER NOT INCLUDED.

ISOLATION

COIL

This isolation coil is quickly made to customer's order by carrying all basic materials in stock.

The same type of coaxial cable is used in wind- ing the coil as is used for sampling line. If the customer used

Heliax sampling line, then the isolation coil would be wound with Heliax co- axial cable. Nominal inductance

85 uH.

Avail- able in weatherproof or open model.

Sizes weatherproof model), 20" wide,

12'2" high and

18'2" deep. (Open model), 16" wide, 10" high and 16" deep. When ordering, please state type or make of sampling line or preferred co- axial cable for coil construction. Resonating ca- pacitor is not included.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Weatherproof isolation unit

Open unit coil only, less cabinet

994 -3073

994 -4561

Housed in aluminum cabinet with double front doors. Porthole for meter reading and heavy duty meter shorting switch operates with doors closed. Large micalex insulated silver plated coils combined with capacitors of generous voltage and current ratings to assure a lifetime of serv- ice under extreme heat or cold.

A large antenna lead in bowl is provided. Mounting is with metal flanges on he back of the tuning unit for at- tachment to wooden poles set in ground or for mounting on wall.

SPECIFICATIONS

CARRIER POWER: M

-5309A 5,000 watts AM.

M

-53098 10,000 watts AM.

FREQUENCY:

525.1,700 kHz as ordered.

LINE IMPEDANCE: 40 -230 ohms as

TO ordered.

MATCH:

Series fed tower of from 70° to 95° electrical length.

CIRCUIT: Full Tee

WEIGHT:

Network.

Approximately

200 lbs.

SIZE:

38" high, 37" wide,

21'2" deep.

ORDERING INFORMATION

Antenna Coupling Unit,

5 kW ___994 -5309A

Antenna Coupling Unit,

10 kW

-

____994 -53098

NOTE:

When ordering, state carrier frequency, transmission line impedance, power, tower height and tower measurements, if known.

Couplers to match unusual loads such as short or tall towers, shunt feed, etc., special order, at extra cost. are available on

R. F.

ANTENNA

METERS

Internal thermocouple standard scale. Weston

Model

308, three -inch square case.

Other ranges not listed in below are available with many carried stock. Also expanded scale meters in inventory.

ORDERING INFORMATION

Meter,

0

-3

R. F. amperes

Meter,

0

-6

R. F. amperes

Meter,

0 -8

R.

F. amperes

Meter,

0

-10

R. F. amperes

.

___634 -0206

634 -0238

634 -0209

634

-0210

®

GATEs

DIODE

TYPE REMOTE METER

EQUIPMENT

For remote a indication of

RF current.

Consists of carefully constructed pickup loop attached through a short coaxial cable to a solid state rectifier assembly.

RF current is measured without breaking the main lead. No AC power is re- quired. May be used with any good

1

MA DC meter. Power range:

250 watts to

50,000 watts.

Frequency range: 540 kHz to 1600 kHz.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Diode remote meter unit, less meter

Meter

Meter

3" sq. case, scale 0

-3

R. F. amperes

3" sq. case, scale

0

-5

R F. amperes

3" sq. case, scale

0

-8

R. F. amperes Meter

Meter

Meter

Meter

Meter

Meter

3"

4"

4"

4"

4" sq. case, sq. case, sq. case, scale sq. case, scale sq. case, scale 0 scale

0

0

0

-10

-3

-8

-10 scale 0.15

R. F.

R. F.

R. F.

R. F.

R. F. amperes amperes amperes amperes amperes

_

NOTE:

Other meter scale ranges available at extra with diode remote unit, not thermocouple.

994 -6112

632

-0418

632 -0419

632

-0420

632 -0421

_._.

-__ 632

-0424

632

-0426

632 -0361

632

-0428 cost.

Above for use

24 www.americanradiohistory.com

AM Antenna

Coupling Accessories

SOLENOID TOWER CHOKES

HEAVY DUTY SAMPLING LOOP

METER

JACK AND SHORTING

BAR

-MOUNTING

PLUG

A

(20 AMP AC RATING)

Most popular of all tower light isolation chokes.

Available in

2 or

3 section and in open type, or weatherproof as illustrated. Wound on heavy triple

X tubing with mica -by -pass condensers on each uH. circuit end.

Inductance approximately

350

3" stand -off insulators are part of coil.

(Weatherproof type), 24" high, 173." wide,

10'." deep.

Illustration to left shows weather- proof unit with front cover removed.

ORDERING INFORMATION

Tower Choke,

2 wire, weatherproof,

Fig.

A

Tower Choke,

3 wire, weatherproof,

Fig.

A

Tower Choke,

2 wire, open type,

Fig.

B

____

Tower Choke,

3 wire, open type,

Fig.

B

994 -3937

994 -3938

994 -3935

994 -3936

RADIO

FREQUENCY

CONTACTOR

A heavy duty solenoid operated

RF contactor for most switching applications through

50 kW power. Available in either

SPDT or DPDT types and in two voltage rotings.

Will operate on

-15

230 volts AC, latching type. Will handle up to 25 amperes

RF per contact.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Contactor

SPDT insulated

17 kV peak voltage

Contactor

DPDT insulated

17 kV peak voltage

-_

-

Contactor

SPDT voltage insulated 22 kV peak

Contactor

DPDT insulated

22 kV peak voltage

_

570 -0001

570 -0002

570 -0003

570 -0004

LARGE

INVENTORY

OF METERS

In the very manufacture of transmitting and audio equipment for broadcasting, communications and defense, Gates is required to carry thousands of meters in inventory. Whether AC, DC, or

RF, or microammeter, milliammeter or ammeter, it is likely the meter you need in emergency or expansion is quickly available. Give us desired case size, range and type of movement and we will serve you speedily. Many meters are also carried at our Houston, Texas branch.

A great convenience to allow

RF current meas- urements to be made by meter. simply plugging in a

Will accommodate most

3" or

4" meters.

A

"must" in critical

RF circuit areas in phasors, couplers, etc. Rating up to 50 kW on a 50 ohm line.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Meter jack and shorting bar

Meter mounting plug

994 -3280

994 -3281

METER

SHORTING SWITCH

This is a very rugged fixed non -shielded

RF sam- pling loop.

It is heavily galvanized after weld- ing, and is fitted with large steatite insulators and heavy duty tower leg clamps for easy positive mounting. Complete with type and

"N" jack.

For 50 to 70 ohm sampling line.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Heavy duty sampling loop

994 -6126

ROTATING PHASE

SAMPLING

LOOPS

This model is especially applicable where high current ratios are to be sampled. May be ro- tated so that phase monitor amplitude values are nearly equal. Electrostatically shielded and insulated from tower. May be used with or with- out isolation coil at base of tower. Coil is single loop, heavily insulated from base frame.

Matches either

50 or 70 ohm line. Size:

48" wide, 32" high.

ORDERING INFORMATION

Rotating Sampling Loop

994 -3283

A heavy duty, make- before -break meter shorting switch of the plunger or push type. Heavy bronze tempered spring grips on both sides assure ac- curacy and durability.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Meter Shorting Switch, amperes rating

15

Meter Shorting Switch, amperes rating 40

994

-3493

994

-6527

Ring type tower choke is a transformer with clear air space between primary and secondary, and minimum antenna shunting effects. Inde- pendent of frequency. All models are for

115

230 volt primary and 115 volt secondary.

Base insulator in photo for illustration purposes only.

AUSTIN RING

TYPE

TOWER CHOKE

ORDERING

INFORMATION

MFG.

STYLE

Side

Bracket

Side

Bracket

Pedestal

Pedestal

Side

Bracket

Side

Bracket

Pedestal

Pedestal

LBS.

81

85

82

86

188

201

182

200

ATTACHMENTS ORDER

NO.

710 -0051

710 -0052 none lightning gap

710 -0053

710 -0054 none lightning gap

710 -0055

710 -0031 none lightning gap none 710 -0056

710

-0057 lightning gap

®

GATES

25

CAP

-KVA

1

-1.75

1

-1.75

1

-1.75

1

-1.75

2

-3

2

-3

2

-3

2

-3 www.americanradiohistory.com

AM Modulation

Monitor

GATES

-

(4 tT

Manufactured by Gates under

U.S.

Patents, the M -5693 moni- tor is not just an indicating device, but an instrument that will assure maximum transmitter performance through fullest utilization of the

RF carrier. "Full performance" advantages include:

(1) extremely accurate self

-calibration

-no oscillo- scope or other external device is needed to calibrate for exact modulation percentage;

(2) long term accuracy

-no

false modulation percentage readings to either reduce signal strength or over

-modulate;

(3) a derivative controller circuit, which provides high speed meter response to the fastest indicate even transient program peaks;

(4) exclusive design

-no need to down rate performance to prevent over

-modulation.

MONITOR ACCURACY: Modulation monitor accuracy is re- tained even as the tubes age. The derivative controller pro- vides high speed meter response.

Correct peak indications on single program pulses true peak measurement of as short as

50 milliseconds assure program amplitude regardless of wave forms encountered.

OVER

-MODULATION INDICATOR:

The over

-modulation light indicator is directly calibrated.

It has the same superior accuracy as the meter. As all measuring circuits are direct

- coupled to the detector output, carrier shift has no adverse effect on meter readings.

PROOF OF PERFORMANCE: Measurements may be obtained from the monitor output with full assurance that accurate readings of transmitter performance may be achieved.

Noise is

65 dB below the

-20 dBm output level and distortion is

0.25% between 20- 15,000 Hz.

MODEL M

-5693

CONTROLS:

All controls are located on the front panel, except the calibration control and power switch, which are conveniently located behind a small drop -down front panel.

The monitor may be calibrated quickly and easily without the use of any other test or measuring instrument.

The hinged front panel permits nearly all maintenance and servicing operations from the front

-and every part can be reached in a matter of seconds.

REMOTE

CONTROL: Indication at a remote location is pro- vided by Gates optional M -5837 remote meter panel.

The

M -5693 monitor can be used on any telephone pair not ex- ceeding 1,500 ohms sation of loop resistance. Controls for compen- varying telephone line characteristics to permit lo- cation of the monitor at the transmitter site are included in the M -5693.

M

-5837 remote meter panel is installed at studios and connected to the modulation monitor via a standard telephone line.

The remote

4" meter reads modulation ter. Size:

19" x 514" x percentage corresponding to the monitor me-

3" deep.

CATES

26 www.americanradiohistory.com

AM Modulation

Monitor

-M

-5693

.....

:

ÿ:y:ï

:`:!::;;

:

í

_:..J,i_-::..

Cam,

Front panel drops down for easy access to inner components.

Rear view showing easy access to tubes and termination.

Shown above are Gates M

-5693 modulation monitor and M-4990 frequency monitor (described on next page), in a standard rack mounting.

The two make excellent companion units, both in appearance and performance, for complete AM frequency and modu- lation monitor requirements.

SPECIFICATIONS

FREQUENCY RANGE:

540 to 1600 kHz.

RF

INPUT: For

50/70 ohm line at approximately 10 volts.

MODULATION INDICATION:

(Meter)

0%

-100% negative peaks.

0%

-110% positive peaks.

(Flasher) 50% to

100% in

5% steps on negative peaks, 0.6 dB

20

-7500 Hz.

(Accuracy) Meter:

2% full

Flasher:

2% at scale at 1000

1000 Hz.

Hz.

(Response time) Meter responds to correct reading with a

.50 millisecond pulse. Returns to

10% of reading in 500 -800 millisec- onds after signal is removed.

DETECTOR and

LINEARITY: Negative peak clipping negligible up to 7500

5% or less at 10,000 Hz.

Hz

LOADING

EFFECT:

1000 mmF.

FIDELITY AT

MEASURING OUTPUT:

+0.5 dB 20-

30,000 t:z at less than

0.5% distortion at 4.5 volts into a

100,000 ohm load. Noise: 75 dB below

4.5 volts RMS.

REMOTE OUTPUT: To

M -5837. extend modulation percentage meter, use

Gates Model

TUBES: (3)

0A2,

(2) 12B4A, and

(1

12AU7, 2D21 and 8.4

(ballast tube). each) 6X4,

5879, OB2, 0C2, 5687,

POWER:

105/125 volts,

50/60

Hz,

70 watts.

MECHANICAL: 19" x 83/4" x

11'

/2" deep.

Weight packed (domestic)

(export)

85 lbs.

Cubage:

3 cu. ft. Finish: beige -gray.

35 lbs.,

LICENSE: Exclusively licensed to Gates der

U.S.

Patent 2,984,796.

(other than to U.S.

Government) un-

27

ORDERING

AM

Modulation Monitor with

100% spare tube kit

Remote Meter Panel tubes

INFORMATION

994

-5693

990 -0345

994

-5837

0 aATE3 www.americanradiohistory.com

AM

Frequency

Monitor

L ti

SPECIFICATIONS

FREQUENCY RANGE: 540 -1600 kHz as ordered).

METER: Reads direct

30

-0

-30

Hz above and below carrier frequency.

OSCILLATOR

AND

STABILITY: Electron coupled, 1,000

Hz below assigned frequency. Accurocy of 0.5 parts per million.

Over -all monitor stability,

-*2.0 parts per million.

INPUT:

50/70 ohms.

Will operate on input as low as 5 mV.

When direct connected, will accommodate input voltages from

5 to

50 volts.

The input signal may be either modulated or unmodulated.

POWER INPUT:

105/125 volts,

50/60

Hz, 85 watts.

TUBES: :5) 6AU6, (3)

6X4, OB2

6AQ5, (2) 6AL5 and

(1 each) 12BY7A, 6C4, 12AT7, and

13 -4 ballast tube.

FCC

APPROVAL: No.

3

-102.

MECHANICAL: 19" x

10'2"

X

10'2" deep. Weight packed (domestic)

53 lbs.,

(export)

77 lbs. Cubage:

4.

Finish: beige -gray.

MODEL M -4990

The major requirements of a broadcast fre- quency monitor are reliability, and extreme accuracy in indication of the carrier fre- quency. Progressive engineering has pro- vided both in

Gates

FCC type

M -4990 Frequency Monitor. approved

Significant improvements include an ampli- fied intermediate frequency that is limited prior to the discriminator circuit.

As a result, heavy modulation or a wide change in

RF input level will have essentially no effect on the accuracy of the frequency meter reading.

The precision vacuum type crystal easily meets FCC is stability requirements, and mounted in a temperature controlled chamber, along with oscillator components.

This results in one

-half part per million fre- quency accuracy. Another engineering im- provement is the greatly simplified balanced discriminator circuit.

The older and often troublesome meter reactance box has been discarded. when used

For remote control

Frequency operation, the M -4990

Monitor may be operated as an off

-the -air monitor, or over telephone lines with the Gates M -5631 Extension

Meter

Panel.

Frequency is direct reading.

The same meter, by switching, also indicates;

(a) carrier level, and

(b) oscillator current.

Controls include:

AF level for correct input signal; phone jack for

1,000

Hz tone; power switch and OVEN

ON pilot light.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Frequency Monitor with tubes

Remote Control Extension Meter

(see Page 65)

Spare 100% tube kit for monitor

GA

rEs

994

-4990

994 -5631

990 -0281

28

Front panel hinges down for easy maintenance and operating adjustments. Note the circular temperature -controlled oven con- taining all oscillator components and the precision vacuum type crystal.

A slip

-on dust cover protects tubes and terminations. www.americanradiohistory.com

AM

Accessories

fai

PHASE

MONITOR

A completely solid state AM phase monitor for directional systems up to 9 towers. Phase modulation, and are accurate to readings are not affected by

-1

.

Silicon transistors and taut -band meters assure greatest reliability.

The

Model 112 phase monitor is easy to operate, easy to read, and it is fully adaptable to remote control operation.

SPECIFICATIONS

FREQUENCY RANGE:

ACCURACY:

540 -1600 kHz.

--1 `.

Phase resolution:

0.5`.

INPUT IMPEDANCE: 50 or 75 ohms.

NUMBER OF INPUTS: Up to 9.

INPUT LEVEL: 1.5 to 20 volts RMS.

POWER REQUIRED:

SIZE: 19

115/230 VAC,

15 watts. 50/60

Hz.

"Wx7 "Hx

14

"D.

WEIGHT: 20 lbs.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Model

112 Phase

Monitor (State number of towers)

731

-020X

FIELD

INTENSITY

METER

The battery operated Model

120E field intensity meter is universally used to measure field strength in the

540 -1600 kHz broadcast band. Accuracy of measurement is assured by a calibration method that compensates for variations in tube characteristics and for voltage variations in the self

- contained battery power supply.

The 120E is a necessary item for initial and periodic directional antenna measure- ment and proof of performance.

SPECIFICATIONS

FREQUENCY RANGE: 540 -1600 kHz.

MEASUREMENT RANGE: 10 microvolts to 10 volts per meter.

ACCURACY:

2

%.

OUTPUT

INDICATOR: Direct reading. Provision for recorder.

TUBES: (4) 114, (2) 1R5, plus two

BATTERIES: (5) 1.5 volt

IN34A diodes. flashlight type, (2) midget

671/2 volt "B ".

Note:

These standard type universally available supplied, but may be purchased locally. batteries are not

SIZE:

9" high, 13" wide, 534" deep.

WEIGHT:

121/2 pounds.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Model

120E

Field

Intensity Meter

(less batteries)

29 www.americanradiohistory.com

700 -0001

®

GATEs

Dummy

Antennas

The dummy antenna is perhaps the most needed test device in a broadcasting station. Principal use is tune -up, test and proof of performance without the signal being on the air.

For daytime stations, this means routine work may be done after station sign off instead of after

1 a.m. The dummy an- tenna is most valuable in the event of a transmitting system malfunction. At this time the first problem is always locating

5

KW AIR COOLED DUMMY

ANTENNA

For use with standard broadcast transmitters in the

5 kW power

range

for tune -up, efficiency tests and proof of performance tests.

Essentially non- reactive.

Handles 5000 watts 100% sine wave kHz. modulated.

For operation between 200 kHz and 2000

27'2" x

26" x

10'4" high. Available in 50 ohm

(Model

DU

-551) and 70 ohm

(Model

DU -570). the source of the in the trouble.

An open transmission line, a short coupler or phasor, a short in a tower light, etc., will usually react by mitter.

By operating the overload relay in the trans- attaching the dummy antenna, the trouble spot is quickly isolated as either in the transmitter or elsewhere in the system.

10

KW AIR COOLED DUMMY ANTENNA

An my air cooled 10,000 watt dum- antenna that will permit

100% sine wave modulation for long periods of time. Essentially non -reactive, it can be used at full rating between 200 kHz and

2000 kHz. Resistance, 50 ohms.

This air cooled dummy an- tenna eliminates need for water connections and is a practical device for tune -up and measurement. 295s" x

26" x

16%" high. Model M -6107.

50 KW WATER COOLED

DUMMY

ANTENNA

â

The

Gates 50 kW dummy water cooled antenna is available either for medium wave or short wave application.

The medium wave unit is essentially non -reactive in the

200 -2000 kHz band, and does not usually require a matching network.

Both models will easily handle a full

50 kW 100% modulated when provided with suitable water flow.

Water of reasonable purity can be used; normal required flow is ap- proximately

15 gallons per minute.

Dual thermometers and flow meter are provided for metric method. precise

Available power measurement in medium by the calori- wave type with 50, 70,

150,

300 or 600 ohms input impedance as ordered.

The high frequency model for operations between

2

-30 MHz is avail- able only for 300 or 600 ohms. Size:

78" high,

42" wide,

481/2" deep.

1

KW AIR COOLED DUMMY

ANTENNA

100 KW WATER COOLED

DUMMY

ANTENNA

Designed for high power application, the

Model

WDL -1000A water cooled dummy load will dissipate a generous

100 kW AM at any

MHz. frequency up to 30

Operating

imped-

ance is

300 ohms

bal-

anced. Other impedances available on special order.

This model employs its own captive water system and an external heat exchang- er.

Water required for cooling need only be rea-

sonably

clean and

free

from mineral content.

Heat is dissipated in an external heat exchanger of the water

-to

-air type. Approximately

150 gal- lons of water

fill

the system.

Size, of the dummy load only, is approximately

4' wide, 5' high, 4' deep. Total weight, including heat exchanger, is

3850 pounds packed for shipment. Operates on

230 volts AC, sin- gle phase.

This unit may be used maximum power for any medium wave transmitter at a rating of

1 kW, 100% modulated.

Consists of non -inductive resistors heavily banded together to arrive at correct load resistance.

For

200 kHz to 2000 kHz.

20'4"

x 12.5s" x

5" high.

Available in 50 ohm and 70 ohm models.

GATES

30

ORDERING

INFORMATION

DU -551

DU

Dummy

Antenna,

5 kW,

50 ohms

-570 Dummy Antenna,

5 kW, 70 ohms

994 -3968

-001

994- 3968 -002

M

-6107 Dummy Antenna,

10 kW, 50 ohms

994 -6107

M -5497 Dummy

Antenna,

50 kW, medium wave

(see Note

1)

994 -5497

-001

M -5497A Dummy Antenna,

50 kW, high frequency

(see

Note

1) 994 -5497 -002

Dummy Antenna,

100 kW, high frequency

(see

Note

2)

DU -151

Dummy Antenna,

1 kW,

50 ohms

DU

-170 Dummy Antenna,

1 kW, 70 ohms

WDL -1000A

994 -4354

994 -3483

NOTES: (1)

Be sure to state resistance, such as 50 ohms. (2) Give line frequency when ordering, such as 50 or 60

Hz, etc. power www.americanradiohistory.com

AM

Transmitter Installations

¡:

an

iilii>A-iilftiamn-i tir

i`.

:

:

....

-:

-- 'ü ii

_

612 miles off the Miami shoreline, Station WRIZ uses a

Gates

BC

-10H (10 kW) main transmitter, with guard

II

(1 kW) transmitter as a stand -by. a

Van-

Gates first Vapor Cooled

50 to Station KDAY,

Los

Angeles. kW transmitter

-delivered

ILAPI

Gates service broadcast transmitters are in constant throughout the world.

From low power local stations to full

50,000 watt stations, Gates has produced hundreds of transmitters to meet every broadcasting need.

Almost

fifty

years of

Gates engineering know -how goes into every

AM transmitter manufactured, and this is your assurance of receiving only the best equipment for the job.

Each

Gates

AM transmitter incor- porates the latest state -of- the

-art advances, yet is easily operated and maintained. irb*

41

r:

Lr

6. d h rs

Or f

WIBC,

10,00

Indianapolis

-50,000 watt

Model

BC

-50C and watt

Model

BC -10P transmitters in an ultra- modern installation.

'

®

GATES

31 www.americanradiohistory.com

Solid State "DCFM" Exciter

a

F

8

(sf,

Ns. c

N

.0 e

J

(U

MODEL

TE-1

Gates advanced state

FM exciter engineering produced the first 100% solid employing Direct Carrier Frequency Mod- ulation

(DCFM).

This technological breakthrough is now the heart of every Gates

"H"

series FM transmitter.

The in

"H"

series, first to employ an all solid state DCFM exciter an FM transmitter, is now thoroughly field proven, and consists of:

A one tube 250

A one watt

FM transmitter tube 1000 watt

FM transmitter

A two tube 3000 watt

FM transmitter

A

A

A two tube 5000 watt

FM two tube 7500 transmitter watt

FM transmitter two tube 10,000 watt

FM transmitter

A three tube 20,000

A six tube watt

FM transmitter

40,000 watt

FM transmitter.

FULL

10 WATTS

OF

RF

SOLID

STATE

POWER:

The

Model

TE -1

Exciter was designed to upgrade

FM transmitter reli-

ability

by using solid state devices to reduce the greatest danger to electronic equipment

-heat.

Only performance proven solid state devices and precision temperature-com

- pensated components are used to assure continuous service. A duty full

10 watts of composite

RF signal at carrier fre- quency is produced easily by this

100% transistorized ex- citer.

The

TE -1 can be used to mitters drive most modern

FM trans- requiring

10 watts carrier frequency input.

ADVANCED

DESIGN:

The oscillator in the Model

TE -1

Ex- citer operates at the carrier output frequency, eliminating frequency multipliers.

This means improved carrier stability

A

TES

32 and excellent shift and frequency response.

With this exciter, phase distortion resulting from frequency multiplier tuned circuits are now a thing of the past. There is no longer a need to retune cient critical stages, which means more stable and operation.

effi-

STEREO SEPARATION 35

DB

MINIMUM:

Optimum

35 dB separation is the result of Direct Carrier Frequency

Modu- lation of the oscillator at the output frequency.

As carrier generation and modulation take place "on frequency," the wide bandwidth needed for high

fidelity

reproduction is easily attained.

The result is better

FM stereo separation and better crosstalk between main channel and sub channels used

SCA and

FM stereo. for

MODULAR CONSTRUCTION:

The

Model

TE

-1 is composed of seven modules, each individually shielded, and connected within the exciter enclosure by an advanced intercabling technique. Connections are made at the front of each module with premium quality quick- disconnect plugs.

Test voltage measurements and adjustments can be made easily by this advanced modular mechanical design. Modular construction allows the simply addition of stereo or SCA at a later date by plugging in the factory adjusted module(s).

SUPERB SCA

OPERATION:

In the

TE -1

Exciter crosstalk from the main channel to the SCA channel is virtually eliminated through new filtering techniques, and cancellation of the sec- ond harmonic of the composite stereo signal. www.americanradiohistory.com

Model

TE

-1

Exciter

Modules

°,

for fi

1

.`' a,

1}

y

111'

't.

+I

Modulated Oscillator Module

Operating at carrier frequency, the ultra stable emitter coupled oscillator is mod- ulated by the direct application of mono, stereo and SCA most precise input signals. For the stability, the oscillator circuit s constructed with temperature compen- sated components and the entire assem- bly is enclosed in an oven. Gates

"DCFM" is generated in this module, and feeds he solid state

10 watt amplifier module.

Power

Amplifier

Module

The power amplifier of the

Model

TE -1

FM Exciter is a 10 all solid state and provides watt signal at carrier frequency to the driver or final amplifier of Gates

"H"

Series Transmitters. is

Amplifier bandwidth approximately

3

MHz, which assures optimum stereo separation.

Stereo

Generator Module (Optional)

With Gates solid state stereo generator, stereo to separation left to right and right left is always better than 35 dB from

30 Hz to

15 kHz. This assured by the Gates performance is

"DCFM" exciter design. The you to modular construction allows order a

Gates

FM transmitter for monophonic operation, and add the fac- tory aligned stereo generator later.

Audio

Input Control Module

Control, processing and input switching of mono, stereo and

41 kHz SCA inputs to the modulated oscillator are provided in this module. During monophonic op- eration the right channel is automatically switched to the

41 kHz SCA input, which allows use of this program line for

SCA operation.

Automatic

Frequency

Control

Module

Continuous kHz carrier stability, within

±1

(-±.001%)

of the assigned center frequency, is provided by a precision crystal controlled oscillator.

A linear pulse device compares the quency of the exciter with output fre- the reference oscillator to provide a correction voltage for the modulated oscillator of the

Model

TE

-1

Exciter.

Power Supply Module

The solid state regulated

DC power sup- ply provides

24 volts DC or 150 volts

DC to all modules in the Model

TE -1

Exciter.

Temperature compensated zener diodes are used to provide constant voltages over a temperature range of

-20'

C to

+70'

C, and power line variations of

±15% from the 117 volt single phase

AC power line. Ample power is available for the optional stereo and SCA modules.

SCA

Module (Optional)

Stable, self- excited oscillators are used to provide

41 kHz or 67 kHz SCA op- eration of excellent quality, with very low distortion. Automatic muting is in- cluded, with provision for control of both mute level and mute time constant.

Fac- tory pre

-aligned

SCA modules can be in- stalled in the

Model

TE

-1

Exciter by sim- ply plugging into the space provided. caTES

33 www.americanradiohistory.com

40,000 Watt

FM

Transmitter

Gates largest mate in standard model

FM transmitter offers the ulti- reliable performance, with superior

FM monaural and multiplex operation.

The FM

-40H uses only six tubes to de- velop a

40 kW output, which, in combination with the appro- priate antenna, is capable of producing the maximum effective radiated power permissible for a

Class

C station.

SOLID STATE

TE -1

"DCFM

":

Gates field proven 100% solid state exciter, employing Direct

Carrier Frequency

Modulation, is the heart of the

FM

-40H transmitter.

The modulated oscil- lator of the exciter operates at the carrier frequency for greatest stability and excellent frequency response.

The 10 watt output of the exciter drives separate 10 watt solid state isolation amplifiers.

The isolation stages drive a pair of 4CX250B tubes in each amplifier, which produce 400 watts of drive for the single

4CX15000A power amplifier. Sufficient space is available to duplicate the exciter and isolation amplifier if desired.

HIGH POWER PERFORMANCE: Modern ceramic tetrodes are used in the

FM

-40H for

reliability

and low cost operation.

Output tuning in each amplifier is accomplished with an induc-

®

GATES

34 tively tuned silver plated tank circuit.

This eliminates the need for vacuum capacitors in the tank circuit of the amplifier.

Tee notch and harmonic filters on the output of each amplifier re- duce harmonic radiation beyond the required minimum.

COMBINING

NETWORK: Outputs of each 20 kW amplifier are fed through

Tee notch and harmonic filters to the com- bining network.

This hybrid network adds the two 20 kW signals to produce a

40 kW

However, the two output to the transmission line. amplifiers remain isolated from each other.

Should one ing the power amplifier fail, the other will continue feed- combining network, and the combiner will operate as a the power divider. However, in this case, 10 kW is fed to output transmission line, and 10 kW is fed into a 10 kW dummy load connected to the combiner.

This is necessary to maintain almost complete isolation of the non

-operating amplifier and to permit servicing without unwanted

RF cou- pling.

The combining network, harmonic, and Tee notch filters, or

"plumbing ", can be physically tailored to fit specific instal- lation requirements. www.americanradiohistory.com

40,000 Watt

FM

Transmitter-

FM

-40H

10 WATT

AMPLIFIER

IPA

(2) 4CX250B

PA

4CX15000A

HARMONIC

FILTERS

20 kW

TE -1

EXCITER

10

WATT

AMPLIFIER

IPA

(2) 4CX250B

PA

4CX15000A

10 kW

Load

HARMONIC

FILTERS

COMBINING

NETWORK

40 kW

OUTPUT

20 kW

BLOCK

DIAGRAM

FM

-40H

SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL:

POWER OUTPUT: 40 kW.

FREQUENCY RANGE: 87.5 to 108 quency.

MHz, tuned to specified operating fre.

RF

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms.

OUTPUT

TERMINATION:

3t

/a" EIA flange.

FREQUENCY STABILITY:

.001% or better.

TYPE OF

MODULATION: Direct Carrier Frequency Modulation.

MODULATION CAPABILITY:

±100 kHz.

AC INPUT POWER:

208/240

V,

3 phase 60 Hz. Power consumption watts approx.).

115 V single phase 60 Hz (50 Hz available on

72,000 special order).

RF

HARMONICS: Suppression meets all

FCC requirements.

POWER SUPPLY

RECTIFIERS:

Silicon.

ALTITUDE: 7,500 feet.

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE:

MAXIMUM

VSWR: 1.7 to

1.

-20

°C to -I-45°C.

OVER -ALL CABINET SIZE:

HV

Transmitter cabinet power supply cabinet

30"

W x

30"

D x

84"

49"

W

H. x

78"

(Two

H x 323A" supplied).

FRONT DOOR SWING:

21

".

FINISH: Two -tone beige -gray.

WEIGHT

AND

CUBAGE: Export 6400 lbs. Domestic 5400 lbs.,

260 cu. ft.

D.

MONAURAL MODE

AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE: 600 ohms balanced.

AUDIO INPUT

LEVEL: 10 dBm

±2 dB for 100% modulation at

400 Hz.

AUDIO

FREQUENCY RESPONSE: Standard

75 microsecond,

FCC pre -em- phasis curve it

1 dB, 30- 15,000 Hz.

DISTORTION: 0.5% or less,

30. 15,000 Hz.

FM

NOISE: 65 dB below 100% modulation (ref.

400 Hz).

AM

NOISE: 50 dB below reference carrier AM modulated

100

%.

STEREOPHONIC

MODE (Stereo

Generator

optional)

PILOT

OSCILLATOR: Crystal controlled.

PILOT STABILITY:

19 kHz 4-1 Hz.

AUDIO

INPUT IMPEDANCE:

(left and

AUDIO

INPUT

LEVEL:

(left and right) lation at 400 Hz. right) 600 ohms balanced.

+10 dBm

±1 dB for 100% modu-

AUDIO

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

(left and right) Standard

75 microsecond,

FCC pre- emphasis curve

±1 dB, 30-

15,000

Hz.

DISTORTION:

(left or right)

1% or less, 50. 15,000 Hz.

FM

NOISE:

(left or ence 400

Hz. right)

60 dB minimum below 100% modulation, refer-

STEREO

SEPARATION: 35 dB minimum 50- 15,000 Hz.

SUB -CARRIER SUPPRESSION: 42 dB below 90% modulation.

CROSSTALK: main to sub -channel or sub to main channel)

42 dB below

90% modulation.

SCA

MODE

(SCA

Generator

optional)

FREQUENCY STABILITY:

+500

Hz.

FREQUENCY: Between 25 and

75 kHz.

OSCILLATOR TYPE: Two frequency.

Colpitts heterodyned to produce desired output

MODULATION: Direct FM.

MODULATION CAPABILITY:

+7.5 kHz.

AUDIO

INPUT IMPEDANCE: 600 ohms balanced.

AUDIO INPUT

LEVEL:

8 dBm,

+3 dB, for 100% modulation at

400 Hz.

AUDIO

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

41 kHz and 67 kHz, 50 microsecond, modi- fied pre- emphasis. 67 kHz response used modified for proper operation when with stereo to conform to FCC specifications.

DISTORTION:

Less than 1.5% 30 -7000 Hz.

FM

NOISE:

(Main channel not modulated) 55 dB minimum (ref. 100% mod- ulation 400 Hz).

CROSSTALK: (sub

-channel to main channel)

-

60 dB or better.

CROSSTALK:

(main channel to sub -channel) 50 dB below 100% modulation

(ref.

400 Hz).

AUTOMATIC

MUTE LEVEL: ulation.

Variable from

0 to

-40 dB below 100% mod-

ORDERING

INFORMATION

FM

-40H, 40,000 watt

FM broadcast transmitter with

TE -1 exciter

FM-

20/20H, 20,000/20,000 network watt

FM broadcast transmitter, with

TE

-1 exciter. No combining

-feeds horizontal and vertical antennas separately

100% spare tube kit for either of above models

Stereo

Generator (add for stereo operation)

SCA Sub- carrier generator (add for

SCA operation)

994 -6626

994

-6627

990 -0573

994 -6533

994

-6507

E

GATES

35 www.americanradiohistory.com

20,000 Watt

FM

Transmitter

MODEL

FM

-20H

The pace- setting engineering which produced Direct Carrier

Frequency has

Modulation

(DCFM), as employed in the FM

-20H, made possible a three tube, 20,000 watt transmitter with the ultimate in cepted for performance standards. stereo and monaural

Fully broadcasting

FCC in type ac- the 88 to

108 MHz FM band.

ONLY

THREE TUBES:

Solid state

4CX250B drivers and the

reliability

is achieved, as the transmitter uses only three tubes for 20,000 watts output.

The transistorized model

TE -1 exciter delivers ten watts.

This is followed by the only tubes employed

-two parallel rugged 4CX15000A single ended power amplifier.

®

GATES

36

POWER

AMPLIFIER TUBE:

The ceramic type 4CX15000A output tube assures excellent performance and long tube life

for

20,000 watt

FM service.

This high power gain tetrode operates at a leisurely pace, and was selected for the

FM

-20H because of its proven, long -life performance in the previous

FM

-20G transmitter.

SOLID STATE

"DCFM"

EXCITER:

The

100% solid state model

TE -1 exciter employs an advanced Gates design wherein the oscillator is modulated at the carrier frequency

(DCFM).

The result is improved carrier stability and unsurpassed frequency response.

Modular construction of the

TE -1 exciter allows plug- ging in of the solid state individually shielded stereo and SCA modules at any time.

Superb stereophonic sound is clusive achieved through Gates ex-

"DCFM" design

-with optimum stereo separation of

35 dB minimum from 50

Hz to 15,000 Hz. As carrier gener- ation and modulation take place "on frequency," the wide bandwidth needed for high

fidelity

reproduction is easily at- tained.

This results in better stereo separation, and reduced crosstalk between main channel and sub

-channels used

for

SCA and

FM stereo.

PLUG

-IN

STEREO

/SCA GENERATOR MODULES:

To equip your

FM -20H transmitter for stereo or SCA just plug the ap- propriate module into the

TE -1 exciter. For SCA you have your choice of either a 41 kHz or a

67 kHz module.

OPERATIONALLY

TESTED:

Environmental tests that surpass conditions of any location a transmitter is likely to encounter were imposed upon the FM -20H before it entered production.

In addition, each transmitter is assigned

fully

tuned frequency before shipment. and tested to the

PUSHBUTTON

OPERATION: On -off functions are controlled by are lighted pushbuttons at the top left of the transmitter. These plainly marked

"filament on- off

"; "plate

on

-off

POWER OUTPUT CONTROL:

In the FM -20H

Gates supplies a transmitter, built

-in motor -operated screen voltage con- trol, for power output adjustment.

REMOTE be remote

CONTROL

BUILT

IN: All necessary functions can controlled in the

FM

-20H. No additional equip- ment is required for

Gates remote control systems.

AUTOMATIC RECYCLING:

In case of momentary overload, the

FM

-20H will recycle automatically. Should the overload reoccur in excess of the desired number the of times preset in transmitter, the transmitter will then remain off the air until reset locally or remotely.

HANDSOME STYLING: The main transmitter cabinet is at- tractively, yet functionally styled, with double front doors, and an eye- catching meter panel framed in contoured brushed aluminum. The finish is in two -tone beige

-gray. A separate enclosure for the

HV power supply complements the main

FM

-20H cabinet. www.americanradiohistory.com

20,000

Watt

FM

Transmitter-

FM

-20H

POWER

GUARD:

The model

FM

-20H transmitter is protected by Power

Guard, a

Gates developed power supply protective circuit.

This assures maximum protection from transient volt- ages or on

-off power surges which might damage the power transformer and related components.

HV SILICON POWER SUPPLIES: Two separate three -phase all- silicon power supplies are used in the FM

-20H.

The

9,000 volt supply, for

PA plate voltage, is housed in a separate high voltage enclosure, and includes a manual switch to allow power cutback to approximately

6 kW.

The other three -phase power supply, which powers the IPA plate and screen circuit, and also the

PA screen, is housed in the main transmitter cabinet.

The bias supply for both the IPA and the

PA is a bridge circuit of four silicon rectifiers.

Silicon rectifiers are used throughout the

FM

-20H. The result is greatly improved performance, as silicon cells are partic- ularly resistant to aging, moisture, and wide temperature vari- ations. An ample safety factor is provided, as individual rectifier cells are rated several times the required voltage.

SEPARATE POWER SUPPLY CUBICLE:

The

9,000 volt

HV power supply for the FM -20H transmitter is contained in a separate interlocked enclosure measuring

49" high, 30" wide, and parts

30" deep. No circuit breakers, contactors, or moving critical to the transmitter operation are contained in the enclosure. Designed closure may be for convenient installation, the en- located in an unused area of the transmitter building, or adjacent to the transmitter.

An exhaust fan pro- vides cabinet cooling.

VARI -LINE TUNING

/SILVER PLATED TANK: Vari

-Line, an advanced,

Gates

-developed method of tuning a single ended

FM amplifier for optimum output efficiency, is used in the model

FM

-20H. A portion of a parallel tubular

2% -inch cop- per transmission line (silver plated by Gates for ef'icient

RF service) is made variable to inductively tune the

lire

to op- erating frequency. With Vari

-Line tuning, greater -eliaoility is in possible, as neither mica nor vacuum the tank capacitors are needed circuit- thereby reducing the complexity of sliding contacts and corresponding maintenance problems

37 www.americanradiohistory.com

HV power supply.

®

GATES

20,000 Watt

FM

Transmitter-

FM

-20H

HARMONIC

FILTERS

STANDARD EQUIPMENT: Included as standard equipment is a Tee type notch filter for second har- monic reduction, a micromatch VSWR section for direct meter reading on the transmitter of both power output and standing wave ratio, and a low pass

filter

which substantially elim- inates third and higher order harmonics. Tuning and testing, which includes adjustment of filters for maximum harmonic attenuation, is accomplished at the factory on the customer's frequency.

EFFICIENT

AIR COOLING: A heavy -duty impeller type blower was selected for use in the

FM

-20H to help increase component life.

This required for blower moves up to

33% normal heat dissipation of the more air transmitter than when operating at altitudes up to 7500 feet

-which means fast, ef- ficient cooling for all components.

RI MONITOR

CABLE ACCESS

1111MI

-_C::

-CI

U

29

308

8',

/21

«-

8

34

WILL SWIVEL

IOy

360°

-=1:==;1=-1=1,

RF

OUT u o00

MICRO

MATCH

3',

EIA

FLANGE

GENERAL

RF

HARMONICS: Suppression meets all

FCC requirements.

POWER

SUPPLY RECTIFIERS:

Silicon.

SPECIFICATIONS

POWER OUTPUT 20 kW.

FREQUENCY RANGE:

87.5 to 108 quency.

MHz, tuned to specified operating fre-

RF

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms.

OUTPUT

TERMINATION:

318" EIA flange.

FREQUENCY STABILITY:

.001% or better.

TYPE OF

MODULATION: Direct Carrier Frequency Modulation.

MODULATION CAPABILITY:

+100 kHz.

AC INPUT POWER:

208/240

V,

3

-phase 60 Hz. Power consumption 36,000 watts (approx.).

115 V single phase 60

Hz (50 Hz available on special order).

PILOT STABILITY:

19 kHz

+1

Hz.

AUDIO

INPUT IMPEDANCE:

(left and right)

600 ohms balanced.

AUDIO INPUT

LEVEL: left and lation at 400 Hz. right) +10 dBm

±1 dB for 100% modu-

AUDIO

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

(left and right) Standard

75 microsecond,

FCC pre- emphasis curve

-*1 dB, 30- 15,000

Hz.

DISTORTION:

(left or right) 1% or less,

50- 15,000 Hz.

FM

NOISE:

(left or ence 400 Hz. right)

60 dB minimum below 100% modulation, refer-

STEREO

SEPARATION: 35 dB minimum 50- 15,000

Hz.

SUB- CARRIER SUPPRESSION: 42 dB below 90% modulation.

CROSSTALK:

90 °o

(main to sub- channel or sub to main channel) 42 dB below modulation.

SCA MODE (SCA

Generator

optional)

ALTITUDE: 7,500 feet.

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE:

-20

°C to

+45

°C.

MAXIMUM

VSWR: 1.7 to

1.

OVER -ALL

CABINET SIZE: power supply cabinet

Transmitter cabinet 42" W x

78"

H x 3234" D. HV

30" W x

30"

D x

49"

H.

FRONT DOOR

SWING:

21

".

FINISH: Two -tone, beige -gray.

WEIGHT 8 CUBAGE: Export: 3,200 lbs. Domestic: 2,700 lbs. 130 cu. ft.

FREQUENCY STABILITY:

+500

Hz.

FREQUENCY: Between 25 and

75 kHz.

OSCILLATOR TYPE: Two quency.

Colpitts heterodyned to produce desired output fre-

MONAURAL MODE

AUDIO

INPUT IMPEDANCE: 600 ohms balanced.

AUDIO

INPUT

LEVEL. 10 dBm

+2 dB for 100% modulation at 400 Hz.

AUDIO

FREQUENCY RESPONSE: Standard

75 microsecond,

FCC pre

-em- phasis curve

+1 dB, 30-

15,000

Hz.

DISTORTION: 0.5% or less,

30-15,000

Hz.

FM

NOISE: 65 dB below 100% modulation (ref. 400 Hz).

AM NOISE: 50 dB below reference carrier AM modulated 100 %.

STEREOPHONIC

MODE (Stereo

Generator

optional)

PILOT OSCILLATOR:

Crystal controlled.

MODULATION: Direct FM.

MODULATION CAPABILITY:

+7.5 kHz.

AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE: 600 ohms balanced.

AUDIO INPUT

LEVEL.

8 dBm,

±3 dB for 100% modulation at 400 Hz.

AUDIO

FREQUENCY RESPONSE: 41 kHz and 67 kHz, 50 microsecond, modi- fied pre- emphasis. 67 kHz response modified for proper operation when used with stereo to conform to FCC specifications.

DISTORTION:

Less than 1.5% 30-7,000

Hz.

FM

NOISE:

(main channel not modulated)

55 dB minimum (ref. 100% mod- ulation

400 Hz).

CROSSTALK: (sub- channel to main channel)

-60 dB or better.

CROSSTALK:

(main channel to sub

-channel)

50 dB below 100% modulation

(ref. 400 Hz).

AUTOMATIC

MUTE LEVEL:

Variable from

0 to ulation.

-40 dB below 100% mod-

ORDERING

INFORMATION

FM

-20H, 20,000 watt

FM broadcast transmitter, with

TE

-1 exciter

100% spare tube kit

Stereo generator (add for stereo operation) -_

SCA sub

-carrier generator (add for

SCA operation)

CM=

GA

TES

38

994 -6578

_994 -6533

_994.6507 www.americanradiohistory.com

10,000

Watt

FM

Transmitter

MODEL

FM

-10H

Gates FM -10H is the most advanced 10,000 watt

FM transmitter ever offered.

It incorporates the

TE

-1 solid state

"DCFM" exciter for unsurpassed stereo- phonic and monaural sound, and only two tubes are required to produce a full 10,000 watts. Gates model

FM

-10H is fully

FCC type accepted for stereophonic

(with optional stereo generator) and monaural FM broadcasting in the 88 to

108 MHz band.

TWO

TUBES:

Only two tubes are used in the entire transmitter. An easy 10 watts is delivered from the model

TE -1 transistorized exciter to the

4CX300A driver, which supplies a nominal 250 watts to drive the 4CX10,000D power amplifier.

This power tetrode operates at a leisurely pace, providing ample power to deliver a high

fidelity

signal with proven economy.

TYPE the

4CX10,000D

POWER OUTPUT TUBE: Use of power packed ceramic 4CX10,000D tube as the final amplifier assures excellent performance. It was selected because of its 10 kW plate dissipation, its

ability

to produce more power

. . . and its proven longer, useful life.

SELF

-CONTAINED:

Except for the top- mounted

Tee notch and low pass filters, the

FM

-10H transmitter is completely self

-contained.

The power transformer, solid state exciter, and optional stereo

/SCA gener- ating equipment are all housed in one attractively styled cabinet.

THOROUGH

TESTING: Before entering production, the

FM

-10H was subjected to complete ters are environmental tests to assure maximum the most performance under even

difficult

operating conditions.

All transmit- carefully tuned and tested to assigned fre- quencies before they are shipped.

BUILT

-IN REMOTE

CONTROL: Connect the trans- mitter control unit to the transmitter, tie in the tele- phone line to the studio control unit, and you are ready for complete remote control operation. All necessary functions can be controlled remotely

-and no additional equipment is required for the remote system.

POWER GUARD: The FM -10H employs a special power sup- ply protective circuit, Power Guard, to assure maximum pro- tection from transient voltages or on

-off power surges.

AUTOMATIC

RECYCLING: Should a momentary overload occur, the

FM

-10H will recycle automatically.

If the overload reoccurs in excess of the number of times preset in the trans- mitter, the transmitter will remain off the air until it is reset, either manually or by remote control.

39

SILICON

RECTIFIERS: For increased rectifiers are used in reliability, silicon power all

FM

-10H power supplies.

Operated well below their rated levels, they provide years of depend- able service in the transmitter.

In the HV power supply, a generous number of

16 ampere silicon cells three phase operate in a bridge, and are so rugged that maximum trans- mitter current demand is only 50% of the peak rating of the supply. Three solid state power supplies are used; high volt- age, bias, and exciter.

GATES www.americanradiohistory.com

10,000

Watt

FM

Transmitter-

FM -10H

PUSHBUTTON OPERATION:

Daily operation of the FM-10H is simple, as on

-off functions are controlled by lighted push- buttons, conveniently placed at the top left of the transmitter.

The switch for control of the multimeter is located just to the right of the pushbutton switches. Consequently, there is no need to open the front doors to operate the transmitter.

EFFICIENT AIR COOLING:

A heavy

-duty impeller type blower is used in the FM-10H to provide maximum cooling throughout the cabinet.

This blower moves up to 33% more air than required for normal heat dissipation of the trans- mitter when operating at altitudes up to 7,500 feet.

. . which means fast, efficient cooling of all components, and increased component life.

HARMONIC

FILTERS: To keep harmonic and spurious radi- ation to a minimum, and well within

FCC specifications, a harmonic filter is standard equipment in the FM-10H.

It con- sists of a Tee type notch

filter

for second harmonic reduction, and a low pass order harmonics.

filter

to substantially reduce third and higher

FULL

METERING: Four large, illuminated, easy to read front panel meters are provided.

One is for

PA plate voltage, an- other for

PA plate current, and a third is a multimeter which reads

PA drive,

PA filament, and

IPA cathode current.

The fourth is a reflectometer which measures either forward power or VSWR.

lk

Model

TE -1

Solid State exciter.

"DCFM"

EXCITER:

As in other

"H"

series transmitters, the

FM -10H employs the 100% solid state

TE -1 exciter. An ad- vanced design used first by

Gates, the exciter employs Direct

Carrier Frequency Modulation

(DCFM), whereby the oscillator is modulated at the carrier frequency.

This makes possible improved carrier stability and unsurpassed frequency response.

Completely self

-contained, the exciter has a convenient mod- ular design, which allows easy plug -in of the optional solid state stereo and

SCA modules at any time.

STEREO

SEPARATION:

Stereo separation in the FM-10H is

35 dB from 50

Hz to 15 kHz

(with the optional plug -in solid state stereo generator).

0ArEs

40

VARI

-LINE

TUNING /SILVER

PLATED TANK: Another

Gates engineering development, field proven Vari

-Line, an ad- vanced method of tuning a single ended

FM optimum amplifier for output efficiency, is used in the

FM

-10H. A portion of a parallel tubular i%

-inch copper transmission line (silver plated by Gates for optimum

RF performance) is made vari- able to inductively tune the line to operating frequency. With

Vari

-Line tuning, greater mica nor vacuum

reliability

is possible, as neither capacitors are needed in the tank circuit.

This reduces the complexity of sliding contacts and corre- sponding maintenance problems.

The efficiency of the tank circuit is greatly improved by providing optimum Q. Vari -Line tuning is found in all high power

"H" series transmitters. www.americanradiohistory.com

10,000

Watt

FM

Transmitter-

FM -10H

oA.

RF

UTPUT

PA

ACIIILVCOD

RE

MONITOR

CABLE ACCESS o

9

TOP

1'.

VIEW

I

ow-

AIR OUT

T

9

TE

F

ETC TEP

BLOCK

DIAGRAM

FM

10H

GRID BIAS

SUPPLY

HI

-

VOLTAGE

SUPPLY

/R

ME!

u

MICRO

MATCH

=

RE OUT

Y, (IA

'LANDE

SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL

POWER OUTPUT: 10 kW.

FREQUENCY RANGE: quency.

87.5 to 108 MHz, tuned to specified operating fre-

RF

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms.

OUTPUT

TERMINATION: 3'/e" EIA flange.

FREQUENCY STABILITY:

.001% or better.

TYPE OF

MODULATION: Direct

Carrier Frequency Modulation.

MODULATION CAPABILITY: 1-100 kHz.

AC INPUT POWER:

208/240 V,

3 phase, 60 Hz at

18 kW.

115 V, single phase, 60 Hz, (50 Hz available on special order).

POWER SUPPLY RECTIFIERS:

Silicon.

RF

HARMONICS: Suppression meets all

FCC requirements.

ALTITUDE:

7,500 feet.

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE:

-20

°C to

+45 °C.

MAXIMUM VSWR: 1.7 to

1.

OVER -ALL CABINET SIZE:

*3234F is

42"

W x

78"

H x 323/4"

D.* over -all depth dimension. With rear door and front door handles removed, minimum depth is

2934F.

FRONT DOOR SWING: 29

".

FINISH: Two -tone, beige -gray.

WEIGHT

&

CUBAGE: Export: 900 lbs. Domestic:

750 lbs. 72 cu. ft.

MONAURAL

MODE

AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE: 600 ohms balanced.

AUDIO INPUT

LEVEL:

+10 dBm

±2 dB for 100% modulation at 400

Hz.

AUDIO

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

Standard

75 microsecond, FCC pre -em- phasis curve

±1 dB,

3015,000

Hz.

DISTORTION:

0.5% or less, 30-

15,000

Hz.

FM NOISE: 65 dB below 100% modulation (ref.

400 Hz).

AM

NOISE: 50 dB below reference carrier AM modulated 100%.

STEREOPHONIC

MODE (Stereo

Generator

optional)

PILOT OSCILLATOR:

Crystal controlled.

PILOT STABILITY: 19 kHz

±1

Hz.

AUDIO

INPUT IMPEDANCE:

(left and right) 600 ohms balanced.

AUDIO

INPUT LEVEL:

(left and right) lation at

400 Hz.

+10 dBm

±1 dB for 100% modu-

AUDIO FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

FCC

(left and right) pre- emphasis curve -±1 dB, 30-

15,000 Hz.

Standard 75 microsecond,

DISTORTION:

(left or right) 1% or less,

50. 15,000 Hz.

FM

NOISE: ence

(left or right) 60 dB minimum below 100% modulation, refer-

400

Hz.

STEREO

SEPARATION: 35 dB minimum 50. 15,000 Hz.

SUB- CARRIER SUPPRESSION: 42 dB below

90% modulation.

CROSSTALK:

(main to sub

-channel or sub to main channel) 42 dB below

90% modulation.

SCA

MODE

(SCA

Generator

optional)

FREQUENCY STABILITY:

OSCILLATOR TYPE: Two frequency.

4-500 Hz.

FREQUENCY: Between 25 and

75 kHz.

Colpitts heterodyned to produce desired output

MODULATION: Direct

FM.

MODULATION CAPABILITY:

±7.5 kHz.

AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE:

600 ohms balanced.

AUDIO INPUT

LEVEL:

+8 dBm,

±3 dB for 100% modulation at 400 Hz.

AUDIO

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

41 kHz and 67 kHz, 50 microsecond, modi- fied pre- emphasis. 67 kHz response used modified for proper operation when with stereo to conform to FCC specifications.

DISTORTION:

Less than 1.5% 30-7000 Hz.

FM

NOISE:

(main channel not modulated) ulation 400 Hz).

55 dB minimum

(ref. 100% mod-

CROSSTALK: (sub

-channel to main channel)

-60 dB or better.

CROSSTALK:

(main channel to

(ref. 400

Hz). sub -channel) 50 dB below 100% modulation

AUTOMATIC

MUTE LEVEL: ulation.

Variable from

0 to

-40 dB below 100% mod-

ORDERING

INFORMATION

FM

-10H, 10,000 watt

FM broadcast transmitter, with

TE -1 exciter

100% spare tube kit_

Stereo generator (add

SCA for stereo operation) sub

-carrier generator (add for

SCA operation)

994 -6577

990-0551

994 -6533

994 -6507

CATES

41 www.americanradiohistory.com

5000

-7500

Watt

FM

Transmitters

MODELS FM -5H

-

FM

-7.5H

Gates

FM

-5H and

FM -7.5H transmitters provide 5,000 -7,500 watts output with just two tubes

-and feature the performance proven solid state

TE

-1 exciter, employing Direct Carrier

Fre- quency Modulation. Quality all the way, both transmitters combine the reliability of solid state circuitry and the superb performance of

"DCFM" for outstanding stereo (with op- tional stereo generator) and monaural transmission.

Each transmitter is

FCC type accepted for stereophonic and mon- aural

FM broadcasting in the 88 to 108

MHz band.

ONLY TWO

TUBES:

With the transistorized

10 watt model

TE

-1 exciter incorporated into these transmitters only two tubes are needed to produce a full

5,000 watts of power in the model

FM

-5H, and a

A type 4CX250B tube full amplifies

7,500 watts the in solid state the FM

-7.5H. exciter output and supplies a nominal 250 watts to drive the ceramic 4CX-

5000A final tube.

This proven power tetrode operates as a single ended amplifier to produce

5 to 7.5 kilowatts of power.

GATES

42

"DCFM"

PERFORMANCE:

The superior en- gineering design of Gates

TE

-1 exciter is truly an FM breakthrough.

As the oscillator operates at the transmitter frequency, highly improved carrier stability and excellent fre- quency response are assured.

In both the FM -5H and the FM -7.5H stereo separation is

35 dB minimum from 50

Hz to

15 kHz.

Self- contained within these transmitters, the

"DCFM" exciter is of modular construction so that the solid state stereo and SCA mod- ules may be plugged in at any time.

VARI -LINE TUNING:

Field proven for de- pendability,

Gates Vari -Line tuning is used in the FM -5H

This is an and the

FM

-7.5H transmitters. advanced method of tuning a single ended

FM amplifier to achieve op- timum output efficiency.

HARMONIC REDUCTION: Included

as standard equipment in the transmitters is a

Tee type notch

filter

for second harmonic reduction, a micro -match VSWR section for direct meter reading of both power output and standing wave ratio, and a low pass

filter

which substantially eliminates third and higher order harmonics.

SPECIAL PROTECTIVE CIRCUIT:

The FM -5H and the FM -7.5H are protected by Power

Guard, a

Gates developed power supply protective circuit, that provides maximum protection from transient voltages.

If a momentary overload occurs, the trans- mitter will recycle automatically up to the number of times preset.

For increased dependability, solid state rec- tifiers are standard in these transmitters.

OPERATING CONVENIENCE: "On

-off"

functions in the

FM -5H and the

FM

-7.5H are controlled by two lighted push- buttons at the top left of the transmitter.

The multimeter con- trol switch is located just to the right of these pushbuttons.

Full metering is provided with four large, front panel meters, including a VSWR power indicator that permits direct reading of both power output and standing wave ratio.

SELF-

CONTAINED:

The power supply, exciter, power trans- formers and optional stereo generating /SCA equipment are all housed in one cabinet, for simplified transmitter installa- tion.

REMOTE

CONTROL:

In both the

FM -5H and the FM -7.5H functions can be remote controlled.

Simply connect the all trans- mitter control unit of the remote

RDC

-200) and remote control system (RDC -10 or operation is ready. www.americanradiohistory.com

5000

-7500

Watt

FM

Transmitters-

FM-

5H-

FM

-7.5H

IR OVI

TOP VIEW

RI MONITOR

CARI[

ACCESS

BLOCK

DIAGRAM

FM

-5H (7.5)

GR. as won.

Te

SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL

POWER OUTPUT:

5 or 7.5 kW.

FREQUENCY RANGE: quency.

87.5 to 108 MHz, tuned to specified operating fre-

RF

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE:

50 ohms.

OUTPUT

TERMINATION:

/e" EIA flange.

FREQUENCY

STABILITY:

.001% or better.

TYPE OF

MODULATION: Direct Carrier Frequency Modulation.

MODULATION CAPABILITY:

±100 kHz.

AC INPUT POWER:

115 V

208/240

V,

3 phase.

11 kW consumption at

240 volts. single phase, 60

Hz.

(50 Hz available on special order.)

POWER SUPPLY RECTIFIERS:

Silicon.

RF

HARMONICS: Suppression meets all

FCC requirements.

ALTITUDE:

7,500 feet.

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE:

-20

°C to

+45

°C.

MAXIMUM

VSWR: 1.7 to

1.

OVER -ALL CABINET SIZE: moved,

42" minimum depth is 293/4".

W x

78

"H x

323/."

D.*

'3234" is over -all depth dimension. With rear door and front door handles re-

FRONT DOOR

SWING:

21".

FINISH: Two -tone beige -gray.

WEIGHT

AND

CUBAGE:

Export: 900 lbs. Domestic: 750 lbs. 72 cu. ft.

MONAURAL

MODE

AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE: 600 ohms balanced.

AUDIO INPUT

LEVEL:

+10 dBm

-±-2 dB for 100% modulation at 400

Hz.

AUDIO

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

Standard

75 microsecond, FCC pre

-em- phasis curve

±1 dB, 30-

15,000

Hz.

DISTORTION:

0.5% or less, 30-

15,000 Hz.

FM NOISE: 65 dB below 100% modulation (ref.

400 Hz).

AM NOISE: 50 dB below reference carrier AM modulated 100%.

STEREOPHONIC MODE

(Stereo

Generator optional)

PILOT OSCILLATOR:

Crystal controlled.

PILOT

STABILITY: 19 kHz

+1

Hz.

AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE:

(left and right) 600 ohms balanced.

AUDIO

INPUT

LEVEL:

(left and ulation at 400

Hz. right)

+10 dBm

±1 dB for 100% mod-

AUDIO

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

(left and right) Standard

75 microsecond,

FCC pre- emphasis curve

{-1 dB, 30-15,000

Hz.

DISTORTION:

(left or right)

1% or less, 50- 15,000 Hz.

FM

NOISE:

(left or ence 400 Hz. right)

60 dB minimum below 100% modulation, refer-

STEREO

SEPARATION: 35 dB minimum 50- 15,000

Hz.

SUB- CARRIER SUPPRESSION: 42 dB below

90% modulation.

CROSSTALK: (main to sub

-channel or sub to main channel) 42 dB below

90% modulation.

SCA

MODE

(SCA

Generator

optional)

FREQUENCY

STABILITY:

±500

Hz.

FREQUENCY: Between 25 and 75 kHz.

OSCILLATOR

TYPE: Two frequency

Colpitts heterodyned to produce desired output

MODULATION: Direct

FM.

MODULATION CAPABILITY:

±7.5 kHz.

AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE: 600 ohms balanced.

AUDIO

INPUT LEVEL:

-1

8 dBm,

±3 dB for 100% modulation at 400

Hz.

AUDIO

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

41 kHz and 67 kHz, 50 microsecond, modi- fied pre- emphasis. 67 kHz response modified for proper operation when used with stereo to conform to

FCC specifications.

DISTORTION:

Less than 1.5%

30 -7000

Hz.

FM

NOISE:

(main channel not modulated) 55 dB minimum (ref. 100% mod- ulation 400

Hz).

CROSSTALK: (sub -channel to main channel)

-60 dB or better.

CROSSTALK: (main channel to sub

-channel) 50 dB below 100% modulation

;ref.

400 Hz).

AUTOMATIC MUTE

LEVEL: lation.

Variable from

0 to

-40 dB below 100% modu-

ORDERING

INFORMATION

FM

-5H, 5000 watt

FM broadcast transmitter with

TE -1 exciter

FM

-7.5H, 7500 watt

FM broadcast transmitter with

TE

-1 exciter

100% spare tube kit for either of above

Stereo generator (add for stereo operation)

SCA sub

-carrier generator (add for

SCA operation)

994 -6575

994 -6576

990 -0549

994 -6533

994 -6507

®

laaTES

43 www.americanradiohistory.com

3000 Watt

FM

Transmitter

Gates model

FM -3H is

FCC type accepted for both monaural and stereophonic broadcasting in the 88 to 108 MHz

FM band.

LONG

TUBE LIFE: This transmitter uses the 4CX5000A power tube which is standard in most modern 5,000 watt

FM trans- mitters.

As this modern ceramic tetrode operates well below its rated output, the tube coasts along in

3,000 watt service.

VARI -LINE TUNING:

An advanced method of tuning a single ended

FM amplifier for optimum output efficiency, Vari

-Line is built into the

FM -3H. A portion of a parallel tubular trans- mission line is made variable to inductively tune the line to operating frequency.

This means greater

reliability

as no mica or vacuum capacitors are needed in the tank circuit.

POWER GUARD:

A Gates developed power supply protec- tive circuit, Power Guard, assures maximum protection from transient voltages or on

-off surges which might damage the power transformer and related electrical components.

EFFICIENT

COOLING:

A heavy -duty, impeller type self

- cleaning blower provides effective component cooling through- out the

FM

-3H.

This blower moves up to

33% more air than required for normal heat dissipation of the transmitter when operating between sea level and 7,500 feet, and helps pro- vide longer component life.

PUSHBUTTON OPERATION: Simplified "on

-off"

control is provided with lighted pushbuttons at the top left of the trans- mitter. These are

"filament

on- off "; "plate on- off ".

Just to the right of these is a switch for control of the multimeter.

With this arrangement there is no need to open the front doors to operate the FM -3H.

BUILT -IN

REMOTE CONTROL: No additional transmitter equipment is needed for Gates remote control systems. Con- nect the

FM

-3H to a

Gates transmitter control unit, and you are ready for remote control operation.

MODEL

FM -3H

This is the 3,000 watt version of Gates exciting line of ad-

voiced

engineered

FM transmitters featuring "DCFM

".

Mod- ern in every state

TE -1 way, model

FM -3H incorporates the 100% solid exciter employing Direct Carrier

Frequency

Mod- ulation, for superb stereo and monaural

FM sound.

In the

TE -1 exciter, carrier generation and modulation occur at the transmitter operating frequency.

The result is greatly improved carrier stability and unsurpassed frequency re- sponse. Self- contained within the FM -3H transmitter, the

TE -1 exciter is all solid state, and of modular construction to per- mit easy plug -in of optional stereo and SCA transistorized modules at any time.

GATES

44

FILTERS

FM

-3H

ARE STANDARD EQUIPMENT: Included with the transmitter is a Tee notch

filter

for second harmonic reduction and a low pass

filter

which substantially eliminates third and higher order harmonics. A micromatch VSWR sec- tion for direct wave ratio is meter also reading included. of power output and standing

AUTOMATIC

RECYCLING:

In case of momentary overload, the transmitter recycles automatically.

However, should the overload reoccur in excess of the number of times preset in the transmitter, the FM -3H will remain

off

the air until it is reset. www.americanradiohistory.com

r.

0-

3000 Watt

FM

Transmitter

-FM

-3H

TWO -TUBE DESIGN:

From the

TE -1 exciter to transmission line there are tube amplifies only two tubes the ten watts in the

FM

-3H. A type 4CX250B from the solid state exciter and drives the 4CX5000A power tetrode.

STEREO

SEPARATION: With a minimum stereo separation of 35 dB from 50 to 15,000 Hz, the FM -3H excels in stereo- phonic in broadcasting, when equipped with the optional plug

- solid state stereo module.

For monophonic service a full, rich response from 30 to 15,000 Hz, and extremely low dis- tortion, assure superb audio quality.

SILICON POWER SUPPLY:

This transmitter incorporates solid state rectifiers throughout. A generous number of silicon cells, operating in a three -phase bridge rectifier, are so rugged that maximum transmitter current demand is only 50% of the peak rating of the power supply. Exclusive use of silicon rec- tifiers and the

100% transistor exciter greatly enhance over- all

reliability.

Driver amplifier located directly below the

4CX5000A power amplifier for added effi- ciency of operation.

SPECIFICATIONS

STEREOPHONIC MODE

(Stereo

Generator

optional)

GENERAL

POWER OUTPUT:

3 kW.

FREQUENCY RANGE: 87.5 to 108 quency.

MHz, tuned to specified operating fre-

RF

OUTPUT

IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms.

OUTPUT

TERMINATION:

33/4"

EIA female flange.

FREQUENCY STABILITY:

.001% or better.

TYPE OF

MODULATION: Direct Carrier Frequency Modulation.

MODULATION CAPABILITY:

±100 kHz.

AC INPUT POWER:

208/240 V,

3- phase,

50/60

7000 watts (approx.) 60 Hz, single phase.

Hz. Power consumption

POWER SUPPLY

RECTIFIERS:

Silicon.

RF

HARMONICS: Suppression meets all

FCC requirements.

ALTITUDE:

7,500 feet.

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE:

-20

°C to

+45

°C.

MAXIMUM VSWR: 1.7 to 1.

OVER -ALL CABINET SIZE:

42"

W x

323/4" is over -all depth dimension.

With removed, minimum depth is 293/4

".

78"

H x 323/4"

D.' rear door and front door handles

FRONT DOOR SWING:

21

".

FINISH: Two -tone beige -gray.

WEIGHT 8 CUBAGE: Export: 1550 lbs. Domestic: 1425 lbs. 117 cu. ft.

MONAURAL MODE

AUDIO

INPUT IMPEDANCE: 600 ohms balanced.

AUDIO

INPUT

LEVEL

10 dBm

±2 dB for 100% modulation at 400 Hz.

AUDIO

FREQUENCY

RESPONSE:

Standard 75 microsecond,

FCC pre -em- phasis curve

±1 dB, 30. 15,000 Hz.

DISTORTION:

0.5% or less,

30- 15,000 Hz.

FM

NOISE: 65 dB below 100% modulation (ref.

400 Hz).

AM

NOISE: 50 dB below reference carrier AM modulated

100 %.

PILOT

OSCILLATOR: Crystal controlled.

PILOT STABILITY: 19 kHz

±1

Hz.

AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE:

(left and right)

600 ohms balanced.

AUDIO

INPUT

LEVEL:

(left and lation at 400

Hz. right) +10 dBm

±1 dB for

100% modu-

AUDIO FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

(left and

FCC pre- emphasis curve right) Standard

75 microsecond,

±1 dB, 30- 15,000

Hz.

DISTORTION:

(left or right) 1% or less,

50- 15,000 Hz.

FM

NOISE:

(left or ence 400 Hz. right)

60 dB minimum below 100% modulation, refer-

STEREO

SEPARATION: 35 dB minimum 50- 15,000 Hz.

SUB- CARRIER

SUPPRESSION: 42 dB below 90% modulation.

CROSSTALK:

(main to sub

-channel or sub to main channel)

42 dB below

90% modulation.

SCA

MODE

(SCA

Generator

optional)

FREQUENCY STABILITY:

±500

Hz.

FREQUENCY: Between 25 and 75 kHz.

OSCILLATOR TYPE: Two quency.

Colpitts heterodyned to produce desired output fre-

MODULATION: Direct

FM.

MODULATION CAPABILITY:

±7.5 kHz.

AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE:

600 ohms balanced.

AUDIO

INPUT

LEVEL:

-f8 dBm,

±

3dB for 100% modulation at 400

Hz.

AUDIO FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

41 kHz and

67 kHz, 50 microsecond, modi- fied pre -emphasis. 67 kHz response modified for proper operation when used with stereo to conform to

FCC specifications.

DISTORTION:

Less than 1.5% 30 -7,000

Hz.

FM

NOISE:

(main channel not modulated) 55 dB minimum (ref. 100% mod- ulation

400 Hz).

CROSSTALK: (sub -channel to main channel)

-60 dB or better.

CROSSTALK:

(main channel to sub-channel) 50 dB below 100% modulation

(ref. 400 Hz).

AUTOMATIC

MUTE

LEVEL: ulation.

Variable from

0 to

-40 dB below 100% mod-

ORDERING

INFORMATION

FM

-3H 3000 watt

FM broadcast transmitter with

TE -1 exciter

100% spare tube

Stereo generator kit

(add for stereo operation)

SCA sub

-carrier generator

(add for

SCA operation)

994

-6574

990 -0549

994 -6533

®

GATES

45 www.americanradiohistory.com

1000

Watt

FM

Transmitter

STABILITY

1000A

AND

EFFICIENCY: Forced air cooled, the 4CX- power amplifier stage is mounted in a

fully

shielded enclosure to eliminate power losses by radiation or interac- tion. A distributed -constant type plate circuit reduces har- monics and spurious radiation to a minimum, and the entire amplifier has a high degree of stability.

ADVANCED

TE -1 EXCITER: The

100% solid state direct carrier frequency modulation

(DCFM) exciter provides a full

10 watts output, and is completely self- contained within the

FM -1H.

It employs an advanced Gates design whereby mod- ulation occurs at the carrier frequency.

This eliminates all frequency multipliers and results in highly improved carrier stability and excellent frequency response.

STEREO

/MULTIPLEX OPERATION:

In the FM-1H, stereo sep- aration is

35 dB minimum from 50 to 15,000

Hz.

Plugging in the optional stereo or SCA generators takes only a few seconds, as pre -wired spaces are for these modules. provided in the

TE -1 exciter

SOLID STATE RECTIFIERS:

Silicon rectifiers are standard equipment in this modern slimline transmitter.

These depend- able rectifiers provide generous voltage and current safety factors throughout.

HARMONIC

FILTERS:

Supplied with a

Gates designed multi

- section harmonic filter, the FM-1H transmitter

fully

meets FCC requirements tion provides regarding spurious radiation.

The Tee

filter

sec- rapid cut off in the second harmonic region, and is located in the transmitter cabinet.

The remaining

filter

elements, for further attenuation of the second and higher order harmonics, are housed in a six foot section of standard

31/8

-inch transmission line. They may be considered as part of the over -all transmission line system for installation pur- poses.

MODEL FM

-1

H

Superb for stereo, multiplex or monaural sound, the one tube, 1000 watt model FM-1H transmitter incorporates the all solid state

TE -1 exciter, employing direct carrier frequency modulation.

The FM-1H is

FCC type accepted for

1000 watt output for both monaural and stereophonic transmission in the

88 to 108 MHz band.

ONE TUBE DESIGN: Just one tube

-a modern type 4CX1000A tetrode

-gis all that is needed to supply 1000 watts output in the

FM -1H.

Driven directly by the

10 watt exciter, the 4CX-

1000A serves as the power amplifier and is operated well within its ratings the

-air reliability. for longer useful tube life, and greater on-

®

GATES

46

READY

FOR REMOTE

CONTROL:

Remote control capabilities are built into the FM-1H transmitter, including terminations to attach to most remote control equipment. A motor driven screen voltage control to vary power output from the remote point is supplied as standard equipment.

AUTOMATIC

RECYCLING:

The FM -1H recycles and is again turned on in case of momentary overload. If, after three or four consecutive overloads, it fails to turn itself on, the trans- mitter remains off until the "Plate

On"

function is activated either locally or by remote control.

STEREO

AND

SCA MODULES:

Operating

flexibility

is as- sured by the all solid state stereo and SCA modules. Plugging directly into the model

TE -1 exciter, these units provide un- excelled performance standards for modern

FM broadcasting. www.americanradiohistory.com

1000

Watt

FM

Transmitter-FM-1H

.r

A

mti

STEREO

AND

SCA MODULES:

Operating flexibility is as- sured by the all solid state stereo and SCA modules.

Plugging directly into the model

TE -1 exciter, these units provide unexcelled performance standards for modern

FM broadcasting.

GENERAL

POWER OUTPUT:

1 kW.

FREQUENCY RANGE: 87.5 to 108 MHz, tuned to quency. specified operating fre-

RF

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms.

OUTPUT

TERMINATION:

1513"

EIA female flange.

FREQUENCY STABILITY:

.001 % or better.

TYPE OF

MODULATION: Direct Carrier

Frequency Modulation.

MODULATION CAPABILITY:

-+_100 kHz.

AC INPUT POWER:

208/240 V,

50/60 sumption: 2600 watts (approx.).

Hz, single phase,

3 wire.

Power con-

POWER SUPPLY RECTIFIERS:

Silicon.

RF

HARMONICS: Suppression meets all

FCC requirements.

ALTITUDE:

7500 feet.

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE:

-20

°C to

-f

45 °C.

MAXIMUM

VSWR: 1.7 to

1.

OVER -ALL CABINET SIZE:

29"

W x

78"

H x

323.4" D.

FRONT DOOR

SWING: 29

".

FINISH: Two -tone, beige -gray.

WEIGHT

&

CUBAGE: Export: 900 lbs. Domestic: 750 lbs.

Cubage:

72.

MONAURAL

MODE

AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE. 600 ohms balanced.

AUDIO INPUT

LEVEL:

10 dBm

-±_2 dB for 100% modulation at 400

Hz.

AUDIO

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

Standard 75 microsecond

FCC pre- emphasis curve

+1 dB, 30- 15,000 Hz.

DISTORTION:

0.5% or less, 30- 15,000 Hz.

FM

NOISE: 65 dB below 100% modulation (ref. 400

Hz).

AM NOISE: 50 dB below reference carrier AM modulated 100 %.

STEREOPHONIC

MODE (Stereo

Generator

optional)

PILOT OSCILLATOR:

Crystal controlled.

SPECIFICATIONS

PILOT STABILITY: 19 kHz

-.1 Hz.

AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE: Left and right)

600 ohms balanced.

AUDIO

INPUT LEVEL:

,Left and right) -:10 dBm lation at 400

Hz. i-2 dB for 100% modu-

AUDIO

FREQUENCY RESPONSE: (Left and right) standard

75 microsecond,

FCC pre- emphasis curve

-1)-.1 dB, 30- 15,000 Hz.

DISTORTION: (Left and right) 1% or less, 50- 15,000 Hz.

FM NOISE: (Left and erence 400 Hz. right)

60 dB minimum below

100% modulation, ref-

STEREO SEPARATION. 35 dB minimum 50- 15,000

Hz.

SUB- CARRIER SUPPRESSION: 42 dB below 90% modulation.

CROSSTALK:

(Main to sub

-channel or sub to main channel) 42 dB below

90% modulation.

SCA

MODE (SCA

Generator

optional)

FREQUENCY STABILITY: -4-500

Hz.

FREQUENCY: Between 25 and 75 kHz.

OSCILLATOR TYPE: Two frequency.

Colpitts heterodyned to produce desired output

MODULATION: Direct

FM.

MODULATION CAPABILITY:

-4-

-7.5 kHz.

AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE: 600 ohms balanced.

AUDIO INPUT

LEVEL:

:8 dBm,

±3 dB for 100% modulation at

400

Hz.

AUDIO FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

41 kHz and 67 kHz, 50 microsecond, modi- fied pre- emphasis. 67 kHz response modified for proper operation when used with stereo to conform to

FCC specifications.

DISTORTION:

Less than 1.5% 30 -3000 Hz.

FM

NOISE: (Main channel not modulated)

55 dB minimum (ref. 100% mod- ulation 400 Hz).

CROSSTALK: (Sub- channel to main channel) - 60 dB or better.

CROSSTALK:

(Main channel

(ref. 400 Hz). to sub

-channel) 50 dB below 100% modulation

AUTOMATIC

MUTE LEVEL:

Variable from

0 to ulation.

-40 dB below 100% mod-

ORDERING

INFORMATION

FM-1H, 1000 watt

FM broadcast transmitter with

TE

-1 exciter

100% spare tube kit___

Stereo generator (add for stereo operation)

SCA sub

-carrier generator (add for

SCA operation)

994 -6573

990 -0550

994 -6533

994 -6507

®ATEO

47 www.americanradiohistory.com

250 Watt

FM

Transmitter

MODEL FM

-250H

Only one tube, a

4CX250B tetrode power amplifier, in the

FM

-250H for a full

250 watts power output. is

This used trans- mitter incorporates

Gates exclusive

TE -1 exciter, employing

Direct Carrier

Frequency

Modulation for unsurpassed audio

fidelity

in FM broadcasting.

The FM -250H transmitter is

fully

FCC type accepted for stereophonic and monaural trans- mission in the 88 to

108 MHz

FM broadcast band.

The

TE

-1 exciter is completely self- contained within the trans- mitter. and

Modular construction allows the addition of stereo

/or

SCA at any time by simply plugging in the appro- priate module. Stereo separation in the

FM

-250H is a minimum of

35 dB from 30

Hz to

15 kHz.

SOLID STATE

RECTIFIERS: Transmitter enhanced by the use of silicon diodes in

reliability

is

greatly

all power supplies in the

FM

-250H.

HARMONIC

OUTPUT

FILTER: Provided as standard equip- ment, the harmonic

filter

is contained within the FM -25011 transmitter cabinet.

Harmonics are attenuated well below

FCC requirements.

AUTOMATIC

RECYCLING:

In case of momentary overload, the FM

-250H will recycle automatically

-a feature seldom provided in

250 watt

FM transmitters.

REMOTE CONTROL:

Wiring for remote control is built in, including a motor driven control to vary power output. No outboard components are needed in the transmitter, when used with a

Gates remote control system.

Nir

GENERAL

POWER OUTPUT: 250 watts.

FREQUENCY RANGE: quency.

87.5 to 108 MHz, tuned to specified operating fre-

RF

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms.

OUTPUT

TERMINATION:

Type N receptacle.

FREQUENCY STABILITY:

.001% or better.

TYPE OF

MODULATION: Direct Carrier Frequency Modulation.

MODULATION CAPABILITY:

±100 kHz.

AC INPUT POWER: 115 volts, 60 Hz, 950 watts (approximate).

POWER

SUPPLY RECTIFIERS:

Silicon.

RF

HARMONICS: Suppression meets or exceeds all

FCC requirements.

ALTITUDE:

7,500 feet.

SPECIFICATIONS

AMBIENT

TEMPERATURE

RANGE:

-20

°C to +45

°C.

MAXIMUM

VSWR: 1.7 to

1.

OVER -ALL CABINET SIZE:

24"

W x

78"

H x 361/2' D.

FINISH: Two -tone beige -gray.

WEIGHT AND

CUBAGE: Packed, 850 lbs. Net 510 lbs. 70 cu. ft.

MONAURAL

OPERATION

AUDIO

INPUT IMPEDANCE: 600 ohms balanced.

AUDIO INPUT LEVEL:

+10 dBm

-2

dB for 100% modulation at

400 Hz.

AUDIO

FREQUENCY RESPONSE: Standard 75 microsecond,

FCC pre -em- phasis curve

±1 dB, 30-

15,000

Hz.

DISTORTION:

0.5% or less

30-15,000

Hz.

FM

NOISE: 65 dB below 100% modulation (ref.

400 Hz).

AM

NOISE: 50 dB below reference carrier AM modulated

100

%.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

FM

-250H, 250 watt

FM broadcast transmitter

Spare tube 4CX250B

Stereo generator (add for stereo operation)

SCA sub

-carrier generator

(add for

SCA operation)

GATE3

48

994 -6572

374 -0081

9944533

994 -6507 www.americanradiohistory.com

10 and

50

Watt

FM

Transmitters

Model

BFE

-10C Ten

Watt

FM

Transmitter.

Front view (cover removed) of Model

Models 8FE

-50C and

BFR

-50C

BFE

-10C, ten watt

FM transmitter. are essentially the same in appearance.

THREE

MODELS

AVAILABLE

Gates has consistently offered powered wide band

FM the most broadcast complete line of low transmitters in the indus- try. Especially designed for educational

FM broadcasting and for

STL

(studio- transmitter link) service, three popular models featuring direct crystal controlled cascade modulation are available. Included are the 10 watt

BFE

-10C and 50 watt

BFE

-50C versions for the standard FM broadcast band of

88 to 108 MHz, and the 50 watt Model

BFR

-50C which op- erates in the 40 to 220 MHz FM band.

The

BFR

-50C is spe- cifically designed for high service and is very

fidelity

program relay and

STL popular with broadcasters abroad.

The same low distortion, wide frequency response and reliability, characteristic of Gates higher powered FM models, will be found in these three lower powered units.

Metering consists of an audio level meter to indicate proper modulation level and individual meters for

RF output, plate current and plate voltage. The transmitters are

100% com- plete without external accessories other than antenna and audio equipment.

MODEL

BFE

-10C:

The

BFE

-10C ten watt

FM transmitter is

FCC type approved for educational FM broadcasting and is equally excellent for

STL service or in any applications where

10 watts

FM output is required. A compact self- contained unit designed specifically for desk or wall mounting, this 10 watt model incorporates the M -6095 controlled cascade modulation. exciter featuring direct crystal

Immediate

"full

view" access is available by removing the front grill or the rear full length slip

-off door.

This complete

10 watt

FM transmitter is used by many schools, colleges, universities and overseas broadcasters in conjunction with the

Gates FM -11 single ring or the FM -22 double ring

FM antenna.

MODEL

BFE

-50C:

For 88 to 108 MHz

FM service, the

BFE

-50C is similar in design to the

BFE

-10C transmitter but delivers

5 times as much power, or 50 watts. A 50 watt power am- plifier is added to the 10 watt section to provide the higher powered output.

The amplifier utilizes two 6146 tubes and a separate 600 volt power supply. Identical in appearance to the standard

BFE

-10C transmitter, the cabinet easily houses the 50 watt amplifier and power supply.

MODEL

BFR

-50C:

This compact 50 watt transmitter is prob- ably the world's most widely used FM relay transmitter.

De- signed to relay broadcast programs from studio to transmitter or between special program originating points, the Model

BFR

-50C operates on any one specific frequency

(as ordered) within the 40 MHz to 220 MHz band. When operating below

80 MHz, the maximum the deviation is

_'_40 kHz.

Above

80 MHz frequency deviation is

-75 kHz. The 50 watt amplifier consists of one radio frequency stage, powered by a

600 volt power supply. The range of this transmitter is greatly increased by use of a directional antenna. The corner re- flector antenna, when used at both transmitting and receiving ends,

A will result in several hundred watts of effective power. relay link up to nearly

100 miles is possible, depending on the antenna height of both transmitter and receiver, as well as the terrain.

GarEs

49 www.americanradiohistory.com

10

and

50

Watt

FM

Transmitters

____1111111M111111

IL

I.J

W left,

FM

-11 single ring omni

-directional antenna with power gain of

0.8 dB. Right, two bay

FM

-22 omni

-directional antenna with gain of

1.6 dB. These are broadband, easy to install antennas.

Front view (cover removed) of

BFE

-50C fifty watt

FM transmitter.

SPECIFICATIONS

POWER OUTPUT:

BFE

-10C,

10 watts;

BFE

-50C, 50 watts;

BFR

-50C, 50 watts.

FREQUENCY RANGE:

Models

BFE

-10C and

BFE

-50C, 88 -108 MHz, as or- dered. Model

BFR

-50C, 40 to 220 MHz, as ordered.

STABILITY: 0.001 % or better.

MODULATION: Direct crystal controlled cascade modulation.

RESPONSE: flat

Within

1 dB of standard 75 microsecond pre- emphasis curve or

±1 dB, 50- 15,000 Hz.

Note: for

Will supply with

75 microsecond pre- emphasis curve unless ordered flat curve.

FREQUENCY DEVIATION:

-4-100 kHz; (-4-75 kHz

-

100% modulation in

FM broadcasting). Model

BFR

-50C. Models below 80 MHz have maximum deviation of

±40 kHz or less, as desired. Above

80 MHz may be

±75 kHz or less, as desired.

DISTORTION: 1% or less

30-

15,000

Hz.

0.5%

100

-10,000

Hz.

RF

HARMONICS: Suppression meets or exceeds all

FCC requirements.

INPUT:

-.

10 dBm

2 dB at 600 ohms impedance.

POWER: 117 volts,

50/60

Hz.

BFE

-10C, 120 watts;

BFE

-50C, 230 watts;

BFR

-50C, 230 watts.

RF

OUTPUT: 50 ohms (Type N connector).

OSCILLATOR: Direct crystal controlled.

NOISE: 65 dB below 100% modulation

(FM).

TEMPERATURE:

-20° to

+45

°C.

TUBES:

BFE

-10C: (6) 6AU6, (3) 6J6, (3)

6201, (3) 7025,

(2)

OA2, and

12AX7,

6AQ5, GZ34 /5AR4, 6080, 6360.

(1 each)

BFE

-50C: Same as above, with

(2) 6146 and

(1) 5R4GYA tubes added.

BFR

-50C: Same as

BFE

-10C tubes added. with

(1)

5894,

(1) 6AQ5, and

(1) 5R4GYA

ALTITUDE: 7500 feet.

FINISH: Gates two -tone black. beige gray with trim in brushed aluminum and

SIZE:

26!7" high,

28" wide, 14" deep.

WEIGHT (Packed):

BFE

-10C (domestic) 100 lbs.; (export)

205 lbs.;

15 cu. ft.

BFE

-50C (domestic)

125 lbs.;

(export)

230 lbs.;

16 cu. ft.

BFR

-50C (domestic) 125 lbs.; (export)

230 lbs.;

16 cu. ft.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

BFE

-10C,

10 crystal watt

FM transmitter,

88 -108 MHz, with tubes and

Spare 100% tube kit for

BFE

-10C

Manufacturer's recommended minimum tube kit for

BFE

-10C

BFE

-50C, 50 crystal___ watt

FM transmitter,

88 -108 MHz, with tubes and

Spare

100% tube kit for

BFE

-SOC

994 -5594

990 -0391

990 -0488

994 -5595

990

-0489

Manufacturer's recommended minimum tube kit for

BFE-

50C____990 -0490

BFR -50C, 50 watt

Relay

Transmitter crystal and oven for

40-220 MHz, with tubes,

994 -5599

FM -11 Single Ring

Educational

(88 -108 MHz)

FM

Antenna

FM

-22 Double

Ring

Educational

(88 -108 MHz) FM

Antenna

710 -0102

710 -0103

State carrier frequency when ordering all models and antennas and fre- quency swing desired when ordering Model

BFR

-50C transmitter.

GATES

50 www.americanradiohistory.com

FM

Broadcast Link and

Relay System

SYSTEM

A SYSTEM

B

0-30 n,ies.

0.60 Miles.

Tr

Receiver.

Transmitter.

Transmitter.

DIRECTIONAL:

System A is a directional

FM system operat- ing in the 148 -174 MHz band, which results in an effective

750 watts signal and will provide a line -of

-sight high

fidelity

transmission link over distances up to 50 to 60 miles (subject to antenna heights and terrain). Applications include studio to transmitter link, point to point relay service, or remote pickup. Featured is the Gates

BFR

-50C, 50

Watt

Transmitter.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

1

-50 watt

FM transmitter

(see pages 49

-50)

1-

Receiver, 125

-175 MHz

(see below)

_

2-

Corner reflector, high gain, broadband ant

100'

-Coaxial

Cable

100'

-Twin line 300 ohm

_

Complete system as described above

_ .

BFR

-50C

731 -0009

3605A

RG

-8

/U

8235

FML

-50D

NON -DIRECTIONAL:

System

B is a non

-directional

88 -108

MHz

FM system using a non

-directional antenna for trans- mitting and a high gain directional antenna for receiving.

This system provides a high

fidelity

studio -to- transmitter link, and, where regulations permit, allows simultaneous FM broad- casting of the AM program. The system features the Gates

BFE

-50C 50 watt transmitter, which has built

-in

RF output indicator and audio level meters. Line -of -sight reception with

50 watt transmitter is estimated at 30 miles.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

1

-50

watt

FM transmitter

(see pages 49-50)

1-

Receiver, 88 -125 MHz (see below)

Alternate Transmitter for shorter distances: 10 mitter,

88 -108 MHz (see pages 49 -50) watt

FM trans-

1

1

-Two ring

FM transmitting antenna, gain

1.6

-FM receiving antenna

_

_

100'

-Coaxial

Cable, for transmitter

_

__

100'

-Twin line 300 ohm, for receiver

Complete 50 watt system as described above

Complete

10 above watt system using alternate transmitter described

___

-

BFE

-50C

731

-0003

BFE

-10C

FM

-22

_LPL-FM-6

RG

-8

/U

8235

FML

-50ND

FML

-10ND

LPL

-FM-6.

BROADCAST

MONITOR

AND

RELAY RECEIVER

51

SPECIFICATIONS: Designed

SIL and retransmitting specifically for pickup of FM at full

30- 15,000

Hz response at dis- tortion of 1% or better, 50- 15,000

Hz.

Bandwidth 150 kHz,

88 to 225 MHz, antenna input 72 or 300 ohms, audio output

150/600 ohms.

Crystal controlled oscillator for negligible drift.

Sensitivity

2 mV for

20 dB quieting or 10 mV for

40 dB quiet- ing.

Has plus monitor speaker, signal strength meter and

12 tubes rectifier.

Rack mount 8'/4" x

19

".

Please state frequency when ordering.

Receiver, CM

-150,

125

-175 MHz*

Receiver, CM

-100

88

-125 MHz*

*

Other frequencies available from 88 -225 MHz.

731

-0009

731

-0003

®

GATES www.americanradiohistory.com

Circularly Polarized

FM

Antenna

Ü

DUAL -CYCLOID

Gates Dual has a

Cycloid

FM

Antenna with circular polarization radiation pattern intended to deliver an improved sig- nal to

FM receivers. A primary advantage of the Dual -Cycloid antenna is the reduction of antenna transmitting bays re- quired when circular polarization is desired. Previously, indi- vidual elements, horizontal and vertical, and in most cases a power divider, had to be installed to obtain dual polariza- tion. Now, only the Gates Dual -Cycloid is required.

Utilizing the time proven features of the Cycloid antenna, and other advantages of the Gates Type 300G vertical an- tenna, the Dual -Cycloid provides a radiating system with a low standing wave ratio over a bandwidth of 200 kHz. Ideal conditions are presented for the transmission of today's com- plex

FM monaural, stereo, and SCA multiplex signals.

The Gates Dual -Cycloid

Type FMC antenna transmits circular polarization as authorized by

FCC rules and regulations.

The station's effective radiated power will still be determined by the signal radiated in the horizontal plane.

This is determined by the antenna gain

(see table) in the horizontal plane multi- plied by the power input to the antenna.

Any number of elements from one to sixteen may be utilized, providing maximum

flexibility

in the selection of power gain for a particular installation.

Special antennas with null

fill

and beam

tilt

are available. Maximum power rating per bay is ten kilowatts; arrays will handle power inputs as high as forty kilowatts.

De

-icers are available and are recommended for climates that experience icing conditions.

The

Dual

-Cycloid consists of two basic parts: (1) the radiating element and,

(2) the interconnecting transmission line sections.

The radiating elements in an array are all identical electrically and mechanically. Utilizing the effective ring design of the

Cycloid as the basic unit, two vertical elements have replaced the fixed end plates; the rear terminal block is now a match- ing balun mating the antenna impedance to the interconnect- ing transmission line.

The vertical sections have adjustable caps for a fine adjust- ment of the horizontal

/vertical

radiation ratio.

Designed for rugged trouble

-free operation, all antenna elements are fab- ricated of a durable weather resistant brass alloy with ex- cellent electrical properties.

Antenna elements are normally spaced one wave

-length

apart

with interconnecting transmission line sections and feed through o common system input termination of

50 ohms, which is a standard

31/e"

EIA female flange.

MOUNTING:

The antenna is mounted on a specially designed supporting bracket, fabricated to mate with the tower in a mounting arrangement specified by the purchaser. Antennas are usually mounted on the leg or self tower face of a guyed or supporting tower.

Pole or top mounting is available on special order.

FEED

POINT: Antennas of

9 bays or less are end fed through a 6 ft. transmission line section;

10 or more bays are usually center fed through a 6 ft. transmission line section,

90' elbow and coaxial

"T"

connector.

CIRCULARITY:

Both the horizontal and vertical radiation pat- tern of the Dual -Cycloid antenna have been measured within

-2 dB in free space. When side mounted, the antenna pat- tern will be somewhat affected by the supporting structure.

This effect, however, has been minimized with the special supporting bracket and feed system which places the radiat- ing element over 36" from the tower.

Supplied on a standard

31"

EIA line, the antenna is com- plete with mounting brackets for standard AM and

FM towers.

GATES

52 www.americanradiohistory.com

Circularly Polarized

FM

Antenna

-Dual

-Cycloid

Heavy -duty mounting brackets, designed to place the antenna element away from the supporting structure for the least ef- fect on the radiation pattern, are supplied at no additional cost.

Standard brackets are for use on tower legs or side mounting on the normal type AM radiator.

A special quota- tion will be made for brackets on TV towers and non

-standard radiators and poles.

SPECIFICATIONS

FREQUENCY RANGE: band.

Factory tuned to one frequency in the 88 to 108

MHz

POLARIZATION:

Circular, clockwise.

POWER

GAIN (Over Dipole): Approximately equal to half the number of stacked bays for horizontal polarization; same for vertical polarization.

See table below.

AZIMUTHAL

PATTERN:

Circular

+2.0 dB in free space for horizontal polari- zation; same for vertical polarization.

See table below.

VSWR AT INPUT

Side

(Without field trimming): mounting,

1.5:1 or better.

Top mounting, 1.1:1 or better.

VSWR AT INPUT better over

(With

±

100 kHz. field trimming):

Top or side mounting,

1.1:1 or

INPUT IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms.

INPUT CONNECTION:

31/4

-inch, 50 ohm EIA female flange.

POWER INPUT RATING:

Approximately

10 kW per bay

(see table).

WINDLOAD:

50 lbs. per square foot for foot for cylindrical surfaces. flat surfaces; 33 lbs. per square

DIMENSIONS: (One bay)

30 in. high,

451/2 in. long.

FEED

POINT: One to nine bays, end fed. even number of bays, or at a point

1Y2

Ten bays and over, center fed with bay below center with odd number of bays.

WEIGHT: Antenna bay,

41 lbs. (19 kg). Interconnecting feed line, 27.5 lbs.

(12 kg). Mounting bracket, 22 lbs. (10 kg).

GATES

TYPE

FMC

-1

FMC

-2

FMC

-3

FMC -4

FMC -5

FMC -6

FMC -7

FMC -8

FMC -9

FMC -10

FMC -12

FMC

-14

FMC -16

POWER

GAIN dB

GAIN FIELD

GAIN'

Horizontal Vertical Horizontal Vertical Horizontal

Vertical

POWER

RATING

APPROX.2

LENGTH

WEIGHTS

(lbs.)

WIND

-4

LOAD

0.46

1.0

1.5

2.1

4.9

5.5

6.6

7.8

8.9

2.7

3.2

3.8

4.3

0.46

1.0

1.5

2.1

5.5

6.6

7.8

8.9

2.7

3.2

3.8

4.3

4.9

-3.37 -3.37

0

0

1.76

6.87

7.40

8.20

8.29

9.49

3.22

4.31

5.25

5.80

6.34

1.76

3.22

4.31

5.25

5.80

6.34

6.87

7.40

8.20

8.29

9.49

2.21

2.35

2.57

2.79

2.98

0.678

1.0

1.23

1.45

1.64

1.79

1.95

2.07

0.678

1.0

1.23

1.45

1.64

1.79

1.95

2.07

2.21

2.35

2.57

2.79

2.98

10 kW

20 kW

30 kW

40 kW

40 kW

40 kW

0

10 ft.

20 ft.

30 ft.

40 ft.

50 ft.

40

40 kW kW

60 ft.

70 ft.

80 ft.

40 kW

40 kW 90 ft.

40 kW

110 ft.

40 kW

130 ft.

40 kW 150 ft.

315

384

452

520

589

658

795

931

1069

41

110

178

247

172

391

610

829

1049

1268

1487

1707

1926

2192

2630

3069

3507

Equipment furnished: antenna elements as required; antenna mounting hardware (specify tower manufacturer and type); interconnecting rigid transmission line section

(6 ft.); standard

31/a

-inch EIA female flange. coax

Accessory equipment:

RF shielded deicer system,

300 watts per bay, 115 volts,

50/60

Hz

. . . complete with conduit boxes and

RF shielded interbay wiring harness. Thermo- switch for control of deicers. AC heater cable.

1. be

To obtain the effective free space field intensity at one mile in mv/m for one ing coax line lengths on end feed antenna, add 6' to

6' below center due to matching stub.

3.

A allow for typical leg matching stub. kilowatt antenna input power, multiply field gain by 138. 2.

When determin-

When determining coax line lengths on center feed mounting bracket weighs approximately 22 lbs. and is required. Weights given included antenna bay and interconnecting feedline.

4. Based on 50 psf wind pressure on not flat included in antenna, termination will weights given. surfaces, 33 psf on

1 cylindrical per bay surfaces

(110 mph actual wind velocity).

IN

CATES

53 www.americanradiohistory.com

Horizontally

Polarized

FM

Antenna

CYCLOID

The

Cycloid

FM antenna fills the need for a modern, easy to install, and ing wave highly efficient antenna, with minimum stand- ratio for

FM stereo and monaural service.

The field proven

Cycloid antenna offers high gain and high power handling capabilities incorporated in an electrical design available exclusively from Gates.

Binary adjustment permits the antenna to be tuned to a low standing wave ratio.

Since all of the adjustment is incor- porated in the antenna, it is not necessary to buy costly ex- tras such as transformers, or field tuning kits, to achieve the optimum low standing wave ratio.

The Gates

Cycloid

FM antenna is factory pretuned to the customer's frequency, assuring optimum on

-air performance.

Mounting brackets are supplied as a standard item with the antenna.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

The

Cycloid antenna is sixteen and with available with any number of bays From one to

Pi" or

31/2" line.

(See price list.)

SPECIFICATIONS

FREQUENCY RANGE: band.

Factory tuned to specified frequency in

88 -108

MHz

POLARIZATION: Horizontal.

HORIZONTAL

PATTERN: Circular,

±1.0 dB in free space.

INPUT IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms, on

1

%" or

31/2" coax.

FEED

POINT:

1 feed. to

8 bays inclusive

-end feed.

9 to

16 bays inclusive

-center

POWER RATING:

3 kW per section on

1

%" line.

(See note

1.)

VSWR: (With field tuning)

Top mounting,

1.1 to

1.

Side mounting,

1.1 to

(Factory tuned)

Top mounting

1.2 to

1.

Side mounting,

1.5 to

1.

1.

WINDLOAD:

20 lbs. per square foot.

(See note 2.)

DIMENSIONS: (One bay): Height

(over -all),

6 inches. Ring

18 inches

(depends on frequency). diameter, approx.

WEIGHT: Antenna,

31/2"

25 lbs. per ring.

1

%" line,

12'/2 lbs. per

10 ft. section. line,

271/2 lbs. per

10 ft. section.

EQUIPMENT FURNISHED: Antenna mounting hardware (specify tower make, height and type number when ordering). Correct number of antenna ele- ments as ordered. Interconnecting rigid coax

(1

Standard

EIA

(1

%" or

31/2") flanges as ordered.

%" or

31/2") as ordered.

ACCESSORY EQUIPMENT

(Optional):

Deicers: 300 watts

(FMH- 300). 600 watts

(FMH -600). Thermo -switch for control of deicers.

GATES3

TYPE

FMA

-1

FMA

-2

FMA

-3

FMA-4

FMA

-6

FMA

-7

FMA

-9

FMA -10

FMA -12

FMA -14

FMA -16

NO.

OF

BAYS

1

7

8

9

2

3

4

5

6

10

12

14

16

POWER4

GAIN

0.9

2.0

3.0

9.4

10.5

12.5

14.5

16.5

4.1

5.2

6.3

7.3

8.4 dB

GAIN

-0.45

3.01

4.77

6.13

7.16

7.99

8.63

9.24

9.73

10.21

10.97

11.61

12.17

FIELD

GAIN

.95

1.41

1.73

2.02

2.28

2.51

2.70

2.90

3.07

3.24

3.54

3.81

4.06

APPROX.

LENGTH IN

FT. @ 98 MHz

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

110

130

140

WEIGHT

(LBS.)

11/4" Line 3'

/e"

Line

25

62

100

137

175

212

250

287

325

362

437

512

587

25

77

130

182

235

287

340

392

445

495

600

705

810

WINDLOAD2

We"

Line

31/4" Line

611

693

775

941

1107

1273

40

122

206

285

367

448

530

79

231

383

536

688

840

993

1145

1297

1450

1755

2060

2365

1.

It is not advisable to use more than 7.5 kW on a above 7.5 kW, use 31/2" line.

1

%" line. For powers

2.

Windloads are based on 20 pounds per sq. ft. on projected areas of cylindrical surfaces with all sections considered round.

GATEs

54

3. Type number

Example

-

FMA will be followed by

-4(A), the

A

=

"A" or

"B" indicating coax cable size.

1%" coaxial cable. FMA -4(B)

=

31/2" co- axial cable

(see price list for type number).

4. Power gains compared to

'/z wove dipole. www.americanradiohistory.com

Vertically

Polarized

FM

Antenna

TYPE

300G

The

300G vertically polarized

FM dipole antenna enables an

FM station to transmit a supplemental vertically polarized

!ignal to achieve elliptical or circular polarization as auth- orized in the FCC Rules and Regulations.

It may be used in combination with any type of horizontally polarized FM an- tenna.

IY

íi

ORDERING

INFORMATION

3oth the 1,8" and

3'a" vertical antennas carry type number 300G.

As hese antennas are usually ordered as a system of several bays with con

- lecting lines and breakers, the Gates price list is employed for more com-

31ete listings.

'ower division networks, both variable and fixed, are available to corn-

Dine vertical and horizontal antennas. For ease of listing, these are also

3art of the Gates price list.

SPECIFICATIONS

'REQUENCY RANGE: Factory band. tuned to specified frequency in 88 -108

MHz

POLARIZATION: Vertical.

POWER

GAIN: Approximately equal to number of dipoles.

(See table.)

'ORIZONTAL

LINEARITY:

Dipole circular

±1 dB in free space.

NPUT IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms on 118" or 3'8" coax.

FEED

POINT: For

9 bays or less, the antenna is end fed. For

10 bays or more, the antenna is center fed where number of bays is even, and for odd number of bays feed point is la bay length below center.

POWER

RATING:

3 kW per dipole.

VSWR: Tuned to 1.1:1 tower. or less; less than

1.5:1 when mounted on side of

WINDLOAD:

60 psf. on mph flat actual wind velocity). surfaces, 40 psf. on cylindrical surfaces (123

DIMENSIONS: Length of dipole

-3.75 ft. From center of transmission line to center of dipole

-2.83 ft.

WEIGHT: 1s8" dipole

-26.5 lbs. 31,8" dipole

-34.0 lbs.

Typical mounting bracket

-22.0 lbs. per bay.

DEICERS:

Not required.

TYPE

3000-1

300G

-2

300G

-3

3000-4

300G

-5

3000

-6

300G

-7

3000.8

300G

-9

300G

-10

300G -12'

300G

-14

3006

-16

POWER RATING LENGTH WEIGHT

WIND

LOAD

OVER TURNING

MOMENT..

NO

OF

DIPOLES POWER GAIN

FIELD

GAIN

De

GAIN ON l

'."

IINE ON

3."

LINE FEET A

INCHES ON

1K"

LINE

ON

31/4" LINE

ON

I

Y."

LINE ON

3'/."

LINE

ON

1,."

LINE

ON

31/4" LINE

-

002

1

.950 .975

3

3

3 9

50 55 104 104

U

0

1.400 1,190 1,430

2

1.969 2.942

6 6 13

7

111 135 259

307

1.767 3,900 4,840

3

3.120 4.942

9 9

23

4 171

215 414 510

10,200

4

4.198 2.045

6.230 10 12 33

2

232 295 569

713 8,350

2.305 14,300 17,600

5

5.310 7.251 10

15

42

11

292 375 724 916

6

7

8

9

10

13

14

16

6.393

7.500

8.571

9.755

10.960

13.195

15.290

17.483

2.528

2738

2.927

3.124

3.311

3.633

3.910

4.181

8.057

8.751

9

330

9.892

10.398

11.204

11.844

12.426

10

10

20

20

20

20

20

20

18

21

24

27

30

36

42

48

57

62

72

82

91

111

131

150

9

7

4

2

11

7

2

9

353

413

474

534

595

716

837

958

455

535

615

695

775

935

1095

1255

879

1034

1189

1344

1499

1809

2119

2429

1119

1322

1525

1728

1931

2337

2743

3149

21,100

29,900

40,200

52,100

65,400

96,600

133,965

177,000

27,000

38,400

51,700

67,100

84,400

125,000

173,000

230,000

Wind load in the direction through the mounting toward the tower computed to 60 lbs. on flat surfaces and

40 lbs. on projected areas of cylindrical surfaces.

"For

60 lbs. wind loading direction through the mounting toward the tower and referred to the center line of the bottom bay. m

GATES

55 www.americanradiohistory.com

FM

Isolation Transformers

7.5 kW

AND

10 kW ISOLATION

TRANSFORMERS. 25 kW ISOLATION TRANSFORMER.

The FM isolation transformer is designed to couple

FM trans- mitter power across the base of an insulated tower used jointly as an

AM and

FM radiator, without objectionable mismatch being introduced into the

FM transmission line. Sin- gle AM antennas and antennas which are part of an AM directional antenna system are not affected when the isolation transformer is used.

The transformer can be mounted at the base of the tower or directly on the tower structure.

Full lightning protection is achieved by heavy duty

DC shorts between the inner and outer conductors on both ends of the transformer. Discharge of lightning is then through the external gap across the tower base.

Each isolation transformer is factory tuned to specified fre- quency. Factory tuning should introduce less than a 1.05 to

1

VSWR at the specified

FM frequency,

-±--0.5

MHz, when terminated in a matched 50 ohm load.

Every transformer is supplied with

EIA 50 ohm male flanges with captive bullets for mating with

EIA 50 ohm female flanges on either helical or rigid coaxial transmission line.

Designed for pressurized operation, the

FM isolation trans- former requires a pressure of approximately

3 to

5 lbs. per square inch. Dry unit so air or dry gas should be passed through the that under pressure changes in temperature will not cause moisture condensation from outside air.

SPECIFICATIONS

(7.5 and 10 kW Units)

FREQUENCY: 88 to 108 quency at the factory).

MHz (adjusted to the customer's operating fre-

VSWR:

Less than 1.05 to

1 on specified frequency, minated in a matched 50 ohm load.

-}0.5 MHz when ter-

POWER

RATING: (Into matched 50 ohm load)

7.5 kW

-Model

620 -0397

10 kW

-Model

620-0415.

INSERTION

LOSS:

0.10 dB or less.

INPUT

AND

OUTPUT: (7.5 kW unit)

EIA

1

%" flange, male* or female.

(10 kW unit) EIA 3'

/e" flange, female.

*Box has EIA male connector. The male to male if box connects to female adapter may be removed fitting. Subtract

6" from flange to flange length for each adapter if removed.

WEIGHT: 48 lbs.

LENGTH:

20"

(flange to flange).

WIDTH

OF BOX: 13 %

".

HEIGHT OF BOX: 10

".

MOUNTING:

2" pipe flange on bottom of box.

PRESSURIZATION: Designed square inch max. gas for use in pressurized system

-20 lbs. per will pass through unit.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

7.5 kW

Isolation Transformer, adjusted to the customer's op- erating frequency at the factory.

Standard

EIA

1%" flanges.

For use with a maximum transmitter power of

7.5 kW

10 kW

Isolation Transformer, adjusted to the customer's op- erating frequency at the factory. Standard 3' /e" flanges.

For use with a maximum transmitter power of

10 kW

620 -0397

620 -0415

SPECIFICATIONS

(25 kW

Unit)

FREQUENCY: 88 to 108 quency at the factory).

MHz (adjusted to the customer's operating fre-

VSWR:

Less than

1.05 to

1 on specified frequency, minated in a matched 50 ohm load.

±0.5

MHz when ter-

BANDWIDTH: Over

2

MHz between

1.1 to matched 50 ohm load.

1

VSWR points terminated in a

POWER

RATING:

25 kW maximum in a matched 50 ohm load.

INSERTION LOSS: 0.10 dB or less.

AM

SHUNT

CAPACITY

TO

GROUND: 60 to 70 pf.

LEAKAGE ISOLATION: At least 30 dB down at the

FM frequency

(as meas- ured between the outside of the coaxial output line and the case).

INPUT

3'/e"

AND

OUTPUT:

31/2" fifty ohm

ER male flange will mate with the fifty ohm EIA female flange such as the Andrew type 78 -AR

-F used on 31/e"

Heliax cable, or the flange on

Andrew type 562A 50 ohm

31/2" rigid coaxial transmission line.

WEIGHT: 255 lbs.

LENGTH:

39" (flange to flange).

TANK DIAMETER: 281/2".

MOUNTING: Separate secure tank to

3" cradle. pipe flange on bottom.

Two stainless steel straps

PRESSURIZATION: Designed for use in a pressure system with gas passing through the unit. (Normal pressure

3 to

5 lbs. per square inch using dry air or dry gas.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

25 kW Isolation Transformer, adjusted to the customer's op- erating frequency at the factory. Standard

EIA 31/s" flanges.

For use with o maximum transmitter power of

25 kW

620-0444

Ga

rEs

56 www.americanradiohistory.com

Directional

FM

Antennas And Accessories

DIRECTIONAL FM ARRAYS

Directional

FM

Antennas can be supplied utilizing the

Gates horizontally polarized Cycloid, the Gates vertically polarized

Type 300G, or a combination of the two. A directional cir- cularly polarized

Dual

-Cycloid antenna is available on spe- cial order.

Many considerations enter into the design and construction of a directional

FM antenna, of which the desired pattern is probably the most important. Other factors are the supporting structure and effective radiated power.

This information is required before a firm quotation can be made.

In accordance with

FCC requirements, all directional

FM antennas must be tuned and tested at the factory on the customer's assigned operating frequency, while mounted on a tower simulating the final installation.

A plotted radiation pattern must be filed with the commission.

For additional information, ager. contact your Gates District Man-

Directional

FM antenna as supplied by Gates to Radio

Station WMSH, Hershey, Pennsylvania. Antenna con- sists of four bays directional

Cycloid and four bays non

-directional

300G elements.

FM

ANTENNA

ACCESSORIES

REPLACEMENT

ANTENNA

HEATER ELEMENTS. For

Cycloid and Dual -Cycloid antennas. Special order.

THERMO- SWITCH for control of antenna heaters. Switch will handle a maximum of

15 amperes.

Order number

604 -0287

AC HEATER CABLE

AND CONDUIT, including installation.

Only available when a tower or

FM antenna is being installed.

Special order.

CYCLOID

MOUNTING

BRACKETS.

Antenna prices include standard mounting brackets for either leg or face mounting on ing guyed towers.

The following are special brackets for mount-

Cycloid antenna elements 36 inches off of tower face, at additional cost for each bracket.

(See price list).

Antenna

Type (A or

B)

FMA-2

FMA-3

FMA-4

FMA-5

FMA-6

FMA-7

FMA-8

FMA-9

FMA-10

FMA-1

1

FMA-12

Brackets Required

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

20

22

Power divider.

FIXED POWER

DIVIDER

-custom designed to divide power for vertical and horizontal antennas to customer's specifica- tions. Special order.

With 3'

8" EIA input and

3'8"

EIA output for both horizontal and vertical antennas.

With

158" EIA input and

31,'e"

EIA output for both horizontal and vertical antennas.

With

31/21"

EIA input and

158" EIA output for both horizontal and vertical antennas.

With

158" EIA input and

158" EIA output for both horizontal and vertical antennas.

57 www.americanradiohistory.com

FM

Stereo

Modulation Monitor

MODEL GTM -88S

The GTM -88S measures

FM stereo or all modulation characteristics of an monaural signal in accordance with

FCC require- ments.

All normal operating controls are accessible from the front panel. Instrument outputs for the right and left channels on the rear of the monitor can be connected to such

auxiliary

test equipment as oscilloscopes, distortion analyzers and fre- quency monitors, which may remain connected without af- fecting monitor performance or accuracy.

Left channel instru- ment

ouput

is switchable to either channel by front panel control.

Printed circuit construction is used throughout, and, combined with the total solid state design, improves over -all depend- ability, and assures stable operation even under adverse op- erating conditions. Space age integrated circuits combine all circuit components into a single silicon semi

-conductor device, thus eliminating many physical components as well as their associated interconnections, for the ultimate in performance and reliability.

Provision has been made for the addition of an SCA adapter to measure SCA modulation in accordance with

FCC rules and regulations.

SPECIFICATIONS

ELECTRICAL

OPERATING FREQUENCY: 87.5 to 108 MHz.

RF

INPUT IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms, unbalanced.

RF

INPUT SENSITIVITY:

0.1 to

1 watt.

COMP. INPUT SENSITIVITY: 0.7

V peak -to

-peak for 100% modulation.

COMP. INPUT IMPEDANCE: 4000 ohms.

COMP. OUTPUT:

3

V peak -to -peak at 100% modulation.

COMP. OUTPUT IMPEDANCE: 600 ohms.

COMP. OUTPUT

FREQ. RES.:

_"0.5 dB, 30 Hz to 100 kHz.

19 kHz OUTPUT: 0.75

V peak to

-peak into 20

K ohms load.

HEADPHONE OUTPUT: Levels for loads from

4 with distortion 1% or less.

Separate level ohms to several megohms control.

POWER REQUIREMENTS: 100 -130 VAC, 50 60 Hz, 40 watts.

INSTRUMENT OUTPUT

(left

or

right)

IMPEDANCE: 20,000 ohms.

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

-0.5

dB, 50 Hz, to

15 kHz.

DISTORTION ulation.

(Stereo):

0.5% or better from

50 Hz to

15 kHz at 100% mod-

INTERNAL NOISE:

-70 dB or better in mono or stereo below 100% mod- ulation at 400 Hz.

CHANNEL SEPARATION:

35 dB or better

50 Hz to 15 kHz.

CROSSTALK CAPABILITY

MAIN

TO SUB: 50 dB or better.

SUB TO

MAIN:

55 dB or better.

SCA TO

MAIN

OR SUB: 70 dB or better.

SUBCARRIER SUPPRESSION: 50 dB or

15 kHz. better with modulation from

5 to

MODULATION

METER

ACCURACY:

±5% or better.

BALLISTICS:

Conform to FCC rules 73.322 (b).

PEAK

MODULATION INDICATOR: Adjustable to indicate from 50% to 120% modulation.

AM

NOISE MEASUREMENT:

AM noise up to

-70 dB from 30

Hz to 75 kHz.

FCC TYPE

APPROVAL: No.

3

-144.

MECHANICAL

RF

INPUT CONNECTOR: UHF plug.

DIMENSIONS: 19" wide,

8'4" high,

14ií" deep.

WEIGHT:

26 lbs.

(net).

AMBIENT

TEMPERATURE:

10

°C (50 °F) to 55 °C (131 °F).

AMBIENT

HUMIDITY:

0 to

95% relative.

ALTITUDE:

Sea level to 10,000 feet.

MOUNTING: Standard 19" rack panel or free standing.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

GTM -88S FM Stereo

Modulation Monitor, complete with crystal, calibrated to specified operating frequency

®

GATES

58

994-6569 www.americanradiohistory.com

FM

Monaural

Modulation Monitor

MODEL GTM

-88M

Incorporating all of the advanced performance features of the stereo unit, the GTM -88M monophonic monitor can be readily converted to stereo operation with full

FCC type ap- proval.

Printed circuit modular construction used in the GTM

-

88M allows conversion to stereo operation with no wiring changes.

The conversion is accomplished by plugging in the appropriate modules and filters, then calibrating for stereo operation.

The design also provides for the addition of an adapter for measurement of SCA modulation.

Silicon solid state and silicon integrated circuits monitor were selected for their dependability. used in the

All normal operating controls are on the front panel, with other controls behind a hinged front panel. When converted to stereo, the monophonic monitor requires no control changes.

The peak modulation indicator is adjustable in 10 degree steps from

50% to 120

%.

Separate headphone and instrument outputs receive an

FM signal with de- emphasis, while the modulation meter receives the complete signal with pre- emphasis to provide accurate modulation readings. Compact in size, the GTM -88M is de- signed for standard rack mounting.

ELECTRICAL

OPERATING FREQUENCY: 87.5 to 108

MHz.

RF

INPUT IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms, unbalanced.

RF

INPUT SENSITIVITY: 0.1 to

1 watt.

HEADPHONE OUTPUT: Load levels from 4 ohms to several megohms with

1% or less distortion. Separate level control.

POWER REQUIREMENTS: 100 to 130

VAC, 50/60

Hz,

40 watts.

INSTRUMENT OUTPUT

IMPEDANCE: 20,000 ohms.

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

±0.5 dB, 50 Hz to 15 kHz.

DISTORTION. 0.25

%,

50 Hz to 15 kHz at 100% modulation.

INTERNAL NOISE:

-70 dB below 100% modulation at 400 Hz.

SPECIFICATIONS

MODULATION METER

ACCURACY:

±5

%.

BALLISTICS:

Meet

FCC rule 73.322 (b).

PEAK

MODULATION INDICATOR: Adjustable from 50 to 120% modulation.

AM

NOISE MEASUREMENT

CAPABILITY:

-70 dB, 30 Hz to 75 kHz.

FCC TYPE

APPROVAL: No.

3

-145.

MECHANICAL

RF

INPUT CONNECTOR: UHF plug.

DIMENSIONS: 19" wide, 83/4" high,

141/4" deep.

WEIGHT: 24 lbs. (net).

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE: 10° to 55

°C, (50° to 131

°F).

AMBIENT HUMIDITY:

0 to

95% relative.

ALTITUDE Sea level to 10,000 feet.

MOUNTING: Standard 19" rack panel or free standing.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

GTM

-88M

FM

Monaural Modulation Monitor, operating frequency __ complete with crystal, calibrated to specified

994 -6581

GATEO.

59 www.americanradiohistory.com

SCA

Modulation Monitor Adapter

MID

MODEL GTA -6741

Gates

SCA modulation monitor adapter measures

all

mod- ulation characteristics of an SCA signal when used in con- junction with Gates

FM modulation monitors.

This adapter can also be used to with the GTA -88F SCA frequency comparator measure the accuracy of SCA frequencies as specified by the

FCC.

Total solid state circuitry, plus integrated circuits throughout the GTA -6741, assures trouble -free operation.

A built

-in peak modulation flasher provides indication of peak or over -modulation on the SCA channel.

The

GTA -6741 is also equipped with an instrument output for connection of external test equipment without affecting performance of the adapter.

A separate audio output provides a

+10 dBm signal to drive an also external amplifier.

A separate headphone jack is provided.

Measurements that can be made using this SCA modulation monitor adapter and Gates GTM -88S stereo or GTM -88M monophonic modulation monitor include:

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

SCA channel modulation

(41 and

/or

67 kHz).

Crosstalk

-SCA

into main channel.

Crosstalk

-SCA

into stereo channel.

Crosstalk

-Main into

SCA channel.

Crosstalk

-Stereo

into SCA channel.

Crosstalk

-67 kHz into

41 kHz SCA channel.

Crosstalk

-41 kHz into 67 kHz SCA channel.

FM noise measurements

-SCA

channel.

SCA

88F frequency accuracy

(when used with Gates GTA

- frequency comparator).

Distortion on the SCA channel (with external distortion analyzer).

SPECIFICATIONS

OPERATING FREQUENCY:

41 kHz and 67 kHz.

SCA PEAK

MODULATION INDICATOR: Adjustable

120% modulation.

Meets

FCC Rules

73.332D

(4). to indicate from 50% to

INSTRUMENT OUTPUT

IMPEDANCE: 20,000 ohms.

DISTORTION:

1 v or better

(30 Hz

-

7.5 kHz).

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

±0.5 dB (30

Hz

-

7.5 kHz).

CROSSTALK CAPABILITY

SCA INTO

MAIN

OR SUB:

(10%

SCA) 70 dB or better.

MAIN INTO SCA: (SCA

8:1) 50 dB or better

(30

Hz

15kHz).

STEREO

INTO SCA: (SCA

8:1)

40 dB or better

(30

Hz

-

15 kHz).

41

KHZ INTO 67 KHZ: (both

SCA at

10

%)

45 dB (30

Hz

-

5 kHz).

67 KHZ INTO 41 KHZ: (both SCA at

10

%)

45 dB (30

Hz

-

5 kHz).

AUDIO

OUTPUT

HEADPHONE OUTPUT: Provides to several megohms. sufficient level for headphones from

4

Separate level control provided. ohms

_

1 dB 30 to

7,500 Hz.

AUDIO

OUTPUT:

+10 dBm at 600 ohms (unbalanced).

GENERAL

POWER SOURCE:

All

DC voltages provided from

GTM -88M modulation monitors. or GTM -88S

FM

SIZE:

19" wide,

13" deep.

83" high, 11" deep. Including knobs and rear connectors,

WEIGHT: 20 lbs. (net).

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE:

10 °C to 55 °C (50

°F

AMBIENT HUMIDITY:

0 to

95% relative. to

131

°F).

ALTITUDE:

Sea level to 10,000 feet.

MOUNTING: Standard

19 -inch rack panel or free standing.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

GTA -6741

SCA

Modulation Monitor Adapter

©

GATES

60

994 -6591 www.americanradiohistory.com

FM

Accessories r

MODEL GTM -88F

FM FREQUENCY

MONITOR

Gates new all solid state

FM frequency monitor measures the precise operating frequency of the

FM transmitter by utilizing pulse counting techniques. A crystal controlled wide band pulse signal is compared with the

FM transmitter center fre- quency to determine any frequency deviation from the as- signed sures a operating channel.

The pulse counting technique as- measurement accuracy of better than

0.0001%, and full compliance with all

FCC requirements.

FREQUENCY RANGE: 88 to 108 MHz

POWER: 100 to 130

(fixed).

VAC, 50/60

Hz, 40 watts,

19"

W x

7"

H x

10"

D.

GTM -88F FM frequency monitor, complete with crystal, calibrated to specified operating frequency

994 -6588

PILOT

-SCA FREQUENCY

COMPARATOR

Gates pilot

-SCA frequency comparator determines the accur- acy of the stereophonic pilot frequency when used with Gates GTM -88S modulation monitor, and SCA frequencies when used with the GTA -6741 SCA modulation adapter. Three in- tegrated circuits, one transistor, and nine diodes (all silicon) are used for stability and reliability.

The

GTA

-88F is factory calibrated, and will provide years of dependable service in full compliance with existing

FCC rules.

OPERATING FREQUENCIES: 19,

41 and 67 kHz as supplied.

POWER: 100 to 130 x 63/4" D. (83/4"

VAC, 50/60

Hz, 10 watts. 19" W x 51/4" deep with knobs and rear connectors.)

H

GTA -88F 19 kHz pilot /SCA

41 and 67 kHz frequency comparator 994 -6603

MODEL GTA -88F

MODEL GTM -88R

FM

RF

AMPLIFIER

Designed to operate in conjunction with Gates

FM frequency and modulation monitors, the GTM -88R amplifier is used at a remote location to provide sufficient

RF power to drive the monitors. This is ideal for applications where the monitors are located at the studio and the transmitter is at a remote loca- tion.

It permits the operator to monitor the frequency and modulation of the transmitter as required by

FCC regula- tions. Solid state silicon circuitry plus extensive use of inte- grated circuits throughout assures dependable, trouble -free operation.

FREQUENCY RANGE:

87.5 to 108 MHz.

POWER: 115 V,

50/60

Hz, 12 watts. 19" W x

51í"

H x

10"

D.

GTM -88R FM

RF necting cable amplifier complete with antenna, less intercon-

--

61 www.americanradiohistory.com

FM

Installations

WGAN

-FM,

Portland, Maine -Gates

40 kW

FM transmitter

(above right), plus the Cycloid and left),

1460 vertical antenna combination

(above ft. above average terrain, produces a

100,000 watt

ERP signal.

Directional antenna consisting of combined Cycloid and

Type 300G, vertical installed and operating at

WMSH -FM,

Hershey, Penn- sylvania.

+

+

Whatever the

FM broadcasting need, from a 10 watt educational station to a full

100,000 watt

ERP in- stallation,

Gates has the facilities and the experi- ence to produce the finest

FM ment.

Just a few short years transmitting equip- ago, Gates introduced the first solid state Direct Carrier

Frequency

Modu- lation exciter.

This unique exciter has revolutionized

FM equipment, especially for stereo and SCA op- eration where it added the final dimension of solid state reliability.

Each

Gates

FM transmitter is designed for the most reliable, yet economical operation possible. Tube count has been kept extremely low by combining the solid state DCFM exciter with modern ceramic tetrodes throughout for most efficient operation. All power levels of transmitters are available for com- bination with the full line of Gates

FM antennas to produce any effective radiated power up to the maximum permitted.

WJR -FM tion

Detroit uses a

Gates

FM

-10G Transmitter in combina- with horizontal and vertical antennas to produce a

24 kW circularly polarized signal.

GATES

62 www.americanradiohistory.com

Remote Control

System

Fig. A.

Studio unit provides complete metering and selection/ operation of up to 23 control functions. Power supply is self

- contained.

MODEL

RDC

-1OAC

This

Gates remote control equipment is a direct current system without tubes or transistors and has only one major moving part

-the rugged gold contact stepper. Facilities are pro- vided for as many as ten metering positions and

23 control functions. Capacity of the RDC -10AC equipment ranges from the one transmitter, one tower installation to a multi -tower directional system, as well as combination AM

-FM separate transmitters with only one RDC

-10AC system. to several circuits on one or two transmitters, coupling units, etc.

As an on the example, the tower light function can be indicated plate current meter.

Many combinations are possible with the selection of the proper accessories as listed on Page

65. Relays are of highest malfunction. A switch is quality to assure freedom from provided on the transmitter control unit to transfer operation maintenance or servicing. back to manual during transmitter

Standard equipment includes: (a) the studio control unit, Fig.

A,

(b) the transmitter control unit,

Fig.

B,

(c) plate current and

(d) plate voltage metering kits, plus (e) the tower light indi- cator unit. Studio and transmitter units are also available sep- arately.

Items (c), (d) and

(e) are described on Page

65.

The studio control unit (Fig. A) has three large, easy -to -read meters that indicate plate voltage, plate current and AM an-

-enna current or

FM output.

The meters may be switched

Only two metallic telephone pairs are required.

Usually the order phone between studio and transmitter is connected to one of the remote functions to eliminate the need for a third order phone line. The RDC

-10AC system will operate on tele- phone lines up to 30 miles in length, or with 3000 ohms loop resistance, whichever is greater.

Both studio and transmitter units are 19" wide,

834" high and 10" deep. Front panels drop down for easier servicing.

Shipping weight: domestic, 50 lbs.; export,

85 lbs.

Cubage:

4 cubic feet.

Fig.

B. in most

Transmitter unit may mount in a rack, or directly transmitters. Power supply is self- contained.

63

ORDERING

INFORMATION

(A) Complete RDC

-10AC system includes studio and

(B)

(C)

(D) units and items

I,

J and

K below___ mitter

____ -__ -_ -_

-

-

--

_ transmitter

994 -5862 -001

Studio and transmitter units only

Antenna diode to remote control antenna meter __

Motor driven rheostat

994 -5862 -002

____- 994

-6112 for power control of 250 watt trans-

994- 4703

-001

(E)

Motor driven rheostat for power control of 500 watt trans-

(F)

(G) mitter mitter

994- 4703 -002

Motor driven rheostat for power control of

1000 watt trans-

.994-4703-003

Motor assembly to drive variable coil for load power ad- justment such as for

5 kW or

10 kW transmitters. (Relay below necessary)

.994 -5066

(H) Relay assembly to operate 994 -5066 motor

_994

-4806

(I)

Plate current unit to extend plate current readings

994

-4720

(J)

(K)

Plate

Tower voltage unit to extend plate voltage readings light indicator

_

994 -4719

._994 -5145

IMPORTANT: When ordering, give as much transmitter detail as pos- sible: (a) make and type number,

(b) plate rheostat in ohms and watts. If not a

Gates transmitter, state method of power output con- trol such as rheostat, variable loading, etc.

If you are in doubt, please contact us.

Gates will gladly assist.

=a=

GATES www.americanradiohistory.com

Remote Control

System

Studio Unit

Transmitter Unit

MODEL

RDC

-200A

Designed for the simplest or most complex unattended op- eration, the

Gates

RDC

-200A system will handle as many as

39 metering functions and 78 switching operations.

Remote functions are dialed on the studio unit, and a reference chart is mounted on the units. If front of both the transmitter and studio remote function No.

17 is dialed, for example, this appears in the the illuminated numerals chart, position

17 may on both units.

By referring to indicate you are ready to adjust loading control, or whatever function is on circuit

17.

All powers of equipment from 250 watts to 50,000 watts, and the more complicated multi

-tower directional system, may be easily handled with standby transmitter. facilities left to accommodate the

FM or

Only two metallic telephone pairs are required. If desired, the order phone may be on one of these pairs as a dialed function.

There are no tubes or transistors as the system operates on direct current.

The greatest current used is only

6 mA.

This permits very positive results over lines up to

60 miles in length or 5,000 ohms loop resistance. three large

All metering is with

4" meters, each with multi

-scales. DC voltage,

DC current and

RF current or output is indicated.

For AC volt- age indications, the M -4825 rectifier

(next page) may be added.

Power supplies for both units are self- contained.

Each occupy

19" x 153,4" of rack space. No simplex, phantom or return circuits are used. Oversize slave relays ground provide abun- dant contact rating for flawless switching. Combined with the sensitive current control relays, polarizing diodes and biasing for low operation, this insures a type of

reliability

expected from the modern, and often complex, lation. broadcasting instal-

All switching functions, including pulse and reset, may be controlled from the transmitter unit for local operation during maintenance and servicing periods. The popular

Gates drop

- down front panels are standard construction.

Weight: domes- tic, 110 lbs.; export,

170 lbs.

Cubage:

15 cubic feet.

INFORMATION

ORDERING

RDC

-200A remote control system (see tower light indicators

(see

Note

Notes

Extra

AC

Rectifier to indicate

AC

Voltages

_

2)

1 and 3)

994 -5870

994 -5145

994

-4825

GA

TES

NOTES: (1)

5145 units

Standard equipment includes: plate voltage metering unit, plate current metering unit, plate start -stop relays for one transmitter and tower light indicator.

(2) For more than

1 tower, order 994- for each additional tower. (3)

See next page for other accessories such as additional meter- ing units, motor driver, etc.

64 www.americanradiohistory.com

Remote

Control

System Accessories

FREQUENCY MONITOR

EXTENSION

METERS

MOTOR OPERATED RHEOSTAT RF

DIODE UNIT dis

1

For M

-4990 AM Frequency

Monitor. Meter is exact duplicate of the M -4990 monitor for extending fre- gJency indication to studios.

Extension meter

_

____994 -5631

Far extending Gates

M -2890 AM monitors. Has

4" frequency indicating meter reading

30

-0

-30 Hz.

Includes resistor pad for sampling voltage. Tubes:

6AW6, 6AQ6, 6AL5, 6X4 and

0A2.

For 115 volts,

50/60

Hz. Size

7" x

19" x

7" deep.

Frequency

Monitor

Extension Unit 994

-5270

Recommended for regulating the plate voltage in transmitters of

1 kW and less.

Available in three sizes for

250, 500 and 1000 watt transmitters.

Mo- tor is one rpm and operates from

115 volts, 60 Hz.

Motor Rheostat for

250 watts and

BC

-IG

..____

_

994

-4703A

Motor Rheostat for

500 watts

994 -4703B

Motor Rheostat

Motor Control for

1 kW

_____

_

994 -4703C for

Rheostat in

BC

-500G

994 -6326

TUNING MOTOR

The M

-6112

RF diode unit is designed for use as a remote

RF cast indicating device in standard broad- installations for sampling base currents or common point currents.

It is not a directly cali- brated

RF ammeter, but is adjustable to indicate current linearity with the

RF meter. It is sary to not neces- break the lead to the antenna to install the unit. The M -6112

RF diode consists of an in- ductive loop which is attached to a rectifier assem- bly, and is also clamped to the antenna lead. The

M -6112 is a solid state device and requires no

AC power.

POWER RANGE. 250 to

50,000 watts.

FREQUENCY RANGE: 540 to 1600 kHz.

RF

Diode Unit

___994 -6112

OVERLOAD

RELAY

MONITOR

EXTENSION

METERS

Several types available as listed below for ex- tending both frequency and modulation monitors.

Mounted on standard 19" rack panel.

5'."

high.

Remote

Meter monitor for

M -5774 modulation

994 -5836B

Remote

5693 meter for extending

Gates

M- modulation monitor 994 -5837

F,r extending

Gates

M

-2639 modulation monitor

994 -5210

F,r GR1931A or

RCA

WM43A tion monitors modula-

For

GR1181A or RCA

WF48A frequency monitors

_

__

994

-5206

994 -5208

This unit for tuning variable inductor, capacitor or other controls, has built

-in limit switches. Five wire reversible motor

1 rpm. Requires M -4806 relay as- sembly for control.

115 volt,

50/60

Hz.

Tuning

Motor

__

994

-5066

TUNING MOTOR

ASSEMBLY

For operating rheostat, variable condenser, or any variable control. Three wire reversible motor

1 rpm. Torque 15 lb.- inches. 115 volts,

50/60

Hz.

Tuning Motor

_ _

.

_.__

994 -4800

AC

RECTIFIER

Replaces els, as circuit breakers in current or older mod- circuit breakers are usually undependable for remote control. Tripping current adjustable. In- serted in cathode circuit of

RF power amplifier.

Some engineers prefer an ulator circuit. additional unit in mod-

Overload Relay 994 -5129

FM

OUTPUT INDICATOR

AUXILIARY

RELAY ASSEMBLY

Auxiliary relay assembly to provide one on

-off mo- mentary switching facility.

These relays provide two sets of double pole double throw contacts rated at

8 amperes, 115 volts

AC.

Auxiliary

Relay Assembly

Same as type above but latching (holding) with

10 ampere contacts

994 -5249

994

-5248

Rectifies the AC the voltage, either line or filament, at transmitter, and feeds back

DC to studio unit for measuring

AC by remote control.

AC

Voltage Unit

994 -4825

PLATE CURRENT UNIT

Included with the Gates remote control system.

Furnishes a sample of plate current which is re- turned to the studio unit and measured on the directly calibrated plate current meter. The unit is provided with a high voltage protective fuse, and can be used for current ranges of

0

-0.8 and

0 -3 amperes. Units can be used in higher current range is required. parallel if

Plate

Current Unit

_

994 -4720A

TOWER LIGHT UNIT

This unit is used to provide a DC voltage for indi- cation of proper tower light operation. Includes current transformer.

Tower Light Metering Kit ___________ 994 -5145

65

Designed to sample the 50 ohm transmission line of an

FM transmitter for measuring transmitter output as required by FCC. Provides a DC voltage which is measured on the studio unit meter system.

Solid state. Requires no AC power.

FM

Output Indicator ..__994 -4845

PLATE VOLTAGE UNIT

Supplied with Gates remote control systems. One unit is used with voltages up to and including

6000 volts.

For higher voltages, additional units may be connected in series. Also accessory item transmitters. for metering available as an additional stages of

Plate Voltage Unit

994 -4719A

OUTPUT LOADING CONTROL

KIT

Complete kit to control output loading of Gates

BC

-5P

-2 and

BC

-5H

5 kW transmitters.

It includes

M

-5066 and

M

-4806 relay and all necessary mount- ing hardware.

Output Loading Control Kit

_

-

__.

994 -4848A

GATES www.americanradiohistory.com

Coaxial

And

Rigid

Transmission Lines

AIR

DIELECTRIC

SIZE:

TYPE

NUMBER:

TYPE

NUMBER, JACKETED:

IMPEDANCE: OHMS

ATTENUATION @ 100 MHz, dB

/100

FT.:

VELOCITY: %:

AVERAGE

POWER, @ 100 MHz -kW:

BEND

RADIUS (MINIMUM) -INCHES:

NET

WEIGHT

-POUNDS

/FT.:

NET

WEIGHT -JACKETED:

POUNDS /FT.:

H5-50

HJ-50

50

0.37

91.6

6.4

10

.43

.51

FLEXIBLE

COAXIAL

CABLE

Produced in continuous splice -free lengths, Heliax® low loss cable is ideally suited for any application where use of coaxial transmission line is indicated.

For medium wave

VHF and

UHF applications, long, contin- uous lengths provide ease of installation and maintenance -free service.

Corrugated copper conductors provide a combination of

flexibility

and low loss. For direct burial, exposure to rough handling, or where the outer conductor must be insulated, Heliax jacketed with polyethylene is also available. Although Heliax connectors and fittings are easily at- tached, it is recommended that all cable assemblies be ordered with fittings factory attached with specialized manufacturing equipment.

Please order by type number.

® Registered trademark, Andrew Corporation.

SPECIFICATIONS

1;ía"

H7-50A

HJ7-50A

50

0.21

92.1

14.5

20

.72

.92

3"

H8-50A

HJ8-50A

50

0.14

93.3

34.0

30

1.2

1.5

5"

H9-50

HJ9-50

50

0.080

93.0

95.0

50

2.7

4.2

8"

HJ10-50

50

.052

94.0

170.0

72

8.9

RIGID

TRANSMISSION

LINES

FOAM

DIELECTRIC

COAXIAL

CABLE

Foam Heliax is used in those broadcast installations requiring low loss coaxial cable in which pressurizing is not desirable.

A corrugated copper outer conductor and foam dielectric provide a combination of high strength, low loss and power handling not available in solid dielectric cables.

The flex-

ibility

of foam Heliax provides maximum resistance to crush- ing, kinking or denting, and enables it to be pulled through conduits and around obstructions. Please order by type number.

SPECIFICATIONS

SIZE:

TYPE NUMBER:

TYPE

NUMBER, JACKETED:

IMPEDANCE:

ATTENUATION @ 100 MHz, dB

/100

FT.:

VELOCITY, %:

AVERAGE

POWER, @ 100 MHz, kW

BENDING RADIUS

(MINIMUM) -INCHES:

NET

WEIGHT

-POUNDS /FT.:

NET

WEIGHT

-JACKETED:

1/2"

FH4

-50B

FHJ4 -50B

50 ohms

0.82

79

2.3

5

.125 lbs.

.185 lbs.

7/s,.

FH5

-50A

FHJ5 -50A

50 ohms

0.44

79

4.8

10

.32 lbs.

.42 lbs.

GATES

66

Teflon insulated rigid copper coaxial transmission lines

for

broadcast application.

Line and connectors meet all EIA ap- plicable standards. Mitered elbows are compensated to pro- vide low VSWR. inner connectors,

All rigid sections and components include

"0" ring and hardware.

Please order by type number.

SPECIFICATIONS

SIZE:

TYPE

NUMBER:

560

IMPEDANCE:

50 ohms

ATTENUATION

@ 100

MHz, dB

/100

FT.:

0.40

VELOCITY,

%:

99.8

AVERAGE POWER, @ 100 MHz:

NET

WEIGHT- POUNDS /FEET:

4.3 kW

.65

31's"

154"

561

50 ohms 50 ohms

0.20

99.8

15.0 kW

562A

0.11

99.8

48.0 kW

1.25 2.75 www.americanradiohistory.com

y2

7h"

3"

5"

8"

Coaxial

Transmission Line

Accessories

3"

5,,

8"

EIA FLANGE

Fittings: Flanged items are

EIA grease and hardware kit.

EIA FLANGE standard and include inner connector,

REDUCER

CONNECTOR

END

TERMINAL

"O" ring, silicon o

TYPE N

JACK

SPLICE

ihrit<rio-

Use with copper

Heliax cable.

Includes gas barrier.

44AR

45AR

75AR

87R

78ARM

79R

80R

75AG

87G

78AGM

79G

Reduce cable size to

EIA flange sizes.

For strap connection to center conductor.

Female, motes with

(

).

FOAM

DIELECTRIC

875

78S th

7/5

44AT

45AT

(ÚG23)

44AN

(UG21)

45AN

136

AIR

DIELECTRIC

"

-'!1" 875

336" -136" 78S

61/11"-31/2"

(79R+1872)

611s

"

-31/4" (80R

+1872)

Vs"

75AT

136" 87T

3"

(79ARM

+

2062A)

5"

8"

(79R

+

2073)

(80R

+

2073)

(UG21)

(UG21)

75AN

87N

Use with copper

Heliax cable.

44AZ

45AZ

75AZ

87Z

78AZ

79Z

80Z

TYPE UHF JACK

Female.

44AÚ

45AP

75AÚ

87U

NON -INSULATED

HANGER

INSULATED HANGERS

Kit of

10 hangers.

Spacing 3' cables, 5'

5" cables. for

136" for 3" and

Use on insulated tower spacing

3 feet apart.

FOAM

DIELECTRIC

WRAPLOCK y2 tA

11662 -3

11662 -2

AIR

D

(ELECTRIC

Unjacketed Jacketed

WRAPLOCK

33598

-2

33598

-1

33598

-3

-

33598 -5

--

33598 -9 rh"

136"

3"

5"

8"

11662 -2

INSULATED HANGERS

Use on insulated tower spacing 3'

11/2",

5' apart for for larger sizes.

33948 -3

33948 -2

33948

-1

HANGER ADAPTERS

INSULATED

Adapters used to mount insulated hang- ers to tower without drilling.

Angle Members

13555

Round

Members up to

3"

13550

NON -INSULATED

Kit consists of

10 adapters to mount hang- ers to tower.

11/2"

ANGLE MEMBER TOWERS hangers

3" and

5" hangers

31768

33981

ROUND MEMBER TOWERS

Use with

136" hangers:

Member dia.

1

"

-2"

31670

-1

2

"-3"

31670 -2

3

"-4"

31670 -3

4

" -5"

31670

-4

5

"-6"

31670 -5

Use with

3

", 5" and

8" hangers:

Member dia.

1

"

-3"

33984

WRAPLOCK

One hundred feet of stain- less steel wraplock, complete with fasteners.

Use at three - foot intervals for all cables

13Y' and smaller.

Cable

Size

1/2

rA

136"

3"

5"

8"

GROUNDING

KITS

Unjacketed

26892

-1

24810

-1

24811

-1

28708

-1

30417

-1

Jacketed

26892

-2

24810

-2

24811 -2

28708

-2

30417 -2

30417 -2

HOISTING

Unjacketed Jacketed

29958

24312A

26985A

31031

19256B

24312A

26985A

31031

31031

®

ATEs

67 www.americanradiohistory.com

Coaxial Transmission Line

Accessories

Fittings:

All flanged items are EIA standard and include inner connector, silicon grease and

"O" ring, hardware kit.

All hangers require round member or angle adapters for attachment to tower.

INNER CONNECTOR

ROUND MEMBER CLAMP 90°

MITER ELBOW GAS BARRIER REDUCER END TERMINAL

Brass construction with

With fixed male connec- Reduces line size. swivel flanges on both tor on both ends. May ends. Includes one inner be used as gas inlet fit- connector. ting.

78"

158"

31e"

1060

1061

1062

?é"

Pa"

318"

1260A

1261A

1262B

?a" -15á"

1S8"

-38"

3)

8" -618"

1860

1861

1872

For strap connection.

Gas

With Teflon anchor tight with vent plug. In- bead. dudes inner connector.

7/ e"

Ps"

3's"

2061

2062

I4á"

31'a"

34660

15093A

Attaches hangers to tow er members up to ameter.

3" di

-- r /a" 34389 '/e"

15,1"

31/5"

13550

13550

13550 e

RIGID HANGER

SLIDING HANGER SPRING HANGERS

INSULATED

SLIDING HANGERS air

_

INSULATED

SPRING HANGER r

ANGLE ADAPTER

I

Mounts to

97." diameter 7á" size use at 6' inter- hole with

112" bolt or vals.1ss" use at

10 foot angle adapter.

Use at intervals.

300' intervals.

?í" size use at 100' in- Same as Type 14378 ex-

Same as spring hangers Galvanized clamp for at tervals.

Ps" size use at cept includes insulator, except includes insulator, taching hangers to toy

50' intervals. 31s" size t use at

10' intervals.

14063. 14063. er angle members up

7

/6" thick.

?e"

1sá"

315"

14328

13924

13927

7e"

Pa"

3l e"

14327 ?a" 13889

14378 136" 14379

-

31/e"

13925

?é"

Pa"

31/8"

--

?e"

14442

1°e"

--

31e"

--

7e"

1s8"

14441

13926 3' e"

13555

13555

13555

INNER CONNECTOR ADAPTER, 50 -51 ohms

-h" size, Type

4850A;

1sá

", Type 4851; 3'a

",

Type 4852.

HARDWARE KIT for use on one pair of flanges

-7a" size, Type 11381

-5; lsá" size, Type 11381 -2,

3'8" size, Type 11381

-3.

"O

RING GASKET, rs" size, Type 10683 -1; 158" size, Type 10683 -2; 31e" size, Type 10683 -3.

®

GATES

68 www.americanradiohistory.com

Coaxial

Transmission Line

Accessories

PRESSURIZATION EQUIPMENT

Automatic Dehydrators

-Types

1920A and 1930 are heat- less, fully automatic dehydrators capable of delivering con- tinuous supplies of dry air.

No down time is necessary to ac- tivate the dry agent.

Both units will operate over an ambient range of 0° to 120

°F with an input humidity of 95

%.

TYPE:

OUTPUT:

POWER:

INTERNAL OPERATING

PRESSURE:

OUTLET DEWPOINT:

DIMENSIONS, INCHES:

1920A

1.2 CFM @ 4 psig

120V,

60 Hz

60 psig

Below

-37

°F

1511 x 24 x

141'4

1930

.2 CFM

120V, 60

Hz

30 psig

Below

-20

°F

131'4x7',4 x

1478

DRY

AIR HAND

PUMP

Type 878A, dry air hand pump, pres- surizes up to 1000

250 feet of

7 feet of

13/s" line. One pound of silica gel and seven feet of hose is sup- plied.

Please order by type number 878A

NITROGEN

TANK

FITTINGS

Type 858C, nitrogen tank fittings

- in- cludes pressure regulator, high and low pressure gauges and

10 feet of

3/e"

O.D. poly tubing and fittings to

fit

'

/e"

MPT.

Please order by type number

858C

COAXIAL

SWITCHING

EQUIPMENT

These 1%

",

31/e" and

61/e" coaxial transfer switches are used wherever

RF power must be rerouted quickly.

Should power

fail,

these motor driven switches may be cycled manually.

Power source is

120V,

50/60

Hz.

LINE

SIZE,

INCHES:

TYPE

NUMBER:

FREQUENCY

BAND MHz:

CURRENT REQUIREMENT, AMPS:

POWER

PEAK* kW:

VSWR,

MAXIMUM:

SWITCHING TIME, SECONDS:

DIMENSIONS, INCHES:

WEIGHT, POUNDS:

19s

6730C

0

-200

0.3

100

1.05 -50 MHz

1.20 to 200 MHz

1

8 x 8 x 10

13

3'/s

6740A

0

-860

2.0

300

1.05 to 860 MHz

2

14 x 14 x 14

65

*

At unity VSWR and 40 °C (104

°F) ambient temperature.

618

6750

0

-750

3.0

1500

1.05 to

750 MHz

2

24 x 24 x 24

250

PATCH PANELS

A standard series of manual patch panels for

1%

-inch and 3'

-inch lines are offered in combinations up to 10 by 11.

Typical specifications of the commonly used

1 by

2 and

2 by

2 are shown below.

TYPE

NO.:

DESCRIPTION:

LINE SIZE:

VSWR:

SIZE, INCHES:

34600

1x2

34601

2x2

1h"

198"

-1.1 up to 1800 MHz

14" high x

19" wide x

14" deep

34602A

1x2

34603A

2x2

318"

3Iá"

-1.05 up to

1000 MHz

69 www.americanradiohistory.com

Open

Wire

Transmission Line

M

-3328

End

Plate.

M

-3327 Bracket.

M

-2870D

Feed

-thru

Bowl.

TRANSMISSION LINE BRACKET

For

5 or

6 wire transmission line. Rating up to 150 kW mod- ulated. Made of

1/4" steel

3" wide with welded

L section on each side to fully prevent twisting under ice or wind load.

Supplied with

8'/4" ribbed insulator, wire guides and all hard- ware. Galvanized throughout.

Line

Bracket

994 -3327

-

LINE END PLATE

To terminate the open wire line at each end. Plate is

'/4" thick,

20" square. Fully galvanized. Includes turnbuckles,

251/2" strain insulator and all hardware.

Rating up to 150 kW modulated.

End

Plate

_

994 -3328

FEED

-THRU BOWLS

A large feed -thru bowl with 50 kW modulated rating. Avail- able in single and double units and with solid or hollow studs as listed below.

Bowls are Alsimag.

Hardware, heavy brass.

Velutex seals are provided for weathertight installation.

Solid stud,

2 bowls,

Same as above but for walls to

1012" thick hollow stud

Solid stud, single bowl,

Same as above but for walls hollow stud

1" thick

994 -2870

994 -3254

994 -5280

994 -5281

Ir l f010

ON sol

I

E__

TO o.CM.IIGwTIliG,

T[L[MON[

CMOUITS

T

I

L

En. ro

-Go rT

SINAI

Y[

CMIMT

DESIGN

AND

IMPEDANCE CHART

I

'

.

TO ANT

ND ill

To

TOIMTINw

GAp/a lo.[R.

LI OWING

,

T[l[rMOM[

CIAWní

=r/

I

I

GAWK)

L.MC

/

TO sTlTg

GAwlo

Chart above illustrates typical five or six wire open type transmission line. Table is provided to show impedances with various wire sizes at certain heights above ground. Transmission line brackets are

M -3327, end plate

M -3328. Horn gap is M

-3322.

The power, optional, according to requirements of installation. lighting and telephone circuits shown are

M -3864 Center Post.

M -3322 Horn Gap.

HORN GAP

A very desirable item where higher power is employed. Con- nects to hot side of line and ground to drain

off

lightning and heavy static discharges. Usually one is employed for each 200 feet of line.

Insulator for

150 kW. Arc gaps heavy chrome plate. Galvanized throughout.

Horn Gap 994 -3322

CENTER POST ASSEMBLY

Has variety of uses such as end or corner angling of trans- mission line, support tennas, and a insulator for two wire line or rhombic an- guide insulator such as end of building or coupling unit. Rating

150 kW. Galvanized throughout.

Center Post

Insulator_

HARD DRAWN

WIRE

_

994-3864

If desired, when ordering transmission line components, Gates will

gladly

supply No.

6, 8 or 10 hard drawn copper wire at current market prices. State length in feet desired, remem- bering to multiply the length of line by the number of wires in line, either

5 or

6.

SPECIAL OPEN WIRE LINES

Gates engineers have designed many special open wire lines for both short and long distances. Most celebrated was a

30- mile line supplied for use in the Arctic Circle. Upon receipt of a sketch or word description of the requirements, Gates engineers will

gladly

submit layout and quotation.

AVERAGE SURGE IMPEDANCE FOR

6

WIRE TRANSMISSION LINES

HEIGHT

OF

CENTER WIRE

9'

10'

12'

6

232

0

246e 2505

23452

2400

WIRE SIZE

8

10

2500

25652

2525

2600

AVERAGE SURGE IMPEDANCE FOR

5 WIRE

TRANSMISSION LINES

HEIGHT

OF

CENTER WIRE

9'

10'

12'

6

WIRE SIZE

8 10

330

0

346

5

36452

3330 3505

3650

3325

3480

36352 aATES

70 www.americanradiohistory.com

Antenna

Towers

Available in choice of de- sign and exact height for your frequency and power.

36

FOR

AM,

FM

AND TV

AM,

FM and

TV towers are available in the six basic designs shown here, insulated or non

-insulated. All have superior

Utility engineering and workmanship and always meet or ex- ceed EIA specifications.

In the five standard models, round members are welded together in

20

-foot sections except for top section which is to your measurement. You have choice of hot dip galvanized or rust

-inhibitive primer finish.

All mod- els available in knockdown design for compact export ship- ping.

The

Type 170KD tower is of bolted angle iron construc- tion in 10

-foot sections.

ALL MODELS

-

NOTE

-

SHOWN ARE

AVAILABLE IN

SOLID ROUND CONSTRUCTION

Leg members are

U- shaped Angle Iron

2

"x2

"x3(é"

RIGID

ANCHOR BEAMS: Anchors are individually designed to meet the requirements of each tower installation. Utility uses the

I

-beam with its proven structural rigidity. When in- stalled by

Utility tower crews, on normal soil, this beam is im- bedded in concrete slab reinforced with steel rods and with earth

fill

on top.

SOLID BASE INSULATORS: Insulated vertical radiators are equipped with the latest

Utility

3401 or

Utility

2201 pivot base insulators for positive insulation between base and ground.

Utility base insulators have much higher compression rating than hollow insulators of similar size.

They are resilient and shatter

-proof.

Each insulator is proof tested for a load approx- imately eight times greater than ever carried in normal broad- cast service.

GALVANIZED HARDWARE: All Utility tower hardware is hot dipped galvanized to prevent rust and corrosion.

EASY tion

MAINTENANCE:

Round members and welded construc- provide smooth surfaces for easy painting and servicing.

Steps are built into bracing to eliminate need for scaffolding and to make entire height of tower easy for maintenance men to reach.

TOWER

TYPE

SPECIFICATIONS

MAXIMUM

RECOMMENDED

HEIGHT

TOWER

WIDTH

WEIGHT

PER

FOOT*

TYPE OF

BASE

INSULATION

520

480

380

340

140

170KD

500

FT.

480

FT.

400

FT.

350

FT.

200

FT.

320

FT.

36

IN.

30

IN.

24 IN.

18 IN.

12

IN.

18

IN.

31 LBS.

28

LBS.

19

LBS.

17 IBS.

12

LBS.

17 LBS.

LOCKE

OR

LAPP

UTILITY

3401

UTILITY

3401

UTILITY

2201

UTILITY

3401

'Tower steel only

-Weight of guys, insulators, etc., no included.

71

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Specify: Type of nized or non tower; tower height; insulated or non

-insulated; galva-

-galvanized. Self- supporting, tall TV towers, or towers over

520' will be quoted upon request.

Installation services for towers,

FM, TV antennas, transmission line, AC lighting and ground systems also avail- able on request.

®

CAT-Ea www.americanradiohistory.com

Tower Lights

And

Accessories

NON-FUS.

BF

65A

-1

BF

65A

-2

BF

65A

-3

BF

BF

BF

66A

-1

66A

-2

66A

-3

BF

BF

67A

-1

67A

-2

BF

67A

-3

BF

68A

-1

BF

68A

-2

BF

68A

-3

BF

69A

-1

BF

69A

-2

BF

69A

-3

BF

70A

-1

BF

70A

-2

BF

-70A

-3

BF

60A

-1

BF

60A

-2

BF

60A

-3

BF

61A

-1

BF

61A

-2

BF

61A

-3

BF

BF

62A

-1

62A

-2

BF

62A

-3

BF

63A

-1

BF

63A

-2

BF

63A

-3

BF

64A

-1

BF

64A

-2

BF

64A

-3

FUSED

BF

60F

-1

BF

60F -2

BF

60F

-3

BF

61F

-1

BF

BF

61F

2

61F

-3

BF

62F

-1

BF

-62F

2

BF

62F

-3

BF

63F

-1

BF

BF

63F -2

63F

-3

BF

64F

-1

BF

64F

-2

BF

64F

-3

BF

65F

-1

BF

65F -2

BF

65F -3

BF

66F

-1

BF

66F -2

BF

66F

-3

BF

67F

-1

BF

67F

-2

BF

67F

-3

BF

68F

-1

BF

68F -2

BF

68F -3

BF

69F

-1

BF

69F

-2

BF

69F -3

BF

BF

BF

70F

-1

70F -2

70F

-3

BEACON

FLASHERS

NO. OF

SWITCHES

MAX. RATING

WATTS /SWITCH

DESCRIPTION

Single Pole, Single Throw

117

Volt,

60 Hz

Single Pole, Double Throw

(for Load Balance Resistor)

117 Volt,

60 Hz

Single

Pole,

Single Throw

240

Volt,

60 Hz

Double Pole, Single Throw

117

Volt,

60 Hz, or

120/240 Volt,

60 Hz

117

Two Circuit

Volt,

60

Hz, or

120/240 Volt,

60 Hz

Single

Pole,

Single Throw

240

Volt,

50 Hz

Single

Pole,

Single Throw

117

Volt,

60 Hz with

BY

-PASS

Single Pole, Double Throw

117

Volt,

60

Hz with

BY

-PASS

(for

Load Balance Resistor)

Two

Circuit, Double

Pole

120/240 Volt,

60 Hz

Three Circuit

120/240 Volt,

60 Hz or 120/208 Volt,

3 PH.

Four

Circuit

120/240 Volt,

60

Hz or 120/208 Volt,

3

PH.

ONE

ONE

ONE

TWO

TWO

ONE

ONE

ONE

FOUR

THREE

FOUR

2800

1500

2800

2800

2800

2800

1500

1500

2800

2800

2800

HOUSING

TYPE

OUTDOOR

INDOOR

PANEL

OUTDOOR

INDOOR

PANEL

OUTDOOR

INDOOR

PANEL

OUTDOOR

INDOOR

PANEL

OUTDOOR

INDOOR

PANEL

OUTDOOR

INDOOR

PANEL

OUTDOOR

INDOOR

PANEL

OUTDOOR

INDOOR

PANEL

OUTDOOR

INDOOR

PANEL

OUTDOOR

INDOOR

PANEL

OUTDOOR

INDOOR

PANEL

TAPS or K.O.

34"

1;1" z."

1"

1"

34"

3,4"

3."

1'4"

114"

1'a"

WEIGHT

SHIP

12

11

4'á

12

11

41/2

12

11

4'á

36

25

10

35

24

10

36

25

10

13

11

5

28

23

9

28

23

9

13

11

5

13

11

5

11

10

3

12

10

31/2

12

10

31/2

12

10

31/2

23

18

6

23

18

6

29

21

7

28

20

7

29

21

7

(LBS.)

NET

11

10

3

11

10

3

ACCESSORIES

TOWER LIGHTS: Single obstruction light, bottom entrance conduit fitting furnished with lamp receptacle to accommodate either a

100 or

111 watt,

115

V medium screw base lamp, or lumen pre -focus series lamp.

Single obstruction light

710 -0012

Single obstruction light, same as above, but side entrance con- duit fitting.

Order

710

-0013

Double obstruction light, with two lamp receptacles, each accommodating either

100 or

111 watts, medium screw base.

Bottom entrance fitting type for one -inch conduit.

Double obstruction light _________

_ _

_____ 710 -0014

Code Beacon

300

MM, standard fully approved

FCC and CAA model supplied with two red filters.

For

?." conduit

710

-0063

For 1" conduit

Clear traffic signal lamp.

107 watt,

115

V.

710 -0075

Signal lamp____

Beacon lamp,

620 watt

®

CATES

396 -0141

396 -0129

72

PHOTO

-CELL UNIT: Single unit, indoor housing, lighting con- trol unit with outdoor remote weather photo tube, includes complete code flasher for flashing of three towers and photo- electric cell control for automatic turning on and off.

115/230

V,

50/60

Hz.

Photo -cell unit

LC

-2077

Single unit, indoor housing, same as above, except for

4 towers

LC

-2076

PHOTO

-CELL

AND BEACON

FLASHER: A combination unit in weatherproof housing. Photo -cell may be rotated to north regardless of mounting position on tower.

Turns on at

35 foot candles and off at

58 foot candles.

For

1 pole 30 amperes, flashes one circuit

_

710 -0058

FISHER- PIERCE PHOTO

-CELL UNIT: A unit completely weatherproof, fully approved for turning on and off tower lights; has time delay of

5

-7 seconds to prevent operation by chance.

For

105/130

V, 3000 watt rating,

SPST, double break

-

670

-0007

For

210/250

V, 3000 watt rating,

SPST, double break

____

___.670 -0010 www.americanradiohistory.com

Heavy

Duty

Inductors

and

Capacitors

87

Inductance in microhenries.

ORDER

NO.

931-6138-010

931-6138-039

931-6138-040

931-6138.041

931-6138-025

931-6138-026

931.6138.027

931-6138-036

931-6138-030

931-6138-045

931-6337-007

Coil clip for

FA coils

Coil clip

Coil clip

Coil clip for

FC coils for

FBT coils for

FCT coils

Gates manufactured inductors have the emphasis on solid mechanical construc- tion.

All coils are micalex insulated and silver plated with cold water dip to delay tarnishing. Variable coils have double gripping contact wheels. Other sizes and ratings available on special order.

EXPLANATION

OF TYPE

NUMBER

A

A

B-a"

C

-1/2"

No letter here indicates ribbon. "T" indicates tubing.

46

Number of turns.

F

F

-Fixed

V-

Variable

3

Pitch of winding in

3f6' for ribbon,

'A" for tubing.

SPECIFICATIONS

AND

ORDERING

INFORMATION

TYPE

NO.

87FA4634

6FC0854

10FC0855

13FC0856

17FC1654

24FC1655

32FC1656

42FC2266

67FC2856

78FC2568

10FBT1066

FIG.

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

B

OVER -ALL

LENGTH

IN INCHES

12

61:

61í

61é

83/4

83/4

824

1212

13

16

1214

402

-0029

402 -0031

.402 -0033

402 -0034

ORDER

NO. TYPE

NO.

931-6337-003

931-6337-004

931-6372-002

931-6337-001

931-6372-001

931-6583-008

931-6583-001

931-6583-002

931-6583-006

931.6583-009

931-6583-010

32FBT1658

45FBT2158

65FBT2559

17FCT1178

35FCT1769

6VC0854

15VC1444

26VC2144

16VB1544

30VB2344

105VB3735

Counter

Size: dial for variable coils reads

1

/10 turns.

3" wide,

31/2" high. Figure

D.

With removable crank handle

With non

-removable crank handle

FIG.

C

C

C

C

C

B

B

B

B

B

C

4

Inside diameter in inches.

D

OVER -ALL

LENGTH

IN INCHES

15

1814

2414

14

241/2

8

9

103/4

9

11

121/2

r

994- 6233

-001

926 -5509 -003

CAPACITY mfd.

.0001

.00015

.0002

.00025

.0003

.0004

.0005

.0008

.001

.0015

.002

.003

.004

.005

.006

.008

.01

.015

.02

MICA

CAPACITORS

FOR

TRANSMITTERS

AND

PHASORS

Designed for continuous service with each sheet of mica carefully gauged for thickness and inspected for absence of impurities. Tolerance plus or minus

21/2

5%.

Cast end bells and ceramic insulated.

Sizes over -all:

Model G1:

33/4" x

". Model G2:

41/4" x

3

". Model G3:

61/2" x

4

".

Model G4:

61/2" x

524

".

Usually all sizes carried in stock. Please order by type number and capacity. Example: Model G2, capacity .0003 mfd.

Amps

2.0

2.4

3

MODEL

G1

Volts

6000

6000

6000

4.7

5.1

7.5

9.1

11

13

15

16

18

20

20

22

6000

6000

6000

6000

6000

6000

6000

4000

4000

4000

3000

2000

10

12

13

16

18

20

5.1

5.6

6.2

6.8

Amps

3

MODEL G2

Volts

10,000

24

10,000

10,000

10,000

10,000

10,000

10,000

10,000

8,000

8,000

6,000

5,000

Amps

5.6

MODEL G3

Volts

20,000

5.6 20,000

6.8

8.2

9

12

13

16

20

24

27

30

36

39

20,000

20,000

20,000

20,000

20,000

15,000

15,000

12,000

12,000

10,000

10,000

8,000

12

15

16

20

22

27

30

33

36

39

43

Amps

5.1

6.2

MODEL G4

Volts

30,000

30,000

8.2

9.1

30,000

30,000

30,000

30,000

30,000

25,000

20,000

20,000

20,000

15,000

15,000

12,000

10,000

GATEs

73 www.americanradiohistory.com

20,000 Watt

Medium

Wave Transmitter s. i

MODEL

BC

-20H

Now available from Gates, a

20,000 watt medium wove broadcast transmitter that utilizes solid state circuitry in the audio and

RF driver sections for superior performance. Com- pletely self- contained, only ten tubes are used in this 20 kW transmitter

-which

consists of two standard

BC

-10H

10 kW transmitters, a

20 kW combiner, and a common drive unit.

RF output of each transmitter is fed into a bridged

-tee com- biner network, housed in the middle cabinet. A

10 kW dummy load is provided with an in

-line

RF ammeter for visual indi- cation of current to the reject branch of the combiner net- work. Under optimum conditions, no current will exist in this branch. No critical adjustments are required and simplified over

-all operation is stable.

All components are housed within the transmitter cabinet, eliminating the need for external ducting and enclosures.

Askarel (oil) filled modulation transformers are provided as standard equipment for added reliability.

In addition to the oscillator

/exciter

incorporated in each

10 kW transmitter, a third oscillator is provided in the

BC

-20H to permit maximum operating

flexibility.

This independent exciter is used as a common drive to each transmitter and is enclosed in the center cabinet. drives

Output of this unit is split and independent buffer amplifiers for isolation and phase adjustment.

The

RF signal then feeds individual oscillators in each

10 kW transmitter, which in turn excites the

4

-400 driver and the high level cuits plate modulated

3CX2500F3 power am- plifiers. Over -all efficiency of the power amplifiers is

typically

85%

or better, a direct benefit of the high efficiency

RF cir- that are utilized.

In the event that maintenance or adjustment, such as initial tune -up of the transmitters is required, the

10 kW dummy load may be switched manually so that the output of one power amplifier feeds the load directly while the other am-

plifier

can drive the antenna system.

While in the combined mode, monitoring is accomplished by a pickup loop at the combiner output for indication of modulation level of the en- tire transmitter system.

Use of the design long term philosophy employed in the

BC

-20H assures operation with no lost air time. One hundred per cent redundancy of equipment means that a signal can remain on the air with no down time for maintenance. One trans- mitter can be turned off while the other continues to operate.

Audio is processed by a transistorized audio amplifier which drives the

Class

B

3CX2500F3 modulators.

High level plate modulation techniques are used with enhanced performance obtained by applying audio to the

RF driver stage.

Additional features include reliable silicon diodes in all power supplies, built

-in circuitry for remote control, ample cooling for all climatic conditions with quiet, low -speed blowers, and low operating cost, with only two tube types used in the

BC

-20H.

SPECIFICATIONS

CUBAGE: 390 cubic feet packed.

POWER OUTPUT:

(Rated) 20,000 watts. (Capable) 21,600 watts.

POWER

INPUT:

208/230 volts,

3 phase, 50 or 60

Hz.

37 kW zero modu- lation.

42 kW average modulation. 55 kW 100% modulation.

SIZE:

78" high, 177" wide,

32" deep (completely self

-contained).

WEIGHT: 5200 lbs.

(approximate). unpacked

(approximate). 6800 lbs. export packed

FINISH: Beige -gray.

OTHER SPECIFICATIONS:

See

BC10H,

Page 12.

ORDERING

INFORMATION:

On special order.

®

GATES

74 www.americanradiohistory.com

New

Gates

Factory Improves Service

And

Efficiency

Now all of Gates manufacturing and engineering facilities have been concentrated into a single ultra- modern building

-the first step in a long -range expansion program. With

108,000 square feet of floor space, this is believed to be one of the largest single buildings devoted to the development and manufacturing of products for the broadcast industry.

One o: the major benefits of the new

facility

has been the

75 improvement in liaison between engineering and manufac- turing teams to improve product production, and to maintain highest quality control standards for every

Gates product.

A unique, testing added feature is the capability of operating and all types of broadcasting equipment on any power source voltage. When the

buildirg

was constructed special power circuits were installed, so that it is now possible to match almost any type of power found throughout the world.

GATES www.americanradiohistory.com

5000

Watt

VHF

Television

Transmitter

LGT.T.,t.i'

MODEL

BT

-5C

Designed for the most exacting color and monochrome tele- vision transmission on FCC

Channels

2 to

13, the Gates

BT

-5C five kilowatt

VHF

TV

Transmitter is completely self

-contained.

The two aural transmitter cabinets and three visual transmitter cabinets can be assembled in line to make the complete transmitter, or, they can be mounted in separate from one another.

As the operating positions blowers and power com- ponents are mounted a internally, the

BT

-5C transmitter requires total floor space of only 10 feet by

3 feet. A vestigial side

- band filter supplied as standard equipment is mounted ex- ternally.

The same long life type 6076 tetrode tubes are used as final amplifiers for both visual and aural transmitters.

IMPROVED VIDEO MODULATOR:

The

BT

-5C transmitter includes a video modulator with keyed clamping and auto- matic switchover to AC coupling with reduced carrier power in case of sync or program failure.

Sync

-tip keyed clamping is used to avoid disturbing color signal components. Sync -tip clamping means no

"back porch" disturbances of the color synchronizing burst. Built -in and operating from the composite signal input, the keyer clamp generator uses a delay -line controlling keying pulse for maximum stability. Fail -safe pro- tection circuits are provided which reduce power to mid

-gray level in event of clamp or signal failure.

The video modulator is also equipped with

RF bias failure alarm lamp, test meter, and front panel test jacks.

VISUAL TRANSMITTER:

The visual transmitter is grid

-mod- ulated in the

500 watt driver, which is followed by a linear amplifier output section.

The final amplifier uses the

6076 tetrode, the same type as employed in the aural transmitter.

The visual oscillator output is multiplied three times for low band and nine times for high band channels. Under normal operating conditions the oscillator will hold carrier frequency to within 300

Hz. This transmitter provides superb color per- formance and, of course, FCC requirements are exceeded whether used as a color or monochrome transmitter.

AURAL

TRANSMITTER: The aural transmitter consists of a

10 watt exciter which drives a single intermediate power amplifier stage.

With a conservatively rated tube complement and rugged construction, trouble -free performance may be expected.

Lack of frequency multiplication after the exciter unit aids in eliminating spurious frequencies and increases tube life. The 250 is watt aural intermediate power amplifier

totally

enclosed in a non -ferrous housing containing air

- cooled tubes and components. The 4CX250B tube drives the final amplifier which is a

6076 tetrode, providing the full

2500 watts of aural power for the

BT

-5C transmitter. Direct crystal controlled cascade modulation is employed to provide the high

fidelity

aural modulation. A

flat

frequency response within

1 dB of the standard 75 microsecond pre- emphasis curve from 50 to 15,000

Hz, is expected performance in the

BT

-5C.

==3

GA

TES

76 www.americanradiohistory.com

5000

Watt

VHF

Television Transmitter

-BT

-5C

Back view of Model

BT

-5C.

SPECIFICATIONS

POWER OUTPUT: Channels

2 through

6:

Visual 5000 watts. Aural 2500 watts. Channels

7 through

13:

Visual 4000 watts. Aural 2000 watts.

(Generous excess to rated power is available for sideband filter and sys- tem losses).

FREQUENCY RESPONSE: dB

Visual at 1.25 MHz. Visual

+2 to

+2 to

-2

-2

dB at 2.0 MHz. Visual

+2 to at 3.58 MHz.

The amplitude response dB at

0.5 MHz.

Visual will not vary more than

+2

-

1 to

-2

-2 dB dB to

-2 dB from the 3.58 MHz response between

2.1

MHz and 4.18 MHz.

The amplitude at 4.75 MHz is attenuated

20 dB and frequencies higher than 4.75 MHz are attenuated 20 dB or greater. Lower sideband re- sponse is:

Visual

-20 dB at 1.25 MHz and

-42 dB at 3.58 MHz.

Aural within

1.0 dB of standard 75 microsecond pre -emphasis curve, 50- 15,000

Hz.

RF

OUTPUT

IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms,

1

%"

EIA

Flange.

FREQUENCY STABILITY:

Visual

±500

Hz.

Aural

±500

Hz.

MODULATION CAPABILITIES: Visual to 121/2%, -4-21/2% of sync level.

±40 kHz.

Aural

AUDIO

FREQUENCY DISTORTION: Between 50 and 15,000 Hz,

11/2% or less at

25 kHz swing.

Distortion between 100 and 10,000 Hz is

1% or less.

NOISE:

Aural

60 dB below 100% modulation (FM). 50 dB below equiva- lent 100% modulation (AM). Visual 40 dB below 100% AM modulation.

INPUT IMPEDANCE: ohms, balanced.

Video signal 75 ohms, unbalanced. Audio signal 600

POWER

20

INPUT: 230 volts, kW.

50/60

Hz, three phase. Power consumption,

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Spare

5000 watt

TV

Transmitter for channels

2

-6 watt

TV

Transmitter for channels

7

-13

100% tube complement for

BT

-5CL

_

Spare

100% tube complement for

BT

-5CH

HARMONIC ATTENUATION: 60 dB or better.

INPUT

LEVEL: dB

Visual

1.0 V for 100% modulation.

±0.4

V peak to peak. Aural

+10 dBm,

SUBCHANNEL PHASE vs BRIGHTNESS:

±7° maximum.

LINEARITY:

±15% maximum.

±2

REGULATION

OF OUTPUT:

7% from black to all white.

INPUT POLARITY: Black negative.

ENVELOPE DELAY TOLERANCE: (From FCC seconds from 0.2.2.1 MHz.

Specified Curve).

±0.08 micro-

±0.04 microseconds at 3.58 MHz.

±0.08 mi- croseconds at 4.18 MHz.

TYPE OF

MODULATION: Phase shift employing pulse techniques

(Aural).

TYPE

OF OSCILLATOR: Direct crystal controlled (both aural and visual).

TUBES:

(5)

Visual: (11)

0A2,

(9) 12AT7, (7)

6CA7,

(6) 8008, (6)

GZ34 /5AR4,

6080,

(5) OD2, (5) 12AX7, (4)

866/866A,

(3) 6AU6, (3) 6AU8, (2)

4X25CB, (2)

6076,

(2) 6CL6 and

(1 each) 6AK6, 6X4 and 5R4.

6AU6,

(6) 8008, (3) 12AX7, (3) 6J6, (3) 12BH7, (2)

Aural:

(7)

0A2,

(2)

866/866A and

(1 each) 12AT7, 6360, 6AQ5, 6080, GZ45 /5AR4, 4X2508, 6076,

6360 and 6CS6.

SIZE:

(Over -all): Width 96"

(less end bells), 99" (with end bells),

Height

78

",

Depth

361/2".

WEIGHT: Packed (domestic) 3000 lbs., (export) 3700 lbs.

CUBAGE: 312.

SIDEBAND

FILTER:

Mounted external to cabinet. Supplied with transmitter.

COOLING:

Forced air.

994 -6066

994 -6067

990 -0341

990 -0343

GarEs

77 www.americanradiohistory.com

500

Watt

VHF

Television

Transmitter

MODEL

BT

-500C

This 500 watt

VHF television transmitter is used as the driver for the Gates

BT

-5C 5000 watt model, and can be increased in power at any time. Field proven, the fine performance of the

BT

-500C is acknowledged by world wide users in

Alaska, the

Virgin

Islands, Panama, Korea and other areas using 525 line standards.

Designed to meet

FCC color specifications on VHF

Channels

2 to

13, the Gates

BT

-500C will provide the most exacting color and monochrome transmission. Rated power output is

500 watts peak visual and 250 watts aural. Except for the externally mounted vestigial sideband filter, the

BT

-500C transmitter is completely self- contained in three cabinets.

The left hand cubicle contains the aural transmitter while the center and right hand cubicles make up the visual transmitter.

Separate high voltage power supplies are provided for the aural and visual section to assure better regulation and im- prove over -all performance. Interchangeable 4CX250B tetrode tubes are used as final amplifiers for both visual and aural amplifiers, reducing the number of spares and providing added operating economy.

VISUAL TRANSMITTER: Two type 4CX250B triode tubes, which are grid bias modulated by a dynamic cathode load modulator circuit, are used as final power amplifiers in the visual section.

The video modulator is equipped with a bias failure alarm lamp, test meters, and front panel test jacks.

Sync

-tip keyed clamping is used to avoid disturbances of the color signal components and the color synchronizing burst.

The keyed clamp generator uses a delay

-line controlled key- ing pulse. Fail -safe protection circuits are provided to reduce power to mid

-gray level in case of clamp or signal failure.

A white peak clipper reduces the possibility of sync -buzz while a white stretcher circuit improves differential gain. In- built feedback restoration is used to reduce hum and

/or tilt.

The visual oscillator output is multiplied three times for low band and nine times for high band channels. Under normal operating conditions, the oscillator will hold the carrier fre- quency to within

±300

Hz.

AURAL TRANSMITTER:

The high

fidelity

FM signal for aural transmission is shift supplied with a direct crystal controlled phase modulator, delivering a

flat

frequency response within

1 dB of the standard microsecond pre- emphasis curve, 50 to

15,000

Hz.

Audio frequency distortion is a maximum of 1.5% over the the 10 frequency range of

50 to 15,000

Hz. The output of watt exciter is fed to a 4CX250B aural power amplifier tube which delivers a full 250 watts output.

OPERATIONAL

FEATURES: Tuning adjustments are from the front and eleven meters provide monitoring of all essen- tial circuits, either directly or by multi- metering.

All incoming air is filtered through removable filters.

Latches on back provide quick access for ease in maintenance. doors

With a conservatively rated tube complement, straight-for- ward design and quality construction, trouble free perform- ance may be expected from this carefully engineered trans- mitter.

Rear view,

Model

BT

-500C.

GATES

78 www.americanradiohistory.com

500

Watt

VHF

Television

Transmitter-

BT

-500C

The vestigial sideband visual filter above, employed at the output of the amplifier, is supplied with the

BT

-500C

VHF transmitter as standard equipment.

79

SPECIFICATIONS

POWER OUTPUT: power is

Visual 500 watts peak.

Aural 250 watts. available for sideband filter and system losses).

(Excess to rated

RF

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms, type

N female.

INPUT IMPEDANCE: anced.

Video

-75 ohms, unbalanced. Audio

-600 ohms, bal-

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

1.25 MHz.

+2 to plitude response

Visual:

+2 to

-2 dB

-2

dB at 2.0 MHz.

+2 to at 0.5 MHz. will not vary more than +1 dB to

+2 to

-2 dB at

-2 dB at 3.58 MHz. (The am-

-2 dB from the 3.58

MHz response between

2.1

MHz and 4.18 MHz.

The amplitude at 4.75

MHz is attenuated 20 dB and frequencies higher than 4.75 MHz are at- tenuated 20 dB or greater).

LOWER SIDEBAND RESPONSE: at 3.58 MHz.

Visual:

-20 dB at

1.25

MHz and

-42 dB

Aural: Within

1.0 dB of standard 75 microsecond pre

-em- phasis curve, 50. 15,000 Hz.

FREQUENCY STABILITY:

Visual:

-*500

Hz.

Aural: -*500

Hz.

MODULATION CAPABILITIES:

Visual to

121/2%

±21/2% of sync level. Aural

40 kHz.

INPUT LEVEL:

Visual

1.0

V for 100% modulation.

+0.4

V peak to peak. Aural

+10 dBm

±2 dB

NOISE:

Aural

60 dB below 100% modulation (FM). 50 dB below equivalent

100% modulation (AM). Visual approximately

45 dB below 100% AM modulation.

AUDIO FREQUENCY DISTORTION: Between 50- 15,000 Hz, 11/2% or less at

25 kHz deviation. Distortion between 100 -10,000 Hz is

1% or less.

AMPLITUDE

VARIATION:

5% or less of peak sync.

(one field).

SUBCARRIER PHASE vs BRIGHTNESS:

±7° maximum.

LINEARITY:

±15% maximum.

ENVELOPE DELAY TOLERANCE: (From FCC seconds from 0.2

-2.1 MHz.

Specified Curve) +_0.08 micro-

±0.04 microseconds at 3.58 MHz.

+0.08 mi- croseconds at 4.18 MHz.

HARMONIC ATTENUATION: 60 dB or better.

REGULATION OF OUTPUT:

7% from black to all white.

INPUT POLARITY: Black negative.

TYPE OF

MODULATION: Phase shift employing pulse techniques (Aural).

TYPE OF

OSCILLATOR:

Direct crystal controlled (both aural and visual).

TUBES:

(7)

Visual:

(3)

6AU6, (1) 6AK6, (4) 6080, (8)

0A2,

(9) 12AT7, (2) 6CL6,

6CA7, (3)

5651, (4) OB2, (3) 6AU8, (1) 6CS6, (3) 12BH7, (4) 12AX7,

(1) 6X4, (1)

5894, (2) 4CX250B, (2) 866, (1) 5R4, (1) 6360L, (5) 5AR4.

Aural:

(1) 12AT7, (7)

6AU6,

(3) 12AX7, (3) 6J6, (2)

0A2,

(1) 6360L, (1)

6080, (1) 6AQ5, (1) 4CX250B, (2) 866, (1) 5AR4.

TOTAL NUMBER TUBES:

Visual 65. Aural 23.

POWER

INPUT: 230 volts,

50/60

Hz, heaters). Power consumption, 3.5 kW. single phase. (120 volts for crystal

SIZE

-all):

Depth

361/2".

Width 72"

(less end bells),

75"

(with end bells),

Height

78

",

WEIGHT AND CUBAGE: Domestic packed 2350 lbs.

Export packed 3200 lbs.

Cubage: 394 cu. ft.

SIDEBAND FILTER:

Mounted external to cabinet. (Supplied with transmitter).

COOLING: Forced air.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

BT

-500CL Broadcast

Television Transmitter, 500 watts with tubes, crystals and ovens for channels

2

-6 as specified

Spare 100% tube complement for

BT

-500CL

994 -6068

BT

-500CH Broadcast Television Transmitter, 500 tubes, crystals and ovens for channels

7

-13 as watts, with specified__ 994 -6069

990 -0357

Spare 100% tube complement for

BT

-500CH 990 -0358

FCC minimum tube complement:

For

BT

-500CL ___

For BT

-500CH

_

_

990 -0365

990-0366

For information on TV

Antennas see Pages 82 and 83.

GATES www.americanradiohistory.com

120

Watt

VHF

Television

Transmitter

MODEL

BT

-100C

Designed for use as the main transmitter in low power

VHF television stations, the

BT

-100C is also ideally suited as stand- by equipment for any size VHF television station.

It provides sparkling picture and sound transmission quality, and is rated for continuous duty service at

120 watts peak visual and

60 watt aural power on

Channels

2 through

13.

Compact and self- contained, the complete transmitter, includ- ing the vestigial sideband filter, is housed in one cabinet. All tuning is from the front panel, and

lift off

rear and side panels are provided for ease in servicing. A forced air cooling system is employed, and one quiet, low speed blower cools the entire transmitter.

The vestigial sideband

filter

is carefully tuned to the oper- ating channel specified. A visual demodulator is included as standard equipment and provides a one volt peak to peak,

75 ohm monitoring output, terminated in a

"UHF" conductor.

A multimeter and test jacks are provided for ease of mod- ulator adjustment. Remote control or unattended operation is a special design consideration, and the rugged construc- tion and easy attachment of remote control equipment en- hances satellite or high elevation unattended operation.

SPECIFICATIONS

FREQUENCY RANGE: 54 -88

6 and 174.216 MHz

FCC

MHz

FCC Channels 2-

Channels 7-13 (any one channel as ordered).

RF

POWER OUTPUT: 120 watts average aural. Type watts peak visual. 60

"LC" jack type output connectors both visual and aural. Output im- pedance

50 ohms, both visual and aural.

AC POWER INPUT: 107. 120/214.240,

50/60

Hz single phase. Power consumption, aural and vis- ual, at black level; 1500 watts maximum.

VIDEO INPUT IMPEDANCE: 75 ohms unbalanced,

±15 ohms adjustable, type

UHF female jack in- put connector.

VIDEO INPUT: 1.0 volt p -p larity; black negative.

±0.5 volt input po-

AUDIO INPUT: 600 ohms, balanced, to

-4 dBm.

+10 dBm

+0

VISUAL

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

(below ideal de- modulated curve; 200 kHz reference): Upper sideband than

±2 dB at 0.5 through 4.0 MHz more

-20 dB of 4.75 MHz or higher. Lower sideband -10,

-4 dB

-20 dB at 1.25 MHz. at 0.75 MHz more than

AURAL FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

(below ideal

75 micro -second pre- emphasis curves):

+0,

-2 dB at

30- 15,000 Hz.

AURAL HARMONIC DISTORTION: 50-100

Hz,

1.0% or less,

100 -10,000 Hz,

0.5% or less.

10 -15 kHz,

1.0% or less.

TYPE

OF

OSCILLATOR: and Aural.

Direct crystal control Visual

±500

Hz

Visual and Aural stability.

VISUAL CARRIER FREQUENCY ABOVE

BAND

EDGE:

1.25 MHz.

AURAL CARRIER FREQUENCY ABOVE VISUAL:

4.5 MHz

--1 kHz.

AURAL FREQUENCY MODULATION:

Phase shift employing pulse techniques,

±25 kHz. Capable of

±40 kHz.

MODULATION, VISUAL: Amplitude.

VISUAL

OUTPUT AMPLITUDE: Sync 100%.

Black

75% ±-2.5 %. White 12.5%

±2.5%.

REGULATION OF VISUAL OUTPUT: (all white to all black picture), 7% maximum.

VISUAL AMPLITUDE VARIATION (hum and over one tilt frame): 5% of maximum of peak sync.

SYSTEM

LY

CAPABLE OF OPERATING INDEPENDENT-

OF POWER SUPPLY FREQUENCY:

Yes.

BLACK

LEVEL

INDEPENDENT OF PICTURE

TENT: Yes.

CON-

VISUAL MONITOR

OUTPUT: Visual

RF demodula- tor and white reference chopper built in with

1.0 volt p -p output across 75 ohms.

NOISE: Aural below 100%

FM, low 100% AM,

-40 dB.

-60 dB.

Aural be-

-50 dB. Visual hum and noise,

AMBIENT

TEMPERATURE:

+5

°C to

+50°

C.

ALTITUDE:

000 ft.)

7500 ft. maximum. (Available for

10,-

DIMENSIONS:

78" high x 361/2" deep x

27" wide.

If end bells omitted, width is

24 inches.

WEIGHT

AND

CUBAGE: Net

800 lbs. Domestic pack, 890 lbs. Export pack,

985 lbs.

Cubage:

86.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

BT

-100CL Transmitter for

Channels

2

-6

994 -6179

BT

-100CH Transmitter for

Channels

7

-13 994 -6180

Spare 100% Tube complement for

BT

-100CL

___

_.

_

990 -0491

Spare 100% Tube complement for

BT

-100CH 990 -0418

®

G

ATES

80 www.americanradiohistory.com

100

Watt

TV

Transmitter

-625

Line

Standard

MODEL GTV -100

To serve viewers on Band

I and Band

III channels, Gates

GTV -100, 100 watt, peak visual television transmitter was designed specifically for the CCIR

625 line standards. These transmitters are now on the air in countries such as

Nigeria,

Ghana, Sudan, Sierra Leone, Aden and Mauritius.

Housed in one cabinet, the GTV -100 is completely self -con- tained, including the in

-built vestigial sideband filter.

An air cooling system efficiently cools the entire transmitter with one low speed blower.

The video modulator includes linearity correction, white stretch, sync stretch, white clip and a

DC restorer. The video modulator provides

50 volts output, which is more than ade- quate to grid modulate the 4CX250B visual final power am- plifier to 100 watts peak power output.

The aural exciter supplies 2 to 10 watts average power to drive the aural power amplifier, also a type 4CX250B.

The aural power amplifier can be operated from 20 to 75 watts

- more than that required by

CCIR standards.

Gates GTV -100 an transmitter has a visual demodulator, with electronic chopper for establishing visual modulation white reference level. The control circuit of the transmitter is de- signed so that remote control or unattended operation is easily accomplished, making the transmitter suitable for satel- lite or remote control installations.

SPECIFICATIONS

FREQUENCY RANGE: 40 to 88 MHz Band I.

174 to 223

MHz Band

III.

RF

POWER OUTPUT: 100 watts average aural. watts peak visual. 20

RF

OUTPUT CONNECTOR: Type visual, 50 ohms. Type

"N" female jack

"N" female jack aural,

50 ohms.

AC POWER INPUT: 107-

120/214

-240,

50/60

Hz, single phase. Power consumption, aural and vis- ual, at black level 1500 watts maximum.

VIDEO INPUT IMPEDANCE: 75 ohms unbalanced,

±15 ohms adjustable, Type

"UHF" female jack input connector.

VIDEO INPUT

LEVEL: 1.0 V p -p

±0.5

V.

VIDEO INPUT POLARITY: Black negative.

AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE: 600 ohms, balanced,

410 dBm

±2 dB.

VESTIGIAL SIDEBAND FILTER: side transmitter cabinet.

Built

-in mounted in-

VISUAL FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

(Below ideal di- ode demodulated curve. 200 kHz reference).

Upper Sideband:

Less than

2 dB at

0.5 MHz,

2 dB at

1.25 MHz,

2 dB at

2.0 MHz,

3 dB at

3.0

MHz,

4 dB at

4.0 MHz, 6 dB at 5.0 MHz. Lower

Sideband:

Less than

4 dB at 0.75 MHz, more than 20 dB at

1.25 MHz.

AURAL FREQUENCY RESPONSE: 0 dB to

-2 dB 30-

15,000 Hz (50 microsecond pre- emphasis curve).

AURAL

HARMONIC

15,000 Hz.

DISTORTION:

1.5%

50 to

TYPE OF ual

OSCILLATOR: and aural.

Direct crystal control vis-

CARRIER FREQUENCY STABILITY: and aural.

±500

Hz visual

VISUAL CARRIER FREQUENCY

EDGE:

1.25 MHz.

ABOVE CHANNEL

AURAL CARRIER

ABOVE VISUAL CARRIER FRE-

QUENCY: 5.5 MHz

-

1 kHz.

Phase shift

AURAL FREQUENCY

MODULATION: employing pulse techniques.

MODULATION, AURAL:

±50 kHz.

MODULATION, VISUAL: Amplitude (grid bias).

VISUAL OUTPUT AMPLITUDE: Sync 100

%, Blank- ing 75%

±2.5

%, White 12.5%

±2.5

%.

REGULATION OF

(All white to

VISUAL OUTPUT: all black picture.)

7% maximum.

VISUAL AMPLITUDE

VARIATION: of peak sync. (Hum and tilt over

5% one maximum frame.)

CAPABLE OF

OPERATING INDEPENDENTLY OF

POWER SUPPLY FREQUENCY:

Yes.

BLACK

LEVEL

INDEPENDENT OF PICTURE

TENT:

Yes.

CON-

VISUAL MONITOR

OUTPUT:

Visual

RF demod- ulator and white reference chopper built -in with

1.0 volt p -p output across 75 ohms.

NOISE: low

Visual: hum and noise

-40 dB.

Aural: be-

100% AM

-50 dB.

Aural: below 100% FM

60 dB.

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE:

+5

°C to

+50

°C.

ALTITUDE:

000 ft.)

7500 ft. maximum. (Available for

10,-

DIMENSIONS:

78" high x

36'/2" deep x

27" wide.

Width if end bells removed is

24

".

WEIGHT

AND

CUBAGE:

Net 800 lbs. Domestic packed, 860 lbs.

Export packed, 985 lbs. Cu- bage: 85.3.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

994

-6110

994 -6111

GTV

-100L

GTV

-100H for Band

I for Band

III

Spare 100% tube complement for

990 -0491

GTV

-100L

GTV

-100H

_

0 for

Spare 100% tube complement

990 -0418

®

GATES

81 www.americanradiohistory.com

Television Antennas

TELEVISION BATWING ANTENNA

Popular batwing design.

Wide variety of gains.

Power rating to 50 kW.

Improved mechanical construction.

Antennas completely assembled and tested prior to shipment.

Beam tilting and null

fill available

without additional cost.

For channels

2

-13- patterns generously meet

FCC specifications.

The

Jampro

JAT series of low and high channel

VHF transmitting an- tennas feature the time proven batwing design to radiate high power television signals on channels

2 through

13.

With three or more bays, the antennas are designed to accept a full

50 kilowatts.

The one and two bay antennas are rated at 20 kilowatts.

The entire series is de- signed for tower top mounting.

Special types are available.

These turnstile batwing

TV antennas provide a means for radiating visual and aural transmitter power with definite gains and pre- deter- mined patterns. Accessories include bridge diplexers, deicers and con- trols. Antennas are furnished with top beacon mounting plate, lightning rods, pole guide flange and pole socket flange. Jampro Batwing

TV antennas are and one available from one through six bays for channels

2 to 6, through twelve bays for channels

7 through

13. This large variety permits choosing the antenna with the gain most favorable

for

the particular application.

ACCESSORIES: Also available are the following: towers to support all Jampro antennas; coaxial transmission line

(7

",

1Sá" and

31/e

");

hybrid diplexers; visual and aural harmonic filters; tower lighting kits; and deicers for all

Jampro JAT series of

TV antennas. Deicers will be factory installed without cost when ordered with antennas.

Antennas will be shipped completely assembled whenever possible.

Where transportation facilities do not permit one piece shipment, an- tennas will be shipped in smaller pieces for on the site assembly. Com- plete instruction books are provided.

The services of a

Jampro antenna engineer are also available at the installation site for assembly and test supervision where necessary.

Jampro JAT

2/5 two bay

Channel

5 batwing antenna.

®

CA

TES

82 www.americanradiohistory.com

Television Antennas

Channel

Number

2

No. of boys

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

1

2

4

6

8

12

1

2

4

6

8

12

1

2

4

6

8

12

1

2

4

6

8

12

1

2

4

6

8

12

1

2

3

4

5

6

1

2

3

4

5

6

1

2

3

4

5

6

1

2

3

4

5

6

1

2

4

6

8

12

1

2

4

6

8

12

1

2

3

4

5

6

Type No.

JAT1/2

JAT2/

2

JAT3/2

JAT4/2

JAT5/2

JAT6/2

JAT1/3

JAT2/3

JAT3/3

JAT4/3

JAT5/3

JAT6/3

JAT1/4

JAT2/4

JAT3/4

JAT4/4

JAT5/4

JAT6/4

JAT1/5

JAT2/5

JAT3/5

JAT4/5

JAT5/5

JAT6/5

JAT1/6

JAT2/6

JAT3/6

JAT4/6

JAT5/6

JAT6/6

JAT1/7

JAT2/7

JAT4/7

JAT6/7

JAT8/7

JAT12/7

JAT1/8

JAT2/8

JAT4/8

JAT6/8

JAT8/8

JAT12/8

JAT1/9

JAT2/9

JAT4/9

JAT6/9

JAT8/9

JAT12/9

JAT1/10

JAT2/10

JAT4/10

JAT6/10

JAT8/10

JAT12/10

JAT1/11

JAT2/11

JAT4/11

JAT6/11

JAT8/11

JAT12/11

JAT1/12

JAT2/12

JAT4/12

JAT6/12

JAT8/12

JAT12/12

JAT1/13

JAT2/13

JAT4/13

JAT6/13

JAT8/13

JAT12/13

Power

Gain

1.1

2.2

4.2

6.8

8.4

12.3

1.0

2.3

4.2

6.8

8.3

12.3

1.0

2.4

4.3

6.9

8.3

12.2

1.0

2.1

4.1

6.3

7.9

12.2

1.1

2.2

4.2

6.7

8.3

12.6

1.1

2.2

4.2

6.7

8.4

12.9

1.0

2.1

4.1

6.2

7.8

11.9

1.0

2.2

3.3

4.4

5.4

6.6

1.0

1.9

2.9

4.0

5.1

6.0

1.0

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.3

6.2

1.0

1.9

2.9

4.0

4.9

6.1

1.0

2.1

3.1

4.2

5.3

6.5 dB

Gain

.41

3.42

6.23

8.33

9.24

10.90

0

3.62

6.23

8.33

9.19

10.90

.41

3.42

6.23

8.26

9.19

11.00

.41

3.42

6.23

8.26

9.24

11.11

0

3.80

6.26

8.39

9.19

10.86

0

3.22

5.20

7.92

8.92

10.75

0

3.22

6.20

7.99

8.98

10.86

0

3.22

4.91

6.23

7.24

8.13

0

3.42

5.19

6.44

7.32

8.20

0

2.79

4.62

6.02

7.08

7.78

0

3.22

4.91

5.12

7.24

7.92

0

2.79

4.62

6.02

6.90

7.85

H

Series

Power

Rating

10 kW

20 kW

25 kW

33 kW

39 kW

50 kW

10 kW

20 kW

25 kW

33 kW

39 kW

50 kW

10 kW

20 kW

25 kW

33 kW

39 kW

50 kW

10 kW

20 kW

25 kW

33 kW

39 kW

50 kW

20 kW

20 kW

50 kW

50 kW

50 kW

50 kW

20 kW

20 kW

50 kW

50 kW

50 kW

50 kW

10 kW

20 kW

25 kW

33 kW

41 kW

50 kW

10 kW

20 kW

25 kW

33

41 kW kW

50 kW

10 kW

20 kW

25 kW

33 kW

39 kW

50 kW

20 kW

20 kW

50 kW

50 kW

50 kW

50 kW

20 kW

20 kW

50 kW

50 kW

50 kW

50 kW

20 kW

20 kW

50 kW

50 kW

50 kW

50 kW l.

Sarias

Power

Rating

2.5 kW

5.0 kW

7.5 kW

10 kW

12.5 kW

15 kW

2.5 kW

5.0 kW

7.5 kW

10 kW

12.5 kW

15 kW

2.5 kW

5.0 kW

7.5 kW

10 kW

12.5 kW

15 kW

2.5 kW

5.0 kW

7.5 kW

10

12.5 kW kW

15 kW

2.5 kW

5.0 kW

7.5 kW

10 kW

12.5 kW

15 kW

2.5 kW

5.0 kW

10 kW

14 kW

19 kW

27.5 kW

2.5 kW

5.0 kW

10 kW

14 kW

19 kW

27.5 kW

2.5 kW

5.0 kW

10 kW

14 kW

19 kW

27.5 kW

2.5 kW

5.0 kW

10 kW

14 kW

19 kW

27.5 kW

2.5 kW

5.0 kW

10 kW

14 kW

19 kW

27.5 kW

2.5 kW

5.0 kW

10 kW

14

19 kW kW

27.5 kW

2.5 kW

5.0 kW

10 kW

14 kW

19 kW

27.5 kW

83 www.americanradiohistory.com

TYPICAL SPECIFICATIONS

CHANNELS 2

-3 6 BAYS

Mechanical

Antenna Weight

Maximum weight of heaviest pole

Maximum length of longest pole

O. D. of pole at guide socket

O. D. of pole at guide flange

Size, input transmission line flanges

Location of antenna inputs

Shear at tower top, lbs. @ 110 MPH

Moment, in ft. lbs. @ 110 MPH

Suggested antenna base stability

Structural design Assumptions

14,000 lbs.

2,700 lbs.

27 ft.

16"

20"

3' /s"

1 ft. above tower

6,600 lbs.

287,000 ft. lbs.

50/30 psf.

Electrical

Power input rating

__

_

Horizontal circularity better than __

Antenna input impedance ____ _____

..

__

VSWR across 6

MHz channel

-

50 kW

--2 dB

50 ohms

1.1/1

Type

JAT6/2

JAT6

/3

Channel

Number

2

3

Power

Gain

6.0

6.2 dB

Gain

7.78

7.92

Free Space

Field (M

/v)

337

342

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Due to the wide variety of television antenna combinations, all antennas are quoted immediately on receipt of: (a) frequency of channel, (b) video ERP,

(c) line between antenna and approximate length of transmission transmitter, (d) make and size of coaxial line if not to be supplied by Gates, and

(e) approx- imate height of antenna above ground.

cm=

CATES

Television

Monitors

RLC

14

CYB21,

C

AND CYB17;

C

COLOR MONITORS

SPECIFICATIONS

TECHNICAL DATA

INPUT POWER: 350 watts at 120/240 volts, 60 Hz (525/60

N.T.S.C.).

VIDEO SIGNAL: 0.2 volts, p

-p minimum.

Sync negative at monitor input.

VIDEO INPUT IMPEDANCE: Two, high impedance bridging.

Each con be terminated by an internal

75 ohm load through a switch located on rear apron.

EXTERNAL SYNC: coax

High impedance,

1-8 volts input connectors. p

-p, sync negative. Parallel

VIDEO RESPONSE: Flat to

5

MHz in black and white position.

A 3.58 MHz trap is automatically switched in during color operation while frequencies above 3.58 MHz are rolled off. Variable aperture correction from front panel control.

LINEARITY:

Within 1% of picture height.

MECHANICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

Width Height Depth

Net

Weight

Shipping

Weight

CYB17/C

CYB17/RS

CYB17/Y

M3

M4

M5

19"

19"

21

?6'

3

-Wheel Dolly

Pedestal Mount

Ceiling Mount

21

'

21

'

21"

*223

" 101#

**221h6" 102#

*2334"

102#

25#

18#

10#

127#

128#

128#

27#

25

#

16#

*Dimension does not include handles or knobs.

*

*Measured to mounting surface of rack.

Overall depth of unit is

2334

".

CYB21/C

CYB21

/Y

CYB21

/RS

M3

M8

M9

24"

26

6'

24"

3

-Wheel Dolly

Pedestal Mount

Ceiling Mount

253(6

253(6'

2614"

*271í6

*271

144#

210#

6' 145#

211#

*

*271/

145# 211#

27# 25#

18#

10#

25#

16#

*Dimension does not include handles or knobs.

*

*Dimension is to mounting surface of rack. Front panel is

1i6

". m

GATES

84

SPECIFICATIONS

TECHNICAL DATA

INPUT POWER: 65

(625'50

CCIR). watts at 120/240 volts 60 Hz (525/60

U.S.) or 50 Hz

VIDEO SIGNAL: 0.3 volt p -p

(minimum for

50 volts at kinescope). tive at monitor input.

Sync nega-

VIDEO INPUT IMPEDANCE: High impedance in bridging (equivalent to 50

K parallel with

15 pF) can be terminated by an internal

75 ohm load

-!-

1

%) through a switch located on rear apron.

VIDEO

RESPONSE: 10 MHz volts kinescope drive.

±1 dB.

Differential gain below 5% with

75

DC

RESTORATION: 100% or zero, sync tip clomp.

EXTERNAL SYNC:

1 to

8 volts.

Parallel connectors. Monitor will operate from either composite video and sync signals or separate external com- posite sync.

LINEARITY: Within 2% of picture height.

CONTROLS, CONNECTORS, ADJUSTMENTS

FRONT PANEL:

Off

-on switch, focus, horizontal hold, vertical hold, height, vertical linearity, contrast, brightness, width.

REAR

DC

APRON: Paralleled video input connectors, video terminating switch, restorer switch, external -internal sync switch, paralleled sync input connectors, AC line fuse, AC outlet (wired through off

-on switch

-capacity

2 amps).

TOP

ADJUSTMENTS:

Horizontal linearity, high voltage regulator adjustment.

CONNECTORS All video and sync connectors are

50239 type.

MECHANICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

Width Height

Depth

Net

Weight

Rack

Mounted

RLC14

19" 10i/2'

17141'*

*Dimension is to mtg. surface of rack. Front panel is

1e'.

51 rr

Shipping

Weight

68?+ www.americanradiohistory.com

Television

Monitors

CZB17/N

RND9/C

SPECIFICATIONS

SPECIFICATIONS

TECHNICAL DATA

INPUT POWER: 65 watts at 117/234 volts 60 Hz

(525/60

U.S.) or 50

Hz

(625/50

CCIR).

VIDEO SIGNAL: 0.3 volt pp (minimum for

50 volts at kinescope).

Sync nega- tive at monitor input.

VIDEO INPUT IMPEDANCE: High impedance in bridging (equivalent to 50K parallel with

15 mmfd.) can be terminated by an internal

75 ohm load

1%) through a switch located on rear apron.

VIDEO

RESPONSE: 10

MHz -t-

1 dB.

Differential gain below 5% with 75 volts kinescope drive.

DC

RESTORATION:

100% or zero, sync tip clamp.

EXTERNAL SYNC:

1 to

8 volts. Parallel connectors.

Monitor will operate from either composite video and sync signals or separate external composite sync.

LINEARITY:

Within 2% of picture height.

TECHNICAL DATA

INPUT POWER:

117/234 volts,

50/60

Hz, 180 watts.

VIDEO SIGNAL: 0.2 volt pp (minimum for

50 volts at kinescope).

Sync nega- tive at monitor input. Two input channels with built

-in diode switcher.

VIDEO INPUT IMPEDANCE: High impedance bridging (equivalent to 100K in parallel with

5 mmfd.) can be terminated by an internal

75 ohm load

(±1%) through a switch located on rear apron.

VIDEO

RESPONSE: 10 Hz to

10

MHz with

100 volts kinescope drive.

±1 dB.

Differential gain below 3%

BLACK

LEVEL SHIFT: Less than

2 volts between 10% and 90% duty cycle.

DC

RESTORATION: Keyed backporch clamp.

EXTERNAL SYNC:

1 to

8 volts. Parallel connectors. Monitor will operate from either composite video and sync signals or separate external com- posite sync.

LINEARITY:

Within 2% of picture height.

CONTROLS, CONNECTORS, ADJUSTMENTS

FRONT PANEL:

Off

-on switch, horizontal hold, vertical hold, height, vertical linearity, contrast, brightness, width, focus.

REAR

APRON:

Sync selector switch, video line termination switch, paralleled video input connectors, paralleled sync connectors, AC line fuse.

TOP ADJUSTMENTS: switch, high voltage

Vertical linearity, vertical hold range,

DC restorer regulator adjustment, horizontal linearity.

CONNECTORS:

All video and sync connectors are S0239.

MECHANICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

Width Height

Depth

Chassis

RND9

/N

Rack

Mounted

81/2" 83f6"

141/4"""

RND9

/2R 19"

83/4"

*To mtg. surface, front panel

31'.

* *Does not include knobs or connectors.

151(6*

Net

Weight

18#

46#

Shipping

Weight

29#

61#

CONTROLS, CONNECTORS, ADJUSTMENTS

FRONT PANEL: On

-off switch, brightness, width, horizontal hold, vertical hold, vertical size, vertical linearity, contrast, focus, input gain, input se- lector, local- remote, normal -horizontal delay or pulse -cross selector, AC line fuse

(horizontal linearity on

14" and 17" units only).

SIDE CHASSIS:

Ultor adjust, auxiliary brightness (horizontal linearity on

8" units only).

REAR:

Channel

"A ": Video parallel input and termination switch. Channel

"B ": Video parallel input and termination switch.

Parallel sync input, sync selector, remote control, Jones plug, low voltage adjust,

AC fan recep- tacle, horizontal frequency, horizontal drive, B+ test jack, size switch, twist lock, AC input.

CHASSIS DECK:

Vertical feedback,

DC restorer, in -out.

85

CONNECTORS:

All video and sync connectors are

50239 type.

Gar

Es

www.americanradiohistory.com

Audio

Installations

VOICE

OF

AMERICA

GATES CUSTOM

AUDIO

SYSTEM

Gates standard and custom audio equipment is de- signed to meet the highest quality standards, with special attention given to both the performance and

reliability

of every unit.

Because of this insistence on quality, and proven superior capabilities in design and in manufacturing,

Gates has long been the leader

filling

the audio equipment needs of the entire broadcast industry

-from the smaller individual sta- tions to the largest major networks.

TELEVISION AUDIO

CONSOLE

CBS

TELEVISION

NEW YORK

DIPLOMAT CONSOLE AND

CUSTOM

AUDIO SWITCHING

KGO, SAN FRANCISCO

CUSTOM CONSOLE

WABC, NEW YORK

AMERICAN BROADCASTING COMPANY

86 www.americanradiohistory.com

Audio

Installations

GATESWAY II CONSOLE

AND

CARTRIDGE TAPE EQUIPMENT

WEEI, BOSTON

CUSTOM

AUDIO

CONSOLE

WXYZ,

DETROIT

Photographs on these pages illustrate how Gates audio systems contribute to the total communications

flexibility

of a dynamic media.

In planning new in- stallations, assistance is available to every AM,

FM,

TV, and educational station or government agency upon request.

PRODUCER MIXER

AND

CB

-77 TURNTABLES

KAYT,

RUPERT,

IDAHO

TV -15

AUDIO

CONSOLE

WITH TWO

TVS -6 SUB-

MIXERS

KPRC,

HOUSTON, TEXAS

87 www.americanradiohistory.com

©GATES

Television

Audio

Control

Console

_

..

..

=

-1

69989

etlEitieE1

/iIiii,4d444i a e

\A\u\t\i\I

The TV -15 with two

TVS -6

Sub

-Mixer

Units gives you

27

108 mixing channels and inputs.

THE TV

-15

Gates

TV -15 audio control console provides extensive facil- ities for a wide range of audio control situations where a maximum number of inputs and

/or mixing channels are re- quired in a nominal amount of space. It was designed for the medium to can be large television station, where its adapted to many requirements.

flexibility

The basic

TV

-15 is capable of mixing

15 signals from up to

60 sources. It is a dual -channel console, providing completely independent program and audition line outputs for on

-air work, or rehearsal or production simultaneously.

To increase facilities as your station grows just add on Gates

TVS

-6 sub

-mixer units.

Each unit provides six

additional

chan- nels, with four inputs each. There is virtually no limit to the number of units that may be added.

COMPACT DESIGN:

The compact basic console measures only

31 or

11/16"

wide, yet provides ample space for expansion addition of special facilities to "customize" the standard unit.

MIXING

CHANNELS:

Six studio microphone channels, an announce booth channel, and are eight medium level channels provided

-for

a total of fifteen mixing channels.

Each of these fifteen channels has an illuminated four -station inter- locked push- button selector to inputs to sixty. This means expand the total number of that the same source may appear on two channels for cross

-fading, or 60 different sources may be accommodated.

All channels contain an isolation transformer with

150

/600

ohms on the primary. All channels also have a plug -in card receptacle to accept a medium level jumper card or plug -in microphone preamplifier.

The

994 -6549 preamplifier in the

TV

-15 will accept input levels up to

-17 dBm without over- load, and is provided as standard on microphone input chan-

®

GA

TEO

88 nels

1 through

7. By purchasing additional preamplifiers, every channel can accommodate microphone inputs if de- sired.

Each of the 60 inputs will mute any of the

4 studio speakers, as assigned by simple jumper connectors.

VERTICAL ATTENUATORS:

High

-quality vertical attenuators are used, on 112" spacing, for operating ease. Every atten- uator, including microphone channels, has a cue position feeding the inbuilt cueing amplifier.

AUDIO

-FOLLOW- VIDEO:

Each input channel also has a re- lay socket wired, and relays can be easily added for audio

- follow

-video remote -controlled operation in large systems.

SUB- MASTERS OR

DUAL -CHANNEL:

The mixing bus of the

TV

-15 is split into seven channels on one bus, and eight chan- nels on the other, to reduce bus loss and maintain satisfactory signal -to -noise ratios.

These bus sections are then fed through

994 -6549 booster amplifiers, thence to a combining pad and into the sub -master control.

Sub -masters can be combined and fed through a program amplifier or operated independently with the

"A" bus feed- ing output line

1, and the

"B"

bus feeding a second program amplifier into output line 2. The sub -masters and following combining pad allow

"A

+

B" operation for multiple micro- phone fading. Normal dual -channel operation may be used for regular programming or simultaneous rehearsals.

TWO MONITOR CHANNELS:

Two separate eight -watt mon- itoring amplifiers allow selection from six sources, such as the main output, line A, line

B, sub

-master channels A or

B, or from two monitors external sources. The control room and studio operate independently from one another.

The an- nounce microphone is considered a booth source, thus the control room speaker remains unmuted.

Muting is provided only for studio speakers in the

TV

-15. www.americanradiohistory.com

Television

Audio

Control Console

-TV

-I5

The TV

-15 with one TVS-6

Sub

-Mixer

Unit added

-for a total of

21 mixing channels, and

84 inputs.

AMPLIFIERS:

Only the preamplifier, booster amplifier cards, and associated power supply, are contained within the con- sole cabinet. Program amplifiers, monitor amplifiers, and other power supplies are rack -mounted in standard 19" shelf assemblies near -by.

Completely pre

-wired and pre- formed in- terconnecting cable (25 ft.) is provided to interconnect the console proper with its associated rack -mounted components.

Gates modular equipment cabinetry provides a functional and attractive desk assembly for the

TV

-15, and also provides space for accessories such as: turntables, cartridge tape equip- ment, telco gear, etc. (Cabinets are optional.)

STYLING: The handsome

TV

-15 styling is low- silhouette most

- popular for television operation.

The lower panel con- tains vertical faders and input selector switches.

All switches are illuminated, and a complete set of mylar transparencies with equipment nomenclature is provided for labeling all in- puts and channels.

The top panel contains VU meters, switches

auxiliary

controls and for monitoring, sub

-master assignment, master gain, etc.

A

51/4-inch high blank center panel is provided for use by the customer. Program trols, remote equalizers, reverberation (echo) con- control, etc., may be mounted in this area.

TVS

-6

"ADD

-ON"

UNITS:

Compact

"add

-on" or sub -mixer units are available with six additional channels, complete with

4

-input push- button switching, like the input channels of the main

TV

-15 console.

"Add

-on" units have both the center and top panels blank for customizing. Units may be added at either or both ends of the TV

-15, or used independently at an angle.

Each unit contains two bus

-boosters that feed a network to bridge the output into the mixing bus of the main console without incurring additional bus losses.

Extra power supplies are added to the external shelf assemblies when the cap-

ability

of the main power system is reached.

Basic TV -15

Television Audio

Control

Console has 15 mixing channels, with

4 inputs each. a==.

CATES

89 www.americanradiohistory.com

Television

Audio

Control

Console

-TV

-I5

SPECIFICATIONS

INPUT CHANNELS: Total

-15.

Instantly convertible to microphone

(

60 dBm) or medium level or shorting card. Factory

20 dBm) channels by insertion supplied with preamps in of channel preamplifier

1 through channel

7, jumper cards in channel

8 through channel

15.

INPUT CIRCUITS: 60 maximum. Four into each of the 15 channels, with push- button selection of desired input.

Each input may direct speaker muting with any of the four muting relays built into the console.

OUTPUT CHANNELS:

2 line vert both outputs with switching facilities to instantly con-

"A" and

"B" program busses to either separate output chan- nels, or to combine

A

B into the

"A" output channel only.

5 speaker outputs, one monitoring amplifier feeding a control room speaker (un- muted) only; the second monitoring amplifier feeding up to

4 studio speakers (with selective muting) through the factory supplied matching transformers. Individual monitor amplifier gain controls allow independent setting of levels.

SOURCE IMPEDANCE:

30/50. 150.250 ohms on mic channels,

150/250.

500/600 ohms on medium level channels. 10,000 ohm balanced bridging on external monitor and air monitor inputs allows wide latitude of source impedances on these inputs.

LOAD IMPEDANCE: 150/600 ohms

(factory connected 600 ohms) on line output.

4

-16 (8 ohms nominal) ohms total monitor load.

Four matching transformers provided to allow paralleling up to four speakers off either monitor amplifier.

GAIN:

110 dB maximum, microphone to line.

80 dB maximum, proj. to line.

RESPONSE:

15,000 Hz,

1.0 dB, 30 to 15,000 Hz, monitor circuits. program circuits. -s-1.5 dB, 30 to

DISTORTION: 1% maximum, 30 to 15,000 Hz, dBm program circuits output; monitor circuits @ -(38 dBm output.

@

+18

NOISE: 73 dB below

-50 dBm input and

18 dBm output from 30 to

15,000

Hz on microphone inputs

(

-123 dBm relative input noise). 75 dB below

-10 dBm input and

18 dBm output from

30 to 15,000 Hz on medium level inputs.

CROSSTALK:

Less than

5 dB out of noise at

8 dBm.

AUDIO -FOLLOW -VIDEO

RELAYS: 15 relay sockets provided with jumpers that can be removed to insert relays in every input channel, if desired.

ISOLATION

TRANSFORMERS: 15 cn the input channels to provide balanced inputs on every channel, with or without preamps.

CUE

POSITION: On every channel attenuator and connected into cue am- plifier and speaker.

SUB- MASTER

CONTROLS: separate from

Provided to permit ganged control of

"B" bus when in the

A

B mode. In the individual output mode, the sub -masters can be used to

"A" bus ride level on the two output lines.

Master controls are used more for range controls than operating controls.

VU METERS:

2

-one connected permanently to

Program

Line Out, the other switchable to six points.

INDIVIDUAL MONITOR

INPUT

SELECTORS:

Connect either monitoring am- plifier to: Sub A, Sub

B,

Line A, Line

B,

Ext

1 or Ext

2 positions of front panel switches.

INTERCONNECTING CABLES: Terminated in plugs and receptacles furnished with console to quickly connect the remotely located shelf- mounted pro- gram amplifiers, monitoring amplifiers and power supplies.

25 -foot inter- connecting cable allows flexibility of location.

INPUT CHANNEL EXTENSION UNITS: Provide nels in multiples of six input chan- matching side cabinets to extend the facilities of the TV -15 con- sole to any number of channels desired.

A unique bridging bus feed from the side cabinet allows an almost unlimited number of input chan- nels without degrading the signal -to -noise of the

TV

-15. Duplicate input channel facilities are provided on the six side additional channels in each cabinet. Thus, it is feasible to make up a

21, 27, 33, 39, 45, or even a higher numbered input channel console, with four inputs switched into each of the channels.

FINISH:

Cabinet color- beige -gray.

SIZE: TV -15 Console: 31'116 in.

TVS -6 wide,

27 in. deep,

12!

2 in. above desk top.

Sub

-Mixer unit:

14'?16 in. wide,

27 in. deep,

1212 in. above desk top.

SHIPPING DATA TV

-15: Packed weight, domestic, 400 pounds.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

TV -15

Audio Control Console. Complete with housing,

7 mic preamplifiers,

4 booster amplifiers,

2 program amplifiers,

2 monitor amplifiers,

1 cue amplifier,

1 power supply 30V,

1 supply 33V,

1 power supply 24V, shelf assembly, and

25 feet of inter- connecting cable power

994 -6610

TVS

-6 Six channel

Sub-

Mixer. "Add -on" unit complete with housing and

2 booster amplifiers

994-6611

ACCESSORIES

Extra preamplifiers

Double equipment pedestal

(for description see page

175)

Single equipment pedestal (for description see page

175)

Desk top section (for description see page

175)

Double leg assembly

-

(for description see page

175)

994 -6549

994

-6449

994 -6448

994 -6450

994 -6456

®

GA

TES

90 www.americanradiohistory.com

Television

Audio

Control Console

-TV

-I5 nu

t:*

-

K

-

AT s

O O

AB

I

¡+.¡^.

VU

VU

B

LINE A o u r\\

T

1-1

H ll

H

L.

-Et

T

K

-r

AT s

--

Al

HL

----

As

T

CUE

SPEAKER

-f-

AL

LINE

I

o s

A

CONTROL

ROOM

SPEAKER s

STUDIO

SPEAKERS

H

L.

HL.

H

L.

O O

LEGEND:

S

SWITCH

MICROPHONE PREAMPLIFIER (M-

6549A)

I

A

>

OPTIONAL MICROPHONE PREAMPLIFIER (M-

6549Á)

T o

AT

ISOLATION TRANSFORMER

SOCKET FOR

AUDIO -FOLLOW -VIDEO RELAY

VERTICAL

LEVER

ATTENUATOR

BOOSTER AMPLIFIER (M-

6549A)

AB

MONITOR AMPLIFIER (M

-5701)

PROGRAM

AMPLIFIER IM -5700)

KM

MUTING AND STUDIO LIGHT RELAY

BLOCK

DIAGRAM

Tv -15

®

aarEs

91 www.americanradiohistory.com

Dual

Programming

Transistor

Console

With

Stereo

THE

DUALUX

II

One of the most versatile audio consoles on the market today,

Gates Solid Statesman Dualux

II is ideal for the broadcaster who wants to control AM,

FM, FM Stereo and SCA from one control point during all or part of the broadcasting day.

With the extensive capabilities of the Dualux

II, monophonic or stereophonic mixing can be done taneously. independently or simul-

Simplified control of any mode of broadcasting is achieved through the console's exclusive program output se- lector. An interlocking system guards against the program- ming of any unacceptable combinations.

WIDE CHOICE

OF

INPUTS: Twenty -two audio inputs can be fed to the Dualux

II.

These include: thirteen monophonic sources, six stereo sources, two automatic programming sources and an SCA channel. Four the unwired utility keys allow addition of sources of your choice.

MICROPHONE CHANNELS

(1,

2 phonic microphones can be

and

individually

3): Four single mono- switched to channels

1 and

2.

Either of two stereo on channel 3, and a switch is microphone pairs can be mixed provided to combine the output during monophonic broadcasting.

MEDIUM

LEVEL

CHANNELS

(4, 5, 6, 7

and

8): Channels

4 and

5 will each mix four stereo sources, while channels

6 and

7 will mix four monophonic sources. These sources can be cartridge tape machines, reel -to -reel units or turntables.

Channel

8 will mix four remote monaural inputs and has a monaural network input. Cueing is provided on all medium level channels.

Center position is knobs to off. Color inserts are provided for all mixer aid in identification.

MONITORING:

The

Dualux

II has two solid state monitoring amplifiers for both stereo and mono monitoring. Monitoring outputs are for control rooms, Studio A,

B, and lobby. Cue/ intercom connections are provided to Studio A and

B.

SOLID STATE MUTING:

The

Dualux

II has

Gates new

"Micro

- muting" which mutes loudspeakers in microseconds.

The mut- ing is so fast the that a microphone placed directly in front of monitor cannot possibly cause feedback.

This instantane- ous solid state muting is exceptionally quiet in operation.

OUTSTANDING

AUDIO

QUALITY: Audio response is ex- cellent, with distortion at an unusually low level. Consequent- ly, the Dualux

II provides audio quality ideally suited to any type of broadcasting

-AM,

FM or

FM Stereo

/SCA.

AMPLIFIERS:

The silicon transistor Solid

-Statesman amplifiers used throughout provide high level, high

fidelity

output.

Pre- amplifiers will provide a full input levels of

-17 dBm monitor amplifiers deliver

+23 dBm output, and will handle without overload program amplifiers are capable of or distortion.

The

+32 dBm output, and the

+40 dBm

(10 watts). All compo- nents are mounted on etched circuit boards for added re-

liability

and excellent crosstalk and noise specifications. Sili- con transistors are used to assure optimum console perform- ance over a wide ambient temperature range.

All amplifiers are packaged in modular extruded aluminum housings, and are completely accessible when the top of the console is opened. Amplifiers and power supplies plug in for ease in servicing.

POSITIVE

MIXING

CONTROL:

Low impedance ladder step type attenuators are used in the minimum loss mixing circuits.

Large "feel

-of- the

-board"

VA control knobs are used to make mixing more efficient.

An illuminated key selector above each of the mixing knobs switches the mixer output to

AM or

FM.

®

CA

TES

92

INTERCHANGEABILITY: Electrically, the program amplifiers, monitor amplifiers, and cue amplifier are identical, thus pro- viding three backup program amplifiers as an integral of the console.

part

www.americanradiohistory.com

Dual

Programming Transistor

Console

With

Stereo

-Dualux

II

STERCO

GIN ON

LAINE

PROGRAM

OUTPUT

SELECTOR

-

LINE

AM FM

AUTO

PGMS

FM

AM

AUTO STIR

SCA

PGMS

INPUTS

SCA

ON

PROGRAM OUTPUT

SELECTOR:

Functions are logically pre- sented and color -coded to channel keys and

VU meter illumi- nation for simplicity. Briefly, control provisions are: two arate transmitter inputs are marked

"AM

Line" and sep-

"FM

Line." The

AM transmitter may be programmed independently through any mixing channel when corresponding keys are operated to the left.

Illuminated channel key, AM

VU meter, and tab key #1 of the selector assembly are color -coded green.

Similarly, the

FM transmitter may be programmed from the

FM buss, when red tab key may be stereo or mono,

#4

is selected.

In this mode FM depending on the position of tab key

#7

of the program output selector. During non -stereo periods an

SCA channel may be turned on and programmed from an external source by tab key

#8.

All keys are cleverly interlocked against any unacceptable combinations.

Either the

AM or

FM line may be programmed from external automation equipment by the mere

flip

of a tab key, without tieing up a mixing channel. Dualux

Il provides a complete and economical means of complying with regulations on sep- arate AM

/FM programming.

During other hours

AM may program

FM, or vice- versa, by selecting the appropriate key and operating the console conventionally.

SPECIFICATIONS

MIXING CHANNELS: Total 8. Two microphone

-mono.

One microphone stereo. Two turntable

-

/tape- stereo. Two turntable /tape -mono.

One re- mote

/network -mono.

AMPLIFIERS

AND POWER

SUPPLIES

PROVIDED: Four preamplifiers, six out- put modules

-program /monitor /cue (all interchangeable as supplied).

Two muting modules, four power supply modules, and M -6556B trans- former panel.

OPERATING MODE: Tri

-channel- mono

/stereo simultaneously.

INPUT CIRCUITS: Total 22. Four stereo

Four pair. Four microphones

-mono.

Two microphones

- turntable /tape -stereo pair. Four turntable /tape -mono. remote lines, one network, one

SCA source

-mono.

One automation source- stereo pair. One automation source

-mono.

OUTPUT CIRCUITS: Three puts @ program outputs @

+8 dBm, three record out-

-16 dBm,

(bridged program line), two monitor speakers unmuted

(left and right for lobby), six monitor speakers muted (left and right for

Studios A

&

B

& control room), two studio intercom outputs (Studio A,

Studio

B).

AUXILIARY INPUT /OUTPUT CIRCUITS SWITCHED THROUGH CONSOLE: In- puts: AM automation, FM

-left

automation (mono),

FM

-right automation

(stereo), programming for SCA

-41 kHz.

Output: Programming for

SCA

- kHz.

41

MONITOR OUTPUT:

8 ohms nominal, for speaker. (B)

Two

16 ohm speakers in use as parallel. follows: (A) Single

(C) Up

8 ohm to six 48 ohm speak- ers

(using the

48/8 ohm transformer supplied) in parallel.

(D)

Any com- bination of speakers and

/or transformers with a resultant network of

8 ohms or higher.

IMPEDANCES:

Microphones:

30/50 or 150/250 tape: 150/250 ohms unbalanced. Network ohms balanced.

/remote: 500/600

Turntable/ ohms bal- anced. Record output: 600 ohms balanced.

GAIN: Microphone to line: 102 dB,

±2 dB.

RESPONSE:

Program and monitor:

-*2 dB.

Medium level to line: 60 dB,

±1.0 dB, 20 Hz to 20 kHz.

DISTORTION: Program circuits: dBm.

0.5% maximum, 20 Hz to 20 kHz @ -118

Monitor circuits: 1.0% maximum, 20 Hz to 20 kHz @

+40 dBm

(10

NOISE: dBm watts).

74 dB

Program circuits: 74 dB below below

+40 dBm with

+18 dBm with

-50 equivalent input noise measured 20 Hz to 20 kHz). dBm input

(

-124

Monitor circuits:

-50 dBm input

(

-124 dBm equivalent input noise measured 20 Hz to 20 kHz).

Medium level inputs: (Program) 74 dB below

+18 dBm.

POWER: 117 volts,

50/60

Hz,

1- phase.

FINISH: Satin color anodized aluminum panels, with lettering in black. Cabinet

-two

-tone beige -gray.

SIZE: 513á" wide, 17" deep,

111/2" high.

SHIPPING DATA: Packed age:

16 cubic feet. weight: domestic, 140 lbs.; export,

220 lbs. Cub-

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Dualux II, eight channel mono

/stereo console for tri -channel operation. Complete with four

M-

6549B preamplifiers, six

M -6550B program

/monitor /cue output modules (interchangeable), two M-6553 and M -6553A solid state muting modules, and

M

-6551A and

M

-6552 power supply modules. An M -6556B transformer panel and eight speaker transformers

(478 -0275) are also supplied with the console

994 -6542

®

GA TEO

93 www.americanradiohistory.com

Dual

Programming

Transistor

Console

With

Stereo

-Dualux

II

HT NC o

STEREO

HIC.

CHIN.

INPUTS

3

OJ

O

STEREO

CHANNELS

M 6 5

MEDIUM

LEVEL

INPUTS

O

UTILIIT

BETS

J

MONO

CHANNELS

6 I

MEDIUM

LEVEL

INPUTS

O

O

-'L s

-

->

->,

1

L_^

CUE

-s-

S ri

--

MONO

LEFT

NIGHT u

O

AM PGH. OUT

O

NEC.

AM

OSTEREO

GEM. LAMP

AM

AU10MA-0

TIDN

NILHV

SCA

IMPUT

O

I T

FM LEFT

AUTOMA-

TION

O

FM

MIGHT()

AUTOMA-

TION

r

1 esI

F r

1

-L

A

LEFT EM

PUN OUT

MEC.

LEFT

FM

O

NEC.

RIGHT

FN

RIGHT FM

IGM OUT

I.

NILHH SCA

SCA CONTROL

--

O

MONDI LEFT

STUDIO

A

O

STUDIO

1

LEFT

O

C.N. LEFT

Q

LOHNT LEFT

STEREO NIGHT

STUDIO

A

O

STUDIO

H

RIGHT

O

C.N.

RIGHT

NOT

SU

O

LOBBY RIGHT

%

MON. OUTPUT

FOU LOM

1

STEREO PHONES

PLIE]

4

31

:TUD10

A

1

U

O

(

(2

STUDIO

M.L. n

O

L

'

_

L

E S

()(NIGH

Z(

6

[(1CONSOLE

I5./II

CUE

SPEAKER

UTIL

TT

FITS

MOMO

CHAU.

6

MEDIUM

LEVEL

INPUTS

O

S

,_J

T

CUL

SELECTOR

S

CUE

SMI TCH

PROGRAM

AMPLIFIER

TRANSFORMER

PREAMPLIFIER

RELAY

ROOSTER

AMPLIFIER

MIXER

MONITOR

AMPLIFIER

CUE

AMPLIFIER

BLOCK

DIAGRAM

DUALUX

II

®

GATES

94 www.americanradiohistory.com

Eight Channel

Monophonic

Transistor

Console

THE

GATESWAY

II

Field- proven successor to the world famous

Gatesway, the

Gatesway

II blends excellent audio and unusual with handsome,

flexibility

functional styling. The result: a completely transistorized control board that gives you a wide choice of input facilities, plus operating simplicity.

Features include: eighteen inputs into eight mixing channels; inbuilt cue

/intercom system; provision for remote announcer operation of studio microphone channels; a novel variable program equalizer which may be instantly switched into the circuit for special effects or line correction; instantaneous solid state

"Micro- muting

";

illuminated program keys; and large

"feel

-of- the

-board"

control knobs.

INPUTS: The tables, versatility of the

Gatesway

II is in its wide se- lection of inputs. Eighteen inputs can be switched into mixing channels.

These eight include six microphones, four turn- four tapes (cartridge or reel -to- reel), three remotes and network. Four unwired utility keys are provided for expansion.

MICROPHONE CHANNELS: Six microphones from control room and two studios may be mixed on channels

1,

2 and

3.

A flexible muting assignment terminal strip allows the engi- neer to

tailor

loudspeaker muting and warning light controls to the channels which

fit

a particular programming situation.

On

-off control of one microphone channel may be given to the announcer through the addition of a simple relay module on channel

2

(optional). Input man preamplifiers is

capability

of the Solid States-

-17 dBm, making this audio control console virtually immune to microphone overload.

SOLID STATE

MUTING:

The

Gatesway

II has

Gates

"Micro

- muting" which mutes loudspeakers in microseconds

-so fast that a microphone placed directly in front of the monitor speaker cannot feed back.

This instantaneous solid state mut- ing is exceptionally quiet in operation.

MEDIUM

LEVEL

CHANNELS: Four turntables or similar de- vices may be mixed in any combination through flexible input switching on channels

4 and

5.

(The same four devices are controlled from either channel).

Similarly, four cartridge or reel -to -reel tape recorders may be accommodated on chan- nels 6 and 7.

Channel

8 has input switching for three remote lines and network.

All medium level faders are equipped with cue positions to the self- contained cue intercom amplifier.

PROGRAM

EQUALIZER: An exclusive feature of the Solid

-

Statesman

Gatesway

II is an inbuilt equalizer for correcting response deficiencies of tapes, remotes, etc., and also for special effects.

Both low and high be made with frequency correction separate controls which

tailor

may the over -all con- sole response

-±10 dB at 100 Hz and 10,000 Hz. A three position lever key instantly switches in equalization, either continuously or momentarily. In the way

Il has a superb

"out"

position the Gates

flat

response from 20 to

20,000

Hz.

-

UNSURPASSED

AUDIO:

Gates advanced solid state plug -in amplifiers are one of the many reasons for the outstanding performance of the

Gatesway

II.

Audio response is excellent, with distortion at a very low level. Consequently, the Gates

- way

II provides an audio quality which makes it the perfect console for high

fidelity

broadcasting.

MODULAR CONSTRUCTION: All amplifiers are packaged in extruded aluminum housings and use plug -in connections.

All components are mounted on etched circuit boards to add

reliability

and contribute to the excellent crosstalk and noise specifications of the console. Silicon transistors are used to allow wide frequency response and assure optimum console performance over a wide ambient temperature range. All am- plifiers are completely accessible when the top of the console is opened, simplifying maintenance. m

GATES

95 www.americanradiohistory.com

Eight Channel

Monophonic

Transistor

Console

-Gatesway

II

HIGH

LEVEL, HIGH FIDELITY OUTPUT:

The wide dynamic range of the levels from preamplifiers will accommodate microphone

-77 dBm to

-17 dBm without overload or dis- tortion.

The program amplifiers deliver the monitor amplifiers

+32 dBm output and

+40 dBm, all with unsurpassed fre- quency response, low distortion and low noise.

STYLING:

This

"second is generation"

Solid- Statesman console beautifully styled with anodized front panels, the exclusive

Gates VA mixing control knobs, and a cabinet richly finished in beige -gray tones to complement any control room decor.

Illuminated program keys complete the over -all leadership look of the Gatesway

II.

IMMEDIATE

ACCESSIBILITY: You can reach every compo- nent in the

Gatesway

Il with ease.

No console made is easier to maintain.

AMPLIFIER INTERCHANGEABILITY:

Program, cueing and monitor amplifiers all have the same electrical design and construction and can be interchanged at random.

As a result, three backup program amplifiers are provided as part of the console.

SPECIFICATIONS

MIXING

CHANNELS: Total

-8.

Three microphone, two turntables, two tapes and one remote

/network.

AMPLIFIERS

AND

POWER SUPPLIES

PROVIDED: Three preamplifiers, three output modules

-program, monitor and cue

(interchangeable as supplied).

Two muting modules (solid state speaker muting), three power supply modules.

OPERATING MODE: Single channel mono with audition positions.

INPUT

CIRCUITS:

Total

-18.

Six microphone, four turntables, four tapes, three remote lines, one network.

OUTPUT CIRCUITS:

@

One program output

@

+8 dBm, one audition output

-14 dBm, one monitor speaker output unmuted for lobby, three mon- itor speakers muted, two studio intercom outputs (Studio

A, Studio

B), and one headphone output.

MONITOR OUTPUT:

8 ohms nominal, for use with only one of the following:

(A) A single

8 ohm speaker.

(B) Two 16 ohm speakers in

Up to six 48 ohm speakers (using the parallel.

(C)

48/8 ohm transformers supplied) in parallel.

(D) Any combination of speakers and

/or transformers with a resultant network impedance of

8 ohms or higher.

IMPEDANCES:

Microphones: 30/50 or 150/250 ohms balanced. Turntable/ tape: 150/250 ohms unbalanced. Network

/remote: 500/600 ohms bal- anced. Audition output:

600 ohms unbalanced. Monitor output:

8 ohms nominal unbalanced. Program output:

GAIN: Microphone to line:

100 dB

±2

600/150 ohms balanced. dB.

Medium level to line: 60 dB,

±2dB.

RESPONSE:

Program and monitor:

±1.0 dB, 20

Hz to 20 kHz.

DISTORTION: Program dBm. circuit: 0.5% maximum,

20 Hz to 20 kHz @

+18

Monitor circuits: 1.0% maximum,

20 Hz to 20 kHz @

+40 dBm

(10 watts).

NOISE: Program circuits: 74 dB dBm equivalent input noise, measured 20 Hz to 20 kHz). Monitor circuits:

74 dB below

+40 dBm with below

-50

+18 dBm with dBm input

(

-124

-50 dBm dBm input

(

-124 equivalent input noise, measured 20 Hz to 20 kHz). dB below

+18 dBm.

Medium level inputs: (Program) 74

POWER: 117 volts,

50/60

Hz,

1- phase.

FINISH: Satin color anodized aluminum panels, with lettering in black.

Cabinet

-two tone beige -gray.

SIZE: 481/4" wide, 17" deep,

834" high.

SHIPPING DATA: Packed age,

17.5 cubic feet. weight:

Domestic, 210 lbs. Export, 250 lbs. Cub

-

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Gatesway II, eight channel console, complete with three

M

-6549B preamplifiers, three

M

-65508 program

/monitor /cue output modules (interchangeable), two

M

-6554A solid state muting modules,

6556A two

M

-65518 power supply modules, one M -6552 power supply module, one M- transformer panel, and four speaker matching transformers

(478 -0275)

994 -6541

IE

CATES

96 www.americanradiohistory.com

Eight Channel

Monophonic

Transistor

Console

-Gatesway

II

CHANNEL

I o--

MIC.

O--

CHANNEL

2

...

MIC.

O--

S

CMANMfI

3

HIC

(MANFUL

4

IuRNTASIEf

CHANNES

5

CHANNEL

E

TAPE

CHANNEL

T

CHANNEL

REMOTES

I

1---

NET

S

-L

PROVISION FOI DC

ANNOUNCE

MOD.

S

ASST PAM

EQUA

S

PUM OUT

600f1

NOMITOA

EMT.

I1PUi

IST

PROGRAM AUDITION

CARD JUMPER WITH

PROVISION EOR PAD

OPTIOIAL

LINE

TO LINE

TRANSFORMER

IRTEICNA1IEA/LE

CUE r

IST

O

AUDI6101 OUT

NOT

SUPPLIED

F

0

{IILOe1T n

O jl

CI t

`---

MET.

O fIT.O--F

PRIX

CUE

AND

TALIIACI

SELECTOR

--

J

NOT SUPPLIED

Ì

j7ICUF

AA t

EMT.

1

1

'

O

STUDIO

I

TI

I

I_

A f\JT1

I

O

-{

STUDIO

A

O

STUDIO

1

I

I

I

T-0PMDIES

L_

LEGEND

NISEI

SMITCM

CUI

IMPF IEIEI r>

MA

MONITOR

AMPI

I

FIEl

MICROPHONE

PREAMPLIFIER

MELAV

PROGRAM AMPLIFIER

FO IMEI

1005TE1 AMPLIFIER

BLOCK

DIAGRAM

GATESWAY II

GATES

97 www.americanradiohistory.com

Five

Channel

Stereo Transistor

Console

THE STEREO

STATESMAN

Designed and era of

FM built to provide the soundest sound for the new broadcasting, the completely transistorized

Stereo

Statesman console is equally at home in the studio of the small market broadcaster, or with the large, metropolitan broadcaster as a production or secondary control board.

The less performance figures of this console are at the quality level which builds and holds listeners. Frequency response is

20 to

20,000

Hz with less than

1 dB variation. Distortion is than 0.5% at all frequencies.

Other important features include:

Full logic audio switching; cue

/intercom to two studios; all solid state modular amplifiers with printed circuit boards; two monitor amplifiers; illuminated program keys; and Gates exclusive control knobs.

VERSATILE INPUT SWITCHING: Eleven inputs may be switched into the five stereo mixing channels in a manner that satisfies virtually any stereo programming requirement. These inputs can include: two stereo microphone pairs; three stereo turntables; three stereo tape reproducers; one remote; one network and one auxiliary stereo source.

MICROPHONE CHANNEL: Two stereo pairs of microphones may be selected into channel

1.

One position is designated

"Control Room" and the other position

"Studio ". Muting is automatically transferred when key is operated.

MEDIUM

LEVEL

CHANNELS: Channels 2, 3,

4 and

5 may be used for turntables, tape or other medium level inputs.

Three tapes, three turntables and one auxiliary source may be switched into these four channels. Each may be split to drive both the tape and turntable input are switchable to either of two mixers, with tab switches for maximum flexibility.

Channel

5 may also select from

"Net- work"

or "Remote

".

If these signals are monophonic, they right and left stereo mixer on that channel.

®

GATES

98

POSITIVE

PROGRAM CONTROL:

Three

-position illuminated key switches above each mixing knob tion. The selector key glows green in control program selec-

"audition"

position, red in

"program"

position and amber in center

"off" position.

HIGH FIDELITY

SOUND:

The superb audio qualities of the

Stereo Statesman

-such as a frequency response of 20 to

20,000

Hz with less than

1 dB variation, and a signal to noise ratio of

-74 dB

-are achieved through the use of silicon transistors, and low impedance mixing.

AMPLIFIERS:

All amplifiers are modular in construction, with plug -in connections for easy interchange and maintenance.

Components are mounted on etched circuit boards to increase

reliability

and contribute to the excellent crosstalk and noise specifications of the console. Silicon transistors assure optimum console performance over a wide ambient temperature range.

All amplifiers are completely accessible when the top of the console is opened, simplifying maintenance.

WIDE DYNAMIC RANGE:

The preamplifiers in the Stereo

Statesman will accommodate microphone levels from

-77 to

-17 dBm without overload or distortion.

The program ampli- fiers deliver

-x-32 dBm output and the monitor amplifiers

+40 dBm output, all with excellent frequency response, low distortion and low noise.

MONITORING:

Two monitor amplifiers, each capable of pro- viding up to

10 watts each

(

+40 dBm) are included. Monitor input is selectable from "program ",

"audition"

or

"external source

". Muting is provided for control room and studio loud- speakers and the console cue speaker. impedance headset jacks

Conventional high for stereophonic headphones are provided on the front of the console and can be switched to monitor program, network or external. www.americanradiohistory.com

Five

Channel

Stereo Transistor

Console-

Stereo

Statesman

TAPE

2

TAPI

3

.

MICPOPMDNF

OL

M.CROPMONE

R

Au

TTI

TAPE

I

O-

REMOTE

S

S

BLOCK

STEREO

DIAGRAM

STATESMAN

LEFT

PROGRAM

AMPLIFIER

MODULE

RI GNT

PROGRAM

AMPLIFIER

MODULE

LEFT

AMPLIFIER

NODULE

3

-----

II

/MT

MONITOR

AMPLIFIER

MODULE

O

/Vn

cuE

STEREO

11 rU

LEFT ru

RIGNT

LEFT

()PROGRAM OUTPUT

GOOD

NULL

IAL ARCE

---

ITEIEO

RIGHT

()PROGRAM ()PPG'

E00

NOT

SUPPLIED

LEFT

CONTROL

ROOM

M.L

CONTROL

R

00M

M.L

STUDIO

A

IEFI

0.

STUD

0 I

LEFT

LOIRE

RIONT

CONTROL

ROOM

RIGHT

STUDIO

A

CUE

RELAY

CUE

AMPLIFIER

TRARSFORMER

`

PREAMPLIFIER

SWITCH

MILER

O

EPT. MONITOR

INPUT NIGHT

O

HIT. MONITOR

INPUT LEFT

AUDI IIOM LEFT

OUTPUT

O

AUDITION

OUTPUT

RIGHT

99 www.americanradiohistory.com

a

rEs

Five

Channel

Stereo Transistor

Console-

Stereo

Statesman

SPECIFICATIONS

MIXING CHANNELS: Total

-5.

One microphone.

Four tape, turntable, re- mote or network.

AMPLIFIERS

AND

POWER SUPPLIES

PROVIDED: Two preamplifiers, five program

/monitor /cue amplifiers (interchangeable as supplied), three power supply modules.

OPERATING MODE: Stereophonic.

INPUT CIRCUITS: Total

-11.

Two pairs of stereo microphones, three turnta- bles, three tape, one remote, one network, one auxiliary.

OUTPUT CIRCUITS: Two at program outputs at

+8 dBm, two audition outputs

-12 dBm, two stereo pair muted speakers (control room, studio), one stereo pair unmuted speakers (lobby), headphone.

IMPEDANCES:

Microphones:

30/50 or 150/250 ohms balanced. Turntable/ tape: 150/250 ohms.

Network /remote: 150/250 ohms.

(478-0009 line matching transformer optional). Audition output: 600 ohms.

Monitor out- put:

8 ohms nominal. Program output: 600

/150 ohms balanced.

GAIN: Microphone to line: 102 dB,

±2 dB.

±2 dB.

Medium level to line: 60 dB,

RESPONSE:

Program and monitor:

±1.0 dB, 20 Hz to 20 kHz @

+18 dBm.

DISTORTION: dBm.

Program circuits:

0.5% maximum, 20 Hz to 20 kHz @

Monitor circuits: 1.0% maximum,

20 Hz to 20 kHz @

+40

+18 dBm.

NOISE:

Program circuits:

74 dB below

4 18 dBm with

-50 dBm input

(

-124 dBm equivalent input noise measured 20 Hz to 20 kHz).

Monitor circuits:

74 dB below

+40 dBm with

-50 dBm input

(

-124 dBm equivalent input noise measured 20 Hz to 20 kHz). below

+18 dBm.

Medium level inputs: (Program) 80 dB

POWER: 117 volts,

50/60

Hz,

1 phase.

FINISH: Satin color anodized aluminum panels with lettering in black.

Cabinet

-two

-tone beige -gray.

SIZE: 3634" wide, 17" deep,

834" high.

SHIPPING DATA: Packed weight:

Domestic, 170 lbs. Export,

210 lbs. Cub

- age,

13 cubic feet.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Stereo Statesman, five channel stereophonic audio console, complete with two

M

-6549A pream- plifiers, five

M -6550A program /monitor /cue modules (interchangeable), one M-6551 and two

M-6552 power supply modules, and one M-6556 transformer panel________

___

994 -6540

®

GATEO

The Stereo Statesman top cover hinges up and the swings down to reveal every front panel

"behind the panel" component.

This layout and logical access is typical of the complete line of

Gates consoles, and reflects the engineering and planning re- quired for neat, professional installations.

100 www.americanradiohistory.com

Ten Channel

Stereo

Or

Monaural Transistor

Console

THE EXECUTIVE

With ten full stereo mixers, the dual channel

Executive is one of the most or complete transistorized audio consoles for stereo monaural programming on the market today.

Amazingly versatile, this console is a member of Gates Solid

-

Statesman family

-a term applied only to transistorized prod- ucts that meet the most rigid engineering and manufacturing specifications.

STEREO

AND MONAURAL:

All ten mixing channels of the

Executive are stereo,

Ehese including network and remote inputs. channels may also be operated monaurally.

By simply adding a third plug

-in program amplifier, a compatible plus

"left

right"

signal is available to feed monaural and stereo programming simultaneously to AM and

FM

(monaural to

AM, stereo to FM). Likewise, stereo may be carried on FM with completely cast on different monophonic programming being broad-

AM.

AMPLIFIERS:

The amplifier complement includes six micro- phone preamplifiers

(three stereo pairs), two program am- plifiers, two high

fidelity

monitoring amplifiers, and a cue/ intercom amplifier. Also supplied are two audition booster amplifiers, which are part of the internal circuit arrangement.

Space is provided for two additional preamplifiers and one additional program amplifier.

The power supply is also self

- contained and is fully regulated.

The amplifiers and power supply are completely solid state.

MIXING

SYSTEM:

The mixing system contains

:0 channels, all with dual (stereo) controls. Channnels

1,

2 and

3 are for microphones. Channels

4 and

5 will accept four stereo turn- tables in any combination, while channels

6 and

7 accommo- date four stereo tape inputs. Channel

8 handles four remote

Ines, and channels 9 and

10 are network and

auxiliary

channels work respectively.

The separate fader for incoming net- programming is especially convenient for taping de- layed broadcast material without tieing up the other high

- level input to the console. Faders 4 through

10 are all cueing attenuators which feed the inbuilt cue

/intercom system.

101

MICROPHONE

INPUTS:

Six preamplifiers in three stereo pairs are connected to dual -postion input selector keys, per- mitting

12 microphones

(6 stereo pairs) to be selected. Space is provided for two additional

M -6034 preamplifiers.

TURNTABLE -TAPE INPUTS: Four turntables may be switched to mixers

4 and

5, and into channels

6 and

7 in four tape sources may be switched any sequence.

All faders are stereo, and cue positions are provided on each of these attenuators.

REMOTE

-NETWORK

INPUTS: Four remote lines may be switched into channel

8 through a line isolation transformer provided. Channel

9 is for network input.

Both channels are stereo control equipped, but have removable splitting pads attached for present monophonic signals. Cue positions are provided on these attenuators.

AUXILIARY CHANNEL:

This tenth channel has dual line iso- lation transformers and is uniquely equipped to accommodate extra stereo or monaural functions, either in the studio or from an external source.

A cue position is also provided on this fader.

CUE

-INTERCOM

SYSTEM: An inbuilt cue

-intercom amplifier is included, with its speaker centered below the VU meters.

The cue signals from mixers

4 through

10 feed the system.

The cue- intercom also provides remote tercom and network preview monitoring. talk -back,

The studio in- console muting system also protects against feedback from the cue

-intercom speaker.

OPERATING MODES: Stereo be fed to only, or monaural only, may either program or audition mixer circuits. Likewise, monaural

FM may be broadcast separately from monaural

AM. When the optional M -5700 program amplifier is added, stereo

FM and monaural

AM may be broadcast either simul- taneously, or separately.

GArEs www.americanradiohistory.com

Ten Channel

Stereo Or Monaural Transistor

Console-

Executive

VU

METERS:

Dual

4

-inch

The illuminated meters are provided. left meter connects to the left channel, while the right meter connects to the right channel (or it may be switched to the output of the optional

M

-5700 program amplifier). The right meter also switches to parallel the left meter for stereo calibration or to check incoming network level. A third ex- ternal

VU meter, in an attractive "shadow mold" housing, is available for larger installations where simultaneous metering of three program channels is required.

MUTING

RELAYS: Three are supplied to mute three pairs of loudspeakers.

Warning light contacts are also provided. These relays operate from the microphone keys and cue -intercom system.

ADDITIONAL

jacks; a cue- intercom selector switch; left and right master gain controls for the program amplifier; a dual monitoring amplifier gain control; a fully regulated power supply; and

28 tab keys

(top row) performing a large number of switch- ing functions.

FACILITIES:

These include: dual headphone

STYLING: Exclusively styled by one of America's leading in- dustrial designers, the Executive's satin anodized aluminum control panel floats in a

3- dimensional setting, and the

"shad- ow mold" styling is strikingly modern in appearance.

The front panel hinges down and the cabinet top cover hinges up.

SPECIFICATIONS

MIXING

CHANNELS: Total

-10.

All stereo. (3) microphone, (2) turntables,

(2) tape or projectors,

(1) remote, (1) network, (1) all purpose.

AMPLIFIERS PROVIDED:

2

(3 pairs),

1 cue program,

2 booster,

2 monitor,

6 preamplifiers amplifier.

Space provided for two optional added pre- amplifiers and one optional added program amplifier.

OPERATING MODE: Stereo and monaural.

INPUT CIRCUITS:

12 lines,

1 for mics., 4 turntables,

4 tape /projectors,

4 remote network line,

1 all purpose utility.

OUTPUT LINES:

2 er,

2 program,

6 muted speaker

(3 pairs),

2 non

-muted speak- intercom,

2 headphones,

2 record. NOTE:

Add one more program output if optional program amplifier is purchased.

IMPEDANCES: Microphones:

30/50 or

150/250 ohms.

Turntable

/tape: 150/

250 ohms unbalanced.

Remote lines:

500/600 ohms, balanced. Network:

500/600 ohms.

Utility:

500/600 ohms.

Programming output:

500/600 ohms.

Recording output: itor speaker output:

500/600 ohms.

Intercom output:

48 ohms. Mon-

8/16 ohms.

GAIN: Turntable, tape, network (high level) input to program line output,

55 dB.

To monitor amplifier output, 55 dB. From microphone input to program line output,

102 dB. To monitor

All measurements

±2 dB. amplifier output, 102 dB. NOTE:

RESPONSE:

All segments of program circuit

-+-1 dB, 30- 15,000 Hz.

Monitor- ing circuit ±1Y2 dB, 30- 15,000 Hz. NOTE:

Typical response all circuits:

20-

20,000

Hz,

±2 dB.

DISTORTION: Any segment of program circuit 0.5% or less between

30-

15,000 Hz at

}

8 dBm output level or

Monitor amplifier 1% at

0.5% at +18 dBm, 50-

15,000

Hz. r39 dBm

(8 watts).

NOISE: dBm

Program circuits

70 dB or better below input (equivalent noise input is

-120

+18 dBm output, with dBm).

Monitor circuits,

-50

60 dB below

39 dBm output. Crosstalk: All circuits below noise level with nor- mal gain settings for proper programming.

STEREO

ISOLATION: Below noise level all channels.

POWER: 115 volts,

60 Hz.

50/60

Hz,

I phase. Power consumption,

50 watts at

FINISH: Cabinet, beige -gray. Panel, natural anodized aluminum lettered in black. Knobs with decal color inserts.

SIZE: 5312" wide,

111/2" high,

171/2" deep.

SHIPPING DATA: Packed weight:

Domestic, 220 lbs.

Export, 270 lbs. Cub

- age:

27 cubic feet.

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES: Space is provided to add two model 994 -6034 preamplifiers, and one model 994 -5700 program amplifier.

NOTE: For optimum performance the load on the monitor amplifier should not be less than speakers on one

8 ohms.

Where it is necessary to operate several loud- amplifier, use the 478 -0275 matching transformer. Four of these transformers are supplied with the console.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Executive

Audio

Console (includes 4 speaker matching transformers)

Optional Preamplifier

Optional program amplifier

Speaker matching transformer

Optional

3rd VU meter

-

Intercom sub

-station

994 -6158

994 -6034

994 -5700

478

-0275

994 -6208

994 -6424

®

GA

TES

102 www.americanradiohistory.com

Ten

Channel

Stereo Or Monaural Transistor

Console-

Executive

o

Io o-

0- o- o

1

'72

:

-1

11

1

PETO moor

I

CUE

E T

.N.

NIT PIN

PET

UTILITY

0

!E FN

.oN

IL

I..uT

VU! i.TIO.ILI

L_i_1

L

111

r

loon

()VIDA,. LEFT

YNO,u

LEFT

NIAIT

CUE

.TEICOY

Y

CUE

1

LIFT

NOT SUPPLIED

-

LIFT

H

LOni

N1 AIT

.J

r-

O

0.1.

LEFT

Co.TI1DL

IOO.

11GET

_OL

LEFT

STUDIO

I

1,1111T

Q

..L.

LEFT

STUDIO

1

NIAIT

STUDIO

I

INTEICON i

I

r

L

STUDIO

1

LTF.CO. i

SITC

NOLI,

VSI

WIEN

NOOSTE. iI

BLOCK

DIAGRAM

EXECUTIVE

CUI-

INTINGO.

SELECTS. SSA

MI

GATES

103 www.americanradiohistory.com

Dual

Programming

Ten

Channel

Transistor

Console

THE

DIPLOMAT

The

Diplomat is the senior partner in the

fully

transistorized

Gates line of Solid- Statesman monaural consoles.

This dual channel console has

10 mixing channels, cue -intercom, 28 upper level tab keys for nearly every conceivable input and output circuit function, and features the VA knob and

"shad- ow mold" styling- designed exclusively for

Gates by one of the country's leading industrial stylists.

MIXING

SYSTEM: The mixing system is a ten channel, low impedance type, using imum loss ladder controls throughout in a min- circuit design.

The key switch above each channel control switches the mixer to either program amplifier.

MICROPHONE CHANNELS:

Six microphones are tab key selected into

3 preamplifiers and associated mixing channels

1, 2 and

3.

Channel keys operate the three muting relays.

TURNTABLE CHANNELS: Mixing channels

4 and

5 handle four turntables into either mixer in any sequence. Four upper level tab keys on each channel select the turntable to be used. Cue position on faders connects any turntable input to the cue amplifier.

TAPE

CHANNELS: Mixing channels 6 and

7 handle four tape or projector inputs into either mixer in any sequence.

Four upper level tab keys on each channel select the input to be used. Cue position on fader connects any tape input to cue amplifier.

REMOTE

CHANNEL: Mixing channel

8 accommodates four remote lines by upper tab key selection. A line isolation trans- former is part of this circuit. Cue position on fader connects any remote line to cue amplifier.

NETWORK

CHANNEL: Mixing channel

9 is for network or similar input. Cue position on fader connects network to cue amplifier for preview.

AUXILIARY CHANNEL: Mixing channel

10 is for any input source such as a second network or much used remote.

This

auxiliary

channel has a cue position on the fader connected to cue amplifier.

CUE

-INTERCOM

SYSTEM: The built

-in intercom system pro- vides network monitoring, remote over -ride, remote talk -back, studio intercom, turntable cueing, tape cueing and general previewing and cueing.

The control room and studio speakers are muted by the channel keys and muting relays when there is a live microphone in any of these locations.

The cue am-

plifier

and speaker

/microphone is self

-contained, and the cue speaker

/microphone is located directly under the VU meters.

PROGRAM SWITCHING FUNCTIONS:

A single key changes the master operation of the console from simultaneous to sep- arate operation as desired by the operator.

Dual program amplifiers are standard equipment.

Space is provided for an optional third program amplifier. If the third program am- plifier is utilized, this will permit, for example, recording while broadcasting AM and

FM simultaneously from the second of the dual channels.

VU METERS: Two

4" illuminated

VU meters are supplied.

The left meter is connected to program channel

1 at all times.

The nel

1 right meter may be switch selected to (a) program chan- for calibration,

(b) program channel

2, (c) output of optional third program amplifier, (d) network input, or (e) external connections.

MONITORING

AMPLIFIER: The self- contained

8 watt mon- itoring amplifier input may be switched to (a) output of master program channel, (b) output of program channel

2 or

(c) external input.

Amplifier output feeds the loudspeaker system.

MUTING

RELAYS: Three relays mute speakers and operate studio warning lights in the control room and are controlled from microphone mixer channel keys. Intercom is also inter- locked to prevent feedback.

=CM

GATES

104 www.americanradiohistory.com

Dual

Programming

Ten

Channel

Transistor

Console-

Diplomat

PHONE JACKS:

Phone jacks are provided on a separate mounting plate which attaches to the desk, thus eliminating phone cords over the desk top.

POWER SUPPLY: The power supply is

fully

regulated and self

-contained except for the small AC transformer, which is external to assure extremely low noise.

SERVICING: The

Diplomat front panel hinges down and cab- inet lid hinges up to expose all components for easy main- tenance.

All terminations are in the rear.

RECOMMENDED USE: The unusually wide

Diplomat may be described as an

facility

audio console of network or large station caliber. It is excellent for

TV as well as radio.

SPECIFICATIONS

ORDERING

INFORMATION

MIXING CHANNELS:

Total

10. Three microphone, two projector, one remote, one network and one turitable, auxiliary. two tape/

AMPLIFIERS PROVIDED: 2 program,

1 monitor,

3 preamplifiers,

1 cue am- plifier.

Room provided for

1 additional program amplifier and

2 addi- tional preamplifiers.

OPERATING MODE:

Dual channel monaural.

INPUT CIRCUITS: 6 mote lines,

1 for microphones,

4 turntables, 4 tape /projectors,

4 re- network line,

1 auxiliary line.

OUTPUT CIRCUITS:

2 program,

1 audition, speaker,

2 intercom,

2 headphones.

3 muted speakers,

1 non -muted

IMPEDANCES:

Microphones:

30/50 or

150/250 ohms. Turntable: 600 ohms.

Tope

/projector:

600 ohms. Remote lines: 600 ohms.

Network: 600 ohms.

Auxiliary:

600 ohms.

Programming output: 600 ohms.

Audition output:

600 ohms.

Intercom output:

48 ohms.

Monitor speakers: 8/16 ohms.

Re- cording outputs: 600 ohms.

NOTE: the

Where more than two loudspeakers are used, it is mandatory that

478.0275 speaker matching transformer or similar be used with each loudspeaker.

This assures correct loudspeaker performance and protects power transistors in the monitoring amplifier.

GAIN: Turntable, tape, network (medium level) input to program line out- put 55 dB. From microphone input to program line output

102 dB. measurements

±2 dB.

All

RESPONSE: ing

All segments of program circuit circuit ±11/2 dB

30-15,000

Hz.

±1 dB

30. 15,000 Hz.

Monitor-

NOTE: Typical response: 20- 20,000

Hz.

DISTORTION: Any segment of program circuit 0.5% or less between

30-

15,000 Hz

15,000 Hz. at

+8

Monitor dBm output level, or at +18 dBm output 0.5%

50- amplifier 1% at +38 dBm

(8 watts). Intermodulation distortion: 0.5% program and 1.0% monitor circuits.

NOISE: dBm below

Program circuits: 70 dB or better below input (equivalent noise input

+18 dBm output, with

-50

-120 dBm).

Monitor circuits: 60 dB

+39 dBm output. Crosstalk:

All circuits below noise level with nor- mal gain settings for proper programming.

POWER: 117 volts,

60 Hz.

50/60

Hz,

1 phase. Power consumption 34 watts at

FINISH:

Satin anodized aluminum panel with lettering in black. Cabinet in beige -gray, with shadow mold in black. Knob color insert decal kit in- cluded.

SIZE: 531/2" wide,

113á" high, 17W' deep.

SHIPPING DATA: Packed weight: Domestic, 220 lbs.; export, 242 lbs.

Cubage: 26 cubic feet.

Diplomat audio console complete with four speaker matching transformers

Optional program amplifier

Optional preamplifier

Speaker matching transformer

994 -6377

-

____994 -5700

994 -6034

478 -0275

Spare 100% semi

-conductor

Studio cue

/intercom speaker kit 990 -0505

994 -6424

IMPORTANT:

For optimum performance the load on the monitor amplifier should not be less than

8 ohms. Where it is necessary to op- perate several loudspeakers on one amplifier, use the 478-

0275 matching transformer.

Four of these transformers are supplied with the console.

STUDIO CUE

-INTERCOM

SPEAKER

Beautifully styled to match all Gates

Solid Statesman products. Cast alum- inum housing in non

-reflecting black with heavy fabric

grill

cloth front.

Speaker

600/48 ohms to match con- sole intercom impedances. Size:

51/8" wide,

6%" high,

4" deep.

ORDER

MODEL

994

MI

GATES

105 www.americanradiohistory.com

Dual

Programming

Ten

Channel

Transistor

Console- Diplomat

S

O

60 i

Y- n

.0

5

C

E

ID

I r

--

-ri

;,.-

--

ETO

6-

UTILITIO

1

1

r

3

RUE

IOPTIONL

NT

NUI

PROGRAM

O

OUTPUT

Loon

-

-

--0

P.00./M

51.

AIL

OLINO wets

OPT101AL

O

UDLTIO oUT

L

Elf.

MON.

IT

NOT SUPPLIED

I

LORN1

CONTROL

ZOOM

H

CUE

-INTERCOM

STUDIO

I

E

STUDIO

D

S

ÉLE CTON

PROONAM

AMPLIFIE.

ES

W

DCUE

AMPLIFIER 1

SMI

TCI

>IIEAMPLIFI[R

[:::MONITOR

AMPLIFIER

BLOCK DIAGRAM

DIPLOMAT

I

[:::

STUDIO

I

.TLRCOM

I

STUDIO

3

INTERCOM

--

Mi

CATES

106 www.americanradiohistory.com

Dual Programming Eight Channel

7

Transistor

Console

The

President is a mixer completely transistorized dual channel,

8 audio control console, featuring

Gates unique Control

Center, with its extreme versatility and operating simplicity.

Control Center frees engineers from the mechanics of patch- ing, yet all program inputs are available instantly.

With a full amplifier complement, the President console is particularly well suited for television operation.

Six of twelve microphones can be mixed simultaneously, while still provid- ing mixing facilities for the extensive medium level signals in television such as: film projectors, video tape recorders, aux- iliary mixers, and the usual turntable, cartridge and reel -to- reel equipment.

MIXING

SYSTEM: Eight monophonic mixing channels are provided, utilizing low impedance, ladder type controls.

Key selection allows any mixer to feed either program channel.

Cue positions are on several controls (see Cue -Intercom

System).

MICROPHONE INPUTS:

This standard console provides eight microphone inputs switchable into four mixing channels. Chan- nels

3 and

8 each provide two medium level inputs, or may be converted to microphone level by use of the optional plug

- in microphone preamplifiers. If the preamplifiers are con- nected ahead of the input selector switch on these channels, each fader can then

fill

the dual role of a microphone and medium level channel.

MEDIUM

LEVEL

INPUTS: Control Center consists of two banks the of twelve push keys, plus OFF. The upper bank feeds left mixer.

The lower bank feeds the right mixer. Any push key when depressed automatically releases any other key in the same row. connect to the cue

All push keys not in use automatically amplifier /speaker.

Each bank of push keys has four red, four white, four blue colors, plus green for

OFF.

They may be placed in any sequence, and illuminate when the respective key is depressed. Each push key is numbered with a large block figure. A typewritten identification card,

THE PRESIDENT identifying each source in the system, may be substituted if desired.

Any of twelve medium level circuits may be punched into either mixing channel, assuring full fader control. Two faders do the work of twelve in the President

Control Center. Iso- lation transformers are used in both circuit banks to assure balance, whether the input is in studio or out of studio.

Push key switches, utilizing gold program circuit contacts, provide reliable maintenance -free operation. Silver alloy

DC switching contacts used to illuminate the

"in use" stations also provide

30 volts DC for the control of external equipment.

The

Gates KCP -5

It has D.P.D.T. relay is available as optional equipment. contacts and requires

5 mA to operate.

CUE

-INTERCOM

SYSTEM: A

fully

interlocked cue

-intercom system is incorporated.

The cue position of mixing channels

3 and

8, the network input, or any of the twelve pushbutton stations may feed the cue amplifier, regardless of the position of the cue amplifier input selector switch.

Completely self

- contained, the cueing system also provides talk -back control to two studios and remote lines.

MUTING

RELAYS:

Speaker muting relays are provided for the control room and two studio speakers. These relays have extra intercom muting contacts to prevent feeding an intercom signal into the studios when a live microphone is in use. The control room muting relay is factory wired to mute the console speaker with any signal source when the control room micro- phone is in use.

A cue phone jack permits headphone mon- itoring of the cue

-intercom circuits at all times.

Added con- tacts are provided for studio warning lights.

AMPLIFIER COMPLEMENT: The

President is sistorized, completely tran- incorporating

Gates exclusive Solid- Statesman tran- sistor amplifiers. The standard amplifier complement consists of four plug -in microphone preamplifiers, two plug -in program amplifiers, one cue -intercom amplifier, and an

8

watt

tran- sistorized monitoring amplifier.

Space is provided

for

two optional additional preamplifiers.

The power supply is self

- contained and is

fully

regulated.

GATEs www.americanradiohistory.com

Dual

Programming Eight Channel

Transistor

Console-

President

The

10 dB overload capacity of the M

-5700 program ampli- fiers used in the President, coupled with at least a

20 dB over- load capacity in the microphone preamplifiers, makes the

President almost impervious to excessive dB program levels. A 6 line isolation pad permits the connection of this console to highly reactive telephone teraction. lines without any noticeable in-

The

-r-39 dBm (8 watts) rating of the transistor monitor am- plifier is combined with flat response, and low harmonic and intermodulation distortion that is typical of Solid- Statesman engineering.

The regulated power supply protects the console amplifiers from variations due the power supply to line and load ripple is reduced regulation. to insure

In addition, uniformly low noise in all of the console circuits.

The power supply is short

- circuit protected to prevent damage during operation or maintenance.

VU METERS: Four

-inch, illuminated

VU meters provide visual monitoring of both output channels.

The meters can be mount- ed anywhere along the top rail of the console, or placed on the console desk.

SPECIFICATIONS

MIXING

CHANNELS: Total

-8.

Monophonic.

AMPLIFIERS PROVIDED:

2 tercom amplifier.

(2 program,

1 monitor,

4 preamplifiers, additional preamplifiers optional).

1 cue,'in-

OPERATING MODE: Dual channel monaural.

INPUT CIRCUITS:

8 phones into

6 microphones into

4 preamplifiers, standard.

12 micro- preamplifiers, by use of two optional preamplifiers.

11 turntables, tape, projector or external inputs into

2 mixers.

4 remote lines. One network line into 1st

"Control Center" push key.

OUTPUT LINES:

2 program lines,

3 muted speaker outputs,

1 unmuted speaker output,

2 interlocked studio intercom speakers,

1 intercom,

2 head- phone outputs.

IMPEDANCES: (Input) Mics: 30.'50 or 150/250 ohms. Mixing channels

3 and

8:

600 ohms unbalanced if optional preamplifiers are not used.

(Out- put)

2 program lines each

500/600 ohms.

Monitor amplifier:

8/16 ohms.

Intercom speakers: 45 ohms.

GAIN: Microphone input to line output:

104 dB

3 dB. Turntable input to line output: 56 dB

±2 dB. Microphone input to speaker output: 104 dB minimum. Turntable input to speaker output: 56 dB minimum.

RESPONSE:

Rated -+-1.0 dB from

30 to 15,000

Hz in all regular program circuits.

Capable:

20- 20,000 Hz. Rated

±1.5 dB from

30 to 15,000

Hz in all monitoring speaker circuits. Capable:

20- 20,000

Hz.

DISTORTION: Rated

0.5% maximum, 30 to 15,000

Hz at

-f 8 dBm output in all regular program circuits. Capable-

20-

20,000

Hz. Rated

0.5% max- imum, 50 to 15,000 Hz at

-f-18 dBm output in all regular program cir- cuits. Rated

1.0% maximum,

50 to 15,000 Hz at

-t

39 dBm

(8 watts) in speaker outputs.

Capable: 1% or less

20-

20,000

Hz at

+38 dBm.

NOISE: Program circuits,

70 dB or better below

-

18 dBm with

-50 dB in- put (equivalent noise input is

-120 dBm).

Turntable, tape and all Control

Center input circuits 70 dB below

-

-18 dBm output. Monitoring circuits

60 dB below +39 dBm output.

CROSSTALK: Below noise level in all channels.

POWER: 115 volts,

50/60

Hz, 44 watts.

FINISH: Panel, natural aluminum with knobs and lettering in black. Cabinet color- beige -gray. Mixer knobs supplied with decal color insert kit. Con. trol Center knobs in four colors and illuminated.

SIZE:

52'2" wide,

1112" high,

17'2" deep.

SHIPPING DATA: Weight packed: domestic, 220 lbs.; export,

290 lbs. Cub

- age: 27 cubic feet.

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES: Space plifiers. provided for

2 added M -6034 plug

-in am-

ORDERING

INFORMATION

The

President, dual channel audio control console, includes

2 matching transformers,

4 mic preamps, monitor external

VU meters,

4 speaker amplifier, cue amplifier, and

2 program amplifiers

Optional plug -in microphone preamplifiers

-

-

External

VU meter with housing

-

Intercom sub

-station, deluxe

Spare 100% semi- conductor kit

Speaker matching transformer

KCP -5 Relay, 30 volt

D.P.D.T. to start -stop external equipment

994 -6209

994 -6034

994 -6208

994 -6424

990 -0503

478 -0275

994

-6482

GATES

108 www.americanradiohistory.com

Five

Channel

Monophonic

Transistor

Console

THE

AMBASSADOR

A premium

quality

Solid- Statesman console, the Ambassador features Gates exclusive Control Center, plus superb electrical performance and great operating versatility in a compact size.

The unique Control Center has two mixing channels doing the work of

12. This, combined with the multiple microphone facilities, cue -intercom and many other features, results in a fine console for use in

AM,

FM and

TV broadcasting.

AMPLIFIER COMPLEMENT:

The

Ambassador is completely transistorized, incorporating Solid- Statesman plug

-in transis- tor amplifiers to meet superior performance and

reliability

standards. It includes:

(2)

(space plug

-in microphone preamplifiers provided for optional 3rd preamplifier),

(1) plug -in program amplifier,

(1) plug

-in audition booster amplifier,

(1) ing plug -in cue /intercom amplifier and

(1) eight -watt monitor- amplifier.

The preamplifiers have a full

20 dB overload capacity.

The distortion is actually lower than that of many test oscillators.

The load program amplifier has a full

10 dB over- factor above the

+14 dBm rating used to feed the 6 dB line isolation pad to the program line. Performance standards are not altered by substantial level variations and high tele- phone line reactances, and provide quality that only the more sophisticated test systems are capable of measuring.

The monitoring amplifier provides a full

+39 dBm (8 watts) output to the speakers with low harmonic and intermodulation distortion.

The response of all amplifiers is

flat

over a wide audio spectrum. An isolation transformer bridges the output of the monitor amplifier for emergency program feed and remote program cue. The cue

-intercom system is peaked for maximum

intelligibility.

A

fully

regulated power supply protects the console ampli- fiers from variations due to line and load regulation.

Power supply ripple is reduced almost to the point of non -existence

Ito assure uniformly low noise in all of the console circuits.

109

The power supply is also protected to prevent damage to any of the transistors in either the power supply or amplifiers from a momentary or sustained short in any of the load circuits.

MIXING

SYSTEM: Five monophonic input mixing channels are provided, utilizing low impedance, ladder -type controls.

The

Ambassador accommodates 22 inputs with expansion cilities to

31 by using the three unwired utility switches fa- left available for the user. Key selection allows any mixer to feed program amplifier or audition output through the audition booster amplifier.

CONTROL

CENTER: The heart of the Ambassador is

Control

Center, operating into mixers

4 and

5.

It consists of two rows of

12 push -keys, plus an

OFF key, with the

12 push -keys upper bank of feeding the left mixer

(

#4)

and the lower bank of

12 push -keys feeding the right mixer

(

#5). Any push

-key, when depressed, same row. automatically releases any other key in the

Any push -keys which are not feeding either mixer

4 or

5 are connected to the cue are amplifier /speaker.

Push

-keys color -coded for convenience in identifying inputs such as turntables, tapes, etc.

To further expand the medium level facilities in the Ambas- sador, push

-key

#1 selects from any one of four remote lines or network as switched by the upper row tab keys above the

Control Center. A large, numbered designation strip between the push

-key rows may be replaced with typewritten iden- tification cards.

Any of the

12 circuits may be switched into either mixing channel, assuring full fader control.

The 30 volt circuit for illumination of each push

-key is also brought to a pair of terminals.

In this manner, the push -keys may start a mechanical device such as a

Criterion, projector or turntable at the same time as the audio is engaged.

A re- lay kit (994 -6482) is available for this service and is listed on the next page.

Emma

GAT'ES

www.americanradiohistory.com

Five

Channel

Monophonic

Transistor

Console-

Ambassador

Mixing channels one through three provide six more inputs for either microphone or medium -level signals.

The standard

Ambassador is equipped with two plug

-in preamplifiers to ac- commodate up to four studio and control room through faders

1 and

2.

Fader

3 has a cueing microphones attenuator and is for medium -level inputs. Provision for a third, optional, plug

-in preamplifier is included.

This optional

994 -6034 pre- amplifier may be connected ahead of the input selector switch of channel three for a dual function of microphone input plus medium -level input

-or, it may be wired after the input se- lector to provide two additional microphone inputs.

CUE

/INTERCOM SYSTEM: The inbuilt cue

/intercom system permits preview listening from all Control Center circuits such as remotes, network, turntables, tapes, projectors.

In preview from mixing channel

3 and addition,

auxiliary

is provided.

Talk back is possible to two studios, remote lines and a spare input circuit.

The

994 -6424 sub

-station listed below is sug- gested for studio use in talk back service.

MUTING

RELAYS: Three muting relays, energized by micro- phone channel keys, disconnect loudspeakers adjacent to a live microphone, provide contacts for warning lights and additional contacts to mute the intercom system when a studio is in use.

A cue phone jack is provided to allow headphone monitoring of cue circuits where necessary.

MOVABLE VU METER: Mounted in a cast aluminum housing, the illuminated

VU meter may be located where desired

- along the top rail of the console cabinet or at either side of the console.

In this way, the VU meter may be placed in the most convenient visual location, which varies from one station to another. A connecting cable and plug is part of the meter assembly.

VERSATILITY:

The creative design of the it very

Ambassador makes nearly a custom console. Control Center, with its array of 24

3 illuminated touch control keys into two channels, plus additional mixing inputs with their associated switching, and three utility keys, provides many exciting possibilties in audio control.

The

VA mixer knob is used on all faders. Designed first in similar style for the Voice of

America

Studios, it is a substan- tial advance in the

"feel -of- the

-board"

concept. "Shadow

- mold" styling is from one of America's leading industrial styl- ists, engaged by Gates for the Solid- Statesman line of equip- ment.

SPECIFICATIONS

MIXING

CHANNELS: Total

-5.

Monophonic.

AMPLIFIERS PROVIDED:

1 plug

-in monitor,

2 plug

-in preamplifiers, program,

1 plug

1 plug

-in cue in booster, amplifier.

1 eight -watt

OPERATING MODE: Single channel monaural.

INPUT CIRCUITS:

4

1 microphones into

2 preamplifiers, as supplied;

6 micro- phones into

3 preamplifiers,

3rd preamplifier optional;

12 turntables, tape, projector, or any medium -level input into

2 mixers;

4 remote lines; network line.

OUTPUT LINES:

1 speaker,

2 program, studio intercom,

1

1 audition,

3 muted speaker, spare intercom.

1 non -muted

IMPEDANCES: ohms ming

30/50 or

150/250 ohms; turntable

/tape

600 unbalanced; remote lines 600 ohms; network

600 ohms; program- output

Microphones

600 ohms; audition output

600 ohms; intercom output

45 ohms; monitor output

8

-16 ohms.

GAIN: Turntable, tape, network (high level) input to program line output

56 dB. To monitor amplifier output

56 dB minimum. From microphone in- put to program line output

104 dB.

To monitor minimum. Note: All measurements

±2 dB. amplifier output

104 dB

RESPONSE:

All segments of program circuit:

±1.0 dB, 30- 15,000 Hz. Ca- pable:

20-

20,000

Hz.

Monitoring circuit 4-1.5 dB, 30 to

15,000

Hz. Ca- pable: 20- 20,000 Hz.

DISTORTION: Any segment

15,000

Hz at

-

8 dBm of program circuit

0.5% or less between

30- output level.

Capable:

20-

20,000

Hz.

Monitor am- plifier:

1.0% between

30- 15,000 Hz, at

--

39 dBm (8 watts output level).

Capable:

20-

20,000

Hz.

NOISE:

Program circuits:

-70 dB or better below

-

18 dBm output, with

--50 dBm

(equivalent noise input is

-120 dBm).

Monitor circuits:

60 dB below 139 dBm output. Crosstalk: All circuits below noise level with nor- mal programming gain settings.

POWER: 117 volts,

60

Hz.

50/60

Hz, single phase. Power consumption 40 watts at

FINISH: Panel:

Decal

Natural satin anodized aluminum with black nomenclature. color insert kit supplied for mixer knobs. Cabinet: beige -gray with black trim.

SIZE:

3T,2" long,

1118" high, 17ì'8" deep.

SHIPPING DATA:

Packed weight: Domestic, 245 lbs.; export, 265 lbs. Cub

- age: 20.5 cubic feet.

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES: Space is provided to add, when desired, one model 994 -6034 preamplifier.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

®

G

A

TES

Ambassador, single channel console, complete transformers

Extra plug -in microphone preamplifier with

2 preamplifiers and

4 speaker matching

994 -5564

994 -6034

Intercom sub -station, deluxe

994 -6424

Speaker matching transformer

Relay kit for use with Control Center to start mechanical device

478

-0275

994 -6482

Spare 100% semi- conductor kit

990 -0499

Plug -in jumper board

913 -6060

NOTES: (1) Four speaker matching transformers are supplied with each console.

If more than

4 speakers are to be used, order an added 478 -0275 mixing channels

1 or

2 as transformer medium level inputs, order for

913 each added speaker. (2)

If it is desired to use

-6060 plug -in jumper board to replace pream- plifiers.

110 www.americanradiohistory.com

Eight Channel

Monophonic

Transistor

Console

111-

Y

Y

-111-

Y

-!-

Y l!

000000

It

l

Y

.

Y r

.

Y p.

THE YARD

II

Successor to the famous Yard console, the new Yard

II now offers even greater versatility with the added

reliability

of

'total solid state design.

Just over a yard wide,

Gates Yard

II console offers

12 inputs into

8 mixing channels.

It is ideal as a full control tions

facility for

smaller AM and

FM monophonic sta- and a perfect submaster control or production console in larger operations.

The low silhouette styling is a definite

"plus" for

television use.

Functionally arranged, the eight mixing channels are in the center of the board with the meter to the right, along with mister gain controls. Preamplifiers used on microphone chan- nels

1 and

2 may select from two low impedance microphones on each input.

Five medium level channels can be used with any sources, such as turntables, tape recorders, etc. The eighth channel is specifically designed for use with network and two remote sources, and separate front panel switches provide selection of any of these inputs.

INDEPENDENT CHANNEL

MONITORING AND

RECORD-

ING: Any of the

8 input channels may be switched to either the program or audition position to permit independent mon- itoring or recording of any incoming sources'without disturb- ing programming.

All wiring on the printed circuit board is accessible through a removable cover plate on the bottom of the console.

The en- tire console is hinged to permit easy access.

111

HIGH FIDELITY PERFORMANCE: Frequency response of the

Yard

Il is uniform

-±-1 dB from 30 to 15,000

Hz.

Noise is better than 73 dB below normal output with crosstalk below the noise less at normal levels and control settings. Distortion is than 0.75% from 30 to

1

5,000 Hz at a

+18 dBm output.

LOW

SILHOUETTE STYLING:

Only

81/2 inches high, the Yard

II offers an excellent over the top view, especially adaptable for

TV operation.

ACCESSIBILITY: through the

All components can be quickly reached

lift

off top.

The entire console is hinged at the rear for complete access to the under side of the console.

INPUTS: Four microphones, five medium level inputs, and three external line inputs. Cue bus is connected to mixers

3 through

8 to provide rapid cueing on all six channels.

CUE

AMPLIFIER: Built -in cue speaker in the top of the console provides cue from channels

3 through

8 to either the speaker built into the console or through the separate cue headphone jack.

BOOSTER AMPLIFIER: A monitor booster amplifier is pro- vided as standard equipment to allow switching the monitor amplifier from program to audition without changing level.

MUTING

RELAYS: Two muting relays are supplied to operate warning lights as well as muting of the control room and studio speakers. A terminal strip on the console permits flex- ible selection of muting relay operation by simply changing jumper wires.

VU METER: A four

-inch illuminated

'B' scale VU meter is flush mounted with the Yard

Il urement. front panel for accurate level meas-

COLOR CODED CONTROLS:

Mixer knobs are supplied with various colored disc inserts to color code controls such as red for turntables, green for studio A, etc.

COMPACT is one

AND

LIGHTWEIGHT: The

38" Yard

II console of the most compact, full facility consoles ever pro- duced.

It measures

38" wide,

81/2" high, and 13" deep, and weighs only

54 pounds.

EMI=

GATE www.americanradiohistory.com

Eight Channel

Monophonic

Transistor

Console

-Yard

II

Complete access to all components is via the easily removed cover of the Yard

I1.

All input and output connections can be made through the rear or the bottom of the console. Convenient knock -outs on the rear apron provide entry for wiring cables.

GENERAL

MIXING

CHANNELS:

Total of eight, all monaural. Two microphone, five medium level, one network /remote.

AMPLIFIERS PROVIDED: Two program preamplifiers, two booster amplifiers, one amplifier, one monitor amplifier, and one cue amplifier.

OPERATING MODE:

Monaural.

INPUT CIRCUITS: Four one for microphones, two for turntables, two for tape, utility, three for network /remote.

OUTPUT LINES: one cue

One program, two muted speaker, one non -muted speaker, speaker (muted), two headphone (monitor and cue).

MICROPHONE

(CH.

1

& 2) TO

PROGRAM

LINE OUT

MAXIMUM GAIN:

103

±2

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

±1 dB. dB, 30 to 15,000 Hz.

DISTORTION:

Less than 0.75 %, 30 to 15,000 Hz, at 418 dBm output.

NOISE:

More than 73 dB below

+18 valent input noise is better than dBm

-123 output with

-50 dBm dBm, 30 to 15,000 Hz. input.

Equi-

CROSSTALK: Below noise level, with normal levels and control settings.

MICROPHONE IMPEDANCE:

30/50 or 150/250 ohms, balanced.

MEDIUM

LEVEL (CH.

3

-7) TO

PROGRAM LINE OUT

MAXIMUM GAIN: 63

-±-2 dB.

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

±1 dB,

30 to 15,000 Hz.

DISTORTION:

Less than 0.75 %, 30 to 15,000 Hz at

+18 dBm output.

NOISE:

More than

15,000 Hz.

73 dB below

+18 dBm output with

-10 dBm input,

30 to

CROSSTALK: Below noise level, with normal levels and control settings.

INPUT IMPEDANCE: 150 ohms, unbalanced.

SPECIFICATIONS

NETWORK: REMOTES (CH. 8) TO

PROGRAM

LINE OUT

MAXIMUM GAIN:

43 -+-2 dB.

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

±1 dB, 30-

15,000 Hz.

DISTORTION:

Less than 0.75 %,

30 to 15,000 Hz at +18 dBm output.

NOISE:

More than

73 dB below to 15,000 Hz.

+18 dBm output with

+10 dBm input, 30

CROSSTALK: Below noise level, with normal levels and control settings.

INPUT IMPEDANCE: 600 ohms, balanced.

MONITOR

CIRCUITS

'GAIN:

Mic.

-Pgm.

Mic.

-Mon.

Out 124

-Aud.

-Mon.

Out 106

±2

±2

±2 dB dB

Med.

Ext.

-Aud. -Mon.

Out 66

-±-2 dB

Mon.

-Mon.

Out

46 dB

*Approximately

11 dB additional gain is available by shorting out the R37,

10,000 ohm resistor, connected between the Monitor Selector Switch and the

Monitor Gain control.

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

±1 dB, 30 to

15,000

Hz.

DISTORTION:

Less than

1

%,

30 to 15,000 Hz at

+40 dBm (10 watts) output.

NOISE:

More than

73 dB below

+40 dBm (10 watts) output, 30 to 15,000 Hz.

CROSSTALK: Below noise level, with normal levels and control settings.

POWER REQUIREMENTS

LINE VOLTAGE

AND

FREQUENCY: 117V (as shipped)

/234V, 50/60

Hz.

POWER

CONSUMPTION:

60 watts, maximum.

PHYSICAL

SIZE

CONSOLE: 38" wide,

13" deep,

81/2" high.

CONSOLE

WEIGHT: 54 lbs.

POWER TRANSFORMER:

Approximately

61/2' long x

4" wide x

3/2' high.

Yard

II

Audio Console

ORDERING

INFORMATION

994 -6616

112 www.americanradiohistory.com

Eight Channel

Monophonic

Transistor

Console

-Yard

II

(N-I

MI(

I

M1(

S

O

O

GN-]

MIG

3

MIC

S

0

O

CM-S VIII

O

CN-S TAPE-I

O

(N-5 TAPE-1

CA-6

TT-I

CNA

TT-2

NET

O

CN -S

PMT-I0

!SPIT

PMT -P

O

O

CUE

1I5

->

7-.

4--1

T

.u01 ION

SIT l e i

I

CUE

^

i>=212

__[!SM

E n a

E

O

P1M6..M

LINE

NONI TOI

10111T

SPEAKER

CONTI01 1001

SIESTE.

STUOIo

SPEAKER

CUE

SPE11E1

I

CUE

1111116

1141*

CI

STUD,

11111C

I

10

S

-

LEGEND

DPREAMPLIFIER

PS AMPLIFIER

DMPITO.

AMPLIFIE.

CS

WPC

CIE

ANPLI.10

IIITCI

1

Fi

N11E1

0 a

TRANSFORMER

.ETAT

CUE

BLOCK

DIAGRAM

YARD II

113 www.americanradiohistory.com

Eight Channel

Monophonic

Console

THE

GATESWAY

Broadcasting's most widely used audio control console, the

Gatesway, is in daily use in hundreds of AM,

FM and

TV stations the world over. A complete high

fidelity

speech input system, the Gatesway provides for easy audio control of multiple studios, and control room, with generous facilities for turntables, tape, cartridge tape, network and remote pro- gram sources.

Eight mixing channels handle

5 microphones,

4 turntables,

4 tape /projectors,

4 remote lines and network. A total of

18 inputs are provided. Inbuilt cue

-intercom with speaker /micro- phone located in the center of the console allows preview of remote lines, turntables, tape /projectors, audition bus and one external line

-plus talk back to studios and remote lines.

Another feature is the variable hi -pass

filter for

quick im- provement of a low quality audio circuit, such as a poor tele- phone line or tape playback. Four preamplifiers, program amplifier, a 10

-watt monitoring amplifier, cue- intercom am-

plifier

and a fully regulated power supply are all standard equipment. Designed for maximum

flexibility,

27 keys accom- modate 52 switching functions. A study of the functional dia- gram will reveal

facility after facility available

to accommo- date varied circuit combinations.

Five unwired utility keys are provided for the specific needs of each individual broadcaster.

AMPLIFIERS: Preamplifiers, program and monitor amplifiers are all wide response, low noise units with an abundance of gain.

The monitor amplifier is of the ultra -linear type, with

1% maximum distortion at full output of

10 watts.

CUE SELECTOR: Rotary switch selects cue speaker

/amplifier

for talk or listen to three studios, remote lines, and utility line.

This selector switch provides monitoring to turntables, tapes, audition bus and one external source.

UTILITY

KEYS: Five D.P.D.T. are unwired upper level tab keys provided for custom designed application.

OUTPUT EMERGENCY KEY:

In case gram of failure in the pro- amplifier, the monitor amplifier may be instantly switched into the program circuit.

MONITOR INPUT

KEY:

This input key permits switching monitor input to (a) program amplifier output,

(b) audition bus, and

(c) external input.

MUTING:

Three relays are provided to mute speakers in three studios is and operate warning lights. Additional space provided for two optional added relays for customers' par- ticular needs.

POWER SUPPLY: Power supply is ed on separate 19" x

fully

regulated and mount-

7"

rack panel.

This panel also houses the 10

-watt ultra -linear monitor amplifier and muting relays.

SPECIFICATIONS

MIXING

CHANNELS:

Total

-8.

Four microphone, two turntable *, one tape/ network' and one remote *.

'Cue position on mixer faders.

AMPLIFIERS PROVIDED: plifier.

1 program,

1 monitor,

4 preamplifiers,

1 cue am-

OPERATING MODE: Single channel monaural. network

INPUT CIRCUITS: 5 microphones,

4 turntables,

4 remote lines, line,

4 tape /projectors,

1 external monitor input.

1

OUTPUT LINES:

1 program, speaker,

3 intercom.

ó

aATES

1 audition,

3 muted speaker,

1 non -muted

114

IMPEDANCES: Microphones 30/50, 150/250 ohms. Turntable 150/250 ohms, unbalanced. Tape, network and remote lines 600 ohms.

External monitor input 150 ohms. Programming output 600 ohms.

Audition output

150 ohms. Intercom output 600 ohms.

Monitor speakers

8

-16 ohms.

NOTE:

Where more than two loudspeakers are used, the 478-0275 speaker matching transformer should be used

(see

"Ordering

Informa- tion").

GAIN: Turntable, tape, network (high level) input to program line output,

60 dB. From microphone input to program line output

104 dB.

Monitor gain in excess of output capability in all circuits. All measurements

±2 dB. www.americanradiohistory.com

Eight Channel

Monophonic

Console

-

Gatesway

SPECIFICATIONS

(continued)

RESPONSE:

All segments of program circuit itoring circuit

+2 dB 30-

15,000

Hz.

±1t/

dB 30-

15,000 Hz.

Mon-

DISTORTION: Any segment

Hz at of program circuit 1% or less between 30- 15,000

+8 dBm output level or

11/2% at

+18 dBm output. Monitor ampli- fier 1% at +40 dBm (10 watts).

NOISE: dBm

Program circuits: 70 dB or better below input (equivalent noise input is

+18 dBm output, with

-120 dBm).

Monitor circuits: 60 dB below

+40 dBm output. Crosstalk: All circuits below noise normal gain settings for proper programming.

-50 level with

POWER: 117

60 Hz. volts,

50/60

Hz,

1 phase. Power consumption

105 watts at

FINISH: Cabinet: beige -gray.

SIZE: Console: wide,

39" wide,

71/2" high, 15" deep.

Power /monitor unit: 19"

7" high, 8" deep.

SHIPPING DATA: Packed weight: Domestic, 175 lbs.; export, 265 lbs. Cub

- age:

12 cubic feet.

TUBES: (13)

EF86/6267, (4) 12AX7, (2) EL84, and

(1 each) 12AU7, 6AK6,

6080, GZ34, OA2.

OPTIONAL

ACCESSORIES: Space is provided to model 994-5304 preamplifier. add, when desired, one

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Gatesway audio console complete

100% spare tube kit

_

Optional preamplifier

.

Speaker matching transformer

Studio cue

/intercom speaker

Extra muting relay

___

_

994 -5133

990 -0451

994 -5304

478 -0275

994 -6424

572

-0038

MIC.I O

MIC.2 O

/

MIC.3 O

M

I

C.

N

BO-I

S

MIC.NA

T.T.-1

O

T.T.-3

O-*

I---^

/

ì

T.T.-2

O--6--3_

T.T.

-N

CUE

NET

O

TAPE

I

O

TAPE

2

0

TAPE

3

0

TAPE

Y

O

RIFT.

I

RUT.

2

RMT.

S

RIO.

H

O-1

NOT

SUPPLIED

1:11 LOBBY

AUDITION

S

PROGRAM

H I

GH

PASS

FILTER s

1=r

--1

S

1-.1

A

PROGRAM

OUTPUT

6000

-r

CA a

' a

V

CUE

INTM

PHONES

CUE

-INTERCOM d

OI r

S

MA

1

-e

O

K..

1::(

SPEAKER

2

I

10.

L.

Ell

SPEAKER 3

LEGEND

I

T

'

TRANSFORMER

RELAY

MITER u

SNITCH

IL(

TALK

BACK

STUDIO

A

L

PRE -

L

AMP

TALK

BACK

STIO

B

CUE

MONITOR

AMP

PROGRAM

AMP

BLOCK

DIAGRAM

GATESWAY

Los r.

®

GATES

115 www.americanradiohistory.com

Four

Channel

All-

Purpose Console

THE STUDIOETTE

A single channel monophonic consolette with

13 inputs into four mixing channels, the Studioette has found wide applica- tion as a main console in modest sized stations, as a sub

- console for large installations, or as a second console for independent programming or recording.

The demand for an attractive, compact, large

facility

console has made the Stu- dioette equally popular in mobile audio installations.

OPERATION: Completely self

-contained including power sup- ply, the Studioette provides

4 mixing channels with channel keys, and a row of

14 tions. Three tab keys for multiple circuit combina- utility keys are provided for specialized station needs and may be wired into any input.

Step type ladder mixing controls, illuminated

4"

VU meter, and the same quality amplifiers found on larger

Gates consoles are all included in the Studioette.

Four microphones may be key selected into fiers. Three turntables, two tape /projectors, two preampli- three remote lines and network are also accommodated.

The 10 watt ultra -linear monitoring amplifier is standard equipment.

Dual muting relays

Space is handle speaker and warning light functions. provided for a third (optional) preamplifier.

The

Studioette is a functional all- purpose console, performance proven by hundreds of broadcasting and recording users around the world.

When mixing channels

3 and 4 are in cue position, they au- tomatically connect to terminals from which a cueing ampli- fier may be fed.

Gates 994 -5377 cueing amplifier is ideal for this service.

With this feature, all circuits feeding mixing channels

3 and

4 may be prechecked, including turntables, network, tape inputs and remote lines.

MONITOR

BOOSTER: A two -stage amplifier is located be- tween the audition bus of the mixer and input to the mon- itoring amplifier.

This feature provides balanced level be- tween the program and audition outputs so that there is no need

® for readjustment of gain settings when switching.

caTES

116

RELAYS: Two relays are supplied for operating warning lights and muting loudspeakers. There is also space for two additional relays.

These relays operate in conjunction with the microphone keys and almost any muting arrangement is possible with this design.

ADDITIONAL

FACILITIES: Additional facilities include an output emergency key for switching the program line to the monitoring amplifier output in case of a noisy tube, etc., in the program amplifier.

A monitor selector key switches the monitoring amplifier input to:

(1) program line for monitoring,

(2) terminals for external monitor input, and

(3) audition out- put of the mixing system. A headphone jack is always avail- able across the program line.

The

4" illuminated

VU meter is to flush mounted.

This meter is connected to the indicate

+8

VU at

0 scale reading. program line

The Studioette top cover may be completely removed, and the front panel hinges out to reach every "behind the panel" component.

The amplifier deck hinges up so that muting relay contacts are at your finger tips when touch -up burnishing is required. www.americanradiohistory.com

MIC.

1

0-

WIC.

2

o--_

MI C.

3

0-'-'

MIC.

Y

O-

S

T.

T.1

O

T. T.

2

O

T. T.

30

NET

O

TAPE

OR

PROJECTOR

TAPE

2

OR

O

PROJECTOR

RMT.

IO--

RMT.

20

RMT.

30

Four

Channel

All-

Purpose Console

-Studioette

MIXING

CHANNELS:

Total

-4.

Key selected to program or audition bus.

Channels

1 and

2 for microphones,

3 and 4 for multi -input use such as turntables, tapes, etc. Cue position on faders

3 and 4.

AMPLIFIERS PROVIDED:

1 program,

1 monitor,

2 preamplifiers.

OPERATING MODE: Single channel monaural.

INPUT CIRCUITS:

4 mote lines,

1 microphones,

3 turntables,

2 tapes or projectors,

3 re- network line.

(1 external monitor amplifier input).

OUTPUT LINES:

1 speaker,

1 program,

1 audition,

2 muted speaker,

1 non -muted turntable cue,

1 remote

/tape cue.

IMPEDANCES:

Microphones

30/50 or 150/250 ohms; turntable /tape 150/

250 ohms unbalanced; remote lines 600 ohms; network 600 ohms; Pro- gramming output 600 ohms; audition output 20,000 ohms; monitor speak- ers

8/16 ohms.

Note: Where more than two loudspeakers are used, the

478-0275 speaker matching transformer should be used.

GAIN: Turntable, tape, network (medium level) input to program line out- put 63 dB; to monitor amplifier output

100 dB. From microphone input to program line output 103 dB; to monitor amplifier output

103 dB.

All measurements -2 dB.

RESPONSE:

Program circuit ±11/2 dB 30 to 15,000 Hz.

±2 db

30 to 15,000 Hz.

Monitoring circuit

DISTORTION: Program circuit 1% or less between 30- 15,000 Hz at output level.

Monitor amplifier 2% at +40 dBm (10 watts).

+8 dBm

SPECIFICATIONS

NOISE: dBm below

Program circuits: 70 dB or better below input (equivalent noise input is

+18 dBm output, with

-50

-120 dBm).

Monitor circuits: 55 dB

+40 dBm output. Crosstalk: all circuits below noise level with nor- mal gain settings for proper programming.

POWER: 117 volts,

60 Hz.

50/60

Hz,

1 phase. Power consumption 120 watts at

FINISH: Panels, anodized black and gray. Cabinet, beige -gray.

SIZE:

24" wide,

81/4" high, 17" deep.

SHIPPING DATA: Packed weight:

Domestic, 70 lbs.; export,

110 lbs. Cu- bage:

12 cubic feet.

TUBES:

GZ34.

(9)

EF86/6267, (3) 12AX7, (2) EL84, (2) OAT and

(1 each) 12AÚ7,

OPTIONAL

ACCESSORIES: Space is provided to add

1 model 994.5304 pre- amplifier and two 572

-0072 muting relays.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Studioette audio

Speaker matching console

100% spare tube kit

Optional preamplifier transformer

Extra muting relay

Optional cueing amplifier

994 -5381

990 -0444

994 -5304

478 -0275

572

-0072

994 -5377

CUE

UT

I

L

I

TY

M

M

BST

VU

METER

PROGRAM

+-0DUTPUT

6000 r

1-VO

PHONES

AUDITION

(BRO.)

OUT

O

--( r

---(J

°%T.

;

UT

MOM.

NOT

SUPPLIED

IIT

LOBBT

RELAY

MIRER v

TRANSFORMER

SW

I

T

CH

O

T. T.

CUE

ORMT.

OVER

-RIDE

A

TAPE CUE

BOOSTER

AMPI

I

FI

ER

E:::;'.

PROGRAM

AMPLIFIER

REAMLIEIER

MA

MONITOR

AMPI

I

F

I

ER

BLOCK

DIAGRAM

STUDIOETTE

CONTROL

ROOM

INT

GATEs

117 www.americanradiohistory.com

Four

Channel

Recording

Mixer

THE

PRODUCER

The rapid growth of cartridge tape recorders and increased use of reel -to -reel recorders in radio and television broad- casting demands an audio control system specifically designed for production mixing. Completely transistorized,

Gates Pro- ducer provides the facilities for direct recording, dubbing, sound -on -sound of the recording, editing and monitoring.

The use

VA mixing control knob, the same as used on all

Gates

Solid Statesman consoles, adds to the accuracy and speed called for in the handling of a production operation.

ADAPTABILITY:

Though designed primarily for recording, the Producer is complete speech adaptable to other services not requiring a input console.

Such services might include news rooms, mobile units and small sub

-stations.

INPUTS: Professional in vides every respect, the Producer pro- transformer balanced inputs on each channel. Twelve inputs through the four mixing channels provide six micro- phones into two faders, plus six turntables, cartridges, or reel -to -reel recorders into two faders.

Two -stage, 45 dB pre- amplifiers on microphone channels

1 and

2 provide high level mixing. Completely self- contained, the Producer also includes a high gain program amplifier which furnishes a

600 ohm balanced output at

+8

VU, after a 6 dB pad.

A monitor amplifier is provided, driving the

3"

x

5"

loudspeaker mounted internally

(or an external speaker, if desired). Mon-

-

A

TES

118 itor speaker muting on the microphone channels is standard.

Muting defeat is also provided.

SOUND

-ON-

SOUND:

An exclusive feature in the Producer is the

ability

to make

"sound -on- sound" recordings with ease.

The monitoring amplifier normally bridges the program am-

plifier

output.

If it is desired to add voice over a pre- recorded voice or music track, this amplifier is switched to monitor either high level input, ahead of the mixers, without fear of feedback.

A four

-inch illuminated

VU meter, a headphone monitor jack, and a self- contained power supply are all standard on the

Producer.

DESIGN:

This console is a fine example and of functional design versatility, tailored specifically for broadcast production requirements. All amplifier components are on two printed boards, one containing the two microphone preamplifiers and program amplifier, the other housing the monitor amplifier and power supply. All transistors are plug -in for ease of maintenance.

The regulated power supply is short

-circuit protected by a self- restoring sealed circuit fuses. breaker, eliminating the need

for

Installation of the Producer is fast and simple, with all cable connections made to barrier -type terminal strips. www.americanradiohistory.com

Four

Channel

Recording

Mixer-Producer

Note complete transistorized con- struction and immediate access to all components. Self- contained

3" x

5" speaker located at top rear is ideal for cueing and production.

T

.rIF-

ft--Atit_111.6

SPECIFICATIONS

MIXING CHANNELS: Total

-4.

2 microphone channels,

2 TT

/tape /projector channels.

Cue provision on high level channels.

RESPONSE:

±1.0 dB from

30 to15,000

Hz in program circuits.

-±-1.5 dB from

30 to 15,000 Hz in monitoring circuits.

AMPLIFIERS PROVIDED:

1 and power supply. program,

2 preamplifiers,

1 monitor amplifier

HARMONIC DISTORTION:

0.5% maximum, 30 to 15,000 Hz at put in program circuits.

+8 dBm out-

OPERATING MODE: Single -channel monophonic.

INTERMODULATION DISTORTION:

0.5% maximum in program circuits.

INPUT CIRCUITS: 6 microphone or low level,

6 turntable /tape or high level.

OUTPUT LINES:

600 ohms balanced. One

45/48 ohm internal or external loudspeaker. One high- impedance headphone monitor.

NOISE:

-120 dBm relative input noise on relative input noise on turntable channels. microphone channels.

-75 dBm

POWER: 117 volts,

50/60

Hz, power consumption 30 watts.

IMPEDANCES:

Microphone,

30/50 or 150/250 ohms.

Turntable, tape, or cartridge, 150 or 600 ohms.

Programming output, 600 ohms balanced.

Loudspeaker,

45/48 ohms.

FINISH: Beige

-gray with black trim.

SIZE:

24" long,

101/2' high, 15" deep.

GAIN: Microphone input to line output, 100 dB line output,

55 dB

±3 dB.

±3 dB.

Turntable input to

±3 dB.

Microphone input to speaker output,

125 dB

Turntable input to speaker output, 80 dB

±3 dB.

SHIPPING DATA: Packed

4.6 cubic feet. weight, domestic, 50 lbs.; export,

80 lbs.

Cubage;

ORDERING

INFORMATION

The

Producer recording mixer

994 -6407

100% spare semi

-conductor kit_____

990 -0512

Speaker matching transformer

_

__

478 -0275

NOTE:

When using external monitoring loudspeakers, the 478 -0275 matching transformer to match the

45/48 ohm monitor output to the voice coil impedance of a loudspeaker. must be used

CHAN.

I

10

20--

S

30

PROGRAM

()OUTPUT

600(1

CHAN.

2

I

20-'

30

CHAN.

3

IO

20-'

S

30

CHAN.

4

.-

10

20-

S

30

BLOCK

DIAGRAM

PRODUCER

L

PHONES

I

EXTERNAL

OR

INTERNAL

4511

SPEAKER

T

LEGEND

TRANSFORMER

PROGRAM

AMPLIFIER

SWITCH

M

MIXER

PREAMPLIFIER

MA

MONITOR

AMPLIFIER

®

QATES

119 www.americanradiohistory.com

Program

Automation

Systems

As radio station operating costs continue to increase, and as improved program more quality and additional services become vital, many of today's broadcasters are turning to pro- gram automation to meet these challenges.

Modern program automation systems, when and understood, can offer very substantial properly used advantages to most broadcast operations

.

. . either AM or FM

.

. . large or small.

These advantages include: more efficient and effective utiliza- tion of existing manpower, resulting in lower operating costs; the relieving of station personnel from confining mechanical responsibilities to allow them more time for creative assign- ments and sales; and improved production, with tighter con- trol over program policy and execution.

Thus, program automation offers a realistic means of achiev- ing a successful operation through reduced costs and the building of a superior and more saleable program product.

When considering exercise great automation, care in however, the selecting the proper broadcaster must system. He must choose a system to that fits his requirements exactly, in order gain the maximum benefits available from automation.

At Gates the of the automation system is tailored to

fit

the needs particular operation.

Each station is carefully studied and analyzed by automation experts before any recommen- dations are made. Then, working with the station management,

Gates plans an automation system that can effectively im- prove the station's programming and operation. And

Gates continues to advise the station until the system has been in- stalled, and is operating satisfactorily. Also, Gates personnel are always on call in case a problem should arise later.

The philosophy behind Gates automation is to build the sys- tem to

fit

the format, rather than change the format to

fit

the system.

However, in the event a station should wish to enlarge its operation or change its format at a later date, Gates semi

- custom automation systems can easily handle this.

As the sys- tems are built with standard control components, they provide an unusual degree of

flexibility

. . . at the lowest possible cost to the broadcaster, compatible with quality.

In fact, broadcasters have found the entire cost of a

Gates automation system to be extremely low. And as the system usually pays for itself as it goes, through reduced operating costs,

(and even stations on a tight budget have found it possible advantageous) to automate.

If you are interested in finding out what automation can do for you, now is the time to contact your Gates District Man- ager, or Gates

Automatic Tape Control Division. We will be happy to discuss the possibilities, and map out a plan for automating your station to meet your own individual require- ments.

11.11.1I

PPPPP

GATEO

120

The a photographs below and on the following two pages show just few of the Gates automation systems that have been installed recently in list of radio stations from coast to coast. A complete user's all stations with

Gates automation is available upon request.

Small but highly flexible

Gates automation system now being used successfully by a

3 kW Gulf

Coast FM station.

The system handles a

"Top

ABC

40" format, and features automatic network joining with for news and features. www.americanradiohistory.com

Program

Automation

Systems

This system, designed for a large major market broadcaster

England, handles varied programming through a tape machines, Criterion cartridge decks and

Criterion

55

(FM) in combination of reel

New

-to -reel multiple cartridge reproducers. The system also employs automatic program logging (no- shown).

A new AM station in the west has employed this semi -custom automation system since its first day on the air. Note the extensive use of reel

-to -reel tape machines

-planned by Gates to fit the

.ta- tion's middle -of- the -road format.

121 www.americanradiohistory.com

®

_

QATES

Program

Automation

Systems

Top adult rated west coast AM /FM station with middle -of

-the -road format carries its large com- mercial load in cartridges each), two with

Criterion 55's (capacity music on

55 reel -to -reel tape.

Time announcements are automatic, from two

Criterion cartridge tape decks, and program log- ging is handled by an automatic logger (not shown).

Highly successful Florida

FM stereo station, with country and western format, uses

Criterion 55's for current

C&W hits, reel to-reel machines for hits of the past. Two rotary multiple cartridge handlers are brought in automatically for commercials.

Other system features include automatic time announcing, automatic network join- ing, and an

SP

-10 can dial programmer which program up to

1000 sequential events in the system before repeating

. i a

11111111,

3 r-

APR

S

T1 Ft

PI

GATES

Use of Gates automation systems is by no means limited to the United

States. This versatile system is now profitably employed by a

French- language

AM station in the Province of Quebec, Canada.

122 www.americanradiohistory.com

SP

-10

And

SP

-19

Programmers

''1g;919ß11111'.

A

1 kHz tone is used as the

"cue" or reference tone on the cartridge so that the beginning of a program segment may be easily located. A 150 Hz tone is switching available for special applications and time entry when jhe

T5 -3 time se- lector is used in the system.

A unique feature of the Gates

SP

-10 and

SP

-19 system pro- grammers is their

ability

to

"skip" programmed events stored on the tape cartridge when exact time programming is re- quired. An example would be automatic network joining.

To assure ment sufficient programming time during the program seg- preceding network joining, it would be desirable to schedule an extra selection or two of instrumental music. If the selections are not time, they are required to

fill

out the programming

"skipped" and not used in the programming sequence.

With this feature it becomes possible to pad a pro- gram time segment with

"fill" music and obtain exact time programming without timing each program element with

"to

the second" accuracy.

A

Criterion playback deck and standard tape cartridge are used as the tape memory unit in the

SP

-10 and

SP

-19 pro- grammers.

This means with any other that most parts are interchangeable

Criterion equipment the station may use, and with the precision construction of the unit, exceptional op- erating

reliability

is assured.

The

SP

-10 and

SP

-19 system programmer units are designed to operate in conjunction with the AMS -10 and AMS -19 mas- ter switcher units to provide fully automatic control of audio automation systems. The

SP

-10 unit will function with a max- imum of 10 audio sources, and as many as 19 may be con- trolled with the

SP

-19 programmer. Adding to these systems is extremely simple. All that is required is plugging a cable from the new source into the switcher.

The programmer is only a device which automatically chan- nels the "End of Message" pulse to the start circuit of the next selected source. The switcher is designed so that any source which is started will automatically connect to the pro- gram bus and disconnect the previous source. The switching concept, exclusive with Gates

Automatic Tape

Control Divi- sion, absolutely prevents such errors as the accidental simul- taneous start of two or three sources on the air.

Storage of operating sequence is obtained by dialing digits associated with the various audio sources onto a tape car- tridge.

The sequence of digits dialed onto the cartridge is determined by the order of operation desired for the individ- ual sources.

Approximately two seconds of tape travel is re- quired for the recording of each digit.

This means that up to

1000 events can be stored on a thirty -one minute cartridge, allowing almost unlimited

flexibility

in hour to hour program variation.

The system programmer establishes format, not content, allowing an extremely wide variety of programming without change in the programmer cartridge.

The

digital

information dialed onto the tape cartridge is stored as a cluster of

8 kHz tones. As an example, dialing a

"6" for the audio source designated number six causes a cluster of six 8 kHz tones to be recorded on tle tape.

Upon playback during automated programming, this and other digits are read from the tape and ope -ate a stepping switch to provide the sequential control required. The programmer reads each source to be digit individually and shows this

digit

broadcast in the front panel readout. as the next

It is necessary that an audio and control switcher be used with the system

The programmer to provide for audio switching.

AMS

-l0 master switcher is used with the

SP

-10 program- mer, and the AMS -19 switcher with the

SP

-19 programmer.

NOTE:

Other associated control components may be needed to meet desired operating requirements.

SPECIFICATIONS

INPUTS:

SP

-10 maximum of 10 sources

-SP

-19 maximum of 19 sources.

SOURCE SELECTION: By tape cartridge memory. digits dialed with a standard telephone dial into a

SEQUENTIAL EVENTS:

Maximum of approximately

1000 before repetition.

TIME CORRECTIONS:

Provided by program time control packages.

CONTROL VOLTAGES: From self- contained power supply.

POWER SOURCE:

105/125 volts,

1 amp,

60 Hz.

RELAYS:

Automatic electric Class

E telephone ping switch with gold -plated contacts. type- automatic electric step-

HOUSING: Rack mount with a slide -out chassis.

DIMENSIONS: Control unit

-7" high x

15" deep x

19" wide. Tape memory unit

-7" high x

15" deep x

19" wide.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

123

900 -0030

SP

-10 system programmer listed below)

(requires AMS -10 master switcher

SP

-19 system listed programmer (requires below)

AMS-19 master switcher

AMS -10 sources master switcher. to

Automatically connects program audio output. Capable of stereo. For use with

SP

-10 system programmer

900 -0031

900 -0041

AMS -19 master switcher. sources

Automatically connects program to audio output. Capable of stereo.

For use with

SP

-19 system programmer

900 -0042

®

GATES www.americanradiohistory.com

SC

-48

Simplex

Programmer

This easy -to- operate programmer is readily adapted to a sophisticated erating a program schedule to provide variety in gen-

"live"

sound.

The unit controls as many as nine sources in any combination of cartridge and reel -to -reel units.

Thumb -wheel selectors are used to der of source appearance in the sequentially program. select the or-

Up to 48 events can be sub

-divided into two, four, or eight program segments with 24,

12 or

6 events in each segment.

A time pulse generator associated with the

SC

-48 programmer is capable of providing up to four individual time corrections each hour.

The actual correction time of each is determined by four rotary switches marked in five minute increments.

These switches are time of adjustable internally so that the exact correction may be offset from the true five minute point.

The rotary selector switch of each time correction point may be disabled if less than four corrections per hour are desired.

The program will not fade when it is time to make a time correction.

Rather, after the selection playing is completed, the programmer will skip to the first event of the next pro- gram segment.

In this way it is not necessary to exactly time program content and

"fill" material can easily be added to each segment. Unused assuring desired

fill

material is automatically skipped, continuity.

With additional optional equipment it is possible, however, to use the

SC

-48 programmer in an exact time correction system which will fade out of program material immediately upon correction by the time pulse generator and skip to the first event of the next program segment, which could be either network news or a spot or cartridge intro preceding network news. A system of this type is

fully

capable of joining a net- work during unattended operation.

No changes in or change internal programmer wiring are needed to add audio sources controlled by the

SC

-48. A socket is provided for each source.

To add or change sources, it is only necessary to plug

-in the tape unit's connecting cable at the back of the unit.

All relays used in the programmer are plug

-in and completely sealed to provide positive protection from dust and dirt.

The relays all have gold contacts to assure dependable opera- tion.

The stepping switch also has gold contacts to provide years cast of trouble free service, even under demanding broad-

reliability

standards. All components are hand wired to provide optimum dependability.

SPECIFICATIONS

INPUTS: Maximum of nine sources.

SOURCE SELECTION:

Maximum of nine by thumbwheel switch.

SEQUENTIAL EVENTS: Forty -eight before repetition.

TIME CORRECTIONS:

One, two, three or four may be inside each hour at any five minute time during the hour.

SENSING: 25

Hz, left channel only

(silence sensing on special order).

FILTERING: 25 Hz filter, left and right channel output

(

-35 d3 at

25 Hz).

-.8 dB at 50

Hz,

CONTROL VOLTAGES: 24 -volt

DC self

-contained power supply.

POWER SOURCE: 105.125 volts, 60

Hz.

RELAYS: Plug -in tacts. with dust covers. AE

AUDIO

OUTPUT:

600 ohms, balanced, stepping

-4 dBm. switch with gold -plated con-

AUDITION

CIRCUIT:

Headphone and rear panel output.

TIMER PULSE: One circuit each

21/2 minutes. Two circuits vernier adjustable within

21/2 minute increments.

HOUSING:

Rack mount with slide -out chassis.

SIZE: (SC -48 w/25

Hz detector)

83/4" H x

19" W x

15"

D.

(Time pulse

(25 Hz generator)

5'4"

H x

19"

W x filter)

31/2"

H x

19"

W x

15"

D.

15"

D.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

SC-48 programmer with TPG-48 time pulse generator and

25 Hz filter

GATES

124

900 -0086 www.americanradiohistory.com

Random Access Programmers

MODEL

RA -5

Gates Model

RA -5 is a random access programmer designed to control as many as five Model G-24-MIS multiple cartridge reproducers.

This unit will program up to

fifty

events

(indiviaual shelf po- sitions) on the machines it is associated with before recycle of the sequence.

The event storage capacity may be extended in multiples of

fifty

by using the appropriate number of op- tional

RA

-5X event extenders.

Unique audio mixing is provided within the switching section of the

RA -5, and overlap between any two inputs is available at the operator's option.

The audio overlap is determined by the position and duration of the 150 Hz switching tone re- corded during production.

A sophisticated feature of the

RA -5 not found on similar ran- dom access equipment is the solid state logic and memory circuitry provided to cause

"search ahead."

During operation, the RA -5 will cause each cartridge reproducer to search and access the required shelf until it recognizes chine to be searched has not yet played. that the next ma-

Two big advantages of the

RA -5 are: simplicity in set

-up over the method of having one programmer for each G -24; and the ease with which a system using less than five G -24 units may be expanded up to five (at the cost of the multiple car- tridge units only).

Intended for rack mounting, the

RA -5 measures

21"

H x

19"

W x

14"

D

(12 rack units). Power requirements are 115 volt

AC, 60 Hz.

C

d///////////.

,,/++II///I////J.

MEMO'

'i3!

/IIIIIIIIII/

e e

II//llll/lll

C e

ORDERING

INFORMATION

RA -5 random access programmer for use with

G- 24-M /S mul- tiple cartridge units. Inputs for up to

5

Model

G

-24 units

_

_

900 -0137

RA

-5X event extender for above unit. Any number of

RA

-5X units may be connected

RA

-5 in multiples of together to extend event storage of fifty.

(Same size as RA -5, with plug -in connections)

900 -0138 b

6 e y

®

OA

r!6

to' vvV

V V V V V

V

V

V

V.

YV.

V1n V

4rbJ4.1-JJ

V V

J i

MODEL

RA

-1

Gates

RA

-1 random access unit is intended to provide random selection

for

(G- 24 -M

/S). a single Gates multiple cartridge reproducer

Assignment of cartridge sequence is determined by the po- sitions of

fifty

vertical slider switches located on the front panel of the equipment.

Thus,

fifty

selections can be made from any of the 24 shelves in the G -24 before repetition or re- programming.

The

fifty

step sequence is repetitive in that

125 step one follows step ened to less than

fifty,

and the sequence may be short-

fifty

events by setting any of the sliders to the lowest, or 25th position.

This is the

"S"

or

SKIP position.

The usual procedure for setting up the

RA

-1 involves setting slider number

1

(left side) to the shelf number containing the first desired tape cartridge.

Each succeeding slider, in se- quence, is set as required to indicate the desired sequence of shelf assignment for the G -24. The INDEX button is pressed once to initiate the action required to access the first selected tape cartridge.

It is possible to alter the sequence midway so that a cartridge already selected will be rejected.

This may be accomplished through the use of the

ADVANCE and

INDEX buttons, even though a tape cartridge is playing at the time.

The RA

-1 measures

101/2" H x

19" W x

10"

D, and is intended for standard rack mounting.

The device is completely solid state, making use of

SCR's for counting. Control signals and power are supplied from the service unit assembly of the

G -24 unit.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

RA -1 random access programmer for multiple cartridge reproducer use with single

G- 24

-M /S

900-0191

GATE3 www.americanradiohistory.com

Automation

Systems

Equipment

CRITERION 55

With ample capacity for broadcast and storage of 55 NAB type

A tape cartridges, and using the performance -proven Criterion play -back unit, the

Criterion 55 provides increased while assuring

flexibilty

for automation systems, excellent audio broadcast quality.

It can be added to any

Gates automation system.

Up to 55 cartridges are placed in the rack in the exact order they appear on the broadcast schedule. The deck moves from top to bottom and stops only at the slots which have a cartridge.

It pulls the cartridge into po- sition on the deck, and positively locks it against the microset head as- sembly, assuring unsurpassed audio.

SPECIFICATIONS

AUDIO OUTPUT: 600 ohms

4 dBm maximum, (150 ohms optional) bal- anced.

FREQUENCY RESPONSE: www.americanradiohistory.com

Automation

Systems

Equipment

Logging Encoder.

Logging Printer.

Logging Decoder.

AUTOMATIC

PROGRAM

LOGGING

Gates system of automatic program logging provides an ac- curate, printed record of programming actually broadcast.

This system has been the basis for

FCC license renewal at many automated broadcast stations and meets FCC log veri- fication requirements. A logging printer, similar to an adding machine, prints the time at which each source in is started, along with a five the system digit code for all entries which require is identification.

If identification is not required, the code automatically replaced by five zeros, making all logging complete.

The program logging equipment consists of a logging encoder for recording a five digit logging code on the control track of any tape cartridge; a logging decoder for reading the five digit code during playback; a digital clock to furnish time of broadcast; and a logging printer to print tie broadcast time and the logging code.

NETWORK

JOINING

Network joining with an automation sys- tem is accomplished through one of two methods. The first involves initiating the joining or leaving of the network with logic apparatus synchronized by a clock driven from the local source.

To primary power provide for normal variation between network and systems' clocks, au- tomation usually incorporates fade -in or fade -out of program material.

The second method lies in the transmis- sion, by the network, of signals which in- dicate various aspects of program con- tent. Through the these signals, proper processing of accurate joining is accom- plished without the clock control.

All Gates automation systems, provided with the proper modular components, can accomplish network joining using either of the two methods.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

TA

-1 control panel (requires

2

Criterion cartridge playback units and the

TPM one minute pulsing device for opero- tional system) 900 -0056

CPR -11

Criterion playback unit. (System requires two) 900 -0001

TPM time pulse module (requires one) 900-0192

SPECIFICATIONS

SYSTEM

COMPONENTS: Logging encoder, logging printer. logging decoder, digital clock and

RECORD PRINT -OUT: double or

Standard adding machine tape

. .

. may be set single, triple space.

PRINT -OUT

INFORMATION: Time and five

TIME PRINT -OUT ACCURACY: tape. digit code.

Within

30 seconds of time shown on print

-out

OPERATION:

Uses 8 kHz tone pulse clusters on cartridge control track to form digits.

POWER SOURCE: 105 -125 volts,

2 amps, 60

Hz.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

APL automatic program logging system

SP

-19 programmer units only)

(for use with

SP

-10 and

APL

-M automatic program logging system

(SC-48 units only) programmer

CG -8 special code generator (optional). Provides

8 different five digit logging codes to identify non

-cartridge automation inputs such as network, etc.

900

-0034

900 -0039

900 -0040

TIME

ANNOUNCER

Gates time announcer system pre- recorded time broadcasts provides either at the discretion of the station announcer or according to the pre- arranged sched- ule of an automation system.

Once two

Criterion cartridge tape playback units have been synchronized with correct time information

(one for odd minutes, one for even) by the

TA

-1 is control unit, operation completely automatic. Pulsing at one minute intervals is required as a timer is not part of the TA -1.

®

GATES

127 www.americanradiohistory.com

GateSound Prelude

Series Tapes

OUTSTANDING

PRE

-RECORDED

MUSIC

GateSound is designed to provide you with a basic taped music library of selections with the widest possible appeal.

These tapes are intended as a starter package of musical pro- gramming with automation systems, and are named the "Prelude" series.

They are

appropriately

equally suitable for any broadcaster wishing to expand a tape library simply and economically.

TYPE OF MUSIC: All -time country and western favorites, show tunes, motion picture sound tracks and great standards are presented in vocal and instrumental arrangements, carefully selected for "middle

-of- the

-road"

content, to serve as a sound base on which to build your future programming.

Selections likely to become outdated are not included, to assure a mod- ern, up -to -date sound for your listeners.

PRODUCTION QUALITY:

Equal care is given to preparation of master tapes for technical perfection as is employed in the selection of music for content and performance.

The

"Prelude" series is produced exclusively for Gates

Auto- matic Tape

Control Division by AltoFonic Programming,

Inc.

While these tapes are completely separate from the

library

services of AltoFonic, the same expert programming know

- how and are total dedication to professional recording techniques utilized to produce tapes of amazing

fidelity

and con- sistency.

These tapes are exclusive through GateSound, and not available elsewhere.

BASIC CATEGORIES: music into these

GateSound

"Prelude" series separates categories to give you the sound of your choice:

Prelude 200

-Vocals,

Male.

Up

-tempo country and western selections.

Artists include: Buck Owens, Ferlin Husky,

Jimmy Dickens.

Carl Smith,

Prelude 300

-Vocals,

Male.

Medium and slow tempo country and western selections.

Artists include: Faron Young,

Roy

Clark, Marty

Robins,

Tex

Williams.

Prelude 400

-Vocals,

Female and

Group.

Mixed tempo country and western selections.

Artists include: Loretta

Lynn, Patsy

Cline,

The

Browns,

Jean

Shepard, Dottie West,

The Stotler Brothers.

Prelude 500

-Instrumentals.

Mixed tempo country and western selections.

Artists include: Leon

McAuliffe,

Chet Atkins, aroos,

Tom and Jerry,

The

Texas

The Buck-

Troubadours.

Prelude 600 -Instrumentals.

Standard and popular selections.

Artists include: Percy Faith, Hugo Winterhalter,

Don Cos- ta, Andre

Previn, Henry Mancini, Lawrence

Welk.

Prelude 700 -Instrumentals.

Standard and popular selections.

Artists include: Herb

Brown, Henry

Alpert,

Les and Larry Elgart,

Les

Mancini.

CATES

128

Prelude 800

-Vocals,

Mixed.

Standard and popular selections.

Artists include: Andy Williams,

Doris

Day, Barbra Strei- sand, Four Freshmen, Frank

Martin.

Sinatra,

Ray

Charles, Dean

Prelude 900

-Instrumentals, Mixed.

Mixed tempo conservative standard selections.

Artists include: David

Rose,

Jackie Gleason, Ray Anthony,

Les

Baxter, Hollyridge

Strings, Ray

Coniff

.

Comprehensive coverage the most extensive musical of all recording companies provides variety within the categories. Sam- ples of program sheets are reproduced on the next page, il- lustrating the nature of music provided.

Complete listings are available on request for ordering information.

TAPE

DATA:

Tapes are available in

101/2 or

14

-inch reel sizes, and in any popular track configuration.

The entire GateSound

library

is available in monaural or stereo.

"Prelude" tapes are unannounced for maximum

flexibility

in any operation, and allow the use of local voices if desired.

All tapes are supplied on 1.0 mil polyester tape.

Bi- directional tapes are supplied with metallic foil at both ends for reversing systems.

All music is matched at both ends (no fading).

A

25 Hz tone,

5 dB below program reference level and

1.5 seconds long, appears

1.5 seconds before the end

of

each selection.

This tone is followed by one second of silence, then the next selection begins exactly

2.5 seconds

after

the be- ginning of the tone. On stereo tapes the tone appears on the left channel only.

Specially adapted Ampex equipment, with

1/2" duplicating masters, is used for producing the high

-fidelity tapes.

www.americanradiohistory.com

GateSound Prelude

Series Tapes

PRELUDE

600

Imtramemah large

Orchestras

'empo Median 6 Up

Program No

601 -A

1.

Z.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

I

9.

10.

L

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

21.

22.

23.

24.

26.

26.

27.

28.

29.

30.

31.

32.

33.

34.

35.

36.

37.

38,

NO,

TIME

2:59

2:14

2:19

1:54

2:53

1:50

1:50

2:28

3:25

2:41

2:16

2:57

2:00

2:40

2:22

2:59

2:26

2:10

3:10

1:54

2:05

2:17

2:25

2:17

2:04

1:45

2:36

2:20

2:00

2:59

2:01

2:10

2:21

1:55

1:50

3:00

2:05

2:20

SELECTION

I

Walk The

Shangri -La

Line

Baby Won't You Please Come Home

Flight

Of The Bumble Bee

You're The Top

Um, Um. Um, Um. Um. Um

A

Swedish Rhapsody

The

Surrey

With The

Fringe

On

Top

More

I've

Got Your Number

Big Mamou

Come To The

Mardi Gras

Gone With The Wind

Anytime

U I

Were

A

Rich

Man

(

"Fiddler

On The

Roof',

My

Kind Of Town

Fools Rush In

Secret Love

The

See

Continental

The Funny L

White

Silver

Sand

Charade

Theme

On

Fro

The Bear

M rive{(Rrci

R

Marc elo'

Bona

On I Cone hit tRBeIle e

You

The

Greek" ki

Around

The

World

Love h

Little Girl aglione

Von Ryan

I

March

Sweeping The

Begin The Beguine

Country

ARTIST

Clebanoff

Nelson Riddle

Blue

Hugo

Strings

Montenegro

Irving

Joseph

Percy Faith

Hugo

Winterhalter g hel Legrand o

Montenegro

Ilia

COPYRICD

BMI

AS

AS

B M1

AS

B

MI

AS

BMI

AS

B

MI nob

Previn

Pourcel

Claus Ogerman

Robert

Hugo

Farron

Lawrence Welk

Russ Conway

Winterhalter

Percy Faith

Clebanoff

Boston Pope

Enoch Light

W

Muller

Melachrino

Percy Faith

Nelson Riddle

Hugo Montenegro

Manuel

Living

Strings

Clebanoff

Helmut Zacharias

Don

Costa

Percy Faith

Enoch

Light

Feliz Slatkin

Frederick Fennell

Clebanoff

AS

BM!

AS

AS

BMI

AS

BMI

AS

BMI

AS

PRODUCED FOR GAIES

.Y All0FONIC PROGRAMING INC HOLLYWOOD CALIFORNIA 00000

GATE

OUND

PRELUDE

700

Small

°"redo".. and

Ian,

Tempo

Mrd,am 6

Up

P,opram No

701 -A

'7.

.:

H.

29.

S0.

31.

12.

13.

-4.

5,

.7.

L8.

39.

NO.

I.

2.

3.

4.

5.

.7.

H,

I, n.

I.

-t,

I.

.D.

I.

.

3.

.

1.

'4.

TIME

2: 37

2:51

2:25

2:06

2:42

2:30

1135

1:47

1:38

2:37

2:43

2:47

2:08

1:55

2:22

2:21

2:15

1:4b

3:42

1:43

2:37

2:16

2:10

2:08

1:35

1:59

2:55

2:29

2:32

2:32

1:44

2:15

2:42

1:54

2:07

2:13

2:15

2:23

2:08

SELECTION

I

Left

My Heart In San

Francisco

Honey Bun

A

Walk In The Black

Forest

TLco

Tico

Theme

Green

Eyeo

Rumpus

From "Dime With A

Halo"

My Love,

Forgive

Me

Fadista

De

Bairro Alto

Puff (The Magic Dragon)

Forget Domani

Rambling Rose

The

Tiger Twist

Trolley

Song The

I

Can't

Get No

Satisfaction

The

Third

Man

You Were

Only

Walk Don't Run

Theme

Fooling

Something's Cookin'

A Cool Shade of Blue

You

Came

A

Long

Swinging

I

Saw

Safari

Her

Sts

Heartache.

Bebar

Louts

Yours Is My H

Blow

Cast

Be

Gabyel.

Coffee

Pevka

Your Fate

Mt Lees

B

Ti

/Web..

De grfeu

J.,r aey

Baehre to

(The

The Wind

1

Can

Dream, Can't

I

On

Green Dolphin Street

Lively

Set)

Haman. .,y

Smith Of The

The

Chicken Talk

Border

Loneliness

Of Evening(So.

Pacific)

Willie

Boy

Theme

From'

Harry'

Place"

ARTIST COPYRILD!

Ralph Sharon

Les Brown

Ernie Heckseher

Mancini

Ray

AI

Cano

Quartet

Conniff Group

AI

Hirt

Cajola

Trio

AS

BM!

AS

BMI

AS

AS

'tuft Kampfert

Lawrence Welk

Enoch

Lyot

Laoriido

Almeida

C.r

MstteFn3

Ricburd Marino y

McFarland nquivel

AS

D

M1

AS

Sammy Kaye

Howard Roberts

Herb

Alpert

Mancini

Ralph Sharon

Al Cajola

Trio

Bob

Leaprr

Band

Lawrence Welk

Terry

Snyder

Lee Evans

Sound

Track

Cam rata

Jimmy Sedlar

Bill

Perkins

Maury Laws

Los

Admiradore

Chuck Sagte

Lawrence Welk

Herb

Alpert

Les Brown

Bert Kampfert

Les

4

Larry

The Boss

Elgart

Gaiters

HMI

AS

B

MI

AS

BM!

AS

BM!

AS

AS

BM]

PRODUCED IOR GALES RP

MIOFONIC PROGRAMING INC

HOLLYWOOD CALIFORNIA vools

SAMPLE

PROGRAM

SHEETS

FROM GATESOUND "PRELUDE" 600 AND 700 SERIES.

SHEETS

ARE

AVAILABLE UPON

REQUEST FOR THE

ENTIRE "PRELUDE"

SERIES

LIBRARY.

GENERAL: When ordering tapes, place your order by pro- gram number and letter suffix from the

"Prelude" series pro- gram sheets

(example:

701

-A).

Each sheet represents 90 min- utes of music, and each

"Prelude" series includes

16 pages of selections.

For example:

"Prelude" series

700 includes all se- lections on program sheets 701 -A through 704

-D.

Suffix letters (A,

B, C or

D) on each program segment desig- nate their location on the stereophonic or monophonic master tape, as illustrated in the diagram below. Therefore, when ordering tapes, certain programs may be combined on one reel, while other combinations may not be combined.

Tape Direction

)

A

D

B

C any program number and suffix from program sheets. Ex- ample:

701 -A.

If you order 10'2" reels,

2 direction

(2 track mono or

4 track stereo) playing time is

3 hours per reel. Programs A and

D will be supplied on one reel, or programs

B and

C.

Example:

The selections from

701 -D program sheet 701

-A and program sheet would be combined

(701

-AD) on a single bi- directional reel.

A -C or

B

-D combinations are not acceptable.

If you order 14" reels,

1 direction

(mono or stereo), playing time is

3 hours. Programs A and

B will be supplied on one tape, or programs

C and

D.

Example:

All selections from pro- gram sheets 701 -A and

701

-B are combined to

701 -AB on one reel.

For

14" reels,

2 direction

(2 track mono or

4 track stereo), playing time totals

6 hours per reel. Programs ABCD are dup- licated on one reel. Example: 701

-ABCD is on one tape.

90 min.

180 min.

REEL

CONFIGURATIONS:

If you order tion (mono or stereo),

10''" reels,

1 direc- playing time will be 90 minutes. Select

129

HOW

TO ORDER:

To order an entire

"Prelude" series

(200,

300, etc.) simply specify:

Series number; reel size; mono or stereo; track configuration; and single or bi- directional.

One series furnishes 24 hours of music.

To order less than an entire series, you der form, will find it more convenient to use available on request from Gates. the special or-

®

GA

TES www.americanradiohistory.com

Professional Tape

Cartridge

System

Record

/playback, desk mount.

CRITERION

From the originators of the cartridge tape system for the broadcasting industry comes the ultimate in cartridge unit design, the Criterion series.

With sleek slide -out chassis and plug -in electronics, plus better timing, better wow and flutter, and dependable direct capstan drive for split second timing accuracy, the

Criterion represents over nine years of actual experience in the design, engineering and manufacturing of broadcast tape cartridge equipment.

Renowned for their dependability and quality in broadcast- ing, these units are in continuous 24 hour service in the largest and most respected world. radio and

TV stations throughout the

Registered under United States Patent

Gates

Number 3,059,063,

Automatic

Tape

Control development of the tape con- trol principle is used in all leading cartridge machines today.

MODELS

AND

rack or desk

TYPES: The

Criterion series is available in playback and record

/playback

combination models for either top mounting. The basic

Criterion playback unit is a solid state machine available with slide -out rack panel mounting or trimline desk console, in either monophonic or stereophonic versions. The primary

1 kHz cue tone is standard.

Second and third cue tone operation is optional at additional cost on both monophonic and stereophonic models.

All ver- sions of the

Criterion series playback meet all National As- sociation of Broadcasters specifications and such as

24

offer

features volt

DC external function switching for safety

===

GATES

130 in remote controlled applications. All monophonic reproducers are capable of recording when connected to a

Criterion re- cording amplifier.

PRECISION

MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION: Major reasons for the excellence of the

Criterion units are: outstanding en- gineering and quality of the tape deck, motor mechanism, head assembly, and control solenoid.

The entire assembly is built on a heavy duty precision machined aluminum casting, which assists in providing proper cartridge alignment on the exclusive

Micro

-Set head assembly, and provides a rugged in- tegral mounting base for the other tape transport components.

QUIET STUDIO

OPERATION: Improved solenoid action and shock mounted relays reduce to the quiet mic

-side operating operation noise of the unit. and

The contribute

fully

proven automatic pressure wheel engagement makes actual studio operation easy, and noise free. Space -age alloy motor shield- ing keeps signal -to -noise ratio low.

POSITIVE DRIVE

ACTION:

The heart of the

Criterion series playback unit is the heavy duty tape transport with its hys- teresis synchronous positive speed direct capstan drive motor.

The

0.1

Criterion tape transport offers speed accuracy to within

%- comparable to the finest reel -to -reel machines. Sealed precision instrument -type ball bearings are used which keep transport wow and flutter to less than

0.2% rms. The four pounds of tape pulling force developed by the

Criterion trans- port virtually eliminates timing errors, regardless of cartridge size or tape length. www.americanradiohistory.com

Professional

Tape

Cartridge

System- Criterion

PRECISION MICRO

-SET

HEAD ASSEMBLY:

This assembly serves two purposes: to provide convenient and positive positioning of any rear -mount head used on by

Criterion equipment screwdriver adjustment; and to positively guide the tape as it passes the heads.

The machined cast aluminum base

(

"A" in il- lustration at right) is the core of the entire as- sembly and provides the basis for mechanical mounting and adjustment positive cf all components in the

Micro

-Set head assembly.

The two spring loaded adjustable mounting assemblies

(B) are cast aligned head to the front

-to

-rear axis of each head for positive vertical height screw provides positioning.

A single adjusting for positive azimuth alignment to micro -inch tolerances.

Three tape guides

(C) are integrated as one in

-line assembly which is attached to the mounting base by screws. The positioning of the guide assembly is referenced from the tape transport deck in accordance with the NAB standards for cartridge tape machines and as- sures proper tape height from the deck. Con- stant output quality, especially in audio re- sponse by the from cartridge to cartridge, is provided triple tape guide, as exact positioning of the tape on the head is assured, regardless of cartridge variations.

Precision Micro

-Set

Head assembly.

The cartridge hold -down spring

(D) is directly attached to the mounting base by screws.

Its position on the cartridge is not affected while making adjustments. An assembly cover provides added shielding. Improved laminated heads selected for the

Criterion series playback unit are high quality metal

- face heads providing for long wear and low oxide accum- ulation.

The special design provides improved high frequency response, usually exceeding the rated specifications.

FULLY REGULATED POWER SUPPLY: A supply is used to regulated power power all circuit modules, assuring correct operating parameters for peak efficiency.

PRECISION out

MODULAR CONSTRUCTION: for easy component access.

The plug

-in mod- ular construction, as used in the Criterion series, provides for modifications that may be required to make the

Criterion compatable with almost any make of existing cartridge equip- ment.

Quality pin terminal board construction is used through-

RECORDING UNITS:

The basic

Criterion series recording amplifier is a solid state, primary cue device for use in asso- ciation with any monophonic model

Criterion playback. (Also available in stereo for use with stereo playback.)

Rugged deck assembly and motor.

131 www.americanradiohistory.com

Convenient modular plug -in electronics.

®

GA

TES

Professional

Tape

Cartridge

System-

Criterion

SPECIFICATIONS

PLAYBACK UNIT

POWER SOURCE: 105 125 volts,

60 Hz, 50

Hz on special order.

POWER REQUIREMENTS: 60 watts maximum.

SYSTEM

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

15,000

Hz.

-!-2 dB 50 to 12,000

Hz.

NOISE. 55 dB below tape signal reference of 400 Hz,

3%

THD.

--4 dB 50 to

DISTORTION: Record to

Hz. playback, less than 2% at

0

VU record level,

400

EQUALIZATION:

NAB

Standard

Response.

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE: 55 °C, maximum.

AUDIO

OUTPUT: 600 ohms, balanced,

0 dBm, 150 ohms optional.

CUE

SIGNALS: NAB Standard Cue Signals.

REMOTE CONTROL:

All Control

Functions.

HEAD ASSEMBLY:

Laminated Hyperbolic heads in

Micro

-Set assembly.

TRANSISTOR

150

AND DIODE COMPLEMENT:

Monophonic Playback with 1000, and 8000 Hz cue amplifiers,

1

Program

Amplifier:

(4)

2N1183;

(11)

2N508;

(15)

1N3255;

(1)

1N729.

TAPE

SPEED:

71,z inches per second.

TAPE DRIVE SYSTEM:

Direct Capstan Drive, sealed ball bearings.

FLUTTER

AND WOW: .2% or less.

TIMING ACCURACY:

.1% or better.

TAPE START

AND

STOP

TIME:

Less than

.1 second.

TAPE PULLING FORCE:

Four pounds.

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT: Rack mount

Desk top cabinet

7" high,

5" high,

1312" wide, 14" deep.

19" wide, 13'2" deep.

Net weight 30 lbs.

POWER SOURCE: From playback unit.

AMBIENT

TEMPERATURE:

55'C maximum.

AUDIO

INPUT: 600 ohms balanced line, input levels from

REMOTE CONTROL: All functions.

BIAS OSCILLATOR:

Push

-pull,

70 kHz.

-15

RECORDING AMPLIFIER to

.:

18 dBm.

TRANSISTOR

Hz

AND

DIODE COMPLEMENT:

Recording amplifier with 1000 primary cue tone,

150 Hz secondary cue tone and 8000

Hz tertiary cue tones: (7) i

N3255. type 2N508;

(2) type 2N1414; (1) type 1N462; (1) type

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT:

Rack mount:

51i" high,

19" wide,

113/4" deep.

Desk top Cabinet:

4" high,

13'4" wide, 1234" deep. Net Weight:

12 lbs.

CRITERION ORDERING

INFORMATION

CPR -11

Playback, mono, one cue, rack mount

CPD -11

Playback, mono, one cue, desk mount

CPR

-12

Playback, mono, dual cue, rack mount.

CPD

-12

Playback, mono, dual cue, desk mount

CPR

-13

Playback, mono, three cue, rack mount

CPD

-13

Playback, mono, three cue, desk mount

CBA

Booster

Amplifier for

Playback Unit

CAR -11

Recorder, mono, one cue, rack mount

CAD -11 Recorder, mono, one cue, desk mount.

CAR -13 Recorder, mono, three cue, rack mount

CAD -13 Recorder, mono, three cue, desk mount

CPR -21

Playback, stereo, one cue, rack mount.

CPD -21

Playback, stereo, one cue, desk mount

_

900 -0001

900 -0002

900 -0003

900 -0004

900 -0005

900 -0006

900 -0007

900

-0008

900 -0009

900 -0010

900 -0011

900 -0012

900 -0013

CPR

-22

Playback, stereo, dual cue, rack mount

CPD

-22

Playback, stereo, dual cue, desk mount

CPR

-23

Playback, stereo, three cue, rack mount

CPD

-23

Playback, stereo, three cue, desk mount

900 -0014

900 -0015

900 -0016

900 -0017

CAR -21

Recorder, stereo, one cue, rack mount.

CAD

-21

Recorder, stereo, one cue, desk mount

900 -0018

900 -0019

CAR -23 Recorder, stereo, three cue, rack mount

900 -0020

CAD -23

Recorder, stereo, three cue, desk mount 900

-0021

AMS -4A Automatic Master Switcher, mono

900 -0024

AMS

-4A

-S

Automatic Master Switcher, stereo

900 -0066

RC -P

-4 Remote

Control Panel for Playback Units

900 -0025

RC -T

Remote

Control with

Elapsed Time

Indicator, for Recorder 900 -0027

RC

-RA Remote

Control Panel for

Record

/Playback system_

900-0026

®

CA TEO

132 www.americanradiohistory.com

Tape

Cartridges

And

Accessories

300

SERIES

600

SERIES

Gates tape cartridges are designed and manufactured to provide you with the finest over -all cartridge performance available today.

Each careful production step assures this same high quality performance or the first and one -thousandth use of the cartridge.

These tape cartridges meet and exceed all industry standards, and are fully compatible with all

NAB standard tape machines.

In the manufacturing process, only the finest quality lubri- cated tape is used. It is wound on a precision automatic tape winding machine, and carefully spliced with magnifying glass attention. Special polyurethane pressure pads are installed in each cartridge to reduce wow and flutter to a minimum, while providing optimum tape -to -head contact.

The final production steps include a careful checkout on a tape deck attached to a precision wow and flutter meter, and an additional test involving recording and playback to assure audio excellence. Only after these tests have been completed is the Gates

"Label of

Quality"

added to each cartridge.

1200

SERIES

Tcpe is wound onto cartridge turntable! with a precision tape winding machine to assure exact tape ength and playing time.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

A -300, 40 second

A

-300, 70 second cartridge, packed

6

/box cartridge, packed

6

/box

A

-300, 100 second

A

-300, cartridge, packed

6

/box

2'1 minute cartridge, packed

6

/box

900 -0077

900-0078

900 -0079

900 -0080

A -300, 3'3 minute cartridge, packed

6

/box

A

-300,

511 minute cartridge, packed

6

/box

A -300,

101 minute cartridge, packed

6

/box

B

-600,

16 minute cartridge, packed

2

/box

900 -0081

900 -0082

900 -0083

900 -0084

C

-1200,

31 minute cartridge, packed

2

/box

A

-300 Empty cartridge, packed

6

/box

B

-600, Empty cartridge, packed

2

/box

900 -0085

900 -0127

900 -0128

C

-1200, Empty cartridge, packed

2

/box

_

Cartridge

Pressure Pads

-(50 replacement foam plastic pads)

.__900 -0129

.

994 -6430

Cartridge labels,

1000

(yellow, red, green, and white)

__

____900 -0065

FAL

-1A

Test

Cartridge.

Full track, cludes tones for mono or stereo systems. In- for azimuth alignment, frequency response, and standard level reference

Tape Eraser for Cartridges, Jiffy

P

-30, Hand Type ____

900 -0090

730-0102

"Magnifying glass" attention is given to splicing tolerances to m nimize

"drop out" upon playback.

Each cartridge is tested for recovery level of recorded tone to assure stable levels from cartridge to ccr-ridge.

C=rin

GA

"ES

133 www.americanradiohistory.com

Tape

Cartridge Storage Units

MON

RM-103

M -5986 Storage

Rack. stores forty "Type

Conveniently

A"

Series 300 car- tridges in only 10''2" of standard rack space.

RM

-100

Wall Mount Cartridge

Rack provides for storage of

100 Series 300 cartridges in minimum space.

The unit can be wall or table top mounted.

Walnut formica trim. Dimensions 2'

H x2'Wx438

"D.

RS

-200 Lazy

Susan

Revolving Car- tridge

Storage Rack

-eight removable rack sections each store 25

Series

300

"Type

A"

cartridges, for a total of

200 for the unit. The be removed for

RS use in

-25 racks may other studios and are available separately.

SECR

-72

Storage Cabinet. Attractive walnut formica trim blends with any decor. Storage space for 72 Series 300 cartridges. Cabinet rotates on ball bearings. Dimensions:

22" high x

11" wide x

11" deep.

SECR

-200 Storage Cabinet.

Series

Walnut formica trim for attractive over -all ap- pearance.

Capable of storing 200

300 cartridges.

Rotates on ball bearings. Dimensions:

291./2" high x

153/4

' wide x 1534" deep.

wommiesamiNigiowset

M-5986

RS-200

®

aaTES

!EC R-200

ORDERING

INFORMATION

M

-5986 Storage

Rack

RM

-100 Storage

Rack for

40 Series 300 cartridges for

100 Series 300 cartridges

994

-5986

730 -0834

RS

-200 Storage

Rack

RS

-25

Storage Rack for

200 Series 300 cartridges

730 -0835 for

25 Series 300 cartridges (not shown)____730 -0836

SECR

-72 Storage Cabinet

SECR

-200 Storage Cabinet for

72 Series 300 cartridges for

200 Series 300 cartridges

900 -0147

.__900 -0148

134 www.americanradiohistory.com

Automation And Criterion

Accessories

DC

-10 DIGITAL

CLOCK

The DC

-10 digital clock is used as a centralized source of time information in

Gates automated broadcast systems. It may also be used to control the operation of

auxiliary

ap- paratus within the on the program automation system, or external non

-related equipment. Visual time information is displayed front of the unit, with rear chassis connections for op- eration of other equipment.

Use of the DC -10 functions assures digital clock to control all time related

fully

synchronized operation of the broad- cast facility.

115

VAC power required.

Dimensions:

7" high, x

19" wide x

11" deep.

DC

-10 digital clock (60 Hz)___

DC

-10 digital clock (50 Hz)___

900- 0037 -001

900- 0037 -002

TS

-3 TIME SELECTOR

The

Model

TS -3 time selector is an exact time control device that performs a switching function on a time programmed basis in

Gates program automation systems.

"Time assign- ment commands" are stored in the

SP

-10/19

programmer memory tape cartridge, and are supplied to the TS

-3 as re- quired.

Real time information is provided by the DC

-10 digital clock.

Typical operation of the Gates

TS -3 would consist of exact time operation of the automation system for network joining or exact time station identifications.

The time selector will operate only in conjunction with the

digital

clock and the

SP

-10/19 system programmer. Dimensions: 5',4" high x

19" wide x

11" deep.

TS

-3 time selector (60 Hz) -_

900 -0141

RC

-T

REMOTE CONTROL

Most control functions of a

Gates can be

Criterion

record-

playback remotely controlled with this compact easy -to

-use con- trol.

A built

-in timer registers the elapsed time of a recording on the tape, simplifying recording of multi- message tapes.

Starting the machine activates the timer, and over 200 hours of recording may be made before the timer automatically re- cycles. A manual timer reset is also provided.

Desk top unit measures

71/4"

W x

7'/s"

H x

4'2"

D.

RC

-T remote control with elapsed time indicator

(60 Hz)

900 -0027

-001

RC -T remote control (as above except 50 Hz)

___

_

900-0027-002

RC

-RA remote control unit without elapsed time indicator. Con- trols one record

/playback system from remote point 900 -0026

AUDIO

SWITCHER PANEL

Allows up to four Criterion units to be switched into one con- sole input through this panel, adding to the

flexibility

of con- trol room operations.

AMS

-4A Automatic master switcher (mono)

AMS -4A(S)

Automatic master switcher (stereo)

900 -0024

900 -0066

135

CARTRIDGE TAPE DELAY

Combines

Criterion record amplifier and playback units with play /erase

/record

head configuration. No cueing.

Rack mount. Delay time determined by length of cartridge.

CTD

Cartridge tape delay,

60 Hz

(not shown)

CTD

Cartridge tape delay,

50 Hz

(not shown)

900- 0023

-001

900 -0023 -003

11=3=M

®

G.4

rEs

www.americanradiohistory.com

Solid

Statesman

Peak

Limiting

Amplifier

FOR

AM,

FM

AND

TV

Designed to outperform all

Peak

Limiting Amplifier others, the Gates Solid Statesman ushers in a new age of advanced limiter capabilities.

PERFORMANCE:

True limiting without peak clipping is achieved with an average

3 to

5 microsecond attack time.

This eliminates the several milliseconds of clipping found in most limiters while the limiting action "catches up

".

Thus, in this new

Peak

Limiting

Amplifier, even the most critical ear cannot detect the audible distortions that are apparent as a result of slow attack time.

LOW DISTORTION: Distortion is

typically 0.2%

at

30 Hz and 0.3% at

16 kHz with

10 dB of limiting, and is less than

1.0% with up to 30 dB of limiting. Frequency response re- mains uniform with or without limiting.

HIGHER

MODULATION

LEVELS: Fast attack time (in micro- seconds) and variable release time provide complete freedom from

"pumping"

with limiting of 15 to 20 dB on most pro- gram content.

A

30:1 compression ratio allows 99.5% neg- ative modulation without overmodulation.

For

AM stations,

INP1T

()I

VARIAEIE

LOSS asymmetrical limiting permits positive peak modulation levels of 110% or 120

%,

yet negative peaks are limited to 100% or less. This produces a louder- sounding signal.

AUTOMATIC

PHASE REVERSAL:

The highest peak of the audio signal is made positive to produce the highest AM modulation level in the transmitter.

This asymmetrical limiting causes no base line shift in the limiter, and does not

artifi-

cially alter the balance of the program content. It does permit greater modulation of the natural positive peaks with the resultant increase in transmitter power.

Symmetrical limiting is also available for operation where peaking and phasing of the signal are not desired, such as

FM or

TV. Two

Solid- Statesman limiters may be operated to- gether with a jumper for

FM stereo operation.

A front panel control also permits the limiter to be disabled for proof of performance tests.

CONTROLS:

All operating controls are located behind the front access panel. Input and output connections are provided on a barrier terminal block, in addition to the AC power cord, on the rear of the unit.

AMUN9

SECTION

0..

CONTROL

SIGNAL

O

$TEREO

STRIP

AUTO NEAR

PHASING

COM/AR-

ATOR

BLOCK

DIAGRAM

SOLID STATE LIMITER

GATES

136 www.americanradiohistory.com

Solid

Statesman

Peak

Limiting

Amplifier

INPUT

I

Front view, panel open.

The signal at

"A" applied to a conventional limiter with a clipper produces output "B

".

Here the signal is first clipped, introducing dis- tortion, and then several milliseconds later the true limiting is accomplished. Gates Solid

Statesman Limiter completes the limiting action during the first half cycle of the pulse

(output

"C "). Any distortion produced would be during the first half cycle, and after that the signal would be truly limited without distortion.

Clipping begins does without limiting.

(Actual Limiting not begin until signal is clipped for sev- eral hundreds or thousands of microseconds.

OUTPUT

"B"

CONVENTIONAL

LIMITER

WITH

CLIPPER

OUTPUT

"C"

GATES

SOLID STATESMAN

LIMITER

Limiting takes place on the first half cycle usually in

3 to

5 microseconds. n n n t

-"Fully limited wave form on second half of cycle.

GAIN:

50 dB, -±-2 dB max. @

1 kHz.

(May be reduced by built

-in input and

/or output attenuators).

FREQUENCY RESPONSE: limiting).

±1.0 dB max., 30 to 16,000 Hz

(with or without

HARMONIC DISTORTION:

Less than 1.0% from 30 to 16,000 Hz,

10 dB from

0 to of limiting, except with fast recovery on low frequencies where there is partial recovery on each VI cycle.

NOISE: 70 dB below threshold of limiting,

30 to 16,000 Hz.

ATTACK TIME:

Less than

10 microseconds

(typical

3 to 5 microseconds).

RECOVERY OR RELEASE

TIME: for individual preferences.

Gated to program content, with

3 positions

SPECIFICATIONS

AMOUNT

OF

LIMITING: 30 dB with a

30:1 compression ratio, an increase of

30 dB input level will increase output level

1 dB.

INPUT

LEVEL:

Adjustable

-22 to

+18 dBm for

5 dB of limiting.

OUTPUT

LEVEL:

Adjustable to

+23 dBm maximum.

INPUT AND OUTPUT

IMPEDANCE: 600 ohms, balanced or unbalanced.

TEMPERATURE RANGE:

-20

°C to

+55

°C.

INPUT POWER:

115/230 volts,

50/60

Hz.

DIMENSIONS:

31/2" H x

12"

D x

19"

W

(standard rack).

WEIGHT:

13 lbs. net; 22 lbs. shipping.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Solid Statesman Peak Limiting

Amplifier__

.__ ______.

994 -6543

®

GATES

137 www.americanradiohistory.com

FM

Top Level

TOP

LEVEL

With the advent of better recording equipment, reproducing systems, and the special equalization effects used by record- ing artists and studios, the high frequencies fed into

FM today's broadcast transmitters are often of sufficient amplitude

(after pre- emphasis) to cause overmodulation.

Gates Top

Level allows maximum modulation level without the usual fears of overmodulation.

It is intended for use between a station's limiting amplifier and the

FM transmitter.

ALL SOLID STATE: Top

Level is a fully transistorized fre- quency sensitive audio processor for

FM, utilizing a precise

75 microsecond transmission pre- emphasis curve for its sampling.

In FM, amplifiers must handle high- frequency signals

(15,000

Hz region), up to

17 dB higher than, as an example, a nominal 1000

Hz levels are audio signal. When adequate signal maintained at mid -range frequencies, there is a definite problem of overmodulation at the higher frequencies because of the pre- emphasis curve.

CLAMPING:

Top Level samples the pre- emphasized audio material and instantaneously clamps the high frequency, high amplitude signals that cause overmodulation.

OPERATION:

An

FM receiver will reproduce a signal that is measurably louder when Top

Level is employed, because average modulation can be higher.

The signal will sound cleaner because of the effect of de- emphasizing

(in the re- ceiver) a non

-pre- emphasized portion of the curve while clamping is in effect.

Also, Top

Level affords precision control with low distortion, while, in comparison, transmitter over- modulation contributes to serious intermodulation and dis- tortion in the FM discriminator of average receivers.

SCA

ADVANTAGE:

For broadcasters with

SCA, Top Level greatly reduces crosstalk and signal degradation due to pre

- emphasis splatter from the main channel.

Top

Level is not intended to replace a station limiter, but functions as an tection economical companion unit to increase pro- against overmodulation.

MONAURAL

OR

STEREO:

Featuring dual channel capability,

Gates Top

Level is ready for stereo or monaural broadcast- ing. With either, Top

Level makes possible full -range repro- duction at an audio level that pleases both the audience and the broadcaster.

MODE: Dual channel, stereophonic or monophonic.

INPUTS: Two, 600 ohms balanced or unbalanced.

GAIN: 28 dB maximum.

RESPONSE:

±1 dB,

30-15,000

Hz.

DISTORTION:

0.5% maximum,

30-

15,000

Hz.

NOISE: 75 dB below normal output level.

ATTACK AND

RELEASE

TIMES:

Instantaneous.

FM

Top Level, complete

SPECIFICATIONS

INPUT

LEVEL:

-10 to

+24 dBm.

Adjustable.

OUTPUT:

2 balanced. channels at

+18 dBm (adjustable), 600 ohms balanced or un-

POWER: 117 volts,

50/60

Hz, 30 watts.

MECHANICAL DATA: 19" wide,

51/4" high, 12" deep.

Finish: medium beige

- gray and black. Weight packed,

24 lbs. Cubage:

4 cubic feet.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

994 -6467

G.

ATE3

138 www.americanradiohistory.com

Dual Peak

Limiting

Amplifier

STEREO OR

DUAL MONAURAL

Gates Dual

Peak

Limiting

Amplifier may be used for stereo or as two totally separate monaural limiters for

AM and

FM operation.

One solid state regulated power supply operates both limiter sections, and the complete dual limiter requires only seven inches of rack space. Direct current is applied to input stage filaments to assure extremely low noise.

STEREO ance is

OPERATION:

For stereo operation, program bal- always retained.

The stereo channel that is limiting the highest determines the amount of peak limiting applied to the other stereo channel. The some characteristics in response, limiters have essentially the distortion and phase to pre- vent undesirable differences in the two channels.

MONAURAL

OPERATION:

For dual limiter monaural op- eration, each limiter is independent in all functions. A switch instantly changes the mode from stereo to separate limiters.

SOLID

STATE

POWER SUPPLY:

The common solid state power supply operates both limiting amplifiers. Complete balancing controls are built

-in to insure uniform characteristics. No tubes are used in the power supply and direct current is applied to the low level nected in a filament circuits. A power transistor is con-

"capacitor multiplier" circuit to essentially elim- inate ripple on the low level filaments. This contributes greatly to the outstanding low noise level of

-70 dB.

AUDIO

STAGES: Each amplifier of the dual limiter has four audio stages: a push

-pull variable gain stage; a voltage am-

plifier;

a phase inverter; and a push

-pull output stage. An extremely fast attack time of up to 600 microseconds is ac- complished through advanced circuitry. The signal to thump ratio is extremely low because of dynamic and static balancing controls in the first less audio stage.

Intermodulation distortion is than 1.5% up to 20 dB of limiting, while channel sep- aration /crosstalk is well below noise frequencies at all levels.

SPECIFICATIONS

MODE: Stereo or dual monaural.

CONTROLS:

Input and output both limiters. Input balance both limiters.

Me- ter mode selector both limiters. Meter zeroing both limiters. Stereo -dual separate limiters switch. Power -on switch.

IMPEDANCES:

500/600 ohms input and output both limiters.

AUDIO

LEVELS:

Input

-45 dBm at full open gain threshold of limiting or up to 0 dBm by reduced gain adjustment. Output

-f

24 dBm into

6 dB self

- contained isolation pad, also may be reduced with output level control.

Maximum gain

63 dBm -2 dB.

RESPONSE:

±1 dB 30-

15,000

Hz.

DISTORTION: 1% or less at

10 dB limiting.

1 iz% or less at

25 dB limiting,

30- 15,000 Hz.

NOISE: 70 dB below +18 dBm at output.

139

LIMITER

ACTION: Attack time up to 600 microseconds. Signal to thump ratio typical

35 dB up to 25 dB limiting. Rated

-20 dB. Crosstalk where used as stereo or separate limiters is

-70 dB or better.

POWER: 117 volts,

50/60

Hz,

60 watts.

MECHANICAL:

19" x

7" x

16" deep; weight packed:

50 lbs. domestic, 65 lbs. export. Cubage:

3.

Finish: beige -gray, trimmed in brushed aluminum and black.

DIODE TRANSISTOR COMPLEMENT: (1)

X5A6, X5A2, GO

-l.

2N1539 or 2N554 and

(4 each)

TUBES:

(4) 6K7, and

(2 each) 12AX7, 12BH7, OB2.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Dual

Peak

Limiting

Amplifier with tubes

Spare 100% tube kit

994 -6144

990-0420

®

CAT-Ea www.americanradiohistory.com

Program

Gated

Amplifier

THE

LEVEL

DEVIL

Gates

Level Devil accepts varying input signals and holds the output constant. Depending on input signal level, the

Level

Devil operates as (1) a linear amplifier,

(2) a volume ex- pander, or (3) a limiting amplifier.

Unlike usual expander

- compressors, however, the

Level

Devil does not

"pump"

background noise. expand or

PERFORMANCE:

Level Devil accepts input signals over a

30 dB range and holds a constant output ±-3 dB. The ex- pander threshold is

-10 dB relative, and below this the amplifier operates as any other good linear amplifier. At

-10 dB or above the amplifier will expand to

0 dB.

Above

0 dB it will limit.

OPERATIONAL

FEATURES:

With average program content at normal input level, the

Level

Devil operates as a linear amplifier. With above normal audio input level it operates as a limiting amplifier, and maintains the desired output level. If the average input level should drop below normal by as much as 10 dB, the

Level

Devil functions as a volume expander. When there is no signal for a period of

1 to 4 seconds, the Level

Devil returns to the linear amplifier mode of operation, and does not emphasize or increase back- ground noise. This is ideal for controlling the audio of a show in in which there are long periods the of silence with only music background.

The expansion of this background might destroy the desired audio effect.

VERSATILITY: Two switches are may be used provided so that

Level Devil for expansion only, without limiting; or for limiting only, without expansion.

It is well suited to all types of broadcasting

-AM,

FM and

TV.

APPLICATION:

A peak limiting amplifier should be used with

Level

Devil.

The limiter, often at the transmitter location, is the over

-all guardian against overmodulation, and also permits high average audio levels. Level Devil, usually at the studio, preferably operates independently of other total equip- ment functions to obtain the fullest benefit of its outstanding capabilities. Radio and television stations alike have reported an increase in coverage with a louder sound, minimum back- ground noise in absence of a signal, and constant output level as operating advantages obtained from

Level

Devil.

20

10

INPUT

VS.

GRAPH

"LEVEL DEVIL" i

/

,

,,L.

/

Z

/

/

COMPEESSION

EATIO 10

7

/ oui

UT

LEVEL

50

-40 -30

INPUT LEVEL

IN DECIEELS

-20 -10

Graph shows compression or limiting curve as related to input.

GATE3

140 www.americanradiohistory.com

Program

Gated

Amplifier-

Level

Devil

+20

+10

-10

-

20

-

30

-35

-40

-

45

-

50

-

60

-70

0

"LEVEL DEVIL"

A

IN

LEVEL

DEVIL NOISE RETURNS TO HERE,

OR 10 dB LOWER

THAN

OTHER

CON-

STANT LEVEL

AMPLIFIERS.

A

-Input evel.

B-

Output level.

C

-Aural noise level.

T-

Threshold.

-Light shaded area indicates program content.

-Solid shaded area indicates noise.

OTHER

CONSTANT

LEVEL

AMPLIFIERS

A

T

_

IN OTHER CONSTANT

LEVEL AMPLIFIERS

NOISE RETURNS TO

HERE, OR 10 dB

HIGH-

ER.

AS OPERATION

IS USUALLY UNDER

5 dB OF LIMITING ACTION, NOISE

DIFFER-

ENCE IS ACTUALLY AROUND

15 dB.

A graphic illustration of the difference between Level Devil and all other leveling amplifiers. Noise referred to in graphs is defined in this instance as lower level program content.

SPECIFICATIONS

MODE:

Monaural.

CONTROLS:

Input and output levels. Switches to select operating modes.

METER: Reads direct in

(a) limiting, (b) normal, and

(c) expansion.

IMPEDANCES:

INPUT LEVEL: porated).

500/600 ohms input and output.

-35

VU to

+27

VU (10 dB and 20 dB

OUTPUT LEVEL:

+8

VU after

6 dB line isolation pad. input pads incor-

GAIN: 50 dB without limiting or expansion.

RESPONSE:

±1 dB 30- 15,000 Hz.

DISTORTION: dB limiting.

1% or less

50-

10,000

Hz to

10 dB limiting. 2% or less to 25

MAXIMUM VOLUME EXPANSION:

10 dB.

Note that

Level

Devil can release

5 dB of compression and expand

10 dB, giving effective signal increase of

15 dB.

EXPANSION

RISE TIME: 2 seconds.

EXPANDER RECOVERY TIME: 4 seconds.

MAXIMUM LIMITING: 25 dB.

LIMITER ATTACK TIME: 10 milliseconds.

LIMITER RELEASE

TIME: 1.5 to 2.0 seconds.

NOISE:

-60 dB or better below

10 dB limiting.

POWER: 117 volts,

50/60

Hz,

55 watts.

SIZE:

19" x 83/4" x 81/2" deep.

WEIGHT: Domestic packed 35 lbs.; export packed

45 lbs. Cubage:

2 cu. ft.

FINISH: Beige -gray and black.

TUBES: (2 each) 5749, 12AU7, 12AT7, 12AX7, OB2.

(1 each) EF86,

5V4G.

Level

Devil with tubes

Spare 100% tube kit

ORDERING

INFORMATION

994 -5546

990-0452

®

GATES

141 www.americanradiohistory.com

Automatic

Program Level

Amplifier

A_ n r-,

(

--1

C.:iart, f---®

GATES

_ c f r

(

The basic function of Gates

Sta -Level is to provide constant level output. When the volume is too low,

Sta -Level will raise it; if volume is too high,

Sta -Level it. This will automatically reduce automatic adjustment for different input levels allows average output levels to be higher, since there is automatic protection. Soft passages are automatically raised in level

- resulting in a uniformly higher level of transmission and the equivalent of greater signal output.

RECOVERY

SPEED: Sta -Level recovers

23 level in 7 seconds and

90% level in about

28 seconds.

This is considered typical.

However, a kit of small fixed resistors is supplied. If the op- erator feels this is too slow or too fast, he may, by changing

THE STA -LEVEL two resistors, increase recovery to as fast as

214 seconds

25 level, and

10 seconds for for 90% level; or as slow as

11'4 seconds for

2A level, and 45 seconds for 90% level.

ACCESSORIES: None are needed, as the

Sta -Level is a self

- contained, one

-chassis unit complete with regulated power supply.

GAIN:

Since Sta -Level has as much as

62 dB gain, if your present system is short of gain,

Sta -Level will pick it up. Both input and output level controls are on the front panel to ad- just for any gain you wish, down to unity or up to the full

62 dB.

SPECIFICATIONS

MODE: Single channel monaural.

CONTROLS:

Input and output level controls.

METER:

Reads decibels of compression.

IMPEDANCES:

500/600 ohms input and output.

GAIN:

62 dB adjustable at both input and output.

RESPONSE:

-4-1 dB 30-

15,000 Hz.

DISTORTION:

Less dB compression. than

1

%,

50- 15,000 Hz at

-120 dBm output level,

0 -30

NOISE: 65 dB below

-i

20 dBm output level,

0 -30 dB compression.

MAXIMUM VOLUME EXPANSION:

Variable as set by input control.

EXPANSION RISE

TIME: Factory set at

7 seconds. Kit provided for faster or slower action as desired.

EXPANSION RECOVERY TIME:

Approximately

25 milliseconds.

MAXIMUM

COMPRESSION. 30 dB. 40 dB at slightly greater distortion.

COMPRESSION ATTACK TIME:

Approximately

25 milliseconds.

COMPRESSION RECOVERY TIME

Faster as compression becomes

Normal

7 seconds for 63% recovery. greater.

SERVICING: Drop down front panel.

Tubes at rear.

POWER: 117 volts,

50/60

Hz, 45 watts.

MECHANICAL: Size, tic, 50 lbs.

19" x

5'." x

7" deep. Weight packed: export. Cubage:

2 cubic feet. Finish: beige -gray.

40 lbs. domes-

TUBES: (2)

6V6,

(1 each) 6386, 12AT7, 6AL5,

0B2,

5Y3GT.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Sta -Level with tubes

Spare 100% tube kit

-

®

G.4

TEs

994-5167

990-0243

142 www.americanradiohistory.com

Rack

Cabinets

RAK

-1

Utilizing welded open frame construction, with removable side panels, each basic rack of the

RAK

-1 may be mounted singly or bolted to others to form a uniform multirack installation.

This design permits mounting of equipment within the rack cabinet or flush with the front.

Rear door may be hinged left or right. have mounting holes at universal standard locctions to

Vertical provide panel mounting angles

77 inches of standard

19

-inch panel mounting.

The basic

RAK

-1 cabinet includes

2 panel mounting angles,

2 terminal board mounting angles, full size rear door and panel mounting screws.

Other accessories available:

SINGLE CORNER TRIM TRM -1: Covers the rack mounting bolts on each corner. Two used for single cabinet.

DOUBLE CORNER TRIM TRM -2: Covers rack mounting bolts and joins two cabinets together.

One used to join second cabinet to first, third to second, etc.

LARGE

SIDE SHIELD SH

-1:

A shield plate

1513" x

28" in size.

SMALL

SIDE

SHIELD

SH

-2: Same as SH

-1 above only

151.8" x

21" in size.

TERMINAL BOARD

MOUNTING

BRACKET

BRK

-1: Mounts at bottom rear of for the support of audio and power terminal blocks. cabinet

SIDE

PANELS

SP

-1: Commonly known as end bell. Two used for single cabinet or any number of cabinets joined together.

HEIGHT OVER -ALL: 84

".

WIDTH:

(Less SP

-1 side panel),

22

".

WIDTH

OF

5P -1

SIDE PANEL: 3

".

DEPTH

OVER -ALL: 21

".

DOOR SWING: 22'2

".

PANEL SPACE:

19" x

77

".

SPECIFICATIONS

MAXIMUM

CLEARANCE BEHIND FRONT PANEL:

17

".

PANEL

MOUNTING: Standard rack multiples

10 -32 mounting screws provided.

FINISH: Beige -gray.

WEIGHT: Net 100 lbs.; Domestic packed 110 lbs.;

Export packed

190 lbs.

Cubage,

18 cu. ft.

TO ORDER: See

"Ordering Information" below.

I

RAK -7

The RAK -7 is one of the finest solid side rack type cabinets designed specifically to ac- commodate all types of broadcast equipment. Built of solid sides, a solid base, lightweight steel, this cabinet has full size rear door with louvers at top and bottom for efficient ventilation.

SPECIFICATIONS

HEIGHT OVER -ALL: 78

".

WIDTH OVER -ALL: 231/2''.

DEPTH OVER -ALL: 191/2".

DOOR

SWING: 201/2".

PANEL SPACE:

19" x

713/4".

CLEARANCE BEHIND PANEL:

17

".

PANEL

MOUNTING: Standard rack multiples 1032 mounting screws provided.

FINISH: Beige

-gray.

WEIGHT: Net 100 lbs.; Domestic packed 115 lbs.;

Export packed 200 lbs.; Cubage:

18 cu. ft.

TO ORDER: See

"Ordering Information" below.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

RAK -1:

Basic

Cabinet assembly less side panels but including rear door

Single Corner Trim

Double Corner Trim_..

Side

Panel

5H

-1

Shield

Terminal Board Mounting Bracket

Ventilaing

Fan

RAK

-7:

Rack

Cabinet

Joiner Trim

..

CR

-70 (Not shown):

Waist -high rack cabinet. Heavy cold rolled

3734"

H x

233s"

W x furniture grade steel, resistance welded.

Size:

23"

D.

Rack space

33'4" x

19"

_

_

994

-3706

994 -3708

994 -3707

994 -3709

994 -3711

994 -3712

994 -4875

994 -5527

994 -5577

994

-5651

143 www.americanradiohistory.com

Premium

Solid State

Audio Amplifiers

6300

SERIES

Designed for custom audio equipment, these fully transis- torized audio that amplifiers incorporate engineering provide excellent performance standards. advances

Thorough proven the laboratory testing and extensive field use have

"6300"

series amplifier family one of the finest in the broadcasting field.

"6300" amplifiers are noted for low noise, low distortion, wide frequency response and Solid- Statesman reliability.

Units may be installed in tandem with little or no equalizing, while maintaining an excellent plug

-in design assures easy signal -to -noise installation ratio. Modern and maintenance.

Included in this complete line are:

Preamplifier, program am- plifier, program

/AGC

(automatic gain control) amplifier, power supplies, mounting trays and a compact shelf assembly for rack mounting.

For the most critical applications,

Gates recommends the

"6300"

Solid- Statesman Series.

Typical rear plug in detail.

TRANSISTORIZED

PREAMPLIFIER

SPECIFICATIONS

GAIN:

40 dB, or 46 dB (by receptacle strop- ping), t 0.3 dB.

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

20,000

Hz, or

+0.5 dB from

20 to

±0.25 dB from 30 to 15,000

Hz.

DISTORTION:

0.25% maximum from

30 to 15,000

Hz

@

+20 dBm output.

NOISE:

-123 dBm relative input noise, 30 to

15,000

Hz.

SOURCE or

IMPEDANCE:

150/600 ohms balanced unbalanced, center tapped.

LOAD IMPEDANCE: unbalanced.

150/600 ohms, balanced or

POWER: 48 volts DC

@ 30 mA.

CONNECTORS: 16 cessed to terminal, self

-aligning, prevent accidental damage. re-

MONITORING: Indicator lamp provides warning of short- circuit condition.

TEST

POINT: Pin jacks itoring. provide audio output mon-

MOUNTING TRAY: M -6341 tray and receptacle.

Tray attaches to M -6345 panel and shelf assem- bly for mounting up to eight preamplifiers in

3'2" of vertical rack space.

SIZE:

2" wide x 31/8" high x

14'," long.

WEIGHT:

414 lbs. net.

994 -6313A

ORDER

®

NUMBER ___

caTES

TRANSISTORIZED

PROGRAM /AUTOMATIC

GAIN

CONTROL

AMPLIFIER

SPECIFICATIONS

GAIN:

62 dB,

+0.3 dB; receptacle strapping). or 80 dB, i-0.5 dB (by

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

20,000

Hz or

+0.5 dB from

20 to

+0.25 dB from

30 to 15,000

Hz

(62 dB gain). ±0.5 dB from

30 to 15,000

Hz

(80 dB gain).

DISTORTION:

Hz, (62 dB

0.25% maximum from 30 to

15,000 gain

@

-f

32 dBm output level).

0.5% maximum from

30 to

15,000 Hz, (80 dB gain

(

-)

32 dBm output level).

NOISE: 116 dBm relative input noise (62 dB gain mode) from 30 to 15,000 Hz.

-118 dBm relative input noise (80 dB gain mode) from 30 to 15,000

Hz.

GAIN REDUCTION: (AGC): put characteristics

Amplifier input /out- linear below threshold of

AGC a

-f

-20 dBm output level.

6 dB gain re- duction maximum in 62 dB gain mode.

After maximum of

6 dB

AGC, amplifier input /output characteristics become linear again.

An input level of

-24 dBm will result in 6 dB gain re- duction and an output level of

-

32 dBm.

Ap- proximately

21 dB

AGC in the 80 dB gain mode.

Amplifier characteristics linear below the threshold of AGC @ input level of

+20 dBm output level. An

-27 dBm will result in

21 dB gain reduction and an output level of -r32 dBm. An external switch permits disabling the

AGC action without thumps or clicks in the program circuit.

ATTACK TIME: AGC attack time

-

25,

+3 milli- seconds.

RECOVERY TIME: AGC recovery time

-

0.5,

+0.1 second.

SOURCE IMPEDANCE: or

150/600 ohms, balanced unbalanced, center tapped.

LOAD IMPEDANCE:

150/600 ohms, balanced or unbalanced, center tapped.

POWER: 48 volts

DC

@ 140 mA.

CONNECTORS: cessed to

16 terminal, self

-aligning, re- prevent accidental damage.

MONITORING: Indicator lamp provides warning of short -circuit condition.

TEST

POINT:

Pin jacks itoring. provide audio output mon-

MOUNTING TRAY: M -6342 tray and receptacle.

Six PGM

/AGC amplifiers mount in

3!2" of ver- tical rack space.

SIZE:

2'," wide x

3's" high x

143." long.

WEIGHT:

5 lbs. net.

ORDER NUMBER

994 -6314A

144 www.americanradiohistory.com

Premium

Solid State

Audio Amplifiers

TRANSISTORIZED

POWER

SUPPLY

TRANSISTORIZED

PROGRAM

AMPLIFIER

TRANSISTORIZED

POWER

SUPPLY

SPECIFICATIONS

CAPACITY: Up to 50

M -6313 Transistor plifiers, or up to 10

M -6314 Program plifiers or any combination with a rated current of 1.5 amps. tems

Use or where growth is anticipated.

Pream-

/AGC am- maximum for large sys-

OUTPUT: 48 uous. volts

DC at

0 to 1.5 amps, contin-

RIPPLE: Less than 1.0 mV from

0 to full load.

INTERNAL IMPEDANCE:

0.05 ohms.

REGULATION: 0.3

%.

POWER: 117 volts nominal, maximum.

50/60

Hz, 130 watts

SHORT CIRCUIT PROTECTION: Resistive short dr- cuit protection allows full operation to resume after momentary short circuits on the output.

Primary fuse prevents component damage with sustained short circuits.

UNDERVOLTAGE ALARM: Self- contained relay actuates with approximately 10% undervolt- age. Contacts are connected to the output plug to permit the operation of an external alarm.

CONNECTORS: 16 terminal, self -aligning, recessed to prevent damage.

SWITCH

AND

FUSE:

Switch and illuminated dicating fuse holder located on the front in- escut- cheon for

AC control of the power supply.

MONITORING: Neon lamp (to indicate presence of AC supply voltage), and load lamp (to indi- cate output voltage). Output sampling jack lo- cated on the front escutcheon.

MOUNTING TRAY: M -6344 tray and receptacle.

Four M -6338 power supplies mount in 31/2' of vertical rack space.

SIZE: 43/4" x

3' /a" high x

144" long.

WEIGHT:

71/2 lbs. net.

ORDER

NUMBER

994-6338

SPECIFICATIONS

GAIN: 62 dB,

±0.3 dB, unterminated input.

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

20,000 Hz or

+0.5 dB from 20 to

+0.25 dB,

30-15,000 Hz.

DISTORTION:

0.25% maximum from 30 to 15,000

Hz

@

+32 dBm output.

NOISE:

-116

15,000

Hz. dBm relative input noise, 30 to

SOURCE IMPEDANCE: 150

/600 ohms, balanced or unbalanced, center tapped.

LOAD IMPEDANCE:

150/600 unbalanced, center tapped. ohms, balanced or

POWER: 48 volts DC @ 140 mA.

CONNECTORS:

16 cessed to terminal, prevent damage. self

-aligning, re-

MONITORING: Indicator lamp provides warning of short-circuit condition.

TEST

POINT:

Pin jacks provide audio output mon- itoring.

MOUNTING

TRAY: M -6426 tray and receptacle for up to six program amplifiers in

31/2" of ver- tical rack space.

SIZE: 224" wide x 31/4" high x

143" long.

WEIGHT:

4'h lbs. net.

ORDER NUMBER

994 -6321

SPECIFICATIONS

CAPACITY: Up to ten

M-6313 preamplifiers, or two M

-6314 Program

/AGC amplifiers, or any system rent combination with a maximum rated cur- not exceeding 300 mA for use in smaller systems.

OUTPUT: 48 volts

DC at

0 to 300 mA continuous.

RIPPLE: Less than

1.0 mV from

0 to full load.

INTERNAL IMPEDANCE: 0.05 ohms.

REGULATION: 0.3

%.

POWER: 117 volts nominal,

50/60

Hz,

30 watts.

SHORT

CIRCUIT PROTECTION: Resistive for mo- mentary short circuits on output. Primary fuse prevents damage from sustained short circuits.

CONNECTORS: 16 terminal, self

-aligning, re- cessed to prevent damage.

SWITCH

AND

FUSE:

Located on front escutcheon.

MOUNTING

TRAY: M

-6422 tray and receptacle.

Six M -6421 power supplies mount in 3'/2" of vertical rack space.

SIZE:

224" wide x

314" high x 1424" long.

WEIGHT:

51/2 lbs. net.

ORDER

NUMBER

994 -6421

44-

Preamplifier and accessory tray assembly.

Plugs on all amplifiers are recessed to as- sure no damage to pins.

145 www.americanradiohistory.com

Audio

Amplifier

Accessories

ACCESSORIES

Complete mounting accessories are series

Solid- Statesman available for the

"6300" amplifiers.

The panel and shelf assembly unit occupies

Built only

31/2" x

19" of rack space. of heavy -gauge, plated, non

-corrosive steel, finished in beige -gray, with hinged front panel.

The shelf assembly is provided with an upper cross

-bar to prevent damage to amplifier plugs or tray receptacles. Individual mounting trays have been designed for each model amplifier and power supply.

In system practice a typical audio input signal may pass through four amplifiers, four faders, nine transformers, and be bridged a dozen or more times, yet the system perform- ance at the output is equal to or better than any individual amplifier specification. Of particular importance is the higher rated output levels of both preamplifiers and program am- plifiers to accommodate greater dynamic range at no in- crease in distortion.

NOTE:

The source of load impedance of the amplifiers as listed in the specifications is the recommended impedance of the connecting device

(such as a microphone, attenuator, line or loudspeaker). However, the input impedance of all four amplifiers is approximately ten times higher than the source impedance, giving the systems designer greater flex- ibility.

The output impedance is approximately pedance, which permits multiple

1/10

the load im- bridging without any deg- radation of the output signal.

Above:

M

-6345 panel and shelf assembly, showing several

"6300" series

Solid- Statesman units.

This assembly requires only

31/2" x

19" of rack space.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Mounting tray for preamplifier

Mounting tray for program amplifier

.

Mounting tray for program /AGC amplifier

Mounting tray for

M-6421 power supply

Mounting tray for

M

-6338 power supply

Panel and shelf assembly

994 -6341

994 -6426

994 -6342

994 -6422

994 -6344

994 -6345

TELEVISION AUDIO

CONSOLE

The production console at the left is now in use in a leading television network, and houses

57 of the

"6300" series Solid- Statesman transistorized units.

The remarkable capabilities of this completely self

- contained console include: mixing from

25 input au- dio sources simultaneously into nine separate pro- gram channels, each with automatic level control; built

-in video monitoring, ten audio monitoring chan- nels; twelve microphone equalizers; two graphic pro- gram equalizers; five sound effects filters; two rever- beration send and return channels; vertical atten- uators; three video controlled audio channels, plus many other special features.

®

GATES

146 www.americanradiohistory.com

Solid Statesman Plug -In

Audio Amplifiers

For any audio system application in

AM,

FM, TV, recording or sound distribution, the

"5700"

series

Solid- Statesman tran- sistor plug

-in amplifiers offer uniformly high

quality

perform- ance exceeding the capabilities of vacuum tube amplifiers.

Conservative design provides a

50% safety factor so that all amplifiers are capable of operation with a continuous sine wave at maximum ambient temperatures, and at full rated output levels.

5700

SERIES

All circuits in the

"5700"

series utilize carefully chosen com- ponents with printed wiring on glass epoxy boards for uni- formity, strength, and

reliability.

Connectors are gold -plated for absolute contact. Floating -type receptacles on the mating trays assure positive, fast in alignment. All transistors are plug

- triple A industrial type, which essentially eliminates any possibility of thermal damage during operation.

GATES

M5700 TRANSISTOR

PROGRAM

AMPLIFIER

LEVEL

-

PREAMPLIFIER

Usually used to feed a mixing bus or program amplifier, this preamplifier operates from a microphone or similar low -level source and has sufficient gain to drive a line or monitor am- plifier.

PROGRAM

AMPLIFIER

A high performance program or line amplifier.

Has gain con- trol mounted on front.

As many as seven amplifiers mount in one

19" x

31/2" rack panel and shelf assembly.

SPECIFICATIONS

SPECIFICATIONS

GAIN:

40 dB.

RESPONSE

}0.5 dB, 30 to 15,000 Hz.

HARMONIC DISTORTION: Under

15,000

Hz at f

18 dBm output.

0.75% at 30 Hz, under

0.5% from 50 to

NOISE. 122 dBm relative input noise, 30 to 15,000 Hz.

MOUNTING:

Use

Gates M -6030 mounting tray listed below.

POWER REQUIREMENTS: 30 volts DC at

30 mA.

SOURCE anced).

IMPEDANCE:

30/50-

150/250

-500/600 ohms

(balanced or unbal-

LOAD IMPEDANCE:

150/250

-500/600 ohms

(balanced or unbalanced).

CONNECTORS:

Goldplated

Blue Ribbon type.

SIZE

AND FINISH:

Size: 13/4" wide,

33/4" high,

103/4" long. Finish: Cadmium plated enclosure with black anodized escutcheon plate.

WEIGHT:

31/2 lbs. net.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Transistor plug -in preamplifier

Mounting tray for

M

-6028

GAIN: 70 dB or less as adjusted by gain control.

RESPONSE:

±1 dB from 30 to 15,000 Hz.

HARMONIC

DISTORTION:

Under

15,000

Hz at

+24 dBm output.

0.75% at

30 Hz; under 0.5% from

50 to

NOISE:

-115 dBm relative input noise, 65 dB below

-50 dBm input.

MOUNTING:

Use

Gates M -6031 mounting tray listed below.

POWER REQUIREMENTS: 30 volts

DC at 90 mA.

SOURCE IMPEDANCE: 150

/250 or

500/600 ohms

(balanced or unbalanced).

LOAD IMPEDANCE:

150/250

-500/600 ohms

(balanced or unbalanced).

CONNECTORS:

Gold- plated Blue Ribbon type.

SIZE

AND FINISH: Size:

23/4" wide,

33/4" high,

103/4" long. Finish: Cadmium plated enclosure with black anodized escutcheon plate.

WEIGHT:

41,4 lbs. net.

994

-6028

994

-6030

147

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Transistor plug -in program amplifier_

Mounting tray for M- 57008

__994-5700B

994-6031

®

G

rEs

www.americanradiohistory.com

Solid

Statesman Plug

-In

Audio Amplifiers

MONITOR

AMPLIFIER

This

8

-watt, low distortion monitoring a flawless loudspeaker amplifier is ideal for distribution system. The power supply is self- contained.

Has gain control, on

-off switch and fuse receptacle on front.

SPECIFICATIONS

GAIN:

90 dB or less as adjusted by gain control.

RESPONSE:

-4

1 dB from

30 to 15,000 Hz.

HARMONIC

DISTORTION: Under 1% from

50 to 15,000

Hz

8 watts).

NOISE:

-120 dBm relative input noise.

MOUNTING:

Use

Gates M -6032 mounting tray listed below. at

-i39 dBm

POWER REQUIREMENTS: 117 volts, 50/60

Hz, 18 watts.

SOURCE OF IMPEDANCE: unbalanced).

30/50, 150/250 or

500/600 ohms

(balanced or

LOAD IMPEDANCE:

8 ohms nominal (balanced). Order speaker matching transformer

(478- 0275), Page 152, for multiple speakers.

CONNECTORS: Gold- plated

Blue

Ribbon type.

SIZE

AND

FINISH: Size: 41é" wide,

31e" high,

12'4" long.

Finish: Cadmium plated cover, black cast aluminum heat sink sides, and black anodized escutcheon plate.

WEIGHT: 8'2 lbs. net.

POWER

SUPPLY

A fully regulated power supply designed for use with Gates

"5700"

series amplifiers. Features automatic short circuit pro- tection, electronically preventing damage due to any type of short circuit or overload.

Plug -in design. On -off switch and fuse receptacle on front.

SPECIFICATIONS

OUTPUT: 30 volts

DC at 400 mA maximum.

INPUT:

117 volts, 50/60

Hz, 18 watts with maximum load.

NOISE:

0.1 millivolts

(rms) ripple or better.

MOUNTING:

Use

Gates M -6032 mounting tray listed below.

SUPPLIES

POWER

FOR:

(13) M -6028 preamplifiers, or (4) M

-57008 program amplifiers, or

(7) M -6028 preamplifiers and

(2) M -57008 program am- plifiers, or any combination not exceeding 400 mA load current. er

As pow- supply is fully regulated, any lesser number of units may be used without voltage change.

CONNECTORS: Gold- plated

Blue Ribbon type.

SIZE

AND

FINISH: Size:

4'e" wide, 31u' high,

1234" long.

Finish: Cadmium plated cover, black sides and black anodized escutcheon plate.

WIGHT:

8'4 lbs. net.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Transistor plug -in monitor amplifier

Mounting tray for above

Speaker matching transformer

994 -5701

994 -6032

478 -0275

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Transistorized plug -in power supply

Mounting tray for above

994 -5702

994 -6032

ACCESSORIES

MOUNTING

TRAY

Fast and foolproof connections are assured every time a

Gates transistor plug

-in amplifier is placed in its mounting tray.

A floating type receptacle gives positive up of alignment and the steel

"key pin" prevents any possible mix

- amplifiers in the system. Three types required for entire

"5700" series of Solid- Statesman amplifiers and power supplies. For ordering information refer to specific amplifier or power supply listed on these pages.

CATES

148

PANEL

AND

SHELF ASSEMBLY

Designed to mount the

"5700" series Solid -Statesman amplifiers and power supplies in conjunction with the mounting trays.

Requires only 19" x 31/2" rack space and is

141/2" deep.

Accommodates:

9 preamplifiers with

M -6030 mounting trays.

7 program am- plifiers with

M -6031 mounting trays.

4 monitoring amplifiers with

M -6032 mounting trays.

4 power supplies with

M

-6032 mounting trays

-or

any com- bination of the above.

Panel and shelf assembly

994 -6029 www.americanradiohistory.com

Program

And

Monitoring Amplifiers

PROGRAM

OR

LINE

AMPLIFIER

Studio equipment facilities often may be expanded by add- ing a second or consoles the third program amplifier.

In single channel audition bus may be used for separate program- ming of

FM by inserting the M -5576B program amplifier be- tween the bus and work feeds, this the line. amplifier

For bridging, standby and mounted in the equipment net- rack is ideal.

This high gain, low distortion,

4

-stage program amplifier in- cludes a self

-contained power supply and requires only

51,4" of rack space. A dual gain control with one section in the second stage grid and the other section in the third stage grid assures a low noise ratio at any gain setting.

SPECIFICATIONS

GAIN: 75 dB,

±2 dB.

RESPONSE: dB,

30-15,000

Hz.

DISTORTION:

0.75% at +12 output, 50- 15,000 Hz. dBm output,

30-

15,000 Hz. 1% at

+22 dBm

NOISE: 60 dB noise. below

+12 dBm output or equal to

-120 dBm relative input

IMPEDANCES:

POWER: 117 volts, 50 60 Hz, 45 watts.

TUBES:

Input and output: 150/250 or

(3)

EF86 and

(1 each) 12AÚ7, 6X4.

500/600 ohms.

MECHANICAL: 19" x

5'4" x

71/2' deep. Weight packed (domestic),

27 lbs.;

(export) 50 lbs. Cubage:

2 cubic feet.

Finish: beige -gray.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Program amplifier with tubes

Spare 100% tube kit

994-5576B

990 -0450

MONITORING

AMPLIFIER

In quality audio systems, the need for excellence in loud- speaker distribution is paramount. Here is an outstanding ultra linear amplifier offering a variety of input impedances, very low distortion, excellent power output and high gain.

Input impedances for matching

30/50

and 150/250 ohm lines or bridging at 30,000 ohms are available.

An unusually high gain of 100 dB allows the M -5575 monitoring amplifier to be used directly from a mixer program bus, low level turn- table output or a microphone. The distortion is less than

1%, though a full

10 watts of power is produced from a

-60 dBm input.

149

SPECIFICATIONS

GAIN: 100 dB or

RESPONSE: bridging

50 dB.

±1'/2 dB, 30-

15,000 Hz.

DISTORTION:

1% or less 50-

15,000 Hz at

NOISE: 60 dB or better below

+40 dBm (10 watts).

+40 dBm, measured at

-50 dBm input.

IMPEDANCES:

(Input) 30/50 or

150/250 ohms at

100 dB gain. 30,000 ohms bridging at

50 dB gain. (Output)

8 and

16 ohms.

POWER: 117 volts,

TUBES:

50/60

Hz, 85 watts.

(3) 12AX7, (2) EL84, (1)

GZ34,

(1)

0A2,

(1) OB2.

MECHANICAL: 19" x

7" x

8" deep. Weight packed (domestic),

(export)

59 lbs.

Cubage:

3 cubic feet. Finish: beige -gray.

34 lbs.;

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Ultra linear monitoring amplifier, with tubes

Spare 100% tube kit

Speaker matching transformer, see

Page

152

994

-5575

990 -0303

478 -0275

GATES www.americanradiohistory.com

Monitoring

And

Utility

Amplifiers

TRANSISTOR

MONITOR

AMPLIFIER

Offering the superb performance of transistors, Gates M-

6108 professional

8

-watt monitoring amplifier is designed for the exacting demands of modern broadcasting. Only

41/2" x

81/2" x 31/2" including self- contained power supply, it will

fit

anywhere, even in the corner of a loudspeaker cabinet.

The almost negligible operating temperature lends to its versatility.

The

M -6108 will produce

20-

20,000

Hz response within

--H1 dB put. with no more than 1% distortion at a full eight watts out-

Gain of

53 dB from a

600 ohm input or

39 dB from the

6,000 ohm bridging input assures wide versatility.

The output of

4

-16 ohms for direct speaker connection may be changed to other higher impedances through the use of an external matching transformer. optional

SPECIFICATIONS

GAIN:

53 dB using 600 ohm input;

39 dB using 6000 ohm bridging

RESPONSE: 20-

20,000

Hz -±-1 dB.

DISTORTION:

1% or less

8 watts output,

50- 15,000 Hz. 1% or output,

30- 15,000 Hz. input. less 6 watts

NOISE: 85 dB below -139 dBm output

(8 watts).

IMPEDANCES: (Input) 600 ohms matching, 6000 ohms input. (Output)

4 to

16 ohms. bridging, transformer

POWER. 117 volts, 50.60

Hz, 18 watts.

SIZE: 4' 2" wide,

81/2" long,

WEIGHT:

4 lbs. net.

3'2" high.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Eight

-watt transistorized monitor amplifier

994-6108

SINGLE

CHANNEL

UTILITY AMPLIFIER

Often called the most important of amplifiers, as it fills al- most any amplifier need. AC operated and completely self

- contained, the M -5530 all purpose amplifier operates as

(a) a single microphone remote amplifier,

(b) turntable pream-

plifier

with ample gain for passive equalizers,

(c) standby program amplifier, and (d) a microphone amplifier for medium level tape recording.

Mounts nicely in turntable cabinet. Ideal for permanent remotes.

SPECIFICATIONS

GAIN:

81 dB.

RESPONSE:

30-15,000

Hz

-1-11/2 dB.

DISTORTION: 1% or less

50 to 15,000 Hz at

+18 dBm.

NOISE: 60 dB below

+8 dBm.

IMPEDANCES:

600 ohms.

+8 dBm output or 2% at

(Input) 30,

50 or 150/250 ohms.

(Output) 150/250 or

500/

POWER: 115 volts,

50/60

Hz.

Consumption 15 watts.

TUBES:

®

(2)

EF86

¡6267, and

(1 each) 12AÚ7, 6X4.

GATE3

150

SIZE:

11" x

5" x

5

3," deep.

WEIGHT: Net

9Y2 lbs. Packed 20 lbs. Cubage:

2 cubic feet.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Single channel utility amplifier with tubes

Chassis connector (female)

Microphone connector (male)

.

Spare 100% tube kit

994 -5530

612 -0194

610 -0182

990 -0280 www.americanradiohistory.com

Audio

Accessories

CUEING

AMPLIFIER

VU

METER

AND RANGE PANEL

11

MI

_\s,

Program preview of

10 audio circuits may be selected by a rotary switch with this high gain, compactly designed cueing amplifier.

Requiring only

31/2" of rack space, Gates

Uni

-Que amplifier has a self- contained loudspeaker and is easily adapt- able to convenient desk mounting.

High gain allows cueing direct from turntable, tape, projector circuits and microphone preamplifier outputs. Input is either low impedance or bridg- ing. Speaker has terminals for muting when used in the con- trol room. Front panel includes gain control,

10 selector switch

(plus

"off" position), power switch, pilot light and fuse.

SPECIFICATIONS

GAIN:

70 dB low impedance matching,

35 dB

INPUT LEVEL: bridging,

-20 dBm matching or

+22 dBm bridging.

±2 dB.

RESPONSE: Peaked

IMPEDANCES: for high intelligibility.

(Input)

30/50, 150/250 o- 10,000 ohms bridging. (Output) to self- contained speaker with muting terminals external.

NOISE: 50 dB

POWER: or better below speaker level of about

105/125 volts,

50/60

Hz, 25 watts.

+30 dBm.

POWER SUPPLY:

TUBES: (1)

Solid state, transformer input (not

AC /DC).

12AX7, (1) 5005.

MECHANICAL: 19" x 31/2" x 61/2" deep.

Weight packed: (domestic)

16 lbs.,

(export)

30 lbs. Cubage:

2 cubic feet. Finish: Beige -gray.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Cueing

Amplifier with tubes

Spare 100% tube kit____

___

994 -5377

990 -0305

A 5% or better accuracy is maintained throughout the 2 VU per step,

+4 to

+42

VU range.

The 10- position input selector switch permits permanent installation to regularly checked circuits.

For proof of performance measurements, equipment calibration, input level measurements from remote circuits and output levels (up to 10 watts), the

VU -22 meter panel offers complete versatility. Input: 7500 ohms to bridge a

500/600

ohm line. Frequency response: Flat 20-

20,000

Hz. Size

19" x

534" x

3"

deep.

Finish:

Beige

-gray and black. Shipping weight packed:

12 lbs.

Cubage:

1 cubic foot.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

VU -22 VU meter and range panel

Terminal board accessory for above

_

994 -4577

994 -4648

STUDIO

WARNING

LIGHTS

SWITCH

AND

FUSE

PANEL

Each rack of audio and radio frequency equipment should have a master switch and fuse panel. Usually mounted at the bottom of the rack, the Gates M -4242 switch and fuse panel includes dual pilot lamps to indicate input and output voltage, dual fuses and

D.P.D.T. primary switch. Rating

15 amperes at 115 volts, AC. Size:

19" x

31" x

3"

deep. Finish: Beige

- gray. Weight packed:

10 lbs.

Cubage:

1 cubic foot.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Switch and fuse panel

__994 -4242

An unusually attractive studio fixture with edgewise lighting of a plexiglass transparent plate.

Incandescent lamp is housed in gun -metal casing.

Mounting is usually above studio door.

"On

Air" lettering is in red with other nomenclatures, such as

Studio A

",

etc., supplied in black.

Housing is well ventilated, without light leakage.

Size:

18" wide,

3"

front to back, and

61/2" from bottom of glass to top of housing. 117 volts, 50 watts.

UL approved.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

151

LETTERING

On

Air

(in red)

______

Special lettering up to

12 characters (specify)

On The

Air

(OF -15

Rollins)

Studio A (OF -15

Rollins)

Studio

B

(OF-15 Rollins)

ORDER

_406 -0269

406 -0278

406-0285

406 -0280 l

___406 -0281

®

GATES www.americanradiohistory.com

Audio

Accessories

VA

PROGRAM

FADER

KNOBS

The

VA program knobs are used on all Solid- Statesman consoles and are specifically recommended for mixer and master are fashioned gain functions.

Designed to meet human ing concepts, these

VA engineer- fader knobs for the control oper- ator's hands, where touch and feel are of major importance.

Matching black anodized dial available.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

VA knob only

Dici for VA knob

Knob decal kit (6 colors

-5 of each)

650 -0130

648 -0045

646 -0379

PATCH PANELS

0

0

._-.

00

0 0 0 0

'

AND

CORDS

1 0 0

0 0 0

00

0 0 0 0

00 00 00 00 00 00

_

-

-_

-

0.

--

- -

0 5-5 0

00 00 00

0 0

0 0

0

0 0

0 0 0

7

00

.

0 0

0.

óóó0000ó006000ób6ö00060

.

00

00 00

.

Illustrated above are two

PJ

-341 jack strips on a

PD -2 jack mat to supply 48 pairs or 96 jacks on a

19" x

5'4" rack space.

STUDIO

CUE

/INTERCOM

SPEAKER

The studio cue

/intercom speak- er is a modern design, high ef- ficiency cue speaker mounted in a cast aluminum housing and finished in black, with at- tractive grill.

It may be used for cue listen or cue talk

-back.

Matches either 48 or 600 ohms.

Size:

5'8"

wide,

61/2" high and

4" deep, with a

30' slope when placed on desk.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Studio cue intercom speaker

Twenty

-four pairs or 48 jacks is a

PJ

-341 jack strip on a

PD -1 jack mat. Rack space

19" x

3'

2

".

Shown above is the

PJ

-343 twenty -four jack,

12

-pair unit re- quiring only 19" x

1,4" rack space. No jack mat is required.

DESK

OR

CONSOLE

TOP

VU

METER

Used on the President and Am- bassador Solid- Statesman con- soles, this completely housed VU meter is ideal for many audio applications. Standard scale

B illuminated 4" VU meter in cast aluminum housing 518" x 61h" x

4" deep.

994

-6424

Industry standard double jack panels. Jack strips and jack mats listed separately below for ease in ordering.

Jacks are closed circuit type to normal through audio circuits when patch cord plugs are nct inserted. Contacts are silver alloy with springs, non

-aging, non

-ferrous metal to assure lasting tension.

Molded bakelita form, steel reinforced. Individual designation strips with slip -in holders for each jack pair.

Patch cords have double plug each end, with cords in

4 lengths. Cords shielded and covered with double black braid, with extra reinforce- ment

6" from each plug end.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

VU meter (30 slope when placed on desk) 994 -6208

SPEAKER

MATCHING

TRANSFORMER

Where many speakers are used, the normal

8 ohm voice coil impedance will cause a mismatch.

This transformer has a pri- mary of 48 ohms and a secondary of

8 ohms. Thus, six trans- formers in parallel will reflect the normal

8 ohms output im- pedance of the studio monitor amplifier.

478 -0275

Speaker matching transformer (not shown)

®

GATES

152

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Jack strip only

(PJ -343), 24 jacks or

12 pairs (no jack mat required)

Jack strip only,

(PJ

-341),

48 jacks or 24 pairs (less mat)

Jack mat for one

PJ

-341 jack strip

(PD

-1)

Jack mat for two

PJ

-341 jack strips

(PD

-2)

-

Jack mat for three

PJ

-341 jack strips

(PD

-3)

Double patch cord with

2' cord (P.1-12).

Double patch cord with

3' cord

(PJ

-13)_

Double patch cord with

4' cord

(P1

-14)_

Double patch cord with

5' cord

(PJ

-15)

612

-0307

612 -0306

994 -4399

994 -4400

994 -4401

250 -0002

250

-0003

250 -0004

250 -0005 www.americanradiohistory.com

Audio

Accessories

FIXED EQUALIZER

VARIABLE

EQUALIZER

A general response correction equalizer of the parallel resonant type for

150 or

600 ohm circuits.

A kit of resistors and capacitors is supplied to provide

1 ohm steps to 111 ohms and capacitance

.05 and .025 mfd. Though normally of used to correct deficient telephone lines, it is excellent for other circuit corrections as well. Size: 212" square and

3" high.

Fixed equalizer complete

(LE

-1)

994 -4391

TRANSCRIPTION

STORAGE CABINETS

For convenient modern filing and protection of records or tapes, use

Wallach storage cabinets. Models available for all sizes of discs and tape reels.

Modular systems for desk and floor mounting, with doors and locks, also available.

DISC

CABINET

Protect those expensive and ile frag-

12"

LP's as they should be.

Holds 540 12" LP's with a heavy

red` wallet for

each. htcludes two sets of numbers,

1620 printed catalog cards and card file. Size:

60" x

29" x

14" deep. Double door with lock and key.

Disc cabir.et

448 -0134

bU

Consists of

2

Type

LE -1 equalizers described at left, with two variable controls to insert resistance in

1 ohm steps to

111 ohms.

A double jack input is provided for each of the two equalizers for parallel patching.

Size:

19" wide and 312" high.

Finish: Beige

-gray.

Variable equalizer

(LE

-2)

- -

994 -4392

DOUBLE DOOR TAPE

CABINETS,

WITH

LOCK

Cabinet for

7"

reel boxes.

18 com- partments

- capacity to 288 reel boxes.

29" x

60" x 10" deep.

448 -0130

Cabinet

Cabinet for

101/2" reel boxes.

12 compartments

- capacity to 192 reel boxes.

29" x

60" x

10" deep.

448

-0178

Cabinet

LP

ALBUM CABINET

Holcs sixty

7

", 10" or 12" albums.

Includes cataloging system with index cards for fingertip control.

Size: 13''8" x 153á" x

14" deep.

Cabinet

As for above,

60 with albums 448 -0230 snap catch door_448

-0231

TAPE

CABINETS

Holds 42 reel boxes of

7"

tape reels.

Has six compart- ments.

May be stacked as de- sired.

131,e" wide,

1258" high,

8Se" deep.

Cabinet

_

448 -0043

Holds

21 reel boxes of

101/2" tape reels. Has three compart- ments.

May be stacked as de- sired.

131/8" wide,

12Sá" high,

12" deep.

Cabinet

_

448 -0131

CONNECTORS

(G)

(H)

Single,

3 prong, female, plate

(XLR3

-35)

1

Cable plug,

3 prong, male.

(XLR3 -12C)

__ wall

(I) Cable receptacle, female, 3 prong

(XLR3

-11X)

(J) Chassis receptacle, female,

3 prong

(XLR3

-13)

(K)

Chassis receptacle, male,

3 prong

(XLR3 -14)

612

-0188

610 -0182

612 -0182

612 -0194

610 -0194

153 www.americanradiohistory.com

AUDIO TERMINAL

BLOCK

For inter -rack or jack field wiring.

Molded one -piece black phenolic with base

31/2" x

61,'e

".

31/2" high.

Plated brass terminals.

Polished phenolic finish. Mounts in

Gates

RAK

-1 rack cabinet with

BRK

-1 bracket. 120 terminals in six rows.

614 -0339

Audio terminal block

- _

®

GATES

Audio

Accessories

BOOM

STANDS

FLOOR STANDS

Provide convenient and proper microphone placement where correct position cannot be reached with conventional stands. Boom length

62 inches, height adjustable from

4 ft to 6 ft.

Base diameter

17 inches, chrome plated. "Snap tubular sections super

-

On" hangers provided for microphone cable. Shipping weight

33 lbs.

Boom

Stand without casters___-

Boom Stand with silent casters

720 -0061

720 -0062

ADJUSTABLE MICROPHONE ARM

DESK

STANDS

gib

Model 418. Heavy cast iron stand finished in medium gray. Specifi- cally designed for microphones using small type stud such as

Gates G -100 and G -200.

Net weight

3 lbs.

Desk Stand

720 -0026

Model 419. Heavy weight desk stand similar to the

Model 418, but for use with the Gates G -300 or similar microphones.

Desk Stand

720 -0028

DS -7.

Adjustable desk stand for all popular microphones. Tubular section adjusts from

8 to 13 in- ches. Heavy chrome

-plated stem and gray cast base with felt feet.

Shipping weight

3 lbs.

Desk Stand

_

720 -0076

DS

-5.

Non -adjustable desk stand.

Chrome -plated tube

4" high. 6" diameter cast iron base with rubber feet. Weight

2 lbs.

Desk

Stand

Banquet Stand

720 -0035

TS -8.

141/2"

Banquet stand. Adjustable to 26

".

Chrome stem sec- tions with velvet -action clutch ad- justment.

8" diameter base.

Wt.

5 lbs.

720 -0150

MS -25. Professional microphone floor stand.

"Air-

Lock" cushion controls drop, prevents slip- page and microphone damage. Adjusts from

37 to 66 inches. Heavy, triangular base

17 inches in diameter. Full chrome with medium gray base. Fits all microphones listed in this catalog. Weight,

25 lbs.

Professional Floor Stand

__

_._

720 -0048

MS

-10C. Excellent for average weight micro- phones. Has 10" diameter base, chrome

2 -sec- tion tube. Adjusts

35 to 64 inches.

Wt.,

13 lbs.

Utility

Floor Stand

_

720 -0047

BB

-1. any

"Baby Boom" stand attachment. Converts floor stand with

%

"

-27 thread to boom

- type stand. ance

32" boom, adjustable counter bal- for various microphones. Wt.,

6 lbs.

Baby

Boom attachment (no stand) 720 -0059

NOTE:

27

All mic stands on this page have 5s"- thread, which is standard in the industry.

BULK TAPE ERASER

BA

-200 Brush. Smartly styled, unusually sensi- tive high impedance crystal headset. Dual ear- pieces.

Monophonic service.

Dual Headset

721

-0003

BA -201 Brush.

Single headpiece version of above. High impedance crystal type.

Single Headset

721

-0004

TRIM economy headset. Featherweight dual earpiece model, recommended for utility mon- itoring use such as remotes, etc. Impedance

24,000 ohms.

Model 107 TRIM Dual Headset

721

-0006

STEREOPHONIC

Headphbnes. High impedance dual headset for control room monitoring with stereophonic consoles such as the Gates Execu- tive or Stereo Statesman.

BA

-206B Stereo Headset

511 TRIM

Headphone Plug

721

-0009

610-0273

®

GATES

TAPE

SPLICER

J

Flexo

Mikester Mike Support Arm clamps or screws to any position.

Swings to 36 inches fully extended. Mounts any microphone up to

4 lbs.

Shipping weight

7 lbs.

Flexo Mikester 720-0040

HEADPHONES

Edit

-all

Splicing Kit

Professional model

HD

-11M. Heavy duty unit erases entire reel of tape at once, in seconds.

Deluxe "Stereo

4" tape splicer with integral

Lowers residual noise

3 to 6 dB below most tape dispenser for splicing tape. Two

-position, erase -head levels. Recommended replaceable cutting blades. Makes diagonal tridges or reels up to

101/2". splice, cuts tiny trims on sides.

Made of strong able for

1012" NAB reels. 117 volts,

50/60

Hz.

"Implex" plastic.

With 100' roll of

1/2" splicing

The

732 -0099

EDIT

-ALL PROFESSIONAL tape and instructions. Shipping wt.,

1 lb. Made by Robbins.

"Stereo

4"

Tape Splicer

_

SPLICER

O standard editing device used by profes- sional recording engineers. It is the only pre- cision editing block especially designed with a

Weight,

9 lbs.

Made by

Microtran.

Bulk Eraser

Adaptor

Hub for

1012" reels__

JIFFY TAPE ERASER

Compact unit erases tape conveniently.

For car- tridges or any size reel. Holds in hand, with momentary pushbutton operation.

117 volts,

60 Hz.

Weight,

5 lbs.

Jiffy

Hand -Type Tape

Eraser

TAPE HEAD DEMAGNETIZER

732 -0096

__732 -0043

730

-0102

Adaptor hub avail- for tape car- curved groove to hold the tape firmly without damage. Designed by a network tape editor.

Precision machined, will never wear out.

Kit complete with block, Mylar splicing tape, blade, marking pencil, and instructions. Wt.,

1 lb.

Model 400.

Removes residual magnetism from tape heads for optimum signal -to -noise ratio and protects tapes against

117 volts, 60 Hz.

Wt.,

1 lb. deterioration.

For

732

-0167

Head

Demagnetizer

_ _ _ _ _

730 -0180

154 www.americanradiohistory.com

Speakers and

Speaker

Systems

Sentry II floor model.

Sentry

I wall or ceiling model

STUDIO

MONITOR

SYSTEMS

Designed specifically for monitor use in recording and broadcast studios, these loudspeaker systems permit precise monitoring and equalization uncolored by monitor speakers. Precision driver components include 12" Radax loudspeaker, diffraction horn, high frequency driver and special crossover.

Quality hardwood cabinet, sanded and sealed, ready for finishing. Neutral cane

grill

cloth.

SPECIFICATIONS

FREQUENCY RESPONSE: 30 to

20,000

Hz.

EIA

SENSITIVITY RATING: 49 dB.

POWER

CAPACITY:

20 watts.

IMPEDANCE: Tapped transformer accommo- dates 16, 150 or 600 ohms.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

FLOOR MODEL: sides. Size:

Finished on all four

32" x

20" x

13" deep.

Net weight:

63 lbs.

ORDER NUMBER

WALL

MODEL: Size 211/2" x

163/4" deep. Net

37" x weight:

82 lbs.

ORDER NUMBER

722 -0051

722

-0044

GATESPEAKER

8

Offering

wide range, sturdy con- struction and minimum cost, the

Gatespeaker

8 is one of the fin- est utility monitor speakers avail- able.

Will

reproduce lows to 50

Hz and highs to 12,000 Hz.

GATESPEAKER 12

This is an depth. An ideal monitor speaker for the broadcaster, with high

-quality, wide range performance, plus heavy duty construction. Thirteen watts power handling capa-

bility

and response from 35 to 17,000

Hz.

5/2" over -all excellent replacement speaker.

SPECIFICATIONS

MAGNET WEIGHT: 2.64.

VOICE COIL IMPEDANCE:

8 ohms.

POWER:

11 watts.

SIZE: 8 inches.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Gatespeaker

8

_

722 -0800

SPECIFICATIONS

MAGNET WEIGHT: 4.64.

VOICE COIL IMPEDANCE:

8 ohms.

POWER:

13 watts.

SIZE 12 inches.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Gatespeaker

12

____ 722

-1200

155

SPEAKER

TRANSFORMERS

AND

PADS

TR

-15 matching transformer. 15 dB. Pri watt capacity. 35- 20,000

Hz,

333/500/1000/2000

ohms. Sec

4/8/16 ohms.

Matching transformer

TR

-15

-

______

Transformer, primary 45/48 ohms,

Volume control,

8

-ohm

T

-pad sec. 8 ohms

_-

Volume control,

4

-ohm

T

-pad

"Use with Gates audio control consoles.

478 -0250

478

-0275

554 -0227

554-0180

111

aarEs

www.americanradiohistory.com

Wall and Corner Baffles

DWB-8A

DWB-12A

WB-4/5D

DELUXE

WALL

BAFFLES

Natural hardwood, richly finished in

Dusk

Walnut or Antique

Birch

.

. . fits into the finest surroundings. Genuine birch has rich satin -smooth

Has many appearance. Grill cloth is attractive cane. popular features for better sound and easy han- dling, including slanting front construction for increased cubic volume. Speaker hardware already firmly fixed in place.

Mounting clip included.

DWB-8A

Size:

-Takes

8

-inch speaker, maximum speaker depth

412

10" x

102." x 6'2 birch or walnut finish

".

".

Shipping weight for

2, 5'2 lbs. State

_

DWB-8A

DWB -12A

-Takes

12" speaker, maximum speaker depth 6'2 ".

Size: 133s" x

14" x

91e

". Shipping weight for

2,

9 lbs. State birch or walnut finish

DWB

-12A

REGULAR

WALL

BAFFLES

Extremely increases durable, with rugged construction that not only

rigidity

but also eliminates the possibility of baffle resonance and sound distortion.

A durable vinyl cover adds warmth and texture to the appearance.

Cane grills provide a modern touch that blends with almost any installation decor.

Topping off the appearance of these baffles is the sculptured look which dramatically frames the

grill.

Clips and all speaker hardware are included. Available in either blond or walnut wood -grained vinyl at the same price. State blond or walnut when ordering.

-4" or

5" speaker, maximum speaker depth

Shipping weight for

2,

3 lbs.

_

234

".

WB

-4/5D

WB -6D

-For

6" speaker, maximum speaker depth weight for

2, 4 lbs.

338

".

Shipping

WB-6D

WB -8D

-For

8" speaker maximum speaker depth

4313".

Shipping weight for

2, 6 lbs.

-

__

__. ___ _____ _____.____

_

WB -10D

-For

10" speaker, maximum speaker depth 5'4 ".

Ship- ping weight for

2,

8 lbs._______ ______

_

_ _.

WB-12D

-For

12" speaker, maximum speaker depth ping weight for two,

11 lbs.

61e

". Ship-

WB-8D

WB-10D

WB -12D

SLANTING

CORNER

BAFFLES

Rigid construction with wood

- grain vinyl covering, and mod- ern cane grill.

Superb tone.

Slant front aims sound down, corner location increases effec- tive air mass.

Bass enhanced by acoustic screws to hold padding.

Bass reflex design. No grill in place or mar its appearance. Mounting clips provide quick, sure, concealed mounting. All mounting hardware is included. State blond or walnut.

SCB-8D

-Takes 8" speaker. Maximum speaker depth, 5'2

".

Ship- ping weight

6 lbs.

SCB

-12D ping

-For

12" speaker. Maximum speaker depth,

6'8".

Ship- weight

8 lbs.

_

SCB-8D

SCB

-12D h+

-6

Regular and Deluxe Baffle

Speaker

Size

13

-7/8"

12

-1/8"

10"

8-1/8"

6-1/2"

12"

10"

6x9

8"

6"

4/5"

9

-1/8"

REDUCING RING

R- 8

/12

-to

mount

8" speaker in any

12" cabinet, console, or baffle. Made of 3á" plywood with all holes drilled and hardware included.

Ship. Wt.

1 lb.

R4/12

GATES

156 www.americanradiohistory.com

Gates

Professional

Broadcast

Microphones

MODEL

G

-200

The

Gates G -100 microphone is a speech. Recommended dy- namic, omnidirectional type designed for high quality pickup of music and for news, sports, and general applications. Excellent as an announce microphone and for re- mote pickups.

SPECIFICATIONS

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

Hz.

Uniform from 60- 12,000

IMPEDANCE: 150 ohms.

OUTPUT LEVEL:

-55 dB.

POLAR PATTERN:

Omnidirectional.

DIAPHRAGM: Acoustalloy.

FINISH:

Non-reflecting medium gray.

CABLE; 18 ft. two- conductor, shielded, synthetic rubber jacketed.

STAND COUPLER:

.V-27 thread.

DIMENSIONS: Diameter:

2 in., Length:

61/4".

NET

WEIGHT:

1

Ib., microphone only.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Gates G

-100 dynamic, omnidirectional microphone

__ _

--

720

-0143

Matching desk stand

_

____

720 -0026

A dynamic type, omnidirectional micro- phone, the Gates G -200 combines slim styling with outstanding performance characteristics. Ideal for control room work or

floor

-stand use as in television studios.

This is a fine microphone for any broadcast pickup.

SPECIFICATIONS

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

13,000 Hz.

Uniform from 60 to

IMPEDANCE: 150 ohms.

OUTPUT LEVEL:

-55 dB.

POLAR PATTERN:

Non -directional.

DIAPHRAGM: Acoustalloy.

FINISH: Non -reflecting medium gray.

CABLE: 18 ft. two conductor, shielded, synthetic rubber jacketed, broadcast type.

STAND COUPLER: %

"

-27 thread.

DIMENSIONS: Diameter:

11/4", length,

101/4

".

NET WEIGHT: 15 oz. microphone only.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Gates

G

-200 dynamic, omnidirectional microphone 720 -0144

Matching desk stand

720 -0026

The G

-300 is a cardioid microphone of the dynamic type. nation

Provides discrimi- against unwanted background sound. Excellent for music, live studio work and where a directional pickup is required. Also ideal as a sports, rostrum or church microphone.

SPECIFICATIONS

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

Uniform from 40. 15,000

H z.

IMPEDANCE: 150 ohms.

OUTPUT LEVEL:

-55 dB.

POLAR PATTERN:

Cardioid.

DIAPHRAGM: Acoustalloy.

FINISH: Non

-reflecting medium gray.

CABLE:

18 ft. two conductor, shielded, synthetic rubber jacketed, broadcast type.

STAND COUPLER:

%

"

-27 thread on stud.

DIMENSIONS: Diameter: 11/4" maximum. Length:

736' not including stud.

NET

WEIGHT:

1 lb.

10 oz., microphone only.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Gates

G

-300 dynamic, cardioid microphone

Matching desk stand

_

-

_

720 -0145

720 -0028

MODEL

G

-500

Dynamic lavalier microphone. A studio quality unit designed in size and per- formance for

TV and similar applica- tions where a miniature, tailored re- sponse microphone is required.

SPECIFICATIONS

RESPONSE: 50 to 12,000 Hz, rising to 6 kHz.

IMPEDANCE: 50 -250 ohms.

OUTPUT LEVEL:

-59 dB.

POLAR PATTERN:

Omnidirectional.

FINISH: Non -reflecting gray with stainless steel grill.

CABLE: 30 foot,

2 conductor shielded.

DIMENSIONS:

25j2

-inch diameter,

25x" length.

NET

WEIGHT:

2 ounces (less cable).

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Gates G

-500 dynamic phone, lavalier micro- with lavalier cord and clip

720 -0197

STUDIO

AND

MICROPHONE

CABLE

MIC -100 microphone cable. 2 conduc- tor, stranded 20

AWG. Braided shield. Heavy rubber jacket 250 -0036

5H -2

-20 General purpose

2 audio cable. conductor, stranded 20 AWG, with push

-back sulated

- braided shield. Not in-

___-

253 -0018

8450 Belden miniature audio cable.

2 conductor,

22

AWG. Drain wire, foil shield, vinyl jacket 253 -0054

8451 Belden miniature audio cable. above, except solid conductor

As

253 -0059

GATES

157 www.americanradiohistory.com

Professional Broadcast

Microphones

Gradient bidirectional microphone, broadcasters who prefer the

for

"warm"

sound which is characteristic of ribbon microphones.

The 300 is a wide- range, quality ribbon microphone with bidirec- tional pickup pattern, making it ideal for dialogs, interviews and other

appli-

cations where front and back pickup is desirable. Equipped with live rubber shock mount.

Made by

Shure.

ORDERING INFORMATION

SH

-300 microphone, complete connector and

-foot cable with

720 -0023

RIBBON MICROPHONE MODEL

300

SPECIFICATIONS

TYPE:

Moving ribbon, bidirectional.

RESPONSE: 40 to

15,000

Hz.

IMPEDANCE: once.

30/50, 150/250 and high imped

OUTPUT LEVEL:

-59 dB.

FINISH: Bronze -tone enamel.

SIZE:

6" high,

16"

wide,

23.6" deep.

WEIGHT:

1

Ib., net.

A truly professional phone, by Electro- Voice, cardioid widely micro- used by network broadcasters and recording studios.

Variable

D principle for high discrimination against sounds from back.

Permits close talking without base ac- centuation. Working distance increased

1.7:1 over pressure microphones. Sup- plied with clamp on stand mount, or use optional desk stand listed below.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Model 666 microphone, complete

20

-ft. cable and connector

Desk Stand with

720 -0016

720 -0029

DYNAMIC

CARDIOID MODEL

666

SPECIFICATIONS

TYPE:

Cardioid Dynamic.

RESPONSE: 30 to 16,000 Hz.

IMPEDANCE: 50, 150

OUTPUT

LEVEL: or 250 ohms.

-58 dB.

FINISH: Cast finish. aluminum with non

-reflecting gray

SIZE: 7 3á" long; 134" diameter.

WEIGHT:

11 oz., net.

RE

-15 DYNAMIC CARDIOID

The

RE

-15, by Electro- Voice, is a dy- namic cardioid microphone created es- pecially for the most a

;acting

profes- sional applications.

The

RE

-15 features a degree of directional control so ef- fective that response is independent of angular location of sound source. A su- per cardioid, this microphone provides the greatest possible rejection of un- wanted sounds. An easily operated

"bass ance tilt" switch corrects spectrum bal- for boom use and other longer reach situations.

ORDERING INFORMATION

Model

RE

-15 microphone, complete with

18

-ft. cable,

XLR3 -11 connec- tor, metal carrying case, and clamp 720 -0240

DYNAMIC, OMNIDIRECTIONAL

MODEL

635A

The

Electro -Voice model 635A is a namic, dy- omnidirectional microphone ideally suited for recording,

FM,

AM, and

TV broadcasting.

High output level and extremely low sensitivity to mechanical shock make it excellent for interview, for pass around use in audience participation, hand -held use by vocalists. and for

ORDERING INFORMATION

Model 635A microphone, complete with

18

-ft. cable, XLR3 -11 connec- tor, lavalier neck cord, and model

310 clamp 720 -0005

CARDIOID MODEL 642

Perfect for television, film, sports, or wherever a highly directional top qual- ity microphone is required.

Essentially cardioid unidirectional up to 500

Hz.

Highly directional over balance of range.

Working distance several times greater than conventional microphones.

Excellent for boom use. Must be used with model 356 shock mount.

Electro- Voice.

Made by

ORDERING INFORMATION

Model 642 microphone, complete connector and

20

-ft cable with

720 -0163

Model 356 shock mount (required)

___720 -0155

SPECIFICATIONS

TYPE:

Dynamic, modified cardioid.

RESPONSE: Flat 30 to 10,000

Hz or choice of

5 to

10 dB low frequency reduction steps by screwdriver adjustment.

IMPEDANCE: 50, 150

OUTPUT LEVEL: or 250 ohms.

-48 dB.

FINISH:

Cast aluminum with non- reflecting gray finish.

SIZE:

17's" long; 3%6' max. diameter.

WEIGHT:

3 lbs.

4 oz., net.

SPECIFICATIONS

FREQUENCY RESPONSE: 60. 15,000 Hz.

POLAR PATTERN: Super Cardioid.

IMPEDANCE: 150 ohms.

OUTPUT LEVEL:

-55 dB.

DIAPHRAGM: Acoustalloy.

DIMENSIONS: dia.).

6j'6" long,

1

?é" diam.

(34" shank

FINISH: Non -reflecting matte satin nickel.

NET

WEIGHT:

8 oz. (not including cable).

CABLE: 18 feet,

2- conductor, shielded, broadcast type cable, synthetic rubber jacketed with

Can- non

XLR3 -11 connector.

ACCESSORIES FURNISHED:

Protective metal car- rying case,

Model

310 clamp.

SPECIFICATIONS

FREQUENCY RESPONSE: 100- 13,000

Hz.

IMPEDANCE: 150 ohms.

POLAR PATTERN:

Omnidirectional.

OUTPUT

LEVEL:

-55 dB.

DIAPHRAGM: Acoustalloy.

DIMENSIONS:

5151z6' x

1I?j" dia.

NET

WEIGHT:

6 ounces, without cable.

CABLE: 18' 2- conductor shielded broadcast type, synthetic rubber jacketed.

CABLE

CONNECTOR: Cannon

XLR

-3.11.

ACCESSORIES:

Lavalier neck cord assembly and

310 clamp furnished.

GATES

158 www.americanradiohistory.com

Professional

Broadcast

Microphones

CARDIOID

MICROPHONE

MODEL

D

-24E

4\"

CARDIOID

MICROPHONE

MODEL

D

-25B

PROBE

MICROPHONE

MODEL 576

Dynamic cardioid microphone used ex- tensively by vocalists on television and in nightclubs. Excellent for stand use, or hand held, with screen

Directional with 20 dB protected ele- ment to reduce breath

"popping

".

Bass attenuation switch for close speaking. front to back discrimination.

SPECIFICATIONS

RESPONSE: 30-

15,000 Hz.

IMPEDANCE: 200 ohms ohm circuits).

OUTPUT LEVEL:

-54 dB.

(excellent in

FINISH: Low lustre gray.

SIZE:

6'e" long,

1

?1'6" diameter.

WEIGHT:

6 oz., net.

150'250

ORDERING INFORMATION

AKG Model

D

-24E dynamic cardioid microphone with cable

..

__ _-

_

_

720 -0199

The

D

-25B is a high cast studio work and quality unidirec- tional microphone, of the dynamic car

- dioid type. Especially good for broad- for music record- ing. Popular with

FM stations. shock

-mounted in a metal

Supplied frame on rubber suspension.

Made by AKG Div. of North American

Phillips.

SPECIFICATIONS

RESPONSE: 30-

16,000

Hz.

IMPEDANCE: 50 or 200 ohms.

OUTPUT LEVEL:

-54 dB.

FINISH: Low lustre bronze tone.

SIZE:

7)u" x

5h" x 31/8".

WEIGHT:

1 lb.

12 oz.

ORDERING INFORMATION

AKG Model

D

-25B microphone, com- plete with cable

-

720

-0205

CONDENSER MICROPHONE

MODEL

U

-64

A superb dynamic probe microphone designed for television and radio broad- casting. case. An

Strikingly modern in ultra

-slim ideal interview microphone be- cause of its feel and

8 inch balance, with an

"reach ". Clamp type swivel con- nector furnished.

Omnidirectional.

Made by Shure.

SPECIFICATIONS

RESPONSE: 40-

20,000 Hz.

IMPEDANCE: 30. 50 or

OUTPUT LEVEL:

150/250 ohms.

-60 dB.

FINISH:

Non -reflecting gray.

SIZE: 34" diameter,

8?i" length.

WEIGHT:

7 ounces (less cable).

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Model

SH

-576 microphone, complete with

25' cable and swivel adapter

720 -0206

This linear admittance microphone is de- signed to provide a precise cardioid pattern at all frequencies, permitting a greater working distance from instru- mentalists, as in orchestra pickups, with no coloration in frequency response.

Perfect for "one microphone" symphony broadcasts or recording.

Uses

Nuvistor for low noise and

flat

response. Cable and separate power supply included.

SPECIFICATIONS

RESPONSE: 40-

18,000 Hz.

IMPEDANCE: 30 50 or

150/250 ohms.

OUTPUT LEVEL:

-

43 dBm.

POWER REQUIREMENTS:

N6U power supply,

110 127 volts.

50/60

Hz.

FINISH:

SIZE:

Matte satin chrome.

Mic.:

'a" dia.,

4" long. Power supply:

8'4" x

4" x

4

".

WEIGHT: Mic.:

1 lb.; power supply,

4 lbs.

ORDERING INFORMATION

Model

U

-64 phone, linear condenser micro- with power supply 720 -0204

One of the finest professional micro- phones available.

Frequency response perfectly linear J

-1 dB, 20- 16.000

Hz.

Electronically switched directional char- acteristics: at

100 Hz cardioid, omnidirect onal, or figure

8.

Switchable for response

flat

low end below

10 Hz or voice cutoff for

TV and film. Sensitivity switch prevents overloading.

25 ft. ca- ble, separate power supply.

CONDENSER

MICROPHONE

MODEL

U

-67

SPECIFICATIONS

RESPONSE: 20- 16,000 Hz.

IMPEDANCE: 30 50 or 150/250 ohms.

OUTPUT LEVEL: 48 dBm.

POWER REQUIREMENTS: NU -67

110

127/220 volts,

50'60

Hz.

1 power supply,

FINISH: Matte satin chrome.

SIZE:

Mic.;

2'4" dio.,

77u" length.

Power supply

4" x

4" x

8'2 ".

WEIGHT: Mic., lb.; power supply,

4 lbs.

ORDERING INFORMATION

U

-67 Condenser microphone system with power supply and

25 ft. cable 720 -0119

Elastic suspension for boom use 720 -0203

®

GATES

159 www.americanradiohistory.com

Four

Channel Solid Statesman

Remote

Amplifier

THE

DYNAMOTE

"70"

Broadcasting's finest remote amplifier

-with such outstanding features as: completely transistorized circuits, designed to allow longer battery life; nine switchable inputs into four mixing channels; illuminated slide rule

VU meter; built

-in tone oscillator;

PA feed; and amplified studio cue.

INPUT

CIRCUITS:

All mixing is high level. Four microphones feed four preamplifiers. All four preamplifier inputs are bal- anced and have

Five input transformers as standard equipment. other input circuits are switch -selectable into the mixing system. These are: (1) tone oscillator,

(2) dual turntable in- puts, and

(3) two high level inputs.

VERSATILE

MIXING:

Mixing channel

1 is for a microphone only; channel

2 accommodates a microphone or the built

-in tone oscillator; channel

3, one microphone, one turntable or one high level input; and channel

4, one microphone, one turntable, or one high level input.

PROGRAM CUE: A into the Dynamote front panel key switches the studio line program amplifier and

PA feed for ease in monitoring studio cues.

AMPLIFIERS: Four preamplifiers, each with transformer input, feed four mixing controls, which in turn feed the program am- plifier.

Distortion is

1% or less at

+18 dBm output

(10 dB overload) to the line

(after

6 dB isolation pad).

®

ATE3

160

FRONT PANEL CONTROLS: Four mixing channels are op- erated by specially- designed control knobs, created specif- ically for remote functions. Knobs are coordinated with the panel slope for positive -feel mixing. Other panel controls are

(1) master gain, (2)

PA gain control,

(3) amplified cue se- lector control,

(4) VU meter light control

(the

VU meter light operates from separate batteries), and

(5) the slide rule

VU meter.

REAR PANEL CONTROLS: rear.

The tone

All secondary switching is at the oscillator, dual turntable and dual high level inputs switch into mixing channels

2,

3 and 4.

All input and output circuits connect to a recessed panel with standard

XL- type receptacles for the microphones.

VU METER:

The VU meter is of the slide rule type with full lateral scale area. Illumination is from two separate batteries, and the meter

PA light may be turned on by pulling out on the feed control. Batteries will light the meter for

60 hours.

A rear panel switch battery condition. allows the meter to read either

VU or

PA

FEED: The

Dynamote

"70"

supplies an isolated output adjustable from the front panel to provide

0.5 volts into a

100,000 ohm unbalanced load. www.americanradiohistory.com

Four

Channel

Solid

Statesman

Remote

Amplifier

TERMINAL

FEATURES:

Dual headphone jacks are provided for operator and director.

The amplifier turns on when either headphone plug, or a dummy plug, is inserted. Micro- phone inputs are standard

XL

-type connectors.

Jacks are provided for two turntables and two high level inputs, and terminals for telephone line and

PA feed, and optional AC in

-line power supply receptacle.

BATTERY

AND

AC POWER: Twelve

"C"

size standard

1'/- volt dry batteries power the amplifier for 200 hours. As the amplifier design is based on full gain and output level at rated 1% distortion with as little as 12 volts, the useful bat- tery life is

greatly

extended.

The optional in

-line power supply operates about

2 volts above the batteries with diodes dis- abling the battery voltage.

If power fails for any reason, batteries automatically take over without evidence in the program.

DYNAMOTE

"70"

PARALLELING: Any reasonable number of units may be panel jacks paralleled for a large field broadcast.

Rear permit the feeding of additional

Dynamotes di- rectly to the mixer bus of the master Dynamote without losing a mixing channel on the master unit.

For motes example, six Dyna- will provide

24 microphone inputs

-yet

require only about

76 inches of width, or about

38 inches if two units are stacked on top of one another.

Rear view,

Dynamote

"70 ".

SPECIFICATIONS

OPERATING MODE: Single channel monaural.

MIXING

CHANNELS:

Total four; three switchable for other functions.

INPUT

CIRCUITS:

Channel

1, microphone input; Channel

2, microphone and tone oscillator; Channel

3, microphone, turntable and high level input;

Channel

4, microphone, turntable and high level input. Input levels:

Mi- crophones

-60 dBm, high level 600 ohm circuits rated

-15 dBm to

+8 dBm.

Turntable inputs have RIAA equalization and accept standard

VR- type phono cartridges without further preamplification.

OUTPUT CIRCUITS:

1 program line,

1 isolated

PA feed, output,

2 headphone monitoring jocks.

1 mixer multiple

SOURCE IMPEDANCES:

Microphones

-30/50 and

150/250 ohms, balanced or unbalanced, with input transformers on all channels. High

Level

-600 ohms, unbalanced.

(

-15 dBm to

+8 dBm input level.) Turntables

-6200 ohms for

VR type pickup cartridge equalization. Mixer

Multiple Input

600,000 ohms.

-

INPUT IMPEDANCE: Preamplifiers, 1500 ohms or higher, 3015,000

Hz.

LOAD IMPEDANCES:

Program Output

-600/150 ohms, balanced or unbal- anced,

(factory connected for 600 ohms). PA Feed

-100,000 ohms unbal- anced. Amplifier Paralleling

-600,000 ohms bridging.

OUTPUT

IMPEDANCE: Program

Amplifier,

490 ohms nominal.

GAIN: Microphone input to line output, 97 dB ±-2 dB.

RESPONSE: ±11/2 dB, 25 to 16,000 Hz.

DISTORTION:

6 dB

1.0% maximum, 30 to

15,000

Hz

@ isolation pad).

+18 dBm output (after

NOISE: 62 dB or better below ative input noise

-122 dBm.)

+8 dBm output with

-60 dBm input.

(Rel-

BATTERY COMPLEMENT: 12 Size

11/2 volt cells for

VU light.

"C"

11/2 volt cells for amplifier.

2

Size

"D"

BATTERY LIFE:

Approximately

200 hours for meter light. for amplifier pack, and 60 hours

EXTERNAL POWER: Four terminal plug on rear accepts in

-line power pack for

117 volt

AC operation. optional

994 -6435

CABINET DATA: Size:

123/4" wide,

4W' high,

121/2" deep.

Finish:

Charcoal gray vinyl with satin chrome trim accents.

Weight: 121 pounds, including batteries.

SHIPPING DATA: Packed

Weight:

Domestic, 16 lbs.; Export, 35 lbs, Cubage,

2 cubic feet.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Dynamote

"70"

4- channel remote amplifier, complete but less male microphone connectors and batteries

-

Microphone plugs, male (four required)

Battery complement for

Dynamote

Vinyl cover with accessory pocket

"70"

-

In -Line power supply for

117 volt operation

994 -6434

610 -0182

994 -6441

725 -0128

994 -6435

CaTEs

161 www.americanradiohistory.com

Three

Channel

Solid

Statesman

Remote

Amplifier

THE

ATTACHE

"70"

Unexcelled remote pickup performance is stylish, provided by this fully- transistorized audio remote amplifier. Attache

"70"

provides: three microphone channels with one magnetic phono and one high level input; 200 -hour battery life; op- tional in

-line AC power supply; slide rule

VU meter; and su- perior performance with wider response, lower distortion.

INPUTS: Three channels, nel

1, all with preamplifiers, include: chan- microphone only with input transformer; channel 2, microphone tone oscillator or high level input; channel

3, microphone or phono cartridge.

The depth of only

121/8" al- lows switching of secondary circuits such as turntable and high level inputs at the rear.

TOTAL FACILITY: The mixing knobs front panel contains specially styled for "touch control" fading, master gain control and isolated PA feed control.

The optional power supply is diode protected from the batteries when in use.

If power fails, batteries take over automatically.

PERFORMANCE: Distortion is

1% or less at put, with an

+18 extended response of

25- 16,000 Hz. dBm out-

DESIGN:

The

Attache

"70"

is smoothly styled in lightweight aluminum and vinyl clad steel. A snap -on cover protects mix- ing controls when the remote is not in use.

The rear panel shows the logical grouping of line terminations.

SPECIFICATIONS

OPERATING MODE:

Monaural.

MIXING CHANNELS: 3, with channels

2 and

3 switchable to other functions.

INPUT CIRCUITS:

Channel

1, microphone only, includes input transformer;

Channel

2, microphone or 400 Hz tone oscillator or high level input;

Channel 3, microphone or turntable.

OUTPUT CIRCUITS: phone

Program line monitoring jock. for

600/150 ohms, PA feed, and head-

SOURCE IMPEDANCES:

Microphones,

30/50 ohms or 150/250 ohms. Turn- table, 6200 ohms for

VR pickup cartridges and RIAA equalized. High level, 600 ohms unbalanced

-15 dBm to

+8 dBm.

GAIN: Microphone input to program line output is

94 dB

±2 dB.

RESPONSE:

+1.5 dB 25-

16,000

Hz.

DISTORTION:

Less than 1% at

4 -18 dBm output

(10 dB overload) into the program line.

(6 dB isolation pad incorporated).

NOISE: 62 dB

-122 dBm). below

+8 dBm output with

-60 dBm input. (Relative noise

BATTERIES: 12

11/2

-volt type standard

11/2

-volt type

"C" cells for amplifier and

2 standard

"D" cells for meter light.

AC POWER: Gates

In

-Line 994.6435 power pack for

117 volt, 50/60

Hz.

CABINET DATA: 10" wide,

43/%" high,

121/2" deep. Finish:

Charcoal gray, black and satin chrome. Net weight with batteries,

10 lbs. Packed weight:

Domestic 20 lbs. Export 35 lbs. Cubage:

1.5 cubic feet.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Attache

"70"

3- channel remote amplifier,

Microphone connector,

3 required less batteries______

994 -6433

610 -0182

994 -6441

Battery Kit complete

Optional microphone input transformer

Power Supply, In -Line type

478 -0285

994 -6435

Pliable vinyl cover

7254127

CATES

162 www.americanradiohistory.com

Two Channel

Solid

Statesman

Remote

Amplifier

THE COURIER

"70"

Studio console quality in an all- transistorized audio remote amplifier no larger than a modern camera carrying case.

Perfect for inexpensively handling those many remote situa- tions where normally no more than two microphones are re- quired.

Premium features include: separate preamplifier for each mixing channel; slide rule illuminated

VU meter; long battery life; optional in

-line AC power supply; 1% or less distortion at high output levels; 25- 16,000 Hz frequency re- sponse; and total weight of 9 pounds with batteries.

PERFORMANCE:

The outstanding performance of the com- pact Courier

At full -rated

"70" is a result of extensive product research.

+18 dBm output, distortion is less than 1%, even when full battery power is down more than

30%.

Courier

"70" battery life is normally in excess of 200 hours. Front panel controls in addition to mixers are: master gain control, meter light switch and slide -rule VU meter (which also checks battery condition).

POWER SUPPLY: An optional in

-line AC power supply is diode protected from the batteries when in use.

If power fails, change -over to batteries is instant and automatic.

The am-

plifier

turns on with the insertion of headphone plug or dummy plug.

STYLING: Sleek,

flight

-line styling in charcoal gray vinyl and satin aluminum, with special mixing knobs designed for "touch control" fading.

SPECIFICATIONS

OPERATING MODE: Monaural.

MIXING

CHANNELS:

2 for microphones.

OUTPUT CIRCUITS:

1 program line,

1 headphone monitor.

SOURCE IMPEDANCE:

Microphone

Input transformers optional.

30/50 to

150/250 ohms, unbalanced.

LOAD IMPEDANCE: nected

600/150 ohms, balanced or unbalanced. Factory con- for 600 ohms.

MAXIMUM INPUT

LEVEL:

-35 dBm into either microphone channel.

MAXIMUM

OUTPUT

LEVEL: pad built

-in.

+18 dBm to program line.

6 dB line isolation

GAIN: Microphone input to line output,

94 dB

±2 dB.

RESPONSE:

±11h dB, 25 to 16,000

Hz.

DISTORTION: 1% maximum,

30 to 15,000 Hz

@ +18 dBm output.

NOISE: 62 dB or better below ative input noise

+8 dBm output with

-122 dBm).

-60 dBm input.

(Rel-

BATTERIES: 12 size

"C" cells for amplifier.

2 size

"D" cells for

VU light.

BATTERY

LIFE: meter light.

200 hours or more for amplifier pack, and 60 hours for

AC POWER: Four- terminal plug on rear accepts external 994.6435 in

-line power pack for

117 volt

AC operation.

CABINET DATA: Size: 10" wide,

4s/e" high, 12Ye" deep. Finish: Charcoal gray vinyl with satin chrome trim. Weight:

83/4 lbs., including batteries.

Packed weight (domestic),

14 lbs.,

(export),

32 lbs. Cubage, 1.5 cu. ft.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Courier

"70"

2- channel remote amplifier, less batteries

Microphone connectors, male

(2 required)

Battery kit complete

_

_

Optional microphone input transformer

Power Supply,

In -Line type for

117 volt

AC operation

Vinyl cover, with acc y pocket

__994 -6432

610 -0182

994 -6441

478 -0285

994 -6435

725 -0127 .==.

GATES

163 www.americanradiohistory.com

Single Channel

Remote Or

Microphone

Amplifier

THE

UNIMOTE

"70"

Gates Unimote remote or

"70"

is a transistorized single channel audio utility amplifier, featuring compact, functional and attractive styling. Battery life is

300 hours or over (using standard

"C"

size flashlight cells). If AC power operation is desired, the in

-line power unit is available.

Smooth change- over to batteries occurs of power instantly and automatically in case failure.

The printed circuit amplifier has less than

1% distortion at t

-18 dBm output.

DESIGN: the unit.

All controls and terminations are on the front of

Operation is of the turn on

-turn off type after the gain control setting is determined.

Unimote mounted,

"70"

may be desk attached to the wall by screws, mounted under a lectern or pulpit, or carried as easily as a camera case. This compact amplifier is a natural for church remotes, weather bureau, or other "set and

forget"

installations.

SPECIFICATIONS

OPERATING MODE:

Monaural.

INPUT CIRCUIT: One

30/50 or

150/250 ohm microphone.

OUTPUT CIRCUITS: One program line, one headphone monitor.

LOAD IMPEDANCE: nected

600/150 ohms, balanced or unbalanced (factory for

600 ohms).

6 dB isolation pad self

-contained. con-

GAIN: Microphone input to line output,

82 dB,

OUTPUT LEVEL:

+18 dBm to program line.

RESPONSE:

±112 dB 30 to 15,000 Hz. dB.

DISTORTION:

1% maximum, 30 to 15,000

Hz

@

+18 dBm output.

NOISE:

-122 dBm relative input noise.

BATTERIES: 12 size

"C" cells.

BATTERY LIFE:

Approximately 300 -400 hours, average duty cycle.

AC POWER: eration.

External 994 -6435 in

-line power pack for

117 volt

AC op-

CABINET DATA: Size:

10" wide,

51/4" high,

4t

/ deep. Finish: anodized aluminum front panel with charcoal gray Royalite case.

Weight:

5 lbs., including batteries. Shipping weight: packed

614 lbs.

Cubage:

1 cu. ft.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Unimote

"70" single channel remote amplifier, less batteries 994 -6431

Microphone connector, male

(1 required)

Battery complement for

Unimote

"70"

Optional input transformer

In

-line power supply for

117 volt operation

-

-610 -0182

994 -6441

478

-0285

994 -6435

IN -LINE POWER SUPPLY

Compact accessory power unit for any of Gates Solid- States- man remote ier amplifiers: Dynamote "70 ", Attache "70 ", Cour-

"70 ", and Unimote

"70 ".

In

-Line type with six

-foot line cord and four -foot output cord terminating in mating plug for all remote units. For 117 volt,

50/60

Hz operation of

Gates remote amplifiers in permanent installations. Dual sup- ply design provides power for amplifiers and

VU meter il- lumination. Easily carried in accessory pocket of vinyl remote amplifier covers.

®

GATES

164

SPECIFICATIONS

POWER

INPUT: 117 volts,

50/60

Hz.

POWER OUTPUT: 4 prong plug, mates with remote amplifier.

SIZE: 512" x

72" long.

4" x

1

34" case. DC supply cable,

48" long.

AC power cord,

FINISH: Charcoal gray vinyl

-clad steel.

WEIGHT:

2 lbs. net.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

In

-line Power Supply, complete

_

994 -6435 www.americanradiohistory.com

All

Purpose

Remote

Amplifier

MODEL

M -6600

A compact, lightweight remote amplifier, the M-

6600 Solid- Statesman provides fine remote per- formance, and makes an ideal all- purpose ampli- fier. Battery operated cnd 100% self

-contained, it may be quickly installed to

fill

many studio requirements.

Use it to temporarily replace a faulty program amplifier, as a preamplifier for cartridge or reel tape recorders, or as one of several feeder amplifiers for the extravaganza type of pickup.

These are just a few of the possi- bilities.

The housing is all aluminum, and ribbed for added strength, providing complete electrical isolation for the floating printed board internal assembly.

The gain control and combined on

-off swatch are on one end of the amplifier, and the microphone receptacle, phone jack, and line terminals are on the opposite end. The output transformer is

"T"

pad isolated and wired for 600 ohms, but in- ternally changeable to 150 ohms where desired.

For the installation requiring a number of widely spaced microphones, the use of the M -6600 am- plifier permits connection to the central control point with unshielded telephone type wire, and individual gain adjustment for each microphone.

Two

8.4 volt standard mercury batteries, available nationwide, provide about 50 hours of service.

Total weight is less than

21/2 pounds with batteries and microphone connector.

SPECIFICATIONS

GAIN: 82 dB

+3

50 ohms source dB at 150/250 impedance. ohms source impedance. 77 dB

±3 dB at

NOTE:

With gain control setting reduced about 14 dB, this permits 68 dB operating gain for correct output level.

RESPONSE: 30- 15,000 Hz

±2 dB.

DISTORTION:

1% maximum at

+18 dBm, 30-

15,000

Hz.

NOISE:

-122 dBm relative input noise, 30-

15,000

Hz.

BATTERIES: Two 8.4 pected volt mercury Eveready life at maximum amplifier

E146X performance, or Burgess

50 hours

H146X.

Ex- under average programming.

SOURCE

IMPEDANCE:

30/50 or 150/250 ohms unbalanced.

LOAD IMPEDANCE: 600/150 ohms balanced, wired for 600 ohms.

SIZE

AND FINISH:

83/4" long,

21/2' wide,

3" high.

Finish:

Natural aluminum.

WEIGHT: Net, with male connector,

2 lbs. Shipping weight

8 lbs.

165

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Amplifier

(less batteries)

_

Battery kit consisting of two batteries

994-6600

660 -0022

M

GATES www.americanradiohistory.com

Professional

Transcription Turntables

This cut

-away illustration of a

Gates turntable shows the fine machining and workmanship in the equipment. Oilite bearings are used bearings at all bearing points, including the large center spindle bearing.

Speed shift linkages are through monoball

-aligning for smooth, silent, trouble

-free operation.

There are no belts, planetary drives or gear trains to wear.

Shift speeds to 78, 45 or 33'3 rpm by simply moving shift lever to the desired index point.

Then touch the mercury -type switch to either start or stop. Complete one

-hand operation leaves the other hand free for cueing or control boards.

PRECISION ENGINEERED

Recent advances in recording techniques, as well as stereo requirements, now place stronger demands on today's repro- ducing equipment.

To meet these improved performance standards,

Gates offers two outstanding turntables (one

16- inch to an model, one

12

-inch model), designed to reduce rumble all

-time low, without the sacrifice of quick cue.

The heart of Gates turntable design is a drive hub, which is part of the turntable platter

-and about one

-half the radius of a

45 rpm disc. A single idler wheel for all speeds is floating and self

-aligning

-and a

600 rpm hysteresis synchronous mo- tor with

3

-speed pulley, engages the idler wheel to the inner hub.

The combination of lower motor speed (one

-third that of other models) and a sults in drive located inside the playing surface, re- remarkably low rumble.

Speed change is exact and functionally correct. All three speeds shift across a single indexed plate. surface offers slip- cueing if desired. A

A mercury -type start

/stop switch illuminates when on.

The smooth felt platter captive pop

-up spindle is provided for 45 rpm discs.

Every

Gates turntable is

totally

hand -assembled, micrometer checked under rigid quality -control standards and then in- dividually tested in our laboratory for wow, flutter, and speed consistency.

As

Gates turntables are precision machined devices they are not the lowest in initial cost, but are far less expensive on the basis of per -hour cost.

®

GATEs

166

DRIVE DESIGN PRINCIPLE

OLD METHOD

Rim drive turntables, as the word im- plies, drive against the outer rim the platter. of

Vibration, commonly called rumble, is returned to the center spindle, or bearing, across the entire playing surface of the platter.

This type of drive usually requires an 1800 rpm motor for proper speed ratios.

The greater the motor speed, the greater the vibration. Also, high- er motor speeds raise the audio fre- quency of this vibration or rumble.

GATES

METHOD

In both the

12- and

16 -inch

Gates turntables, the drive is against a solid inner hub, away from the us- able playing surface of the platter.

Likewise, any minute vibration or rumble is pushing against the center bearing instead of pulling away as in outer rim drive turntables. With this exclusive drive system, a

600 rpm hysteresis synchronous motor is used. Lower er vibration motor speed assures low- or rumble.

The lower speed substantially drops the audio frequency of this much

-lower motor vibration so that nearly all of the rumble is in the sub

-audible spec- trum. www.americanradiohistory.com

Professional

Transcription Turntables

-16

-Inch

MODEL

CB

-500

Gates CB

-500 is the most widely used 16

-inch turntable in the broadcasting industry. Designed for continuous 24 -hour com- mercial service, this turntable is ruggedly constructed to meet the strain of any control room operation, while maintaining its excellent quality of performance.

Time proven features include heavy machined aluminum ter, plat- rubber

-shock -mounted cast aluminum chassis, oilite hub bearing, self -centering neoprene idler wheel, monoball self

- aligning speed shift bearings, and a functional speed selector mechanism.

(Order pickup arm separately.)

SPECIFICATIONS

CHASSIS SIZE:

21'4" x 21

%" x lßÿ'.

MOTOR

HANG

BELOW BOTTOM OF CHASSIS:

47/s

".

CONSTRUCTION: Both platter and base of machined aluminum.

FINISH: Beige

-gray with escutcheon in black and heavy gray felt. turntable platter cover in

PLATTER SIZE: 17

".

STROBOSCOPE:

Built

-in on platter for all three speeds.

CENTER

SPINDLE:

Spring -locking type, snaps up for

45 rpm hub, locks down for smaller -spindle records.

CENTER

BEARING:

1" diameter hardened steel, rotates in oilite bearing.

MOTOR: Hysteresis synchronous, single phase, ture rise.

600 rpm, with 40 °C tempera-

CUEING: At

331/2 rpm,

'/ turn. At 45 rpm, 'n turn. At 78 rpm,

13/4 turn.

NOISE OR RUMBLE:

At

78 rpm, rated

At

331/3 rpm, rated

-35 dB.

-45 dB.

At

45 rpm, rated

-40 dB.

WOW: Rated

0.1% at

331/2 rpm, capable 08

%.

FLUTTER:

Rated

0.07% at

331/2 rpm, capable .05

%.

MOTOR START: Rocker

-type illuminated mercury switch.

IDLER WHEEL: Special shear action neoprene, self

-aligning.

SPEED

CHANGE: To

33'/,

45, or

78 rpm by single indexed lever control.

POWER: 117 volts, 60 Hz, 35 watts.

(50 Hz available, see below.)

WEIGHT: Net: 34 lbs. Packed: domestic, 45 lbs.; cubic feet. export, 70 lbs.

Cubage: 6

ORDERING

INFORMATION

CB

-500

16

-inch transcription turntable, chassis only, for

60 Hz

CB

-500A

16

-inch transcription turntable, chassis only, for

50 Hz

9945739 -003

9945739 -004

167 www.americanradiohistory.com

Professional

Transcription Turntables -12

-Inch

MODEL

CB

-77

Gates

CB

-77 is a professional

12

-inch with the same unique design principles transcription turntable, as its companion

16- inch model.

In the

12

-inch

CB

-77 chassis will be found the same inner hub drive system, the same change system, the same convenient speed illuminated rocker arm on

-off switch, etc. The only difference is the reduced size,

affording

broad- casters a more busy compact turntable arrangement for today's control room, were space is at a premium.

The chassis is choice ready for you to attach the pickup arm of your

(order separately), and is designed for

331/3,

45 and

78 rpm speeds.

SPECIFICATIONS

CHASSIS SIZE:

16" x

16" x

15'6" Motor hang below bottom of chassis:

52/4

".

CONSTRUCTION:

Platter and base of machined aluminum.

FINISH: Beige

-gray with escutcheon in black and turntable platter cover in heavy gray felt.

PLATTER SIZE: 133re

".

STROBOSCOPE:

Built

-in for all

3 speeds.

CENTER

BEARING: 1" diameter hardened steel, rotates in oilite bearing.

CENTER

SPINDLE:

Spring- locking type snaps up for

45 rpm, locks down for smaller spindle records.

MOTOR: Hysteresis synchronous, single phase, 600 rpm, with 40 °C tempera- ture rise.

CUEING:

At

331/ rpm, turn. At 45 rpm,

1/4 turn. At

78 rpm,

1 turn.

NOISE OR RUMBLE:

At 78 rpm, rated

At

331/2 rpm, rated

-45 dB. At

45 rpm, rated

-40 dB.

-35 dB.

(Meets or exceeds NAB specifications for stereophonic reproduction.)

WOW: 0.1% maximum, capable

.08

%.

FLUTTER:

.07% maximum, capable

.05

%.

MOTOR

START:

Rocker -type illuminated mercury switch.

IDLER

WHEEL: Special shear action neoprene, self -aligning.

SPEED

CHANGE:

To 33'/3, 45 or 78 rpm by single indexed lever control.

POWER: 117 volt, 60 Hz, 35 watts. (50

Hz model available, see below.)

WEIGHT: Net:

30 lbs. Packed: domestic, 40 lbs.; export,

65 lbs. Cubage: 3.6 cubic feet.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

CB-77

12

-inch transcription turntable, chassis only, 60

Hz

CB-77A 12

-inch transcription turntable, chassis only, 50

Hz

Crel=

SATES

168

994 -5798 -005

994- 5798-006 www.americanradiohistory.com

Turntable

System

Components

12

-INCH

SYSTEM

COMPONENTS

The following components are recommended to make up your

12

-inch turntable system.

MONOPHONIC

SYSTEM

CB

-77 turntable,

60

Hz

(50

Gray

206

-S

12" tone arm

Hz available) 994-5798 -005

723 -0259

M or

Gray 303

12" Micro -Trak tone arm

Shure M -44 -7

723

-0268 stereo dynetic cartridge w ".0007" diamond stylus 723 -0236

-6244 equalized turntable preamplifier, transistorized

_

_

_

994 -6244

NOTE

If Gray

206

-SG

12" tone arm is desired (catalog number

723

-0250), order General Electric

VR

-II turn- around cartridge (catalog number 723-

0017).

STEREOPHONIC SYSTEM

CB

-77 turntable,

60 Hz

(50

Hz

Gray

206

-S 12

-inch tone arm available)

_

994

-5798 -005

723 -0259 or

Gray 303

12" Micro -Trak tone arm

Shure M -44 -7 stereo

M -6442 equalized dynetic cartridge w /.0007" diamond stylus 723

-0236 turntable preamplifier, transistorized, stereophonic

994 -6442

_

723

-0268

NOTE: To order cabinet, see below.

16

-INCH

SYSTEM

COMPONENTS

To make up a 16

-inch turntable system, the following com- ponents are recommended:

MONOPHONIC

SYSTEM

CB

-500 turntable,

60

Hz

(50 Hz available)

Gray

208

-S

16" viscous damped tone arm

994 -5739 -003

723 -0099 or

Gray 306

16" Micro -Trak tone arm

__

Shure M -44

-7 stereo dynetic cartridge w

M

-6244 equalized

/.0007" diamond turntable preamplifie-, transistorized stylus

723 -0269

723 -0236

994 -6244

NOTE:

VR

-II

If

Gray 208

-SG tone arm is desi

-ed

(723- 0153), a

General Electric turn- around cartridge should be used (723

-0017).

STEREOPHONIC SYSTEM

CB

-500 turntable,

60 Hz (50 Hz available)

Gray 208

-S

16" viscous damped tone arm

_ or

_

Gray 306

16" Micro -Trak tone arm

Shure

M

-44 -7 stereo dynetic cartridge w /.0007" diamond

994 -5739 -003 stylus

723 -0099

723 -0269

723

-0236

M

-6442 equalized stereophonic turntable preamplifier, transistorized,

994 -6442

NOTE: To order cabinet, see below.

DUAL TURNTABLE

CABINET

Beautifully styled, and dimensioned to accommodate either

12- or

16

-inch Gates turntables. For description, see

Page 175.

Dual turntable cabinet 994 -6449

169

SINGLE TURNTABLE CABINET

Fits any decor. Accommodates ei-her

12

-inch or

16 -inch

Gates turntable.

For description, see page

175.

Single turntable cabinet

994 -6448

® a,q

rEs

www.americanradiohistory.com

Transcription

Tone Arms and Pickups

- oliP

'

V*

-,0i

`-`°

.6

/It

12"

AND

16"

MICRO

-TRAK TONE ARMS

Especially designed for stereo, this durable arm will track distortion

-free at micro -pressures of

1

/l0 gram.

A new ma- terial never before used in a tone arm, wood impregnated with epoxy resins, was selected for this arm to achieve the extremely low tracking force and very low resonance char- acteristics. Sapphire bearings floating in a unique elastomer ring isolate the tone arm from its mounting and produce a tone arm with virtually no vertical friction.

Available for

12" and 16" turntables, this

Gray arm will ac- cept any broadcast type stereo cartridge.

Gray

303

Micro -Trak 12" tone arm

Gray

306

Micro -Trak 16" tone arm

723 -0268

723 -0269

12"

AND

16"

TONE ARMS

Models 206

-S and 208

-S viscous damped tone arms come with slide and modular weights for mounting single play stereo or monophonic cartridges. Designed specifically for the

GE turn- around cartridges, slot cut out in the the models 206

-SG and 208 -SG have a front of the arm to clear the stem of the

GE cartridge, and are specially balanced for this cartridge.

Accessory weights are also available.

Gray

206 -5, 12" viscous damped tone arm

Gray 206 -SG, 12" viscous damped one arm cartridge for turnaround

723

-0259

723

-0250

Gray 208

-S,

16" viscous damped tone arm

Gray 208

-SG,

16" viscous damped tone arm cartridge for turnaround

723 -0099

723 -0153

MONOPHONIC

PICKUP CARTRIDGES

Proven, rugged broaacast transcription cartridges for mono- phonic recordings.

Response 20 to 20,000

Hz with output of

12 mV at

10

CM per second at 1000 Hz. Tracking force

4 grams. Replaceable clip

-in styli for a wide range of record- ings.

Use high impedance type with M -6244 equalized pre- amplifier, low impedance with Gray

602

-C passive equalizer.

GE TYPE VR -II PICKUP

High Impedance Cartridge with single stylus

4G -040 Sapphire, 0.0025"

4G -041

Sapphire, 0.001"

4G -061

4G -063

Diamond, 0.001"

Diamond, 0.0025"

High Impedance Triple Play

4G -050

Sapphire 0.001 with

Styli (turnaround cartridge)

"; sapphire 0.0025"

4G -052

4G

-053

Diamond

0.001

"; sapphire 0.0025"

Diamond

0.001

"; diamond 0.0025"

Low

Impedance Cartridges

4G5 -07D

4GS -02D

Diamond .0007" with

Diamond

0.0025"

Single Stylus

-

4GS -075

4GS

-025

Sapphire .0007"

Sapphire 0.0025"

Low

Impedance with

4GD- 07D02D Dual

Triple Play

Stylus diamond .0007" and 0.0025"

4GD -075025 dual sapphire .0007" and 0.0025"

Clip -in Styli

4G -025 for

VR

-II Cartridges

Sapphire 0.0025"

4G-01D

4G -02D

RPJ

-01D

Diamond

0.001"

Diamond 0.0025"

Diamond 0.001"

_

RPJ

-02D

RPJ

-01S

Diamond

0.0025"

Sapphire 0.001"

RPJ

-02S

Sapphire 0.0025"

Single Tip

Replacement Styli for

RPX- 040, 041, 061, 063

RPJ

-005

Sapphire 0.001"

RPJ

-006 Sapphire

0.0025"

RPJ

-004 Diamond

0.001"

RPJ -002

Diamond 0.0025"

®

ATEs

723 -0013

723 -0014

723

-0016

723 -0015

723 -0017

723 -0018

723

-0019

723 -0272

723

-0020

723

-0273

723 -0026

723 -0290

723 -0291

723 -0045

723 -0041

723 -0042

723

-0035

723

-0036

723 -0038

723

-0039

723 -0033

723 -0034

723 -0032

723 -0030

170

STEREOPHONIC PICKUP CARTRIDGE

Model M44

-7 stereo dynetic cartridge is recommended for faithful reproduction of stereophonic recordings with the M-

6442 stereo preamplifier.

It offers superior stereo separation, smoother response, and is designed to complement the

15 effective cutting angle now being used on stereo recordings.

The easily changed styli may be interchanged for various types of recordings.

SPECIFICATIONS

FREQUENCY RESPONSE: 20 to

20,000

Hz.

CHANNEL SEPARATION: More than

25 dB at 1000 Hz.

OUTPUT:

9 millivolts per channel at 1000

Hz at

5 cm:'sec.

LOAD IMPEDANCE:

47,000 ohms per channel.

TRACKING:

1.5 to

3 grams.

STYLUS:

Features "no scratch" retractable design.

INDUCTANCE: 680 millihenries.

D. C.

RESISTANCE: 650 ohms.

MOUNTING: Standard

'/2" mounting center.

WEIGHT:

7 grams net.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Shure M44 -7 stylus stereo Dynetic Cartridge with 0.0007" diamond

-

Replacement Stylus N -44 -7

0.0007" diamond

723

-0236

723

-0237 www.americanradiohistory.com

Transistorized Turntable Preamplifiers

MONOPHONIC

Single- channel monophonic preamplifier designed for use in broadcasting, recording, and general sound requirements where low distortion and exacting frequency response char- acteristics are demanded. Featuring self- contained power supply and transformer output, the preamplifier includes two

- position equalizer with escutcheon and knob for

RIAA

/NAB

or roll off equalization.

The input impedance of 47,000 ohms makes the M -6244 compatible with virtually all magnetic car- tridges

(including stereo).

SPECIFICATIONS

INPUT: 47,000 ohms.

OUTPUT:

Adjustable from

-22 dBm to

-12 dBm wits

12 mV input.

RESPONSE:

Within frequency,

±1 dB of RIAA

/NAB standard roll-off filter position provided. curve.

Additional high

-

DISTORTION:

Less thon 0.5% at normal levels

(

-22 dBm to

-12 put).

Less than 1.0% at

10 dB overload (above

12 mV input). dBm out-

NOISE: 68 dB or lower, below

-12 dBm output (with

12 mV input).

LOAD IMPEDANCE: 600 ohms or 150 ohms, balanced or unbalanced.

MAXIMUM

OPERATING

AMBIENT

TEMPERATURE:

+60

°C

(

+140

°F).

POWER: 115 volts,

50/60

Hz,

1 watt.

MOUNTING:

Two holes for mounting to Gates cabinet. May be mounted in any position. turntable or inside of any

SIZE:

2

%6" high.

WEIGHT AND

CUBAGE:

Net weight,

11/4 lbs. Packed weight,

8 lbs.

Cubage,

1 cubic foot.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Monophonic transistor equalized turntable preamplifier

994 -6244

STEREOPHONIC

Designed for superior performance in stereophonic transcrip- tion systems, the M -6442 offers these features: Three -position response selector switch for flat,

RIAA

/NAB,

and roll off equal- ization; plus a two -position switch to provide a monophonic output from stereo discs, important in many AM

/FM and spe- cial library situations. Fully shielded, and completely self

- contained, including power supply.

The

M -6442 input imped- ance of 47,000 ohms makes it compatible with magnetic stereo cartridges.

virtually

all

SPECIFICATIONS

INPUT:

47,000 ohms.

OUTPUT LEVEL:

Adjustable from

-22 dBm to

-12 dBm, from

8 mV input.

RESPONSE:

Within frequency roll

±1 dB of RIAA

/NAB standard curve.

Additional high off and flat response position switch selected.

DISTORTION:

Less than

0.5% at normal level

(

-22 dBm to put).

Less than 1.0% at

10 dB overload (above

8 mV input).

-12 dBm out-

NOISE: 60 dB noise). or lower, with

-63 dBm input

(

-123 dBm relative input

LOAD IMPEDANCE: 600 ohms or 150 ohms, balanced or unbalanced.

MAXIMUM OPERATING AMBIENT TEMPERATURE:

+60

°C

(

+140

°F).

POWER: 117 volts,

50/60

Hz,

1 watt.

MOUNTING:

Two holes for mounting with Gates cabinet. May be mounted in any position. turntable or inside of any

SIZE:

3" wide,

91/2" long,

5" high.

WEIGHT AND CUBAGE:

Net weight,

2 lbs. Packed weight,

8 lbs.

Cubage,

1 cubic foot.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Stereophonic transistor equalized turntable preamplifier

994 -6442

CATES

171 www.americanradiohistory.com

Modular Audio

Equipment Cabinets a

a

---- a

--

"Combo" desk system includes two dual pedestals (M -6449) and table top section

(M- 6450). Electronic equipment shown to demonstrate a typical installation.

MODERN,

FLEXIBLE

STYLING

The fullest

flexibility

of custom cabinetry, with the economy of standard production units, combine to a offer broadcasters total!, modern concept in control room desks.

Beautifully styled in the walnut grain and textured Formica, these desks have appearance of fine furniture, and the strength and dura

-

bil'ty

to last for years.

'Building blocks" of single -width pedestal, double pedestal, uniform table top sections, plus two decorator leg sections can be assembled in dozens of sections have removable configurations.

Pedestal base

grill front

and cabinet- finish rear doors that remove to reveal standard 19" rack mounting rails.

Cartridge tape equipment, leveling amplifiers, jack fields, etc., may be mounted each for operator convenience.

The interior of cabinet is also finished, so cabinets may be used for disc or tape storage by removing the panels entirely.

When used with turntables, the pedestals conform to NAB standards for transcription cabinets.

For console wiring, a cable trough is concealed under the table top section near the rear.

The

"horseshoe" or "combo" configuration shown above provides an attractive and functional control center in keeping with the aesthetic beauty of modern communica- tions equipment.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Combo desk system, complete with

2 double pedestals and top section.

For specifications on individual items that make up the system, see

Page

175.

Console, microphone and turn-

®

ca rEs

C-^'7 tables pictured above are not included

172

994-6454 www.americanradiohistory.com

Modular

Audio

Equipment Cabinets

1

2-M-6449

Dual Pedestals

-M

-6448 Single Pedestal

1-

M-6450 Top Section

WIDE VARIETY OF

COMBINATIONS

By choosing combinations of modular desk compo- nents, large and complex control room arrangements are made possible. Shown above is a desk system with one extended "wing ".

This could easily accom- modate an extra turntable, two -way radio, miscellaneous equipment. Or, the top or other can be left bare for counter space, with the grilled area used for mounting any rack -mounted equipment such as reel -to -reel recorders, utility amplifiers, etc.

Development of this tasteful equipment cabinetry en- compassed human engineering studies, styling analy- sis and comparison with established mechanical spe- cifications where available. For instance, the turn- table pededstals conform to the height standards of the NAB, and are four inches lower than the desk top section for comfortable operation. Color and tex- ture of the cabinets blend easily with any studio color scheme and provide a pleasant setting in keep- ing with the trend of modern office furniture.

Many interesting variations in control room desks allow

tailor

-made arrangements for specific station operations.

The single pedestal, serving as a right hand desk base, may also provide rack space for

Criterion tape cartridge equipment, reel -to -reel re- corder or storage. All pedestals have s

*urdy black steel bases with leveling feet. Expanded metal

grill

or finished access door removes to reveal 16" of standard 19" rack space. Double and single leg as- semblies are of sturdy 1" satin chrome square steel tubing with leveling feet. Both

12" and 16" Gates turntables and all types of speech input consoles may be used with these cabinets.

For ordering information and specifications on ped- estals, top and leg assemblies see

Page 175.

1

1-M-6449 Dlal Pedestal

-M

-6450 Top Section

1-

M-6456 Double

Leg

Assembly

1-

M-6455 Single

Leg

Assembly

1

1

1-

M-6449 Dual Pedestal

-M

-6448 Single Pedestal

-M

-6450

Top Section

173 www.americanradiohistory.com

Modular Audio

Equipment Cabinets

40-6) a

444

íí®

1

1

1

-M

-6449 Dual Pedestal

-M

-6448 Single Pedestal

-M

-6450

Top Section

TYPICAL

SELECTIONS

Gates modular equipment cabinetry shown here serves to suggest how a modular system may be assembled to fit spe- cific studio requirements. Note the convenient storage area provided by the double and single turntable pedestals. particular programming requirements with you, and recom- mend a complete control room package suited to your indi- vidual needs.

In addition to modular studio furniture

Gates also offers the world's most complete selection of standard production audio equipment.

A

Gates District

Manager will be happy to discuss

For ment ordering information and specifications on audio equip- cabinetry items, see

Page 175. Console, turntables, mi- crophone, and cartridge tape equipment shown here are not included with the cabinet equipment.

M-6449 Double Turntable Pedestal.

GATES

174 www.americanradiohistory.com

M

-6448 Single Turntable Pedestal.

Modular Audio

Equipment Cabinets

SINGLE PEDESTAL,

M

-6448

Mounts one 12" or

16" turntable.

16" rack mount space front with expanded metal grill. 16" rack mount space rear with wood

-grain door.

Constructed of

3/4" solid flake board, laminated with Formica. Furnished with

21/2" steel base and floor levelers.

FINISH: black.

Walnut formica.

Top in champagne formica and trim painted satin

SIZE:

Height 26

", width

23

", depth 23

".

WEIGHT: Net, 60 lbs.; packed 70 lbs.

CUBAGE:

12 cubic feet.

ORDER NUMBER

994 -6448

M

-6449

Mounts two

12" or

16" turntables. Total

64" of 19" rack mount space available front and back, both sections. 3/4" flake board with Formica laminate.

21/2" steel base and

floor

lev- elers.

DOUBLE PEDESTAL,

FINISH: black.

Walnut formica. Top in champagne formica and trim painted satin

SIZE:

Height

26

", width

45

", depth

23

".

WEIGHT: Net, 108 lbs.; packed, 140 lbs.

CUBAGE: 18 cubic feet.

ORDER NUMBER

994-6449

NOTE:

Cabinets normally supplied less cut

-outs for turntables. If cut -outs desired, an added cost is involved.

METAL GRILL REPLACEMENTS

Where the expanded metal space used,

grill

order 994-6453B to used on cabinet fronts, such as the M -6448 or M -6449, is to be mounted items, eliminated in part for other size grills are listed below to

fill

rack the unused portion. Example: full grill is

16" high. If

5'4"

rack

fill

remaining space.

Grill 10'2" high

994 -6453B

994 -6453C

Grill

51/4" high

Grill

31/2" high

994 -6453D

UNIFORM TABLE TOP SECTION

Complete with wiring trough, and angle brackets for assembly with pedestals or legs. When assembled, desk surface is

29" from floor. (Not illustrated.)

FINISH:

Neutral champagne formica.

SIZE: Length 84

", depth 29

", thickness order.)

WEIGHT: Net, 55 lbs.; packed, 70 lbs.

CUBAGE: 7.5 cubic feet.

ORDER NUMBER

1'6'.

(Other lengths on special

DOUBLE LEG,

M -6456

For supporting top section. Square

1" steel welded

Complete construction with crossbrace. with mounting flanges and

floor

levelers.

FINISH: Satin chrome steel.

SIZE:

1" x

1" x

28

".

Over -all width

21

".

WEIGHT: Packed,

10 lbs.

CUBAGE: 2 cubic feet.

ORDER NUMBER

__994 -6456

175 www.americanradiohistory.com

SINGLE LEG,

M

-6455

Mounts beneath desk top section. Square

1" steel tubing with mounting flange and

floor

leveler.

FINISH: Satin chrome steel.

SIZE:

1" x

1" e

28

".

WEIGHT: Packed, 5 lbs.

CUBAGE:

1 cubic foot.

ORDER

NUMBER___

®

GATES

Portable Audio Turntable

-Console

MODEL KD -20A

Rugged, compact, and all solid state, this economical unit is ideal for remote disc jockey shows and special on- the -spot broadcasts.

COMPLETE REMOTE speed

CAPABILITY:

Two high quality, three turntables, with individual mixing controls are provided.

Two microphones and a remote input can also be mixed and are individually selectable by a three position switch.

The re- mote input has a

50 dB pad which enables use of a high level source such as a tape recorder or remote amplifier, adding to the capability of the unit.

Line feed and control,

PA feed and monitoring are included.

COMPACT

DESIGN:

This unit is packaged for

portability.

Weighing only

68 pounds, the

KD

-20A has detachable legs which fasten underneath the base

The base for ease in transporting. of this console is fiberglass to provide protection for the equipment.

Side handles enable easy carrying, and the unit's over

-all size enables it to

fit

into the rear of a standard size car.

EXCELLENT

RIAA

AUDIO:

Both turntable channels have integral equalization to match their respective cartridges. Mi- crophone channel frequency response is

-2

dB from 50 to

15,000

Hz.

Output level is from

50 to 10,000

Hz.

+6

VU with 3% or less distortion

The KD

-20A's ing the output passes through a 3 dB pad before feed- broadcast line.

The output also passes through a re- sistive isolation network before going to the monitor phone jack.

Feed to the PA system is isolated by a bridging trans- former and a separate fader is used to control

PA level.

SOLID STATE ELECTRONICS: from

All circuitry in this console preamplifiers to power supply is solid state, using high quality, ruggedly mounted transistors and diodes. Etched wir- ing is used in

fully

regulated. all amplifiers.

The full wave power supply is

EASE assures

OF OPERATION:

The control placement of this unit easy operation by one man. Faders for the two turn- tables and the microphone

/remote input are on the lower portion of the control panel.

The three position microphone/ remote switch is in the center with the

PA level control and master gain control to the right and left of the

VU meter respectively. Cueing of the turntables can be accomplished through headphones; monitoring is done through the head- phones or an external amplifier.

SPECIFICATIONS

MIXING

CHANNELS: Three.

MODE:

INPUTS:

Monaural.

Total five

-(2) turntables,

(2) 50-250 ohm microphones,

(1) high level 600 ohms.

CUEING: Pushbuttons on turntable channels to headphone jack.

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

Standard RIAA curve.

(Audio system),

±2 dB,

50- 15,000 Hz. (Pickups)

DISTORTION: 3% or less.

OUTPUT: 600 ohms @

+6

VU (after built

-in 3 dB pad).

NOISE: (Microphone channel)

-56 dB

(relative input noise

-106 dBm).

POWER: 117 volts, single phase, 60 Hz.

SIZE:

44" long,

161/2" wide, 10" high.

WEIGHT: 68 pounds net.

ORDERING

Portable

KD

-20A audio turntable /console

_.

INFORMATION

GATES

176

__740 -0032 www.americanradiohistory.com

Proof

Of

Performance Equipment

C

B

A proof of performance package that assures accurate re- sults and complete equipment to check audio and radio fre- quency performance. There are three basic units, plus two optional units: (A) type 210 audio oscillator,

(B)

M -3625 gain

SA-131 set, (C) the type

410 distortion meter, and optional

RF pickup coil and diode rectifier for AM transmitter measurements.

For FM transmitters the signal can be obtained directly from modulation monitor for proof of performance tests.

AUDIO

OSCILLATOR

Fig.

A. An

000

Hz, the excellent source for audio signals from

10 to 100, type 210 oscillator consists of an

RC audio circuit followed by an amplifier of extremely low distortion.

Response over the entire frequency range is

±-1 dB with wave form distortion of less than

0.2% at a 5 volt output. Calibration over the 10 to 100,000 Hz range is

±2%.

Output impedances are 600 ohms balanced,

600 ohms unbalanced and 150 ohms unbalanced. Maximum output is

10 volts into a

600 ohm load.

The unit is

6"

wide,

9"

high and 12" deep, including contained power supply.

Weight is 11 pounds. a self

-

GAIN

SET

Fig.

B.

The

M -3625 with switching to gain measuring set consists of a

VU meter accommodate all usable ranges for measur- ing purposes.

The per step attenuation circuit includes a 10 step

2 dB variable attenuator of the balanced ladder type, and fixed plug -in pads which may be used in any number from

1 to

3. Pads are used for attenuation and impedance matching. Two are supplied, providing

40 dB attenuation at

600/600

ohms and one with 20 dB at

600/250

ohms, all bal- anced

H. The gain set is completely shielded.

DISTORTION

METER

Fig. C. The type 410 distortion meter measures audio distor- tion, noise level, audio gain or loss in decibels and AC volt- ages.

This unit measures distortion on fundamental frequen- cies from 20 to 20,000

Hz and indicates harmonics up to 100 kHz. Distortion levels as low as

0.1% can be measured, and distortion measurements may be made on signal levels from

0.1

The volt to 30 volts. For noise and response measurements the instrument is calibrated in

1 dB steps from 0 to attenuator provides additional ranges from

-15 dB.

-60 dB to

+50 dB in 10 dB steps. The unit is

111/2" wide and

9"

high.

Weight is 11 pounds.

PICKUP COIL

AND

RECTIFIER

Optional accessory for AM transmitters only. Designed use with the

for

type 410 distortion meter, the pickup coil is sup- plied ready to couple to the tank circuit of an

AM transmitter.

It is supplied with

15 feet of coaxial cable that connects the coil to the diode rectifier unit. Complete

RF tees a pure

filtering

guaran- audio output signal free from

RF disturbances.

4"

long,

2"

wide, and 1'/4" high.

SPECIFICATIONS

INPUT IMPEDANCE:

600 ohms, balanced.

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE:

Variable

30 to

600 ohms.

OUTPUT LEVEL:

RESPONSE:

Variable from +21 dBm to

±0.5 dB, 30- 15,000

Hz.

-136 dBm.

DISTORTION

AND NOISE:

Negligible.

SIZE.

12,." wide, 834" high,

4" deep.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

SA

-131 proof of performance package, consists of one each

Model 210,

M

-3625, and Model 410

994 -3663

Model 210 audio oscillator

700 -0045

_

177

994 -3625

Model 3625 gain set__

Model 410 distortion meter

Pickup coil and rectifier (optional

700 -0040 for AM only)

®

994- 3626 -002

®

GATES www.americanradiohistory.com

Professional

Tape

Recorders

' e

0,0000

0

...

0.

SPECIFICATIONS

AMPEX 440

TAPE

SYSTEM

One of the finest commercial tape recorders available any- where.

The all- transistor Ampex 440 series sets the highest standards in professional recording performance. Uncom- promising quality characteristics, both electronic and mechan- ical, result in superiority of performance and long, trouble

- free operation. Transport control buttons are recessed so that they cannot be accidentally pressed; all can be remote con- trolled.

The

440 is the professional broadcast version of Am- pex recorders used by leading Hollywood recording corn- ponies.

Rack,

Portable, or Console mount, monophonic or stereophonic versions, dual speed:

71/2-15, or

33,,4

-7"

ips.

TAPE SPEEDS:

7'2 and

15 ips, or

33/4 and 7bí ips.

SIGNAL

TO

NOISE RATIO: 15 ips full track

68 dB,

2 track

60 dB;

712 ips full track

68 dB,

2 track

60 dB;

33/4 ips full track

63 dB,

2 track 56 dB.

FREQUENCY RESPONSE (OVER -ALL):

15 ips ips

±2 dB, 30 to

18,000

Hz;

71

+2 dB, 40 to 10,000 Hz;

7'2 ips t

2 to

--4 dB, 30 to 15,000 Hz;

33 ips -4-2 dB, 50 to

FLUTTER: 15 ips

7500

Hz. below 0.08% rms;

7'2 ips below

0.10% rms;

33/4 ips below

0.15% rms.

PLAYBACK OUTPUT:

-

8 dBm into 600 ohms- restrappable for

+4 dBm put balanced or unbalanced. Maximum of

-t

29 dBm before clipping. out-

RECORD INPUT: 100

K ohm unbalanced bridging with dummy plug or 20

K ohm bridging with plug

-in transformer

-17 dBm to produce recom mended operating level.

START

/STOP: Start, tape at full speed in less than

1

/10 second. Stop, tape travel

2" or less after depressing stop button.

PLAYBACK

TIMING ACCURACY:

±0.2% (±3.6 seconds in 30 minutes).

EQUALIZATION: NAB standard,

CCIR on special order.

POWER REQUIREMENTS: 117 volts, 50 or 60 Hz @ 2.5 amp. for

2 channel.

DIMENSIONS: Transport, 19" wide x 153.G" high. Electronics, 19" wide x

3'2" high.

MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS: Portable,

Console, or Unmounted.

REEL

SIZE:

Standard up to 10'2 inch, adjustable up to

11'2" reels.

Complete specifications on request.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Rigid die -cast frame provides absolutely

flat

mounting of all mechanical components for precise tape alignment.

The

AG-

440 series has been designed and minimum downtime. for easy, rapid maintenance,

Modular design with front panel plug

-in circuit boards permits fast servicing and replacement.

Individual head stacks can be replaced with a single screw and plug -in connector. Transport motors, guides, and major components can be quickly removed and replaced in exact alignment because of the precision milled transport casting.

All relays plug -in and are fully interchangeable.

®

aaTES

178

AG -440 -U Recorder, full track, unmounted, 7.5/15 ips, 60 Hz___ 730-0933

AG-

440 -C, as above except console mounted

AG-

440 -2U Recorder two track stereo, unmounted, 7.5 -15 ips,

730

-0934

60 Hz

AG- 440 -2C as above, except console mounted

AG- 440 -2U

+1/4

Recorder two track stereo plus qtr. track play- back, unmounted 7.5/15 ips

730 -0939

730 -0940

730 -0941

MODEL AG -445 REPRODUCERS

AG -445

-U reproducer, full track, unmounted, 7.5/15 ips, 60 Hz

730 -0947

AG- 445 -'2U reproducer, half track, unmounted,

7.5/15 ips

AG- 445 -2U stereo reproducer two track and qtr. track stereo,

730 -0948 unmounted,

Accessory

7.5/15 ips

AG- 445 -2U as above, except 3.75/7.5 ips -_ remote control.

Desk type for

AG -440 or AG -445,

730 -0951

730 -0952 with

30 ft. cable

Portable transport case

-for

AG-440 or AG

-445.

_

___

730

-0953

730

-0960

Portable electronics case.

Accommodates monophonic or two track stereo electronics

730 -0961 www.americanradiohistory.com

Professional

Tape

Recorders

AMPEX

AG -500

SERIES

The

AG -500

-1 is a versatile new one -channel recorder with full or half -track heads.

This portable single channel solid state unit has input controls that can mix two incoming line signals.

Use of mike pre -amp accessory converts line inputs to accept low impedance microphones.

Narration over music, music

/voice mixing or special sound -on -sound capabilities are possible. Recorder will feed 600 ohm remote broaacast phone line.

The two -channel version

AG

-500

-2 provides complete stereo record and reproduce. A

2

-track erase head used with the

"record

/safe"

selector permits ho If

-track recording of either track, sound -on- sound, cue track and special effects. Like the monophonic version, each electronics channel of the

AG -500

-2 has two inputs, thus offering a built

-in four

-position mixer.

SPECIFICATIONS

SPEEDS: 71/2

33/4 and

15 ips, or

33/4 and

71/2 ips

(AG -500

-4 for

4 track stereo, and

71/2 ips only).

FREQUENCY RESPONSE (OVER -ALL):

15 ps ips

±2 dB, 30 to 15,000 Hz; 324 ips

+2 dB

±2 dB, 30 to 18,000 Hz;

712

-4 dB, 40 to 8,000 Hz.

SIGNAL TO

NOISE RATIO: 7Sí and

15 ips, full track

(60 Hz) 60 dB (50 Hz)

57 dB, half or two track

55 dB.

324 ips full track

.55 dB, half and quarter track 50 dB.

WOW AND FLUTTER: 15 ips less than rms, 324 ips

0.25% rms.

0.15% rms,

71/2 ips less than 0.8%

TIMING ACCURACY:

±0.25

%,

71/2 and

15 ips;

±0.40

%,

33/4 ips.

OUTPUT:

+4 dBm into 600 ohm balanced load.

INPUTS:

2 per channel balanced or unbalanced

(bridging transformer sup- plied) with provisions for plug

-in 600 ohm transformers and low imped- ance plug -in microphone preamplifiers.

POWER REQUIRED: 117

Volts, 60

Hz,

1.50 Amp. 230 Volts, 50 Hz, 0.75 Amp.

RACK SPACE:

Wx6

"D.

Transport,

83"

H x

19" W x

6"

D.

Electronics,

31/2" H x

19"

WEIGHT:

1 channel portable 42 lbs.,

2 chcnnel portable 52 lbs.

The four track AG -500

-4 offers all functions of AG -500

-2 in quarter track stereo

/mono version. Recorder has three one

- fourth track stereo heads; erase, record, play

.

.

.

(tracks

1 and

3 of

4 tracks).

Optional versions are available from factory with extra head and head transfer switch installed.

New precision milled die -cast tape transport is combined with complete solid state electronics and highest quality heads to assure studio quality performance for all field and portable broadcast applications.

A choice of

71/2 to the and

15 ips or

33/4 and

71/2 ips models adds versatility of the

AG -500 series.

A full line of mixers, remote control units, and matching transformers are to meet a wide range of recording needs. available

ORDERING

INFORMATION

AG -500

-1

Single channel Full track, rack mount,

60 Hz

7.5/15 ips,

AG -500

-1 Same as above except half -trcck

AG -500

-1

Single channel,

60 Hz full track, rack mount, 3.75/7.5 ips,

730 -0963

730 -0964

730 -0965

730 -0966

AG -500

-1

Same as above except half

-track

AG -500 -2

Stereo,

2 track, rack mount,

7.i/15 ips, 60 Hz

179

730 -0967

730-0968

AG -500

-2 Stereo as above except 3.75/7.5 ips

Portable Case for

AG

-500 single channel

Portable Case for AG -500 two channel

730 -0970

730 -0971

®

GATES www.americanradiohistory.com

Professional

Tape

Recorders

AMPEX

AG -600

Now

. .

.

Ampex offers a smaller, all new version of the

600 series; the corder. world's

Reliability of finest low -cost the

600 series is professional audio proven by more re- than

35,000 recorders in use throughout the world.

The

AG

-600 is a portable all solid -state recorder

/reproducer available

in single channel (full or half track mono) or two channel

(half or quarter track stereo

/mono).

The

AG -600 series is designed for broadcast, where compact lightweight professional quality recording equipment is needed or where budgets are limited.

The new two -speed transport

(334 and

71/2 ips) uses the same rugged die -cast aluminum frame which made the 600 series so dependable.

This means a more rigid top plate which maintains critical alignment of heads and tape guides. There's also an improved clutch assembly and a new cooling system to add to reliability. counter has been

And, to added. simplify indexing, a three

digit

The new solid -state electronics package allows extreme ver- satility in small space. Each channel has one line and one mike input, providing a built

-in mixer capability.

The line input may be converted to mike input with an accessory plug

- in preamplifier. All set

-up controls are located on the front panel. An isolated output jack allows the use of either high or low impedance headsets for monitoring.

SPECIFICATIONS

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

71/2 ips: from

40 Hz to 15 kHz.

324 ips:

±2 dB from

60 Hz to

10 kHz;

+2

-4 dB

±2 dB from 50

Hz to 7 kHz; +2.4 dB from

40 Hz to

8 kHz.

SIGNAL TO NOISE:

71/2 ips: Full

Full track 57 dB; Half track 55 dB;

334 ips: track

52 dB;

Half track 50 dB.

CROSSTALK REJECTION:

Better than

40 dB mid -frequency.

FLUTTER

0.17

AND WOW: (Measured by ASA Standards)

71 ips less than

%;

33/4 ips less than 0.25%.

TIMING ACCURACY:

71/2 ips

±0.2%

(

±3.6 seconds in 30 minutes.).

±0.4%

(

±7.2 seconds in 30 minutes).

334 ips

FAST

FORWARD

OR

REWIND TIME: 90 seconds for full

1200 foot reel.

SPEEDS:

REEL

Dual speed,

3% and

71/2 ips.

SIZE:

5" and

7

".

INPUTS: Two inputs with individual gain control on each.

1.

2.

Low impedance mike input,

150 microvolts required for program record level. 30 to 250 ohm nominal impedance.

Line input (100 k unbalanced) record level.

-10 dBm required for program

OUTPUTS: Two

1. outputs for each channel.

+4 dBm into 600 ohms. Balanced or unbalanced load.

2.

Headphone monitor jack permits monitoring either input source or tape playback, during recording.

EQUALIZATION: 117 volt,

60

Hz models:

324 ips, 120 microsecond.

71/2

NAB.

115/230 volt,

50 Hz models: ips, NAB or CCIR.

324 ips, 120 ips, or 200 microsecond.

71/2

POWER REQUIREMENTS: For 117 operation

0.3 amperes. volt operation

0.5 amperes. For 230 volt

WEIGHT: Single channel:

28 lbs. portable. Dual channel

42 lbs. portable.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

AG -600

-1

NAB

117

Volt equalization, full track, unmounted, 60

Hz,

AG- 600 -1, as above in portable case

AG- 600-1, NAB equalization, half track, unmounted,

60 Hz,

117

Volt

AG- 600-1, as above in portable case

AG- 600-2, two -channel, two track, one

-half track stereo, NAB equalization, unmounted,

60 Hz, 117 volts

AG -600 -2 same as above in portable case

AG- 600-4,

NAB two channel, four track, one- quarter track stereo, equalization, unmounted, 60

Hz, 117 volt

AG- 600-4,

Same as above in portable case

AA-620 Portable speaker

-amplifier for

AG -600 and AG -500 series. 10" woofer,

312" tweeter,

20 watt solid state ampli- fier in enclosure

Rack

Mount AA-620

730 -1018

730 -1019

730 -1020

730 -1021

730 -1022

730

-1023

730

-1026

730 -1027

730 -1030

730 -1031

0ATEs www.americanradiohistory.com

Professional

Tape

Recorders

SCULLY

PRECISION TAPE

EQUIPMENT

The portable Scully 270 Reproducer is intended for broad- casters, background music operators or any application where long life, in

reliability

and exacting performance specifications tape handling equipment are essential. The companion model 280 complete record /reproduce system has the same fine features plus quality all- transistor recording amplifier.

SPECIFICATIONS

TAPE SPEEDS:

33/4 ips

-71/2 ips or

71/2-15 ips.

TAPE SIZE:

:

" or

1'2

".

HEAD

CONFIGURATION: Monophonic half or channel.

REEL

SIZE: Up to 14

". full track; stereo 2, 3, or

4

REEL

HUBS: NAB, CCIR.

STARTING TIME:

1

/10th second.

STOPPING TIME:

1

/5th second.

FAST

WIND

TIME:

4800 foot reel

-105 seconds.

PLAYING

TIME:

14" reel, 4800 feet

11/2 mil tape

@

33/4 ips

-8 hrs.

71/2 ips

-4 hrs;

14" reel, 9600 feet

'/z mil tape @

33/4 ips

-16

hours; @

71/2 ips-

8 hours.

FREQUENCY RESPONSE: ±-2 dB 50 -7500 Hz @

33/4 ips.

Hz 'a

7'2 ips.

*

1'

2 dB 50-

15,000

Hz @ 15 ips.

-}2 dB

50. 15,000

FLUTTER

AND WOW:

RMS a

15 ips.

0.2%

RMS @

3s4 ips.

0.1%

RMS @

71/2 ips.

.08%

SIGNAL TO

NOISE RATIO

(FULL

TRACK):

-60 dB @ 71/2 and

15 ips.

TIMING ACCURACY: Better than 99.8% (30 minute reel).

AMPLIFIER: Solid State, plug

-in.

AMPLIFIER

EQUALIZATION: Front panel switch.

AMPLIFIER OUTPUT. f

18 dBm

600 ohms balanced line.

AMPLIFIER DISTORTION: Less than

0.5% total

HD at +18 dBm.

OPERATING CONTROLS: Play, fast,

Direction Change, Stop, Speed Selector,

Equalization.

REMOTE FEATURES:

All controls except motor speed change.

REVERSING: Foil using memory. low current transistor switching, with mechanical reversible cap-

MOTORS: Two torque and one hyteresis synchronous speed stan motor.

POWER REQUIREMENTS: 117 V,

50/60

Hz,

275 watts.

CONTROL SYSTEM:

All relays and solenoids 24 volts DC; plug -in relays.

CHASSIS FRAME: sib" cast aluminum

2" depth.

MAIN

PANEL: Precision aluminum plate.

FACE PLATE:

Easily removable, permitting continuous operation.

BREAKING SYSTEM: Disc Type.

TAPE TENSION:

Continuous adjustable electrical controls system.

WEIGHT: 79 lbs.

SHIPPING WEIGHT: 90 lbs.

SIZE:

19" x

2412" x

82.

".

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Model 270-1 Rack mount reproducer, '2 track monophonic, 14" reel capacity.

7.5/15 ips

__

-

Model 270-2 As above, except for stereophonic reproduction

730 -0927

730 -0928

Model 280

-1 Rack

/reproduce.

12 track monophonic,

101/2 reel capacity. 7"2 -15 ips

-

730

-0923

Model 280-2 As above, except for ste- eophonic

730

-0924

Model

280-1

(SP

-14)

Rack mount model 280 monophonic recorder with

14" reel capacity___

Model 280-2

(SP

-14)

As above, except for stereo

730 -0925

730 -0926

181 www.americanradiohistory.com

Professional

Tape

Recorders

MAGNECORD MODEL 1028

STEREOPHONIC

RECORDER

/REPRODUCER

This popular stereophonic recorder with up to

101/2" reel ca- pacity features advanced circuit design, utilizing the latest tube types, and complete pushbutton control of all functions.

Dual speed 7.5 and

15 ips.

Excellent quality for studio or field use. Complete recorder is only 12/8" high.

SPECIFICATIONS

FLUTTER

AND WOW: per second.

0.15% at

7.5 inches per second; 0.1% at

15 inches

TIMING ACCURACY:

±0.2%.

REWIND TIME: 2400 ft., less than

60 sec.

FREQUENCY RESPONSE OVER -ALL RECORD /REPRODUCE: 35 to 16,000 Hz i-2 dB at

7.5 inches per second.

SIGNAL -TO -NOISE RATIO: 55 dB per channel.

INPUTS: Hi

-Z

Hi

-Z microphone and

Hi

-Z unbalanced bridge:

Lo -Z microphone and balanced bridge with input transformers.

INPUT SENSITIVITY:

-90 dBm to

-35 dBm.

OUTPUTS: dBm

Cathode follower, 2.5 volts with output transformers.

±.5 volt. 150/600 ohm balanced,

+3

HEADS: Selectable erase

2- channel record and

2- channel play.

WEIGHT: 47 lbs. (55 lbs. encased).

DIMENSIONS:

17

%" wide, 12%" high, 12" deep (17%" wide,

12" deep encased).

Rack adapter panel available.

141/8" high,

ORDERING

INFORMATION

1028 -2X, Stereo, 71/ -15 ips,

2 track stereo, less case

1028 -24X,

Stereo, as 1028 -2X but stereo play, less case with fourth head

1/4 track

1028 -4X, Stereo,

71/2-15 ips,

1/4 track stereo, less case

1028

-42X, Stereo, same as 1028 -4X, but track stereo play, less case with fourth head

2

Portable carrying case for model

1028 recorder

730

-0421

730-0427

730 -0428

730 -0429

730-0841

®

GATES

182

MAGNECORD MODEL

1021

TRANSISTORIZED

MONOPHONIC

RECORDER /REPRODUCER

Fully transistorized with a necord

1021 regulated power supply, the

Mag- offers the stability of a two speed hysteresis synchronous capstan motor plus separate reel drive motors.

Equalization meets NAB standards. Input and output imped- ances easily changed with adjustable transformers.

SPECIFICATIONS

TAPE

SPEEDS:

3.75 and 7.5 ips.

FLUTTER

AND WOW:

TIMING

ACCURACY:

0.25% at

3.75 ips; 0.2% at 7.5 ips.

+0.2

%.

FREQUENCY RESPONSE- OVER -ALL RECORD /REPRODUCE: 35 to

±2 dB at 3.75 ips; 45 to

18,000

Hz

±2 dB at

7.5 ips.

SIGNAL -TO

-NOISE RATIO: 53 dB, both speeds.

8000

Hz

INPUTS -SWITCH

SELECTED:

160

K ohms;

Microphone,

50 to 150 ohms; Balanced Bridge,

Unbalanced Bridge,

47

K ohms; Unbalanced Auxiliary,

75

K ohms.

OUTPUTS: 150

/600

-ohm balanced

(

+4 dBm), auxiliary

A and auxiliary unbalanced.

HEADS: Erase

B head

-full- track.

Record head

-full

-track. Play head

-half- track.

WEIGHT:

Transport

33 pounds.

Amplifier

14 pounds.

DIMENSIONS: Transport, 19" wide,

101/2" high,

71/4" deep; wide, 5'4" high, 12" deep; Transport

Reel

Overhang, P/4"

Amplifier, 19"

(7

-inch reel).

POWER REQUIREMENTS: 117 V, 60 Hz, 180 watts.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

1021 Series

-Fully play (plays

Transistorized 1021X (manual operation) mon- aural,

334-7'2 full track record, full track erase, half track full or half track) less case

1022 Series

-Fully

Transistorized 1022X (manual operation) ste- reo, 71/2-15 half track stereo, fourth head included for

1/4 track stereo play, less case

1024 Series

-Fully

Transistorized

1024X

(manual operation) ste- reo,

33/4-712: % track stereo, less case

___

730 -0418

730 -0419

A81D128 -A

A81 D129

-1 transport case electronics case

___

_

_

_ _

_

_ _

_

730 -0420

730 -0425

730 -0426 www.americanradiohistory.com

Professional Tape Recorders

-Recording

Tape

UHER

4000-L

The the first choice of radio and

TV correspondents throughout world, the Uher 4000

-L offers the professional quality plus the

portability

demanded by the most critical broad- caster. The quiet, powerful motor is controlled by an

8

-tran- sistor DC voltage stabilizing circuit.

SPECIFICATIONS

TAPE

SPEEDS:

15/16,

1P

33/, and

71/2 ips.

MAXIMUM

REEL

SIZE: 5

".

FREQUENCY RESPONSE: 40

-5000

Hz @

15/16 ips; ips;

40-

10,000 Hz @

17/a

40-

17,000

Hz @

334 ips;

40-

20,000

Hz @

71/2 ips.

SIGNAL TO NOISE RATIO: 55 dB.

WOW AND

FLUTTER:

±0.15% rms @

71/2 ips

(audible frequencies only).

HEADS:

Standard half -track erase and record

/play.

OUTPUTS:

External Speaker, earphone.

INPUTS: Remote

Control, microphone, power.

POWER SUPPLY: Rechargeable drylift storage battery, or batteries, or power unit and battery charger.

5 nickel-cadmium

POWER OUTPUT:

1 watt.

SIZE:

101/2" x 81/2" x

33 ".

WEIGHT:

7 lbs. 6 oz. (less battery).

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Uher 4000

-L

Portable Recorder, complete with remote control dynamic microphone, leather case, AC power unit, battery charger and battery

730 -0844

MAGNETIC

RECORDING TAPE

Scotch

MAGNETI

C

TAPE

FEET NCH

16Ann,

7

INCH

SILICONE LUBRICATED

1

5

MIL ACE -ATE BACKING

111

REEL

SPLICE FREE- PROFESSIONAL

STANDARD

LENGTH

!VSCOMM2irí/iíCI,J

TYPE 111 GENERAL PURPOSE, 1,2 MIL ACETATE

Type 111-0

1/4" x

300',

3" reel. Qty.

1

-11 ea.

Type 111

-12

1/4" x 1200',

7" reel.

Qty.

1

-11 ea.

-

Type 111

-25R 14" x

2500' aluminum,

101/2" reel. Qty.

1

-11 ea.

TYPE

200 DOUBLE PLAY,

1h

MIL

POLYESTER

Type 200.12

1/4" x 1200'

5" reel. Qty.

1

-11 ea.

Type 200-24

1/4" x 2400',

7" reel. Qty.

1

-11 ea.

732 -0010

732 -0027

732 -0025

732 -0152

732 -0017

TYPE 150 EXTRA -LENGTH

1

MIL

POLYESTER

Type 150 -9 1/4' x

900',

5" reel.

Qty.

1

-I1 ea.

732 -0072

Type 150 -18

1/4" x

1800',

7" reel. Qty.

1

-11 ea.

732 -0020

Type

150 -36R

1/4" x

3600' aluminum

101" reel. Qty.

1

-11 ea.

732 -0012

TYPE

153 LUBRICATED TAPE

Type 153

1/4" x 1600'

7" reel

TYPE

190 EXTRA -LENGTH,

HIGH OUTPUT

Type 190-9

1/4" x

900',

5" reel. Qty.

1

-11 ea.

732

-0013

732 -0084

Type 190-18 14" x

1800',

7" reel. Qty.

1

-11 ea.

732 -0075

Type 190 -36R

1/4" x

3600', aluminum

TO!h" reel. Qty.

1

-11 ea. __..732 -0015

TYPE

290 -36

TRIPLE

PLAY

Type 290-36

/" x

3600',

7" reel.

Qty

1

-11 ea.

_

TYPE 175

HEAVY -DUTY TENZAR

Type

175

-6

1/4" x

600',

5" reel. Qty.

T

-11 ea.

__

__

--732

-0140

Fine quality "Scotch" brand audio recording tape is carried in generous quantities at both

Quincy and Houston. Rapid turnover assures fresh stock at all times. Recording tape is shipped prepaid parcel post or rail express anywhere in the

United States, and lowest quantity prices are available.

732

-0170

183

Type 175 -12

1/4" x

1200',

732 -0171 7" reel. Qty-

1

-11 ea.

0

GA-Ines

www.americanradiohistory.com

Gates

Automatic

Tape

Control Division

A complete broadcast automation system in the

Automatic

Tape visitors a chance to see and hear

Covrol demonstration room gives automation in actual operation.

Located in

Bloomington, Illinois, Gates Automatic

Tape Con- trol Division is a leading producer of broadcast automation systems, tape cartridge units and quality controlled tape cartridges. Plant facilities encompass approximately

11,000 square feet of office, engineering and manufacturing space.

Here highly skilled employees design and produce products which are in current use from London, England to London,

Ontario

-from

Melbourne, Florida to

Melbourne, Australia

- and many points in between.

In response to customer requirements,

Automatic

Tape

Control carefully designs and forms automation systems from modular components to achieve the exact system configuration dic- tated by programming format.

An extensive demonstration area is in constant use, as

Gates District Managers usher a steady flow of customers through the facility in order to work out equipment needs, as well as to allow the unfamiliar an opportunity to actually program and operate automated systems.

It was in

Bloomington, in

1959, that the era of modern tape cartridge broadcasting originated, and this pioneering expe- rience is evident in the quality design and construction of all the division's products today.

CATES

184 www.americanradiohistory.com

High Power

Transmitter Installations primilliplimillior

KDAY, LOS ANGELES

-The first station to employ Gates

VP

-50

Vapor

Cooled 50,000 watt

AM transmitter.

WGAN

-=M,

PORTLAND, MAINE

-Utilizes a

Gates 40 kW

FM transmitter

(two

20 kW transmitters with combiner and common exciter).

VOICE OF

AMERICA

-Six

Cates 50,000 watt Model

HF

-50C transmitters in use at the Greenville,

N.

C. transmitting statical.

RADIO

SINGAPORE

-Three

Gates 50,000 watt

Model

HF

-50C transmit- ters used for high power short wave broadcasting.

185

RADIO MALAYSIA

-Three

100,000 watt short wave broadcast trans- mitters Model

HF

-I00 now in operation at

Kuala Lumpur.

®

GATES www.americanradiohistory.com

100,000

Watt

HF

Broadcast

Transmitter

MODEL

HF

-100

Continuous tuning from the front panel over the entire high frequency band of

3

MHz to 26.1 MHz is one of the many outstanding features of

Gates

HF

-100 transmitter. Delivering

100 kW power output, the transmitter employs high level modulation for broadcasting in the international short wave bands.

Air cooled and designed with conservatively rated compo- nents, the

HF

-100 provides unsurpassed

reliability

even when operated

24 hours a day in areas of extreme temperature and humidity. Silicon rectifiers that operate well below maximum ratings are included in all power supplies.

Other

reliability

factors include oil- filled modulation and power components and variable vacuum capacitors in all major amplifier circuits.

Gates

HF

-100 vice transmitter is also available for telegraph ser- and can be supplied without the modulator for

100 kW

CW operation, with high speed keying and frequency shift keying easily accommodated.

CONTINUOUS TUNING:

An advanced, field -proven concept of plate tank circuit design permits continuous tuning over the entire frequency range from the front panel.

This design incorporates only one tuned line tank circuit to allow con- tinuous coverage of the

26.1

MHz).

As this wide frequency range

(3

MHz to circuit is permanently mounted within the transmitter, complete coverage is obtained without the in-

III

GaTEs

186 convenience of plug -in or manually changed power amplifier or output coils. Time -consuming internal component changes and storage problems are eliminated in this 100 kW trans- mitter. With continuous front panel tuning, the

HF

-100 can be adjusted from one pre

-logged operating frequency to an- other within three minutes or less

. .

. allowing maximum on- the

-air time for short wave broadcasters.

ACCESSIBILITY:

All three main are easily accessible from both

HF

-100 transmitter cubicles front and rear.

Vertical and walk

-in construction design permits easy servicing and fast accessibility to components and tubes. Removable sides pro- vide quick access to the power amplifier tank and output sections. Service lights and outlets are ience in servicing and maintenance. provided for conven-

The electrical design of the transmitter utilizes efficient, high

- power, air -cooled tubes and tuned lines that permit a sim- plicity of mechanical construction

-resulting

in a convenient, space- saving size. Three main transmitter cubicles are mounted in line

. . . modulator, control and power amplifier sections.

Other equipment (blower, high voltage and magnetic com- ponents) is floor- mounted externally.

DUAL SILICON HIGH VOLTAGE POWER

SUPPLIES: For greater

reliability

and better regulation, two separate HV supplies are used in the

HF

-100 transmitter. One

HV supply provides

15 kV for the modulator and the other

HV supply provides

12.5 kV for the power amplifier. www.americanradiohistory.com

100,000

Watt

HF

Broadcast

Transmitter

-HF

-100

RADIO

FREQUENCY CIRCUITS:

The exciter is an indepen- dent, self

-powered unit, of pull -out construction, built into the one an control cubicle.

It has provision for selecting from any of ten crystal positions and also provides an input for external

VFO and for

FSK operation.

Only three amplifier stages are employed to raise the output of the

RF exciter to the rated

100 kW transmitter power out- put.

The intermediate power amplifier uilizes one type 4

-65 tube followed by two type 6076

RF drivers. Continuously ad- justable, the

RF driver is conservatively rated with a capability of

8 kW, providing generous reserve power to drive the final amplifier.

The power amplifier consists of two type

F

-8550 triode power tubes.

This well- designed push

-pull output stage has many

The exciter is located in the cen- ter cubicle which also includes the heart of the control system. There is sufficient space for optional dual exciters, permitting opera- tion on twenty crystal controlled channels where desired.

0

The

F

-8550 (PA and modulator) tube weighs 65 pounds and is a highly efficient, high

-pow- ered, long life, air -cooled tri- ode.

Standardization on this type tube for both the modu- lator and power amplifier per- mits interchangeability of tubes for longer useful life.

This re- duces the number of tubes re- quired as spares and lowers the cost of operation. advantages in feeding high frequency antennas, plus stability and tuning in throughout the full frequency range.

It suppression of spurious and harmonic emission. also aids

AUDIO

CIRCUITS:

Only four amplifier stages are used in the

HF

-100 to raise the audio input level of

+10 dBm to the required modulator output level.

The first stage uses two type

6146 tubes followed by the second audio stage, using two type

4

-250 tubes. The audio driver stage uses four type

304TH triodes operating as a direct coupled cathode follower.

Two type

F

-8550 triodes are used as modulators. This system is straightforward in design, prov ding one of the highest quality audio signals obtainable with any system of modulation.

QUIET OPERATION: Rugged cabinet construction and the use of a highly efficient forced air cooling system helps pro- vide unusually quiet sure maximum

operatior.

Air flow is controlled cooling with a minimum of air noise. to in- r t

Three main transmitter cubicles house

(from left to right) the modulator, transmitter control c.rcuitry, and

RF power amplifier.

®

CATES

187 www.americanradiohistory.com

100,000

Watt

HF

Broadcast

Transmitter

-HF

-100

HIGH

LEVEL PLATE utilizes high level

MODULATION: plate modulation

.

The

.

.

HF

-100 transmitter the most reliable, best known, simplest to adjust type of modulation for broad- cast service. One of its biggest advantages is that it is least sensitive to changes in

RF loading.

INTERCHANGEABLE

TUBES: Complete interchangeability between modulator and

RF power amplifier reduces spare tube needs, and, through rotation, adds to tube life.

VARIABLE VACUUM CAPACITORS:

Vacuum type variable capacitors are used in all stages above the 100 watt power level. They are operated well below maximum voltage and current ratings.

METERING:

The operation of the

HF

-100 transmitter can be constantly monitored with the 30 indicating meters provided, nine of which are located along the top of the main trans- mitter assembly.

PROTECTIVE DEVICES: Protective devices are used in circuits.

DC overload devices protect all modulator all tubes, power amplifier tubes, and

RF driver, and each of the two high voltage supplies. AC overload devices are an integral part of the start contactors in the high voltage supply. Blower start contactors are tion. provided

Magnetic circuit with thermal overload protec- breakers protect the bias supplies, in- termediate high voltage supplies, the

RF driver screen supply, the 230 volt bus and control circuitry and other power sources.

INSTALLATION:

The

HF

-100 transmitter has been designed for maximum installation

flexibility

to

fit

different types of buildings. Installation does not require any special tools and built

-in inter -cubicle wiring ducts reduce installation time.

The transmitter is completely air cooled

. . . with an external centrifugal

20 hp. blower providing approximately

10,000

Power amplifier section with top cover removed showing the single continuously tuned line tank c nd separate tuned line output circuits. Note the accessibility and ease of service due to the excellent mechanical arrangement.

CFM of forced be air to the cabinet assembly.

The blower can supplied for single floor or lower floor installation as specified.

All

Gates transmitters are carefully tuned and checked to operating frequency be- fore shipment.

Here, two

100 kW broadcast transmit- ters are shown undergoing final tests.

®

GATES

188 www.americanradiohistory.com

100,000

Watt

HF

Broadcast

Transmitter

-HF

-100

SPECIFICATIONS

CARRIER POWER OUTPUT: 100 kW.

FREQUENCY RANGE:

3

MHz to 26.1 MHz.

Continuously variable from front panel tuning.

TYPE OF

EMISSION: A3.

METHOD

OF

MODULATION: High level plate modulation.

FREQUENCY STABILITY: Rated

.0015

%. Capable of

.0001

%.

CARRIER SHIFT:

5% or less at 100% modulation.

RF

HARMONICS: Suppression of harmonics meets or exceeds CCIR require- ments.

CRYSTAL FREQUENCY: Ten, front panel selected on transmitter. Provision is made for external VFO.

Gates exciter built into

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE:

Supplied for 300 ohms balanced. VSWR 1.5 to

1.

Other output impedances as specified.

POWER LINE REQUIREMENTS: to 480 volts,

3

Available for any one primary voltage 380 wire or 4 wire,

3 phase, 50 or 60

Hz, as specified.

POWER FACTOR:

At least

90%.

POWER CONSUMPTION: 195 kW at

0% modulation;

215 kW at average modulation;

300 kW at 100% modulation.

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

+1.5 dB, 50 to 10,000

Hz at 90% modulation.

AUDIO DISTORTION.

3% or less

50 to 7500 Hz at 90% modulation.

RESIDUAL CARRIER NOISE: 55 dB below 100% modulation.

AUDIO INPUT LEVEL:

Approximately

+10 dBm.

AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE:

500/600 ohms.

TUBE

COMPLEMENT: Exciter

(part of transmitter):

(1 each) 5763 oscillator,

5763 buffer

/multiplier, 6146 buffer amplifier, 6AQ5 screen damper and

OB2 voltage regulator. Transmitter: intermediate amplifier,

(2)

6076

(adio frequency section): (1)

4

-65 drive amplifiers and (2)

F

-8550 power amplifiers. (Audio section): (2) 6146 first amplifier, (2)

4

-250A second am- plifier,

(4) 304TH AF driver amplifier and (2)

F

-8550 modulators.

TEMPERATURE RANGE:

-20

°C to

+50

°C.

ALTITUDE:

To

5000 feet, higher on special order.

SIZE:

Largest individual cubicle dimensions: 5' wide x

61/2' high x

5' deep.

Main transmitter assembly: 14' wide x

6W high x

5' deep (except PA tank and output circuit section, which is

4' high and

71/2' deep).

Trans- mitter assembly occupies 107.5 square feet of floor space.

Blower, oil filled high voltage and modulation transformers and reactors mount ex- ternally.

WEIGHT: Export packed 29,000 lbs.

Cubage: 2050 cubic feet.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Model

HF

-100 high frequency broadcast transmitter,

100.000 watts, with tubes, less crystals____994 -5966

Model

HF

-100TX high frequency telegraph transmitter, 100,000 watts, with tubes, less crystals 994 -5966A

Crystal

(transmitter accommodates 10) __

CR27A

/U

Crystal oven (holds

2 crystals- transmitter accommodates 5) JK

-09C

Spare 100% tube complement for

HF

-100

990 -0510

Additional exciter with power supply

NOTE When ordering state: (a)

994 -5569F primary voltage, (b) primary frequency,

(c)

RF output impedance and

(d) carrier frequencies.

RF

DRIVER

(2)6076

POWER AMPLIFIER

12)F8550

100 KW OUTPUT

300

BALANCED

(

OSC /AMP

5763

10 CRYSTALS

VFO

INPUT

BUFFER/

MULTIPLIER

(115763

BUFFER

(1)4146

Si STANDARD

GATES EXCITER t

IPA

I1)4ó5 l

AUDIO

INPUT

1ST

STAGE

(2)ó146

VOLTAGE

AMPLIFIER

2)4.250A

5/2.5

KV

DRY RECT.

CATHODE

FOLLOWER DRIVER

(4 )-304TH

MODULATOR

(2) -FESSO

IS KV RECT.

DRY RECT.

189 www.americanradiohistory.com

12.5 KV RECT

DRY RECT.

BLOCK

DIAGRAM

HF-100

®

GA

TES

50,000

Watt

HF

Broadcast Transmitter a o

-

~

4,

1111

mwzmr

.::::. aZ it

E a a

0 s

.

a il-' a

14

---

1B-2-ifit

frin

V

. t..

' t ¡

4

-4

MODEL

HF

-50C

Probably the most widely used

50 kW high frequency trans- mitter in the world, dozens of Gates

HF

-50C's are serving world listeners from four continents, with a substantial num- ber in

Voice of

America Stations.

The

HF

-50C transmitter has earned its worldwide acceptance with such features as:

Continuous tuning between 3.9 MHz and 30 MHz; fast plies for frequency change; solid state power sup-

reliability;

oil- filled, fully cased modulation and power transformers that may be mounted outdoors, if desired; interchangeable power amplifier and modulator tubes for economical operation; carefully selected components that provide extra tolerances to assure conservative operation; and efficient air cooling for added dependability.

The precision engineered Gates M -5569D self- powered

85 watt exciter is an integral part of the

HF

-50C. This inde- pendent unit, featuring convenient pull -out construction, to- gether with the

RF driver and associated separate power supply, is vision built into the center cubicle. The exciter has pro- for selection of any one of ten crystal positions and incorporates an input for an external

VFO and Frequency

Shift Keyer.

Two exciter units can be mounted in the transmitter, thus per- mitting operation on

20 channels where desired.

Design features that make the

HF

-50C transmitter convenient to operate with a minimum of maintenance include:

Control:

Overload and undervoltage relays are provided.

Every circuit, large or small, is well protected.

Protective

Devices:

Extensive use is made of interlocking protective circuitry to achieve a high degree of safety personnel and components.

for

Metering:

22 meters are provided for complete monitoring of all circuits, with

8 primary meters located along the top of the power amplifier and modulator cubicles.

Filament

regulation:

Filament voltages for the entire trans- mitter are regulated.

This is handled by a three -phase voltage regulator with electronically controlled motor driven variable transformers keeping filament voltage within 1% at all times.

Construction:

All transmitter cabinets are accessible from front and rear, and are designed to permit easy walk

-in ser- vicing.

Quiet

tem operation:

Use of an efficient forced air cooling sys- provides quiet operation as air flow is controlled to as- sure maximum cooling of all important areas with a minimum of noise.

GATES

190 www.americanradiohistory.com

50,000

Watt

HF

Broadcast

Transmitter-

HF

-50C

,..TTY°

AN anew

.OWN nCT.B

10

<CwREOt

CAD.I

I lM eACTED

I

L

OTITRE REACTED

O

0=c- o

MOOTfATqM nANY041RE

CArC0°f

_L_

FLOOR PLAN HF

-50C

T o c

- rIÓIMYT

A'

INSTEP sr.!

VS SUMP

LAID

H..D rGtlf onto,.

OITT

RICT pRr trowe flcT j

.;.;.

r,...á: i

IóYT

! ;Y

R

RT

Recn

MY elms

RIOT

.10Y

ORIrCTI

,...

OYTRYT eRLCIe

BLOCK

DIAGRAM

HF

-50C

1111

OSOS

II

REI1

IRcT

OA

RY

ORT SECT l

CARRIER POWER OUTPUT:

50,000 watts.

FREQUENCY RANGE: 3.9 band to

30

MHz or

3 to 26.5 MHz (as ordered) in one with front panel tuning.

(See

Note

1.)

TYPE OF

EMISSION:

Al,

A2, A3 and

F1. (See

Note 2).

METHOD OF

MODULATION: High level plate modulation.

FREQUENCY STABILITY:

.0015% capable of .0001%.

CARRIER SHIFT:

5% or less at 100% modulation.

RF

HARMONICS:

-80 dB or better

(exceeds CCIR requirements).

RF

DRIVE: ter.

The

Provided by standard Gates

M

-5569D exciter built into transmit- exciter has 10 crystal positions and provisions for external

VFO.

OUTPUT

IMPEDANCE: Adjustable ohms, VSWR 1.7 to 1).

300 to 800 ohms resistive balanced (500

POWER LINE REQUIREMENTS: to 480 volts;

3

Available for wire or

4 wire,

3 any one primary voltage 380 phase, .50 or 60 Hz. (See note 3).

POWER FACTOR At least 90

%.

POWER

CONSUMPTION: 105 kW at 0% modulation;

130 kW at average modulation;

160 kW at

100% modulation.

FREQUENCY RESPONSE.

X1.5 dB, 50 to 10,000 Hz.

SPECIFICATIONS

AUDIO DISTORTION:

3.5% or less,

50 to

7500

Hz at 95% modulation.

RESIDUAL CARRIER NOISE: 55 dB below 100% modulation.

AUDIO INPUT LEVEL: -i 10 dBm,

±2 dB.

AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE:

600 ohms.

TUBE

COMPLEMENT:

(Exciter): 5763 oscillator, 5763 buffer /multiplier, and two 6146 buffer amplifiers.

(Audio and

RF sections): (1)

6076

RF driver,

(2)

F

-6804

RF power ampli- fiers,

(2) 6146 first audio amplifiers, (2) 813 second audio amplifiers, (2)

304TH cathode follower audio amplifiers, (2) F-6804 modulators. Power supplies are all solid state.

TEMPERATURE RANGE:

-20° to

+45

°C.

ALTITUDE: To

5000 feet (higher on special order).

SIZE:

Largest individual cubicle dimensions 4' wide x

Eta' high x

5' deep.

Transmitter assembly: 11' wide x

61/2 high x

5' deep (except

PA section which has

11/2' extension of plate tank across rear top of cubicle).

Trans- mitter assembly occupies 55 square feet of floor space.

Blower, high voltage and modulation components mount externally.

WEIGHT: Domestic packed, 23,500 lbs.; export packed, 25,900 lbs.

Cubage:

1700 cubic feet.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Model

HF

-50C high frequency broadcast

(see

Notes

1 and

3)___.

Same as above for

50 Hz

Crystals

(see

Note 4)

. operation

- transmitter.

Crystal oven (holds

Spare two crystals)

(see

Note

100% tube complement for

HF-50C

Additional exciter with power supply

-

5).

50,000 watts with tubes, less crystals

994 -5924

-

994 -5924A

CR

-27A

/U

JK

-09C

990 -0374

994 -5569D

NOTES: (1)

When ordering, state preferred frequency range. (2)

Optional frequency shift kever required for

Fl operation.

(3) Please specify exact primary voltage and frequency when crdering. (4)

Please state crystal frequencies when ordering.

(5) Two crystals mount in one

JK

-09C temperature controlled oven. If ten crystals are ordered, then

5 ovens are required, etc.

®

CATES

191 www.americanradiohistory.com

20,000 Watt

HF

Broadcast

Transmitter

This remarkable transmitter, field proven in over

16 different countries, represents the ultimate in

20 kW high frequency transmitter performance.

It is designed for continuous 24- hour

-a

-day operation in all parts of the world, including areas with tropical climates.

Air cooled and employing high level plate modulation, the

HF

-20B is tunable over the entire frequency spectrum between

4 and

22

MHz.

FAST

TUNING:

Once the frequency band is selected, trans- mitter tune -up can be made within one minute from front panel controls. Except for the final tank coil, all circuits are continuously and

22

MHz. variable and front panel tuned between

4

MHz

Changing of the final tank coil, which sets on a sliding carriage in the PA tank frame assembly, is speedily accomplished.

Five coils are supplied for full

4

-22 MHz cov- erage. Counter type controls read to

1

/10

turn to permit accurate logging of all tuned circuits and quick return to any previously employed frequency.

MODEL

HF

RADIO

FREQUENCY

AND AUDIO

SECTIONS:

A two -stage radio frequency exciter unit incorporates switching positions for four crystals and input provisions for an external

VFO or frequency shift keyer.

The

6146 straight amplifier or dou- bler stage is followed by two type

4

-250A tubes which pro- vide an abundance of

RF drive to the final amplifier.

Four

3X2500F3 triodes operate push

-pull parallel in the power output stage.

A superb audio system consisting of four stages, all push

-pull, is employed in the

HF

-20B. Four type

3X3000F1 triodes operating push

-pull are used as

Class

B modulators.

OUTPUT COUPLING:

To accommodate a wide variety of transmission lines, a balanced matching output network is incorporated, using series variable coils and parallel variable vacuum capacitors designed to match 300 to 800 ohm resis- tive balanced lines

(500 ohms, with VSWR 1.7 to

1). Both variable coils and capacitors have counter type tuning con- trols also for accurate logging.

(A 50 ohm unbalanced output is available on special order).

192 www.americanradiohistory.com

20,000 Watt

HF

Broadcast

Transmitter-

HF

-20B

Rear view of the

HF

-20B.

POWER

SUPPLIES: Five major power supplies and bias voltages to the

HF

-20B deliver plate transmitter.

To assure greater reliability and better regulation, separate high voltage sup- plies are used for the modulator and power amplifier.

RELAYS devices

AND PROTECTION: Magnetic

AC contactors are inserted in tected by all main primary lines.

All major tubes are pro- individual supervisory overload relays. Protection included for door interlock and air failure.

MODEL

HF

-20BX: Identical to scribed herein, but has

400 tie

HF

-20B transmitter de- word per minute keyer added.

This tions, model may be used for broadcasting, voice communica- telegraph, or with optional frequency shift keyer.

MODEL

HF

-20CX:

The audio frequency response is for voice only in this model; otherwise it is the same as the

HF

-20BX, including keyer and provision for

FSK.

Audio response is rated 200 -3,500

Hz

±3

db.

CARRIER POWER OUTPUT: 4

-18

MHz, 20,000 watts.

18 -22

MHz, 16,000 watts modulated (A3). Full 20 kW output

4

-22 MHz telegraph.

FREQUENCY RANGE: 4

-22 MHz.

RF

STABILITY:

.003% or better, with

JK -09C oven.

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE: 300 -800 ohms resistive

VSWR

1.7 to 1.) (50 ohms balanced. unbalanced, optional).

(500 ohms, with

POWER LINE REQUIREMENTS: 230 volts,

3 phase,

50/60 voltages or line frequencies available on special order.

Hz.

Other primary

POWER FACTOR:

90% or better.

POWER kW.

CONSUMPTION: 0% modulatior,

37

100% modulation

(sine wave),

55 kW. kW. Average modulation,

43

POWER REDUCTION: Low power tune -up switch provided.

AUDIO RESPONSE:

-

-1.5 dB, 50- 10,000 Hz.

DISTORTION:

3% or less,

100 -5000

Hz.

4% or less

50 -7500

Hz.

SPECIFICATIONS

NOISE: 55 dB or better below 100% modulation.

CRYSTAL POSITIONS: Four; input for external

VFO or

FSK provided.

KEYING: 400 wpm with essential square to wave form, on

-off keying.

Key

- er supplied on

Models

HF

-20BX and

HF

-20CX only.

TUBES: (RF section)

6AG7 oscillator, 6AG7 buffer, 6146 buffer

/doubler,

(2)

4

-250A

RF driver,

(4)

3X2500F3 power amplifiers. (Audio section) (2) 6J7 first audio, (2) 807 second audio, (2) 945 audio driver,

(4) 3X3000F1 modulators. (Power supplies) (12) 673 HV rectifiers,

(4)

8008

LV rectifiers,

;2) 866A

LV rectifiers. (Keyer) (1) 812 keyer tube.

SIZE: HF -20B and

HF

-20BX,

205" wide,

4E02" deep, 78" high.

Door swing,

40" front and rear. Floor space for external transformers:

10' x

9'.

Larg- est cabinet size uncrated:

HF

-20CX,

175" wide,

45" wide, 50' deep, 78" high.

48'2" deep, 78" high. Door swing,

40" front and rear. Floor space for external transformers: 5' x

6'.

WEIGHT: (Packed) domestic, 11,000 lbs.; export, 13,900 lbs.

Cubage: 1050 cubic feet.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

HF

-20B, 20 kW broadcast transmitter,

4

-22 MHz,

HF

-20BX, 20 kW broadcast transmitter, less crystals with one set of coils, tubes, less crystals with tubes and with keyer added, 4-22 MHz,

HF

-20CX, 20 kW telephone and telegraph transmitter, less crystals with tubes and keyer, 4-22 MHz,

Spare 100% tube

Spare kit for

HF-20B

100% tube kit for

HF

-20BX-

Crystal and holder, .02% accuracy (specify

Temperature controlled crystal oven holds operating frequency) two

CR27A

/U crystals for 0.003% accuracy

994 -4748

994 -47784

994-47788

990 -0139

990 -0140

CR27A

/U

JK

-09C

®

GATES

193 www.americanradiohistory.com

10,000

Watt

High

Frequency

Broadcast Transmitter

MODEL

HF

-1OB

POWER OUTPUT:

10,000 watts.

FREQUENCY RANGE:

2

-22

MHz. (4-30 MHz on special order).

TYPE OF

EMISSION: (Model

HF

-10B) A3. (Models

HF

-10BX,

HF

-10CX)

A2, A3 and

F1 with external frequency shift keyer.

Al,

FREQUENCY STABILITY: .003

%, with oven.

CARRIER SHIFT:

5% or less at 100% modulation.

RF

HARMONICS: Suppression of harmonics ments. meets or exceeds CCIR require-

OUTPUT

IMPEDANCE: 300 to 800

VSWR 1.7 to

1). (50 ohms ohms resistive unbalanced on balanced. (500 special order). ohms with

POWER LINE REQUIREMENTS: 230 volts, 3 phase, 50 or 60 Hz (as

(Other voltages or line frequencies available on special order.) ordered).

POWER FACTOR:

90% or better.

POWER kW.

CONSUMPTION:

100% modulation,

0%

30 modulation, kW.

21 kW. Average modulation, 23

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

HF

-10CX)

(Model

HF

-10B

±3 dB,

150.4000

Hz.

+1.5 dB, 30-

10,000

Hz.

(Model

DISTORTION:

(Model

HF -LOB)

3% or less

50 to

7500

Hz.

(Model

HF

-10CX)

10% or less

150 -4000 Hz.

AUDIO

INPUT:

+15 dBm

±2 dB.

NOISE:

(Model

HF -LOB)

60 dB or better below 100% modulation. (Model

HF

-10CX) 45 dB or better below 100% modulation.

CRYSTAL POSITIONS: 4, front panel selected.

TUBES: (2)

6AG7,

673, (3) 807,

(2)

4.250A,

(Keyer is

(2) 6J7, (4) 845, (4) type 812A).

3X2500F3,

(4)

8008, (6)

SIZE:

125" wide,

78" high,

481" deep. Front door swing,

19

"; back door swing 40

".

Size of largest cubicle uncrated:

45" wide, 50" deep,

78" high.

(Space required to accommodate optional external oil -filled mag- netic components 8' x

3').

WEIGHT AND CUBAGE:

MODEL

DRY

COMPONENTS

OIL

-FILLED COMPONENTS

(Optional)

HF-IOB

6600 lbs. domestic packed

6815 lbs. export packed

533 cu. ft.

8000 lbs. domestic packed

10,174 lbs. export packed

566 cu. ft.

HF-10CX

6150 lbs. domestic packed

6360 lbs. export packed

523 cu. ft.

6950 lbs. domestic packed

9125 lbs. export packed

533 cu. ft.

ALTITUDE:

6000 feet. (Higher on special order.)

ORDERING

INFORMATION

HF

-10B,

10 kW broadcast transmitter, with tubes, less crystals

_

994 -3787

HF

-10BX,

10 kW broadcast transmitter, keyer, less crystals

- with tubes, electronic

994 -3789

HF

-10CX,

10 kW communications telephone and transmitter, with tubes, less crystals telegraph

HF

-10TX,

10 kW communications tubes, less crystals telegraph transmitter, with

994 -3793

994 -3795

Spare 100% tube kit for all models

Crystal and holder (.02% accuracy) (specify frequency)

_ operating

Temperature controlled oven, holds

(.003% accuracy) two

CR27A

/U crystals,

990-0253

CR27A

/U

JK -09C

NOTES:

(1) State line frequency as 50 or 60 Hz. (2)

Above models are for

2

-22 MHz and with self -contained dry type power components. (3)

All models available for 4-30 MHz at slight extra cost. (4)

All models available with external oil- filled plate transformer, modulation trans- former, and modulation reactor at extra cost. (5)

Be sure and state carrier frequency /s, primary voltage and frequency when ordering.

GATES

194 www.americanradiohistory.com

1000

Watt

High

Frequency

Broadcast

Transmitter

MODEL HF-1M

This 1000 watt high level modulated, high frequency trans- mitter may be used for

(a) high quality short wave broad- casting, (b) as a voice communication transmitter, or

(c) as a

1300 watt telegraph transmitter. Frequency range is from

3

MHz to 32

MHz, continuously tunable from the front panel.

Operation between

2

MHz and

3

MHz is quickly attainable by inserting a padder capacitor provided. The

RF exciter section accommodates as many as

10 crystals, rotary switch selected.

BROADCAST OPERATION:

The

HF

-1M transmitter is an ideal short wave broadcast transmitter, with wide audio re- sponse, low distortion and noise. The heavy design allows

24 -hour schedules under wide extremes in temperature and humidity.

COMMUNICATIONS OPERATION:

The HF

-1M may be used for point to point communication service with 1000 watt mod- ulated output or up to 1300 watts output when operated as a is

CW transmitter. When suggested operating in voice (A3) service, it that the Gates M -6543 limiter

/amplifier

be em- ployed.

This operation permits a very high level of voice mod- ulation and

intelligibility.

In

CW service, keying speeds of

60 words per minute are keyer may be obtainable, anc a frequency shift added for radio teletype service.

GENERAL DESIGN:

(RF section): A 3- stage,

85 watt exciter drives a single ended

4

-1000A

Class

C power amplifier. Out- put to the 45 -75 ohm transmission line is via a

PI

-L network.

Any frequency between

3

MHz and

32

MHz may be set from the front panel and logged for quick return. (Audio section):

High level Class

B modulators utilizing tie long life 833A modulator tubes develop generous audio power to modulate the Class

C power amplifier. There are

3 push

-pull audio stages with inverse feedback adding to the already excellent performance.

SPECIFICATIONS

POWER OUTPUT: 1000 watts

(100% modulated)

2 to 26 MHz. 800 watts

(100% modulated)

26 to 32 MHz.

FREQUENCY RANGE:

2 to 32 MHz. Continuously variable from

3 to 32 MHz.

TYPE OF

EMISSION:

Al,

A2, A3 and

F1 with external

FSK.

FREQUENCY STABILITY: .003

%.

RF

HARMONICS: Meets or exceeds CCIR standards.

CRYSTAL POSITIONS: 10, with each JK

-09C temperature controlled oven holding two

CR27A

/U crystals and holders.

RF

OUTPUT:

Single ended into

Pi -L network to match 45 to 75 ohm lines un- balanced. Other

RF output impedances accommodated by special coupler available to buyer's specific needs.

CARRIER SHIFT:

3% or better at 100% modulation when installed with adequate primary mains.

AUDIO

PERFORMANCE: (Response)

31/2%

--

21/2 dB, 30- 10,000 Hz.

(Distortion) or less

50 -7500 Hz,

95% modulation. (Input) 150/600 ohms at +10 dB for 100% modulation.

NOISE: 55 dB or better below 100% modulation.

TUBES: (4 each) 1622, 5R4GY, (2 each)

5763, and

(1 each) 4-

6146, 6Y6G, 6SN7, 833A, 8008,

1000A,

OB2,

6AQ5.

AC INPUT: 230 volts, 50 60 Hz,

1 phase,

3 wire.

Power consumption at 0% modulation,

3.2 kW; at average modulation, 3.7 kW; at 100% modula- tion, 4.5 kW.

SIZE

AND WEIGHT:

78" high, 42" wide,

30" deep.

Weight packed

(domes- tic)

1300 lbs.,

(export) 1450 lbs. Cubage: 152 cu. ft.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

HF

-1M 1000 watt

HF transmitter with tubes, less crystals

100% tube complement for

HF

-1M

994

-4964

990 -0249

Crystal and holder to mount in

JK

-097 oven

Temperature controlled oven

Limiter

/amplifier

CR27A /U for

1 or

2

-ype CR27A

/U crystals

__

JK

-09C

994 -6543

NOTE:

Be sure to state carrier frequent es when ordering.

==2

GA

TES

195 www.americanradiohistory.com

High

Frequency

Modulation

Monitor

MODEL

M -5774

Developed especially for use in the

2

MHz to 30 MHz short wave broadcast band, the Gates M -5774 modulation monitor gives the most reliable indication of modulation performance of any known meter device.

The response time is extremely fast, with the meter within

90% of correct reading with only a

5 millisecond modulation pulse. This high accuracy is pos- sible because of an advanced design derivative controller circuit. A self

-calibrating feature eliminates dependence on other equipment such as an oscilloscope or tone modulator to check and correct accuracy. Recalibration, if needed, can be made in seconds.

DESIGN: The design objective was to provide short wave broadcasters with an instrument that would directly read mod- ulation percentage faster and more accurately than any other known direct reading instrument. It is faster by 35 milliseconds than monitors used in standard broadcasting service. The maximum use in maximum of the carrier without overmodulation results total signal strength.

In lower power stations, this value is rect use indispensable.

In higher power stations, the cor- of this monitor could have the same effect as several thousand additional watts of power.

PATENTED:

The exclusive derivative controller circuit is used only by Gates under

U. S.

Patent 2,984,796.

To add to per- formance, the to detector is

DC coupled to the measuring circuits avoid errors when transmitted wave forms are not sym- metrical.

FREQUENCY RANGE:

.54 MHz to 30 MHz.

RF

INPUT:

Approximately

70 ohms at

14 volts.

SPECIFICATIONS

MODULATION RANGE: (Meter) 0-100% on negative peaks; 0 -110% on positive peaks. (Flasher) 50% to

100% on negative peaks in steps of

5

%.

RESPONSE:

(Meter) 0.2 dB, 50- 15,000 Hz. (Flasher) 0.6 dB, 20 -7500 Hz.

ACCURACY: (Meter)

(Flasher)

±2% full scale at 1000 Hz any modulation percentage.

±2% at 1000

Hz.

RESPONSE a

TIME:

(Meter)

Responds to within 90% of correct reading with single

15 millisecond pulse of modulation. Needle returns to

10% of reading in 1100 to 1400 milliseconds after signal is removed.

(Flasher) Responds to a 15 millisecond pulse of modulation and remains on for about

Vs second.

CIRCUITS:

(Meter) (1) Direct coupled amplifier responds correctly to any modulation waveform. (2)

High speed meter circuit.

(3) Self- calibration without external equipment. (Flasher) (1) Direct coupled flasher shows accurately negative peaks of modulation regardless of waveform.

(2)

Flasher uses a DC plate supply permitting all overmodulation peaks to be indicated.

(3)

Self-calibration.

DIRECT

LINEARITY: to

Negative peak clipping in the detector is negligible up

7500

Hz. Does not exceed 5% at 15,000

Hz at 100% modulation.

OUTPUT

TERMINATIONS: For (a) extension modulation meter, (b) extension flasher,

(c) distortion analyzer and (d) a

600 ohm output at

-20 dBm for proof of performance measurements. Performance at 600 ohm termina- tions is:

(Response)

±0.2 dB 50- 15,000 Hz.

(Distortion) 0.25 %,

20- 15,000

Hz.

(Noise)

65 dB or better below output level.

POWER: 105 -125 volts or 115 -135 volts,

50/60

Hz, 100 watts.

MECHANICAL: Size:

19" x

834" x

111/2" deep. Weight packed: (domestic)

41 lbs.,

(export) 64 lbs. Cubage:

4 cubic feet. Finish: Beige -gray.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Modulation monitor,

.54

MHz to 30 MHz, with tubes

Spare 100% tube kit___

Extension modulation percentage meter

_

994 -5774

990 -0346

994 -5836

®

GATES

NOTE: This monitor is also available as Model 994- 5774A, which carries FCC approval

3

-108. It varies only in the slower attack time which is

50 milliseconds.

This model will be supplied without extra cost or delay, when specified.

196 www.americanradiohistory.com

SG-75A/I3

Communications Exciter

Gates

SG

-75 frequency synthesized independent sideband exciter features total solid state design plus extensive use of integrated circuits.

It provides a power output of 100 milli

- watts over the

2 to 30 MHz range, and has six separate op- erating modes.

Direct digital frequency adjustments on the front panel permit selection of 280,000 frequencies in

100

Hz increments.

A self- contained wideband frequency shift keyer provides a full carrier shifted in frequency center

±400 to 425

Hz about the frequency. This eliminates the need for an external keyer or tone oscillator and provides the advantages of direct reading of center frequency.

Automatic gain control is used to control the inputs to bal- anced modulator stages.

Controlled carrier level is provided in the lower, upper and indeper dent sideband modes.

This carrier level control is automatically turned off in the

FSK mode. Carrier level control is on the front panel along with all normal operating controls.

The

FSK inputs allow polar, neutral and dry contact keying.

The

"B"

version of the SG -75 provides selectable carrier in- sertion compatible with

CCIR recommendations.

FREQUENCY

RANGE

2 to

29.9999

MHz in

100

Hz steps

280,000 channels).

OPERATING MODES: CW (Ao,

ISB

(A3b).

Al),

FSK

(F1); AME (A3h);

USB, LSB

(A3a, j);

RATED POWER OUTPUT: 100 mW

PEP

/CW.

FREQUENCY CONTROL:

Digital control of stabilized VFO, synthesized.

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE:

50 ohms nominal.

GAIN

CONTROL:

Automatic with manual override.

TUNING TIME. 10 seconds.

METHOD OF

TUNING: Automatic.

SIGNAL

TO

NOISE RATIO:

In band 50 dB.

Out of band

60 dB, exclusive of harmonics.

SIGNAL TO DISTORTION RATIO: 50 dB at rated output. (Distortion prod- ucts:

At rated output,

3rd and higher order products are at least 50 dB below either tone of a standard two -tone test signal).

CARRIER LEVEL:

Selectable:

SG

-75A, 0,

-16, -26, -55 dB.

-6,

-20,

-

55 dB. SG -758, 0,

-6,

STABILITY:

1 x 10

7 per day

(optional

5 x

10

" per cay

).

UNWANTED

SIDEBAND REJECTION: 60 dB at 500

Hz.

SPECIFICATIONS

AUDIO

INPUT: Two independent

600 ohm channels balanced or unbal- anced,

-20 to

+10 dBm for full

RF output with independent

AGC am- plifiers.

AUDIO

FREQUENCY RESPONSE: 250 to 3000 Hz or 250 to

6000

Hz with

3 dB maximum ripple.

FSK

Hz

CAPABILITY: Wideband

FSK built in, adjustable from

(other shifts optional).

--400 to

+425 watts maximum,

POWER INPUT: 115 230 volts, -_*10%, 47 to 400 Hz, 50

2 wire, single phase.

All power supplies regulated.

TEMPERATURE: 0° to

+50

°C.

HUMIDITY:

0 to 95

%.

ALTITUDE: Sea level to 10,000 feet.

OUTPUT CONNECTOR: Type BNC.

SIZE:

83." high, 19" wide, 17" deep.

WEIGHT: 56 lbs. net; domestic pack 75 lbs.;

6 cubic feet. export pack 110 lbs.;

OPTIONAL

REMOTE

CONTROL: Electronic with adapter.

Cubage:

COMPONENTS:

All components meet MIL specifications where practicable.

NOTE: The SG -75 exciter operates with Gates

1, 3, or

10 kW linear power amplifiers.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

SG

-75A synthesized

HF ISB exciter

-

5G

-75B synthesized

HF ISB exciter

(CCIR compatible)

994 -6562 -003

994 -6562 -004

®

GATES

197 www.americanradiohistory.com

10 kW Automatically

Tuned

ISB HF

Power

Amplifier

A single

8171

/4CX10,000D ceramic tetrode, operat- ing

Class

AB, in a grounded screen configuration, produces the full

10 kW

PEP or CW output with maximum stability,

MODEL ATL

-10

Designed for operation in high performance

SSB transmitting systems, the

Gates

ATL -10 linear amplifier requires only

0.1 watt

RF drive power to tune automatically from

2

-30 MHz in

20 seconds or less.

Power output is

10 kW peak envelope or average into an antenna load in any mode requiring linear amplification in a 16 kHz bandwidth.

A reliable, simplified tune sequence control governs the automatic tuning circuits with a minimum of control band information from the exciter. No information is required. Prepositioning of the tuning ele- ments is achieved directly from information taken from the input

RF frequency, thus making the power amplifier suitable for use with any exciter capable of delivering

100 mW of drive power.

A unique feature of the ATL

-10 is the use of DC torque motors to position the tuning elements.

These are direct -drive motors

®

GATE3

198 that eliminate much of the mechanical complexity heretofore inherent in automatically tuned equipment. As DC motors are insensitive to power line frequency, the Gates ATL -10 ampli- fier may be operated from various sources without the need for an optional frequency inverter.

The ATL

-10

Exciter, amplifier, when combined with the Gates

SG

-75A offers full remote control capability.

This optional re- mote control equipment is available to operate both units in a variety of configurations. Combining the SG

-75A and

ATL

-

10 produces the advanced

STAR

-10 sideband transmitter.

RF

INPUT: A single type

8233 tube operating

Class A in the broad -band input amplifier assures high gain with stability, while maintaining low distortion characteristics.

A single type

8321/4CX350A second

Class

A amplifier also operates com- pletely broad -band.

The interstage networks up to and in- cluding the input to the driver amplifier are broad -banded and do not require servo tuning.

DRIVER AMPLIFIER: A erated

Class AB, to pair of 8321/4CX350A tubes are op- develop satisfactory reserve drive power for the final amplifier grid.

Efficiency of this stage is max- imized by the use of a parallel tuned matching network to couple into the final amplifier. Approximately

8 dB of

RF feedback is applied to the cathode of the driver from the plate circuit of the final amplifier to improve the linearity of these stages.

POWER AMPLIFIER:

The final amplifier employs an

8171/

4CX10,000D ceramic tetrode operating

Class

AB, in a ground- ed screen configuration for maximum stability.

The grid drive network and plate tank circuits are automatically tuned to resonance by

DC control amplifiers and torque output tuning and loading network is a pi

-L motors.

filter

The designed for optimum harmonic rejection and load matching

This

ability.

circuit is capable of matching into a 3:1

VSWR at a full rated power, with optimum loading obtained by the third

DC motor and servo system. www.americanradiohistory.com

10 kW Automatically

Tuned

ISB HF

Power

Amplifier

-ATL

-10

SPECIFICATIONS

FREQUENCY RANGE:

2 to 30 MHz.

OPERATING MODES: Dependent on type of exciter.

RATED POWER OUTPUT: 10 kW

PEP or average.

OUTPUT

IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms with VSWR up to 3:1.

GAIN

CONTROL:

Capable of automatic with proper exciter interface.

GAIN VARIATION:

4 dB maximum, 2-30 MHz.

TUNING

TIME: 20 seconds maximum.

METHOD OF

TUNING: Automatic, remote.

HARMONIC OUTPUT:

2nd,

-56 dB below full output, all others 60 dB.

SIGNAL

TO

NOISE RATIO: 50 dB.

SIGNAL

TO

DISTORTION RATIO: Capable of 40 dB,

2 to 27.5 MHz; 38 dB,

27.5 to 30 MHz.

(Distortion products: At rated output, third and higher order distortion products are at least 40 dB below either tone of a stand- ard two

-tone test signal

2 to

27.5 MHz, and at least 38 dB 27.5 to 30

MHz.)

BANDWIDTH: 25 kHz; 1.5 dB ripple

2 to

4

MHz, 1.0 dB ripple

4 to 30 MHz.

INPUT IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms, 1.5:1 VSWR

(maximum).

INPUT CONNECTOR: Type BNC.

RF

INPUT POWER: 100 mW maximum for both tune and operate.

POWER INPUT: 200, 210, 220, 230, 240

47 -63 Hz, 24 and 250 volts, kVA at 0.95 power factor, at

10 kW CW.

±10

%,

3 phase,

TEMPERATURE:

0° to 50 °C.

HUMIDITY: 0 to 95 %.

ALTITUDE: Sea level to 10,000 feet.

OUTPUT CONNECTOR:

1

%" EIA flange.

REMOTE

CONTROL:

Optional.

COMPONENTS:

All components meet MIL specifications where practicable.

SIZE:

69" high,

40" wide,

27" deep.

WEIGHT: 1300 lbs. net. Domestic pack, 1545 lbs.

Export pack, 1700 lbs. Cu- bage: 88.7 cubic feet.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

ATL

-10 10,000 watt automatically tuned

ISB HF power am- plifier, complete with cabinet

100% spare tube kit

994 -6506

990-0574

$233

CONTROL

4(x350

R.

F.

NEEORACR

24(5350

4CX10.0000

TINT

(OAUCANO

TUNE

H ualoNa

(eNTROL

I

8

---f

AC lNï

230 VAC

3/

54400

CYCLE

p

SUPPLY

OAORK

COAVTI o r

DIP

^'1 cour. e.

F.

OUTPUT

10 kW son

3:15WR

BLOCK

DIAGRAM

ATL

-10

®

GATES

199 www.americanradiohistory.com

10 kW Automatically

Tuned

ISB

HF

Transmitter

TUNING:

Automatic frequency change is accomplished through a sequential control which is activated by a specific

"Tune" command and a new reference frequency. The three

DC servo motors are operated in closed loop proportional control servo systems to accomplish the

Tuning time is actual adjustment. normally

20 seconds or less.

SENSORS sensed

AND

DETECTORS: The change in frequency is by a frequency discriminator which is coupled to the output of the second broad -band amplifier.

This develops an analog signal from which coarse positioning of the tuning and loading components is accomplished. The output of both the driver and the final are sampled by phase detectors and compared with their input signals for a precise determination of resonance. This provides fine tuning adjustments for the plate tank circuit of the driver and final. Final amplifier load- ing is controlled by sensing the voltage gain of the output stage.

DC

SERVO SYSTEMS:

The input to the servo system is an operational amplifier with a feedback loop to shape the sys- tem response to an error signal.

This method of response shaping reduces the system cost and complexity by replacing the

The tachometer generator with minor electrical components. servo power amplifier is a direct coupled solid state

DC proportional amplifier with a transistor bridge output which provides high efficiency and dynamic braking.

MODEL

STAR

-10

Use of direct -drive

DC torque motors provide system sta-

bility

due to the high torque to inertia ratio

(Ta

/Ja).

Because the motors are directly coupled to the shafts there is no dead zone caused by gear backlash.

Since there are no gears in- volved, and the motors turn at a relatively slow speed, no slip clutch is required.

Totally modern in design, the

STAR

-10 is a complete

10 kW transmitter for

HF communication service.

It incorporates a synthesized exciter that generates a total of 280,000 discrete frequencies, spaced every

100 Hz in the

2

-30

MHz band; and a linear power amplifier

(ATL -10) which provides a full 10 kW on single tone, as well as 10 kW

PEP.

RF

INPUT:

A unique light sensitive resistor and

DC amplifier circuit in the input stage provides superior gain control while minimizing effects of distortion normally associated with less well isolated control circuits. A single type 8321/4CX350A, a second

Class A amplifier, also operates completely broad- band.

The interstage networks up to and including the input to the driver amplifier are broad -banded and therefore do not require servo tuning.

An optional remote control system provides selection of ten preset channels. A second selection of the optional system provides remote full 280,000 discrete frequencies available from the exciter.

The STAR

-10 can be retuned, and mode or power level changed in less than 25 seconds, from the time the remote control is actuated to the time the final loads.

All components are solid state except

LPA tubes.

Integrated circuits are used to control digital tuning of the synthesizer.

Signal circuits of the exciter, plus the servo control circuit of the LPA, are discrete components.

DRIVER

AND FINAL AMPLIFIER:

A pair of 8321

/4CX350A's, followed by an

8171/4CX10,000D are operated

Class

AB, in a grounded screen configuration for maximum stability.

The grid drive network and plate tank circuits are automatically tuned to resonance by

DC control tors.

The amplifiers and torque mo- output tuning and loading network is a pi

-L

filter

designed for optimum harmonic rejection and load matching ability.

This circuit is capable of matching into a 3:1

VSWR at a full rated power, with optimum loading obtained by the third

DC motor and servo system.

LOW DISTORTION: Third order distortion products are at least 40 dB below either tone of a two -tone test at rated power output up to 27.5 MHz.

CATES

200

RF

PROTECTIVE DEVICES: protected

All stages of the amplifier are against overloading and

/or overdriving.

The driver input is protected by grid leak biasing. An anode dissipation limiter is utilized to protect the PA from excessive dissipation. www.americanradiohistory.com

10 kW Automatically

Tuned

ISB

HF

Transmitter

-Star

-10 tE,

SPECIFICATIONS

::óóó000

The

SG

-75A solid state synthesized exciter features front panel selection of 280,000 frequencies in the

2 to 30

MHz range.

It operates in the

ISB, 156, USB,

AME, CW and

FSK modes.

The PA tube and plate supply are protected from current overload by a fast acting relay. A reflected power detector is used to unkey the amplifier and trigger an "excessive SWR" alarm.

This protects the final stage against the effects of an

SWR which exceeds 3:1.

ENCLOSURE: The entire

ATL

-10 linear amplifier is contained in a single enclosure measuring deep.

The

40" wide, 69" high and

27" power supply is designed for immediate access from the front to all components. The servo control drawer is removable from the front panel and can be serviced while the amplifier is operating.

The driver amplifier is also remov- able as a module for bench servicing. The final grid compart- ment as well as the final amplifier compartment are enclosed in air tight,

RF be removed tight enclosures, in which the cover panels may for direct access.

COOLING:

The air for cooling the

ATL

-l0 amplifier is nor- mally brought in through a filtered intake at the front or back of the cabinet.

A blower forces the air up through the driver plenum, and into the power amplifier compartment.

The majority of the air flows directly through the 8171

/4CX-

10,000D. The the

PA remainder of the air is used to circulate through compartment. All air is exhausted horizontally at the top rear of the cabinet.

The ATL

-10A has a front air intake, and the ATL -10B has a rear air intake

-otherwise

the two amplifiers are identical. i

FREQUENCY RANGE:

29.9999 MHz in 100 Hz steps

(280,000 frequencies).

OPERATING MODES

AND

RATED POWER OUTPUT:

CW

(Ao,

Al)

FSK

(F1)

AME (A3h)

USB,

LSB

(A3a, j)

ISB

(A3b)

10 kW (ay.)

10 kW (ay.)

10 kW PEP

10 kW

PEP

10 kW

PEP

FREQUENCY CONTROL:

Digital control of stabilized VFO, synthesized.

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms with VSWR up to 3:1.

GAIN CONTROL:

Automatic with manual override.

LOAD CONTROL: Peak power control.

TUNING TIME 25 seconds maximum.

METHOD OF

TUNING: Automatic, remote.

HARMONIC OUTPUT: 2nd, 56 dB below full output. All others, 60 dB.

SIGNAL

TO

NOISE RATIO: 50 dB.

SIGNAL

TO

DISTORTION RATIO: 40 dB.

(Distortion products: At rated out- put at least 40 dB below either up to 27.5 MHz and 38 dB tore of a standard two

27.5 to 30

MHz).

-tone test signal

CARRIER LEVEL: dB.

Selectable:

0,

-6,

-20, -55 dB, or 0,

-6, -16, -26, -55

CARRIER COMPRESSION:

1 dB maximum

STABILITY:

1 x

10

' per day

(optional

Si x

10

" per day).

UNWANTED SIDEBAND REJECTION: 60 dB at 500 Hz.

AUDIO INPUT: Two independent

60C ohm channels balanced or unbal- anced, with independent AGC, - 20 to -410 dBm for full

RF output.

AUDIO

FREQUENCY RESPONSE: 250 to 3000

Hz or 250 to

6000 Hz, with

3 dB maximum ripple.

FSK

Hz

CAPABILITY: Wideband

FSK

(other shifts optional). built in, adjustable from

4400 to

±425

POWER INPUT: 200, 210, 220, 230, 240, 250 volts,

±10

%,

3 phase, 47 -63

Hz, 24 kVA at 0.95 power factor at 10 kW CW.

TEMPERATURE:

0° to

-{

50 °C.

HUMIDITY:

0 to 95 %.

ALTITUDE: Sea level to 10,000 feet.

OUTPUT CONNECTOR:

1 mss"

EIA flange

OPTIONAL REMOTE CONTROL: Frequency, operating mode, carrier level, power output, plate on

/off and keying.

COMPONENTS:

All components meet MIL specifications where practicable.

SIZE:

Amplifier, 69" high, 40" wide,

17" deep. (Exciter rock optional.)

27" deep. Exciter, 83." high, 19" wide,

WEIGHT:

Amplifier; net 1300 lbs., domestic pack 1545 lbs., export pack

1700 lbs. lbs.,

Cubage:

88.7 cubic feet. Exciter: net 56 lbs., domestic pack 75 export pack 110 lbs.

Cubage:

C cubic feet.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

STAR

-10 ISB HF

Transmitter, with tubes and silicon rectifiers

994 -6566

100% tube kit __________ _______________________________ 990 -0574

Model CA -10 remote adapter for

STAR

-10. Permits selection any one of ten preset frequencies by remote control of

994 -6567A

Model

CA

-280K remote adapter for

STAR

-10. Permits selection of 280,000 frequencies by remote control 994 -6567B

High torque

DC servo motors direct coupled to

PA cir- cuits assure tuning accuracy. Reliability is enhanced through

Gates design using fewer components.

®

aarEs

201 www.americanradiohistory.com

High

Frequency Remote Control

Systems

Remote control adapter panels.

Remote control systems for the

Gates

STAR

-10 transmitter con- sist of two units, the remote control adapter panel located adjacent to the exciter and the remote selector panel which is located at the remote operator's position.

This optional equipment provides selection of preset channels by remote control, or it may be implemented to provide remote selection of the full 280,000 discrete frequencies available from the

SG

-75A Exciter by remote control.

A typical adapter panel permits the remote selection of any one of ten preset frequencies with the mode or power being assigned to each channel.

The presets are accomplished by means of a

"plug- board"

matrix located on the front panel of the adapter.

The remote operator may dial any one of the ten channels without referring to the specific frequency required, eliminating operator error in the selection of a spe- cific frequency. The power level, mode of operation and fre- quency may be changed by merely relocating the appropriate matrix shorting pin.

Remote selection of

280,000 channels can be supplied instead of preset channels.

Operator selection of the desired fre- quency can be made at either local or remote location.

For either system, a remote selector panel is supplied.

Specific supervisory functions are typically provided in the form of readback indications at the remote panel.

These func- tions may include confirmation of power level, transmitter power on

/off, transmitter power output, etc.

Additional func- tions are available.

The primary functions of the system include: a. Remote selection of either preset channels or

280,000 discrete frequencies. b. Remote selection of mode (AME, USB, LSB, ISB, FSK and

CW). c. Remote d. Remote selection of five specified plate control. carrier levels. e. Remote key control. f.

Positive and direct supervision of function selected, in- cluding keyline, power output, phase lock loop, and others.

In addition, the following characteristics are available in the system: g. The remote control panel up -dates the condition of the exciter or power amplifier wnenever a control or push- h. button is changed.

This provides immediate and positive indication of the function selected.

Readback when a

"status" information is continuously displayed fault or other abnormal condition exists. Regard- less nal of the state of the control function, a readback sig- will automatically be displayed until corrective ac- tion has cleared the cause of the readback signal. i. To guard against incorrect control information from op- erating the exciter and power amplifier, automatic data checks and comparisons are made before the system is allowed to operate.

If a data error occurs, an illum- inated pushbutton lights on the remote control panel indicating "reset ".

Depressing this button sets the correct control function at the remote control adapter.

Remote control can be accomplished by means of either a

2

-wire control link connecting the

(wireline) or a 4

-wire link (carrier circuit) adapter panel with the remote panel. Audio tones in the form of

digital

pulses are used to transmit control information over the control link. Readback of faults or mal- functions in the exciter or power amplifier is accomplished over the same circuit as the control functions.

A typical remote control panel consists of: a. Decoding and logic circuitry. b. c. d.

Shift register.

Readback status detector and indicator.

Signal processing circuitry.

A typical remote control adapter consists of: a. Shift registers. b.

Decoding and logic circuitry. c. d.

Malfunction or

fault

detectors.

Channel selection matrices.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Remote control systems are custom designed be quoted when we are advised for the specific users requirement.

Price and delivery can of specific system requirements.

202 www.americanradiohistory.com

SG

-70

ISB

High

Frequency Exciter

Gates

Model

SG -70

ISB exciter is equipped to transmit single sideband, independent sideband, compatible AM, CW, MCW, or

FSK with adapter. Provisions are incorporated for carrier suppression from

-50 dB to 0 dB.

A versatile and compact unit designed for accurate and rapid channel change and tune -up, the SG

70 has a self- contained silicon rectifier power supply, and requires only

83/4 inches in a standard

19

-inch rack

The for mounting. input circuits of the SG

-70 include two independent

600 ohm balanced or unbalanced input channels and one high impedance microphone channel.

The

600 ohm channels will operate the exciter to full power with a minimum input audio level of

-12 dB.

Mode selector switches are provided to switch all inputs to either upper sideband or lower sideband operation.

For the accurate and rapid tuning changes required communications, Gates has designed the SG

-70 in HF sideband generator to provide increased utilization through simplified operation. Any one of ten crystal controlled channels may be selected immediately by the turn of a knob. A second se- lector switch chooses one of

15 frequency bands within the

2

-32

MHz range.

Then two final adjustments remain,

RF tune and injection tune and the exciter is operational. Exceptional frequency stability is achieved through the use of an oven containing the master solid state transistorized frequency oscillator.

The absolute

The

drift

never exceeds

8

Hz

at

any point in the spectrum. solid state power supply is self

-contained.

The three gen- erator modules

-IF frequency generator,

RF section, and In- jection generator

-are of the plug

-in type.

SPECIFICATIONS

FREQUENCY RANGE:

2

-32

MHz continuous, band switched.

POWER OUTPUT: 100 milliwatts

PEP.

OUTPUT

IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms nominal.

OPERATING MODES: USB,

LSB,

ISB, AME, CW, adapter.

MCW,

ESK with external

FREQUENCY CONTROL: nal VFO or synthesizer.

Temperature controlled crystals, or optional exter-

CRYSTAL POSITIONS: 10. trimmer, or synthesizer.

Selectable from front panel, with independent

STABILITY: Better than

1

PPM per day.

CARRIER SUPPRESSION: 0 to

-50 dB.

SIGNAL TO DISTORTION RATIO: 45 dB @ rated output. (Distortion prod- ucts:

At rated output, 3rd and higher order products are at least

45 dB below either tone of a standard two -tone test signal.)

SIGNAL TO

NOISE RATIO: 55 dB.

UNWANTED SIDEBAND

REJECTION: 60 dB at 500

Hz.

AUDIO INPUT:

Two independent 600 ohm channels anced. channel requiring

1 mV for full

PEP. balanced or unbal-

-12 dBm for full

RF output. One high impedance microphone

AUDIO

RESPONSE: 250 to

6350

Hz with a 3 dB maximum bandwidths available. ripple. Other

ENVIRONMENTAL: 0° to erating.

+50

°C operating, or

-50° to

+70

°C non -op-

POWER

CONSUMPTION: 140 watts.

POWER INPUT:

115/230 volts,

±5%, 50/60

Hz,

2 wire, single phase.

SIZE:

19" wide,

83/4" high, 17" deep.

WEIGHT: 56 lbs. net; 90 lbs. export packed. Cubage: 7.5 cubic feet.

NOTE: The SG -70 amplifiers. exciter operates with

Gates

1,

3, or 10 kW linear power

ORDERING

INFORMATION

SG

-70

ISB HF exciter

Complete set of spare tubes

203

994 -6411

990 -0517

®

ATES www.americanradiohistory.com

1000

Watt

ISB HF

Transmitter

MODEL ST-1A

A continuous duty sideband transmitter, the ST-1A is conser- vatively rated at 1000 watts CW as well as PEP.

Powers up to 1500 watts mittent basis

(50% overload) may be handled on an inter- without damage to the equipment.

The

ST-1A is continuously tunable over the entire

2 to 32

MHz range. All tuning can be accomplished in less than two minutes by means of convenient front panel controls.

Designed for operation on any one of

10 crystal controlled channels, with all tuning accomplished by only seven front panel controls and one band switch.

The

ST-1A will transmit

USB, LSB, ISB,

AME, CW, MCW and

FSK with adapter.

Third order distortion products are at least 35 dB below the level one tone of a two -tone test.

At maximum power, each of the two independent sidebands has a full

6 kHz capability.

Easy access to all components is assured with modular and

tilt

-over slide out construction used in the compact

ST

-1A.

Maximum attention has been given to efficient cooling for the entire transmitter.

Exceptional frequency a crystal oven stability containing a has been transistorized achieved by using master frequency oscillator. Generator stability of two parts in 10

' is ap- proached at

32

MHz. Data and possible since absolute teletype tone transmission is

drift

never exceeds

8 Hz at any point in the operating spectrum.

A as directional coupler and meter are provided in the ST-1A standard equipment for power indications.

Gates direc- tional watt meter uses two separate circuits to measure for- ward and reflected

RF power in the 50 ohm transmission line.

SPECIFICATIONS

FREQUENCY RANGE:

2

-32 MHz continuous, band switched.

POWER OUTPUT: 1000 watts

PEP,

1000 watts

CW, continuous.

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms; will match a

VSWR up to 2:1.

OPERATING MODES:

USB, LSB, ISB, AME, CW, adapter.

MCW,

FSK with external

HARMONICS:

Second harmonic, at least 40 dB down; all higher order har- monics, at least 50 dB down.

AUDIO

INPUT: Two independent

600 ohm channels balanced or unbal- anced.

12 dBm for full

RF output. One high impedance mic channel re- quiring

1 mV for full

PEP.

AUDIO

RESPONSE: 250 to 6350

Hz with

3 dB maximum ripple. Other band- widths available.

FREQUENCY CONTROL: Temperature controlled crystals, or optional exter- nal VFO or synthesizer.

CRYSTAL POSITIONS:

10. trimmer, or synthesizer.

Selectable from front panel, with independent

STABILITY: Better than

1

PPM per day.

AUTOMATIC

LOAD CONTROL:

Provided to limit distortion during high -drive peaks or load changes.

ENVIRONMENTAL: 0° to

-!

50 °C operating, or operating.

-50° to

-f

70°

C non

-

POWER CONSUMPTION: Key down CW 3.45 kw, @ approximately 90% power factor.

CARRIER SUPPRESSION:

0 to 50 dB.

SIGNAL TO DISTORTION RATIO: 35 dB. (Distortion products: At rated out- put, 3rd and higher order products are at least 35 dB below either tone of a standard two -tone test signal.)

SIGNAL

TO

NOISE RATIO 50 dB.

POWER INPUT:

115/230 volts, single phase,

3 wire,

50/60

Hz.

SIZE:

Over -all with optional cabinet: 21" wide,

33"

high,

231" deep.

Amplifier:

1234" high, standard 19" rack mount. Power supply:

834" high, standard 19" rack mount. Exciter:

83." high, standard 19" rack mount.

UNWANTED SIDEBAND

REJECTION: 60 dB at 500 Hz.

WEIGHT: 375 lbs. net. Domestic

Cubage:

14 cubic feet. packed: 500 lbs. Export packed: 600 lbs.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

ST

-1A

ISB HF communications transmitter with tubes and silicon rectifiers, less cabinet

Complete set of spare tubes

Optional

ST

-1A transmitter cabinet

-

-

.

994 -6418

990 -0519

952

-5967

EC=

== arEs

204 www.americanradiohistory.com

3000

Watt

ISB HF

Transmitter

MODEL

ST

-3A

Gates offers an

ISB transmitter with unexcelled performance for high frequency communications service in either fixed station or transportable operation. Conservatively rated at

3000 watts average as well as

3000 watts

PEP, the

ST

-3A transmitter provides

SSB, ISB,

AME, CW, MCW, and

FSK modes of operation.

The

ST

-3A is a complete transmitter consisting of the

SG -70

ISB

Exciter, power amplifier and solid state power supply, all in one extremely accessible cabinet.

Designed for operation on any one of

10 crystal controlled frequencies, all tuning is accomplished by only six front panel controls and one channel selector covering the

2 to 30 MHz frequency range.

Mode switches select operation on upper, lower or both side

- bands.

At maximum power, each of the two independent sidebands has a full

6 kHz capability. Flat crystal

filter

re- sponse provides the

capability

of effectively multiplexing four

3 kHz channels for voice and teletype communications. Third order distortion products are at least 40 dB below the level of one tone of a two tone test.

The

ST

-3A transmitter has been designed to provide accurate and rapid tuning. A compact and efficient turret tuner is used to switch each of the 10 crystal controlled positions into one of the

15 frequency bands. This permits tuning the transmitter to a pre

-logged frequency, usually within one minute, and at widest extremes, no more than two minutes.

FREQUENCY RANGE: 2

-30 MHz continuous, band switched.

POWER OUTPUT:

3000 watts

PEP,

3000 watts CW, continuous.

OUTPUT

IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms; will match a VSWR up to

3:1.

OPERATING MODES: USB,

LSB,

ISB,

AME, CW,

MCW, and

FSK with ex- ternal adapter.

FREQUENCY CONTROL:

Temperature controlled crystals or optional external

VFO or synthesizer.

CRYSTAL POSITIONS: 10; trimmer, or synthesizer. selectable from front panel, with independent

STABILITY: Better than

1

PPM per day.

CARRIER SUPPRESSION: 0 to

-50 dB.

SIGNAL TO

NOISE RATIO: 50 dB.

UNWANTED SIDEBAND REJECTION: 60 dB at 500

Hz.

SPECIFICATIONS

SIGNAL

TO

DISTORTION RATIO: 40 dB.

(Distortion Products: At rated out- put, 3rd and higher order distortion products are at least 40 dB below either tone of a standard two -tone test signal.)

HARMONICS: Second harmonic, at least 50 dB down; all higher order har- monics, at least 60 dB down.

Optional filter available.

AUDIO

INPUT: Two independent 600 ohm channels balanced or unbal- anced.

-12 dBm for full

RF output. One high impedance mic channel re- quiring

1 mV for full

PEP.

AUDIO

RESPONSE: 250 to 6350 Hz with

3 dB maximum ripple. Other band- widths available.

AUTOMATIC

LOAD CONTROL: Provided to limit distortion during high drive peaks or load changes.

ENVIRONMENTAL:

0° to -150 °C operating, or

-50° to

+70

°C non- operat- ing.

POWER

CONSUMPTION: Key down CW 7.5 kW, @ approx. 90%

Power

Factor.

POWER INPUT: plus

208/230/240 volts

115/230 volts,

2 wire.

±5%

50/60

Hz,

3

-phase

3 or

4 wire,

SIZE:

22" Wide,

72"

High,

24"

Deep.

WEIGHT: 800 lbs. net. Domestic packed: 925 lbs.

Export packed: 975 lbs.

Cubage:

41 cubic feet.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

ST

-3A

3 kW

ISB

Transmitter

ST

-3A (same as above)

Spare tube kit with for above with tubes, silicon rectifiers,

78 dB factory less installed harmonic crystals filter

HFT

-5K

5 kW balun to match

50 ohms to 600 ohms

Roll out base for

ST

-3A transmitter

_

994 -6492

994-6492B

990 -0520

478 -0246

994 -6477

GarEs

205 www.americanradiohistory.com

1000

Watt

HF

Linear

Amplifier

MODEL

HFL

-1000

Gates

HFL

-1000 Linear

Amplifier at 1000 watts

PEP or 1000 watts CW is the smallest, complete completely self- contained amplifier in its the power class. It features

90°

tilt

type slide mounting for amplifier and a slide -out power supply which provides front panel servicing.

Air

intake is at the rear of the unit.

The amplifier exhaust is on top, and the power sup- ply exhaust is in the rear.

The amplifier is designed to op- erate between 2.0 and 32 MHz and is capable of any type emission not exceeding its

The power and bandwidth capabilities. final amplifier is operated class ABt at all times.

Ample metering is employed in the

HFL

-1000 linear amplifier to facilitate tuning and maintenance. A directional coupler with meter is provided as standard equipment

for

measuring forward or reflected power.

The amplifier can be tuned and loaded to full rated output on any operating frequency, using only front panel controls.

Tuning is continuous over the entire range without changing components. No air capacitors are used for tuning or loading. Loading is accomplished with band switched ceramic capacitors and a variable vacuum capacitor.

Silicon rectifiers are used in

The all power supplies. amplifier and power supply may be mounted in any standard 19" relay rack, or in an optional cabinet.

The amplifier and power supply are manufactured for a wide range of temperature and humidity conditions and can be operated at altitudes up to 10,000 feet above sea level on a continuous basis.

FREQUENCY RANGE: 2 -32

MHz.

POWER OUTPUT: 1000 watts

PEP,

1000 watts CW, continuous.

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms; will match a VSWR up to 2:1.

OUTPUT CONNECTOR:

Type UHF.

RF

INPUT POWER:

Less rated output. than 100 milliwatts driving power to obtain full

INPUT IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms, nominal.

INPUT CONNECTOR: Type BNC.

BANDWIDTH:

16 kHz or more to the

1 dB point.

HARMONICS: Second harmonic, at least 40 dB monics, at least 50 dB down. down; all higher order har-

SIGNAL

TO DISTORTION RATIO:

Capable of

35 dB.

(Distortion products:

At rated output, 3rd and higher order distortion products are at least 35 dB below either tone of a standard two -tone test signal.)

TUNING: Only four tuning controls, all on front panel and

1 band switch.

SPECIFICATIONS

TUNING

TIME:

Maximum time required to change frequency between any

-two minutes.

AUTOMATIC LOAD CONTROL: Provided to limit distortion during high drive peaks or load changes.

POWER SUPPLY: Solid state.

DUTY CYCLE:

Continuous at mental range specified. full rated output throughout the full environ-

ENVIRONMENTAL: 0° to

10,000 feet.

+50

°C; 0 to

95% humidity from sea level to

POWER INPUT:

115/230 volts, single phase,

3 wire,

50/60

Hz.

POWER

CONSUMPTION:

Key down CW

3.31 kW @ power factor. approximately 90%

SIZE:

Amplifier,

121/4" high x

19" wide.

Power supply,

83/4" high x

19" wide.

WEIGHT: 280 lbs. net; 350 lbs. export packed. Cubage:

8 cubic feet.

HFL

-1000

1 kW

Cabinet for

HFL

-1000

ORDERING

INFORMATION linear amplifier with tubes and silicon rectifiers, less cabinet

100% spare tube kit

GATES

206

994-6161

952 -5894

990 -0447 www.americanradiohistory.com

3000

Watt

HF

Linear

Amplifier

MODEL

HFL

-3000

The Gates

HFL

-3000 linear amplifier is rated at 3000 watts

CW /PEP, and is designed to operate between

2 and 30 MHz.

It features continuously variable tuning over the entire range and may be excited by any suitable generating equipment delivering

100 mW of power into 50 ohms.

Any type of emis- sion not exceeding the amplifie- power output or bandwidth ratings is possible.

Important where compactness

.s desired, such as in multi

- transmitter operations or portable installation, the total size of the

3000 watt unit, including self- contained power supply, is only 72" high,

22" wide, and 24" deep. Designed for op- eration at altitudes up to 10,000 feet on a continuous basis.

The power amplifier operates class AB, for all modes of emis- sion. A 4CX3000A power tetrode is used as the final ampli- fier of the

HFL

-3000.

The amplifier may be quickly tuned and loaded to full rated output at any operating frequency between

2

-30 MHz by front panel controls.

RF feedback is employed. A directional coupler and meter are provided as standard equipment for measuring either forward or reflected power.

The Gates

HFL

-3000

RF linear amplifier may be remote con- trolled through its normal start -stop functions up to nominal distances of several hundred feet.

FREQUENCY RANGE:

2

-30

MHz.

POWER OUTPUT:

3000 watts

PEP,

3000 watts CW, continuous.

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms; will match a VSWR up to 3:1.

OUTPUT CONNECTOR: Type

LC.

RF

INPUT POWER:

Less rated output. than

100 milliwatts driving power to obtain full

INPUT IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms, nominal.

INPUT CONNECTOR: Type BNC.

BANDWIDTH:

16 kHz or more to the

1 dB point.

HARMONICS:

Second harmonic, at least 50 dB down; all higher order har- monics, at least 60 dB down.

Optional

78 dB filter available.

SIGNAL

TO

DISTORTION RATIO: Capable of 40 dB. (Distortion products:

At rated output, 3rd and higher order distortion products are at least 40 dB below either tone of a standard two

-tone test signal.)

SIGNAL

TO NOISE RATIO: 50 dB.

SPECIFICATIONS

TUNING: Only four tuning controls, all on front panel.

TUNING TIME: Maximum time required to change frequency between any two previously logged operating frequencies

-two minutes.

AUTOMATIC LOAD CONTROL: Provided to limit distortion during high drive peaks or load changes.

DUTY CYCLE:

Continuous at full rated output throughout the full environ- mental range specified.

ENVIRONMENTAL: 0° to

10,000 feet.

+50

°C;

0 to

95% humidity from sea level to

POWER INPUT: plus

208/230/240

115/230 volts,

2 wire. volts

±5

%, 50/60

Hz, 3- phase,

3 or

4 wire,

POWER

CONSUMPTION:

Key down CW 7.45 kW @ approximately 90% power factor.

SIZE:

22" wide,

24" deep, 72" high.

WEIGHT: 660 lbs. net; 930 lbs. export packed. Cubage: 61.4 cubic feet.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

HFL

-3000

3 kW

HFL

-3000 linear amplifier complete with tubes, silicon rectifiers, less roll out base with optional filter

Roll out base

Spare tube kit for

HFL

-3000

_

_

94

-6466A

994 -64668

994

-6477

990 -0531

®

GATES

207 www.americanradiohistory.com

High

Frequency Transmitting Antennas

BROADBAND

VERTICAL

RADIATOR

For high frequency communications or broadcasting, and from microphone or keyer to antenna, Gates can supply the necessary equipment and ma- terials for a

"package" installation. Whatever the requirements may be, antennas to do the job are available from Gates.

Choose from simple di- poles to modern

"state-of-the-art" log periodic structures; from highly di- rectional to omnidirectional types (either fixed or complete rotatable); all of them with the required accessories. A comprehensive selection of high quality antennas are available with all

Gates transmitters, making Gates a single source for the best in high frequency transmitting facilities. Described below are some of the many types of antennas available. Write for com- plete information.

HORIZONTAL

LOG PERIODIC

ANTENNA

This

Horizontal

Log

Periodic Antenna is designed for use with transmitters up to 50 kW as a broadband transmitting antenna in the range of

4 to

30 MHz. It may also be used for receiving.

The antenna is supplied complete with steel cables,

Fiberglas insulating blocks, Dacron drop ropes and all material ready to install. Consisting of twenty -four radiating elements, the antenna is designed for support at the back end from a 100 foot high struc- ture of required vertical load and horizontal thrust (optional equipment).

Typical characteristics are:

Frequency Range

Polarization

Azimuth

Beam

Width (average)

Input Impedance (nominal) at Feeder

Line

Assembly

Antenna Element

Input Impedance

Operating

Power (maximum peak)

VSWR (maximum)

4 to 30 MHz.

Horizontal.

60 Degrees.

300 ohms.

100 ohms.

50 kW.

2 to

1.

VERTICAL LOG PERIODIC

ANTENNA

This antenna fills a need in applications requiring a broadband high fre- quency transmitting antenna for omnidirectional service.

Input impedance, which is extremely constant over a wide frequency range; power handling capacity up to 150 kW or more

(depending on coaxial line used); and radi- ation performance equal to or better than a conventional vertical radiator without the need and expense of special impedance matching equipment, are three of the outstanding features of the BVR series of antennas for high frequency transmitting, or receiving systems.

Typical characteristics include:

Frequency Range;

BVR

2.6

Polarization

-

Input Impedance

Operating Power

VSWR

2 to 6

MHz.

BVR

4.5 -13.5

BVR

11-33

4.5 to 13.5 MHz.

11 to 33 MHz.

_

Vertical.

_ _

50 or 70 ohms as specified.

Power handling capacity is limited only by the cable used.

Example

-S

kW with

RG

-17

/U.

Less than 2:1.

RHOMBIC ANTENNAS

ru

A vertically polarized broadband antenna designed for either transmitting or receiving in the range of 2.5 to 30 MHz, the Vertical Log

Periodic An- tenna consists of the antenna element, which is fabricated from steel cables and insulating blocks; and the antenna center support (optional equipment).

Designed with a 50 ohm unbalanced input, this

LP antenna matches the output of modern

SSB communications transmitters. Normally, this antenna can be installed on less than one acre of ground. It measures 200 feet along the widest rod and extends 210 ft. from the single supporting tower.

Typical characteristics are:

Frequency

Range

Polarization

Azimuth Beam

Width (average)

Azimuth Plane Pattern

_.

- _

Elevation Plane Pattern

Upper half

-power

2.5 to 30 MHz.

Vertical. point

110 degrees.

__Cardioid less than 45

Input Impedance (nominal)

Operating Power (maximum peak)

VSWR (maximum) degrees above horizontal.

50 ohms.

Between

3

MHz and 30 MHz

2.5 kW.

2 to

1.

Between 2.5 MHz and

3

MHz

3 to

1.

CATES

208

For applications where a highly directional fixed type antenna is needed,

Gates offers a complete line of rhombic antenna kits. Each kit includes all the necessary materials and instructions for the installation of a rhombic an- tenna to operate on a specific frequency range with power up to 30 kW. In addition to the antenna materials, transmission line, dissipation line and towers are required, and can also be supplied by Gates. Typical characteris- tics are:

Frequency Range

Polarization

Input Impedance

Operating Power

4 to 22 MHz.

Horizontal.

600 ohms.

30 kW www.americanradiohistory.com

HF

Antenna

System

And

Balun

Transformers

ANTENNA

SYSTEM

The

Model

HFAS -4B antenna system has been designed to couple the unbalanced output of a 5 kW transmitter in the

4

-30 MHz frequency range to an appropriate antenna.

The system consists of a control unit, a coupling network, and a

35

-foot vertical whip antenna. (Antenna is optional extra.)

The control unit contains completely solid state DC servo

-am- plifiers and ten

-turn precision potentiometers for remotely adjusting the coupling network over the fregt,ency range.

It also contains a power meter, an

SWR indicator, and an SWR interlock circuit.

The interlock circuit de- energizes the trans- mitter when the VSWR exceeds a preset value.

The a control unit also provides for preset tuning by means of front panel receptacle which accepts plug

-in printed circuit cards.

Mounted on the cards are screwdriver adjusted servo

- control potentiometers which permit storage of tuning data for preset tuning.

The control unit meter ng circJit includes provisions for transfer of tuning data to the preset cards. Any number of cards may be used to store preset tuning data.

SPECIFICATIONS

FREQUENCY RANGE: 4

-30 MHz.

ANTENNA:

35 -foot vertical whip (optional extra).

INPUT VSWR:

Less than 1.2:1.

POWER RATING:

5 kW average,

20 kW peak.

INPUT IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms.

COUPLING NETWORK EFFICIENCY:

90% cr better over specified frequency range.

REMOTE switch.

TUNING CONTROLS: Two servo -control potentiometers and one

PRESET in

TUNING CONTROLS: The control panel has a receptacle for a plug

- printed circuit card for preset tuning.

Each card includes two servo

- control potentiometers plus a switch to djplicate remote control functions.

Any number of cards can be preset to meet circuit requirements (one pre- set card furnished with system)

VSWR

INDICATOR: Panel meter on control unit.

TRANSMITTER INTERLOCK: VSWR power exceeds preset value. interlock disables transmitter if reflected

CONTROL CABLE:

Supplied to customer's specified length.

AC POWER REQUIREMENTS:

Less than 100 watts,

50/60

Hz,

105/125 volts.

DIMENSIONS:

X

Control unit,

10'.2" x 18

".

3'2" standard rack panel. Coupling unit,

23'2"

ORDERING

INFORMATION

High frequency antenna system including control unit preset card, and coupling unit with one

Control cable price)

HFAS -4B for above (connectors included in basic system

No. of feet.

RCU

-1 remote control unit, does not include preset cards

Fiberglass whip antenna (35')

RCU -1

Style 222

BALUN

TRANSFORMERS

For use with its complete line of communication transmitters,

Gates has available several types of high frequency, high quality, broadband output transformers.

These transformers, or baluns, are designed to match the 50 ohm put of high unbalanced out- frequency transmitters into 300 ohm or 600 ohm balanced transmission lines.

Use of baluns permits the user to enjoy the advantages of coaxial lines inside the equipment building without sacrificing the efficiency and economy of open wire transmission lines between the shelter and the tower or antenna.

Model

HFT

-SK Five

50 kilowatt transformer,

10 kW

PEP, ohm to 600 ohm (other impedances on request) matching

Model 555

-1

Twenty

-five kilowatt transformer,

100 kW

PEP, matching

50 ohm to 600 ohms

478 -0246

-478 -0264

209

SPECIAL BALUNS

-Baluns of other power ratings and impedances can be supplied on special order.

To assist in making an accurate and prompt quotation, the following data will be

Helpful:

(1)

Power handling ca- pacity in terms of anticipated

PEP and Average ratings.

(2)

Input coaxial impedance rating.

(3)

Input connector type required if a preference. (4)

Output transmission line impedance.

(5)

Output connector type required if a preference.

®

aaTES

www.americanradiohistory.com

High Power

HF

Transmitter Multicouplers

Gates has been networks, producing multicouplers and phasing equip- ment for domestic and international requirements for over a quarter of a century.

Phasers, diplexers, triplexers, combining filters, and antenna coupling equipment are being supplied to commercial and military organizations through- out the world.

Gates transmitter multicouplers are tunable networks that permit operation of two high power transmitters into the same antenna, without detrimental effect to either transmitter.

These units are capable of providing close operation of two trans- mitters at any point within the

3 to 28 MHz band without re- striction, except for a minimum frequency ratio of 1.1:1.

De- signed for shipboard, transportable or fixed station high fre- quency communications service and for short wave broad- casting, the multicouplers are a valuable asset to any instal- lation where antenna space is at a premium.

Transmitter multicouplers are completely tunable across the

3 to 28 MHz band.

Each of two pass- reject filters is tuned spe- cifically for extremely low loss transmission and simultaneously for rejection of the directly coupled adjacent transmitter.

Tun- ing and metering is so precise that a minimum of

30 dB iso- lation is possible between transmitters separated in frequency by as little as

10% of the higher frequency.

A typical 20 kW coupler is housed in one compact cabinet

(723" high,

40" deep, and 36" wide).

This compact size per- mits installation adjacent to the transmitters for ease of tun- ing. All adjustments are made from the front panel, and re- tuning to a previously logged set of frequencies can be ac- complished very rapidly.

REDUNDANT

PAIR: For short wave broadcasting, two trans- mitters separated in same frequency, but both modulated with the program material, can be operated into one antenna.

This eliminates independent antennas, and improves

reliability

of voice and data transmission.

FREQUENCY DIVERSITY: When ionospheric sounding is used to determine the frequency of optimum

traffic

(FOT), one transmitter may be tuned

5% above and the other

5%

below the FOT, both operating into the same antenna. One antenna can be used to increase transmission

reliability

by straddling the FOT, or message diversity by doubling the subcarrier chan- nels available to a given path.

AZIMUTH

AND

SPACE DIVERSITY: The multicoupler may be loaded with appropriate direct and multihop frequencies to transmit to near and far locations via one antenna.

NOTE: Since specifications will depend on specific transmit- ter power, number of transmitters, and other critical factors, the specifications presented are for a typical

20 kW multi

- coupler. Other ratings are available, with information sup- plied upon request.

TYPICAL

S

PECIFICATIONS

ELECTRICAL: Functions to combine the outputs of two 10 kW transmitters into a single

.50 ohm transmission line.

INPUT FREQUENCY:

3

-28 MHz. The ratio between input frequencies must be equal to or greater than 1.1:1.

INPUT POWER: 10 kW

PEP, or average for each transmitter.

INPUT IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms unbalanced with VSWR 2:1 maximum.

INPUT

ISOLATION: Greater than 30 dB for all allowable input frequency separation down to a minimum separation of 10% of the upper frequency.

INPUT INSERTION:

Loss is less than 0.5 dB to each transmitter.

OUTPUT POWER: 20 kW PEP or average.

OUTPUT LOAD IMPEDANCE with a

VSWR 2:1 maximum.

(ANTENNA): 50 ohms

(nominal) unbalanced

CONTROL AND MONITORING: All tuning and band switching controls are on the

® front panel for the total frequency range. m

aaTES

210

TUNING TIME: Units are capable of being retuned within

5 minutes. Meters are provided to measure forward and reflected power at diplexer input and at the common output. Forward and reflected power indicated by switching a common meter.

MAXIMUM DIMENSIONS: 72%" high, 36" deep, 36" wide.

MOUNTING: The diplexer cabinet has rails or mounting pads suitable for shock mounting the cabinet to the floor.

The actual shock mounts are not supplied.

ENVIRONMENTAL: Cooling is air convection from two small enclosed fans.

Equipment is designed to operate from 0° to

+50

°C, 95% humidity, up to 6000 feet altitude.

GENERAL: The multicoupler is designed for installation on shock mounts and operated as a fixed station with controlled environment.

ORDERING

INFORMATION: On special order. www.americanradiohistory.com

Low

Frequency Homing

Beacon

Transmitter

Manufactured for military use, the Gates low frequency hom- ing beacon transmitter operates between 200 and 800 kHz at maximum power of

400 watts, with power reduction to 25 watts by means of a tapped auto transformer and front panel power selector switch.

The main transmitter may be aug- mented with the remote control

/audio

amplifier unit (below center).

By use of this accessory, the transmitter may be re- motely operated over a

2

-wire simplexed telephone line or when located adjacent to the transmitter, a

3

-wire line is em- ployed. Another optional accessory is the M -4116 antenna coupler to match the 50 ohm transmitter output impedance to a

T antenna 200 feet long, with a vertical down lead from

15 to 50 feet.

The transmitter is built to stand the extremes of

-54

°C to

+65

°C and

Class

B shock test. Pressurized forced air cooling, slide out decks for quick servicing, a 36 code keyer, high level modulation, automatic carrier reset, complete metering and

115 volt, single phase operation are all outstanding features.

Also available is a prefabricated, insulated and ventilated shelter (illustrated below) specifically designed for use with this equipment.

Xenon gas to type high voltage rectifier tubes are employed permit operating in extremely low ambient temperatures.

The remote consists control

/audio

amplifier, illustrated below center, of a complete speech amplifier and a transmitter

ON-

OFF control.

The amplifier is provided with decibel meter, level control, self

-contained power supply and is designed for either desk or rack mount.

POWER OUTPUT:

400 watts or less.

FREQUENCY

BAND: 200 to 800 kHz.

FREQUENCY STABILITY: 0.003%.

SPECIFICATIONS

RF

IMPEDANCE: will match

(Transmitter) 51.5 ohms. When used with

M -4116 coupler, typical

T antenna.

MODULATION:

Class

AB: high level modulation in either

A2 or

A3 mode of emission.

AUDIO

INPUT:

(Transmitter): 600 ohms remote audio amplifier): approximately

-10 dBm. (M -4033

Includes complete compression type amplifier to accommodate 50 ohm push -to -talk dynamic microphone, decibel meter, transmitter

OFF -ON switch, and self

-contained power supply.

For operation over

3

-wire line or

2

-wire simplexed telephone line to operate transmitter.

KEYING: 36 code keyer at

8 rpm equal to ments stainless steel

4/6 rpm code wheel: 60 seg- for any

3 letter identification and code signal.

PERFORMANCE: less.

Audio response: 400 -3000

Hz

±2 dB.

Distortion:

Noise: 40 dB below 100% modulation at 400 watts.

6% or

AC INPUT: 115 volts, 60 Hz, single phase at 2200 watts at maximum power of

400 watts modulated.

METERING: (Transmitter) AC line volts, elapsed time in hours, 2nd IPA plate,

PA grid,

PA plate, modulator plate and

RF line current, one multi

- meter indicator, oscillator plate,

1st

IPA plate, 2nd

IPA grid.

(Remote/ audio unit) Decibel output meter. (Antenna coupler)

RF antenna current.

SIZE

AND WEIGHT: (Transmitter) depth

72" high,

26" wide, 30" deep. Add

24" to for drawer pull out. Weight pocked,

1400 lbs. Cubage: 60 cubic feet.

(Remote control :audio amplifier) 19" wide,

101/2" high, 12" deep.

Weight packed,

80 lbs.

Cubage:

4 cubic feet.

(Antenna coupler)

8" deep,

30" high. Weight packed

120 lbs.

Cubage:

8 cubic feet.

8" wide,

FINISH:

Light medium gloss gray with escutcheons in black.

TUBES:

(Transmitter)

(3 each)

VR150/ OD3, VR105 /0C3;

(2 each) 4 -250A,

6SJ7, 4B32, 5U4G, 6L7, 6SN7;

(1 each)

5670/2C51, 6AC7, 807,

4

-400A,

6X5, 6L6, 6H6, 6SH7, 6SL7. (Remote control

/audio amplifier)

(3 each)

6SJ7 and

(1 each) 5U4G, VR105.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Transmitter with code keyer, tubes, less crystal

Remote

994-4031 control

/audio amplifier with tubes, less microphone 994-4033

Microphone, push

-to -talk stand, cord and connector

Antenna coupler

994 -4124

994 -4116

GATES

211 www.americanradiohistory.com

Transportable

50,000

Watt

Broadcast

And

SSB

System

.Z+.

®

_

..is.

GarEs

212

HELICOPTER SYSTEM

AN /TRQ

-20

Designed and manufactured by Gates for the

U.S.

Army, the

AN /TRQ

-20 represents one of the largest mobile broadcast and

SSB communications systems ever produced. Helicopter transportable, the equipment is manufactured in

S

-280 shel- ters and each, portable permitting skids easy with a maximum transportation by weight

6 x 6 of 4000 vehicles lbs. and standard cargo planes.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION: Two powerful

50 kW radio broad- casting stations, one medium wave and one high frequency, each complete with studio

/control

shelters, and diesel pow- ered generators are portable down to tennas. A complete 2.5 kW

PEP single their transmitting an- sideband communica- tions link, using a

Gates linear amplifier for

2

-30 MHz op- eration, together with broadband log periodic antennas, is part of this system. Facilities are provided for

1 six kHz pro- gram channel,

2 three kHz voice channels and

2 teletype channels. Circuits are full duplex providing simultaneous com- munications in both directions over distances of 600 to 1200 miles.

Also ing included is a monitor

facility

with receiving and record- capabilities for MW,

HF, and

FM from 50 MHz to 260

MHz.

Military

nomenclature has been assigned to the various integral facilities of the complete AN /TRQ -20 system as fol- lows:

AN

/TRT -22

( )

50 kilowatt medium wave broadcasting station.

AN

/TRT

-21 (

)

50 kilowatt short wave broadcasting sta- tion.

AN

/TRR

-18

(

)

An integrated receiving monitor station.

OA

-6021

( )

TRQ

-20 Main studio control.

AN /TRC -95

(

)

2.5 kW

SSB communication link.

The entire system consists of four shelters for the

50 kW me- dium wave transmitter, four for the high frequency transmitter, four for the

SSB link, two for each receiving station, three for master control equipment, three for studios, one for an- nounce teletype and two shelters for

50 kW dummy antennas.

Diesel generators provide all power needs. Studio and con- trol shelters have individual heating and air conditioning.

LOG PERIODIC

ANTENNAS:

For

High Frequency

SSB trans- mitting and receiving, vertically polarized log periodic an- tennas are utilized. These adjustment or change broadband antennas require no throughout the entire frequency range of

3 to 30 MHz. Three

SSB link shelter; one identical antennas are used for each for transmitting and two for diversity reception.

50,000

WATT TRANSMITTERS: A standard

Gates 50,000 watt medium wave broadcast transmitter is used, redesigned mechanically to be housed in the

S

-280 shelters.

With its own diesel power system, the complete

50 kW station consists of four shelters housing the transmitter, a

50 kW dummy load shelter and independent studio and control room shelters.

Completing the

AN

/TRQ -20 system is a short wave

50,000 watt broadcasting

facility

which is identical to the medium wave system, with the exception the 3.9 to 30 MHz of its antenna system transmitter frequency coverage. and www.americanradiohistory.com

Transportable

Systems

Capabilities

In use

-WORLD

-WiDE

. .

.

Gates pioneering in the manu- facture of transportable broadcasting and communications systems goes back many years. Numerous mobile facilities built for commercial and for governmert applications with military nomenclature are now in use.

This long experience combined with Gates broad engineering and extensive manufacturing facilities have resulted in numer- ous contracts for both mobile broadcasting sys *ems from

1 kW to the largest 50,000 watt capability, and for transportable

SSB communications service.

OTHER

SYSTEMS: The

AN

/TRQ -20 is one of many transport- able systems manufactured by Gates.

The

AN mitting and AN /MRR

-4 receiving systems, in

/MRT

-5 addition trans- to the

Army air transportable television broadcasting systems, are some of the previous military unis built by Gates.

These, to- gether with commercial mobile systems are illustrated herein.

Mobik radio sys -em designed and cons

-rutted by Gates for he

Radio

Bureau of the 2epubl c of Korea wave broadcasting and public address fac lilies

i

a

.rc

short comFac, spe- cially designed van.

MOBILE RADIO STATION AN /MRT

-5 and AN /MRR -4

For the

U.S.

Army, Gates designed and constructed a large number of complete mobile 5000 watt radio stations designated AN /MRT

-5. A van containing a combined mobile studio and control room was acous- tically treated and completely air conditioned.

The transmitter van housed a

5000 watt

AM broadcast transmitter. Military shelters con- tained the portable

200 ft. antenna tower, tuning unit, balloon an- tenna and other apparatus.

The

AN /MRR

-4 was the companion radio receiving, monitor and teletype facility all housed in two shelters.

213 l4'"

..

;

## lq/sr

-

-

MOBILE

IELEVI5I0N

STATION

FOR

SIGNAL

CORPS

Gates designed, developed and constructed a complete

10C bile te evision station for the

U.

S. and

Arrry

Housed condit oued van were live pickup equipment, m a

50' watt

.c

E' mo- air - twc fi m camera chains, competely self- cont,ined studio control room and transmitter.

Severcl were cnenncs for either omnidirectional cr unidiiectioral

:overage suppled.

GATES www.americanradiohistory.com

Transmitter Control

CONTROL CONSOLES

CCD -2 transmitter control console.

Custom transmitter control console.

Transmitter control consoles are designed medium wave or short wave for use with any transmitter to provide a conven- ient and centralized "control center" to operate the trans- mitter.

The CCD -2 console pictured above is designed to ac- commodate the average single transmitter. Pictured above right is a custom designed console built to control three sep- arate transmitters. Gates can design and build consoles for high powered 50 kW or 100 kW transmitters, or for any special application which cannot be served by the

Model

CCD

-2 equipment.

OUTPUT: 600 ohms.

MASTER

GAIN: Balanced 30 steps, 1.5 dB per step.

VU

METER:

4" square case with range control.

MODULATION METER:

PUSHBUTTONS: Four

4" square case illuminated.

(See

Note.) pairs provided for transmitter start

-stop functions.

PILOT LIGHTS:

Indicate transmitter filament and plate on.

FINISH:

Medium hand rubbed gloss gray with escutcheons in black.

SIZE:

24" wide, 10" high, 211," deep.

SHIPPING WEIGHT: 60 lbs.

Export packed 125. Cubage 6.0.

TYPICAL SPECIFICATIONS

AUDIO INPUTS: Three 600 ohr: channels provided with line isolation trans- formers.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

CCD -2

Transmitter Control Console 994 -4055

NOTE:

Modulation extension meter supplied is to match Gates M -5693 or

M

-5774 modulation monitors. If other make of monitor please specify.

Price may be slightly higher in this case. is to be used,

EXTENDED CONTROL

AND

METERING PANELS

Gates extended control and metering panels are designed to extend basic transmitter meter readings and control functions of a

Gates to transmitter from a room housing the transmitter another room in the building. Interconnection over a rea- sonable distance between the panel and transmitter can be accomplished through the use of a multi

-conductor cable. All units are standard

19

-inch width for convenient rack mounting.

Metering is accomplished by three easy -to -read 4

-inch me- ters.

Plate voltage and plate current indications appear on separate meters. The third meter is used for indicating

RF

Amperes

FM for an

AM transmitter or

RF output in kW for an transmitter.

As remote meter sampling kits are included as standard items in current Gates transmitters, metering is

®

GA

TES

214 easily accomplished.

For

AM transmitters the Gates M -6112 diode units should be added for indication of

RF

Amperes.

The

M -6112 is described on page

65.

Control of transmitter filament and plate is facilitated through switches located below the meters. To comply with

FCC reg- ulations an additional switch is provided to activate a power raise

/lower

function.

For some

AM transmitters a motor

- rheostat assembly is required--these units are described on page

65.

Ample space is provided on the panel so that a station can add additional switching or control functions, such as a stereo on

-off switch. www.americanradiohistory.com

Sales

and

Service

Facilities

HOUSTON

-Gates stock carrying branch.

4

4019 Richmond Avenue,

Houston, Texas 77027

Telephone: Area (7 3)

666 -4333

Gates Houston carries thousands of sundry items lust for the broadcaster. Located adjoining a freeway di- rect to Houston

International Airport, fast service is a speciality.

The the only

Huston branch of Gates is perhaps fully stocked supply center in the world de- voted exclusively to broadcasters.

LAD5

ANGELES-

Attractive

Nestern field sales

1945 South

Figueroa, office..

7

Los

Angeles, California 90)07

Telephone: Area

(2'3)

747 -7129

WASHINGTON,

D. C.

-Gates

Radio Company.

730 Federal

Building,

1522

K

Street, N.W.

Washington,

D.C. 20005

Telephone: Area (262) 223 -5508

NEW YORK

-Centralized

Easterr Facilities of Gates

4

field sales offices are located at:

800 Second

Avenue,

New York, New York 10017

Telephone: Area (212) 687 -7971

CANADIAN

SALES

MONTREAL OFFICE

-Gates

Radio Company

(Canada Ltd.

212

Brunswick Boulevard,

Pointe -Claire, Quebec, Canada

Telephone: Area (514) 695 -3751

TORONTO

OFFICE

-Gates

Radio Company

(Canada, Ltd.

T9

Lesmiil Road,

Don

Mills, Ontario, Canada

Telephone: Area (416) 447 -7234

GATES

215 www.americanradiohistory.com

Remote

Pickup

Equipment

TRANSMITTER

APPLICATION: Broadcast Remote pickup.

RF

OUTPUT: 30 watts, continuous.

FREQUENCY: 152 -172 MHz.

CRYSTAL

MULTIPLICATION: 36.

SPURIOUS EMISSION:

Spurious radiation attenuated at least 70 dB below carrier level. Harmonics suppressed at least 60 dB.

FREQUENCY STABILITY:

TEMPERATURE RANGE:

+0.0005 %.

-30

°C to

+60

°C.

MODULATION: 30

F3

Maximum (Normally adjusted for

+10 kHz swing).

AUDIO INPUTS: Two. Can be adjusted for either

150 ohm or 600 ohm input.

Use of a

50, 150, or 250 ohm microphone will function satisfac- torily into the 150 ohm input.

AUDIO

INPUT LEVEL:

-

70 dB.

AUDIO

CONNECTORS:

Cannon

XLR -3

-31.

POWER REQUIREMENTS: 120

Volts

AC or 12.6 Volts DC. (12 volt battery.)

MODULATION CONTROL: Push

-pull Limiter.

NOISE LEVEL OF

TRANSMITTER: Better than

45 dB.

OVER -ALL RESPONSE

WITH MATCHED RECEIVER:

+2 dB from 75 to 7500

Hz.

DISTORTION IN TRANSMITTER. Less than

3

%.

NET

WEIGHT:

16 pounds.

DIMENSIONS:

14" wide, 10" long, and

7" high.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Remote

Pickup Transmitter (Specify frequency)

731

-0045

®

CATES

BASE

STATION

APPLICATION:

Base

Station, communications quality.

RF

OUTPUT: 25

Watts, Intermittent

(EIA.)

FREQUENCY: 152 -172 MHz.

CRYSTAL

MULTIPLICATION:

36 times.

SPURIOUS EMISSION:

Spurious Radiation attenuated at least 70 dB below carrier level. Harmonics suppressed at least 60 dB.

FREQUENCY STABILITY:

+.0005%.

TEMPERATURE RANGE:

-30

°C to

)

60 °C.

MODULATION:

25F3:

Adjusted at factory; normally for a

+7.5 kHz for

100% modulation at 1000

Hz.

AUDIO

INPUTS: Two.

One for local control

-a carbon microphone. Other for remote control

-a two -wire telephone line.

REMOTE CONTROL FACILITIES:

Built

-in line termination unit.

POWER REQUIREMENTS: 117 -123 volts AC, 50 or 60 Hz.

DUTY CYCLE:

Intermittent (EIA).

FREQUENCIES POSSIBLE: Two; maximum spacing 120 kHz.

POWER SUPPLY: Silicon Rectifiers.

DIMENSIONS:

101.2" x

19" (standard relay rack mounting).

NET

WEIGHT: 28 pounds.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Base

Station (Specify frequency)

731

-0050

REMOTE PICKUP RECEIVER

APPLICATION:

Remote Pickup.

SENSITIVITY: 0.6 microvolts or less for

20 dB quieting.

FREQUENCY RANGE: 152 -172 MHz.

SELECTIVITY: 100 dB at

+32 kHz;

-6 dB or less at

±15 kHz.

SPURIOUS RESPONSE:

All spurious and image responses attenuated at least

90 dB.

OVER -ALL RESPONSE:

FREQUENCY STABILITY:

TEMPERATURE RANGE:

+2 dB; 60 to 7500

Hz with matching transmitter.

+0.0005% with crystal oven.

-30

°C to

+60

°C.

AUDIO OUTPUT:

-

8

VU at

600 ohms.

METERING:

Signal strength and VU brought out to test jacks.

Visual meter- ing optional.

DIMENSIONS:

1012" high, 19" wide,

9" deep.

Panel finish-Hammertone-

Gray.

NET

WEIGHT: 20 pounds.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Remote Pickup Receiver

NOTE:

(specify frequency)

Extended frequency response to 12,000

Hz order.

_

_

731

-0046

_ available on special

216 www.americanradiohistory.com

Remote

Pickup

Equipment

SINGLE RING

ANTENNA

-

MA

-1

Non

-directional,

3 dB.

Horizontally polarized. Unity gain.

Available with either a

22 -inch support rod, tapped with a standard

5/e

"

-27 thread for mounting on a standard micro- phone floor stand (PA -1), or with a

50 -inch support rod de- signed to be mounted on a standard communication type chain link bumper mount (MA -1).

ORDERING

INFORMATION

TRANSMITTERS

(Specify Frequency)

M

-30B

Broadcast quality, continuous duty,

30 watt,

120 VAC, for portable mobile operation in the

152 to

172

MHz band __731-0143

M -30B /TPS Some as M -30B but with '2.6

VDC power supply in addition to

120

VAC supply transistorized

731

-0045

M- 30B

/CD Some as M -30B but and modified for rack mounting with one input modified for push -to

-talk operation

731

-0148

M -25C

VAC

Communications quality, continuous duty, 25 watt,

120 for use as base station transmitter in 152 -172 MHz band 731

-0144

RECEIVERS

(Specify Frequency)

MR-

30/150 -170 Broadcast quality, continuous duty, 120

VAC, rack mount

MR-

25/150 -170C Communications quality, continuous duty,

120

VAC, rack mount, complete with speaker.

For operation in the

152 to

172

MHz band

731

-0046

731

-0147

YAGI

ANTENNAS

-

YC

NOMINAL IMPEDANCE:

50 ohms.

INPUT CONNECTOR:

Type N jack.

POLARIZATION:

Horizontal or vertical.

AVERAGE

GAIN:

9 dB.

TYPICAL VSWR:

Under

1.5.

TYPICAL REAR

SIGNAL REJECTION:

25 dB.

POWER

HANDLING CAPACITY:

60 watts.

(Model)

YC-153

YC-161

YC-166

YC-170

OPERATING FREQUENCIES:

(Frequencies

-MHz)

152.80- 153.40

161.30 -161.90

159.95- 166.55

169.85- 170.45

ANTENNAS (Specify Frequency)

RA -4 Four ring, horizontally polarized,

6 dB gain

RA -2

Two ring, horizontally polarized,

3 dB gain

710 -0086

710 -0100

PA

-1

Single ring, horizontally polarized, unity gain: portable

MA

-1

Same as above, except for use as a mobile antenna

YC Series

Yogi, ized,

9 dB gain

5 element, vertically or horizontally polar-

710 -0088

710 -0089

710-0090

2

YC

Stacking harness for stacking two

YC

Series

Yagi antennas 710 -0091

ASP

-177 Mobile, roof -top antenna, gain vertically polarized,

3 dB

SC

-155 Base, mast vertically polarized, and mounting clamps

_

6 dB gain complete with

12'

710 -0094

710 -0093

SC

-155B Same as above except brass

710 -0101

TRANSMISSION LINE

AND

ACCESSORIES

AVERAGE COVERAGE

OVER FLAT

TERRAIN

OF

M -30B

TRANSMITTER

RG

-8U foam filled,

50 ohm, jacketed transmission line, per ft.___618 -0007

PL

-259 Connector for use with

RG

-8U

610 -0231

PG

-4

Pigtail, 4'

RG

-8U cable with

PL

-259 attached to each end

731 -0141

RECEIVING

ANTENNA

HEIGHT

ANTENNA COMBINATIONS

EXPECTED

COVERAGE

IN MILES

731

-0218

PG

-4A Pigtail, 4'

RG

-8U cable nectors attached with

PL

-:59 and UG -21C

/U con-

-

**

**

**

75 ft.

150 ft.

75 ft.

150 ft.

75 ft.

150 ft.

75 ft.

**

**

*

**

**

*

**

150 ft.

150

300 ft. ft.

150 ft.

300 ft.

Receiving

5

Element

5

Yagi

Element Yagi

Stacked

5

Element

Yogi's

Transmitting

Single

Ring

Single

Ring

Single

Ring

Stacked

5

Element

5

Element Yogi

Yogi's Single

Ring

5

Element

Yagi

5

Element Yogi 5

Element

Yagi

Stacked

5

Element

Yogi's

5

Element

Yagi

Stacked

5

Element Yogi's

5

Element Yogi

RA -4

Antenna

Sinçle

Ring

RA -4

RA -4

RA -4

Antenna

Antenna

Antenna

Single Ring

5

Element Yagi

5

Element

Yagi

9

13

11

15

14

18

16

20

10

14

16

20

ACCESSORIES

Gates G

-100 microphone, dynamic omnidirectional

720 -0143

SR

-90R

Turner microphone, carbon, for local control of M-

25C

720 -0187

RMC -1C remote control consolette, solid state, complete transistors, power supply with

731

-0199

TPS -TC

Mobile assemblage for control of M -30B /TPS transmitter

731

-0047

ASP

-143 Chain link bumper mount for use with

MA

-1 antenna 710

-0087

P -1

Audio bridging pad for feeding line level source to M- 30B 731

-0053

The above measurements are based on a transmitting antenna height of

6 feet above surrounding objects.

731

-0162

CODE:

* Measurement based on length of

RG

-8U

Transmission Line not to exceed

80 ft.

**

Measurement based on length of FH34 Transmission Line not to exceed

*

200 ft.

**

Measurement based on length of Te"

Heliax

Line not to exceed 350 ft.

DFT

Dual frequency kit less crystal for

M

-30B, M -30B /TPS and M-

30B

/CD,

DFR

Dual Frequency kit

170C, less crystal for

MR-

30/150 -170 and MR-

25/150-

XT -1

Crystal for

M -30B, M

-30B /TPS, M- 30B

/CD and M

-25C

731

-0163

731

-0165

217

XR -1

Crystal

731

-0166 for

MR-

30/150

MR-

25/150 -170C

®

GATES www.americanradiohistory.com

Studio

-Transmitter

Link

-950

MHz

GENERAL DESCRIPTION

OF

950 MHz SIL

SYSTEM

The basic system consisting of M

-3

/STL Transmitter,

MR

-200:'

942 -952 Receiver, is parabolic antennas and transmission line designed and engineered to feed monaural program ma- terial from studio to transmitter.

The an average system will use two 4' parabolic antennas with approximate power gain of 18.9 dB each. Grid or mesh construction is recommended for minimum windloading on lightweight towers. Radomes and heaters are optional equip- ment. Transmission line is selected on the basis of attenuation and velocity and on a hop of up to

17 miles. Assuming a 17 mile hop from studio to transmitter, the isotropic path loss is

120 dB. end is

Further assuming the 100' of transmission line on each sufficient to obtain 75' above line -of -sight clearance, the loss in

200' of

7e" foam heliax is

3.8 dB. This gives a total loss of 123.8 dB.

MR-

200/942 -952 Receiver.

For in comparative purposes, transmitter output power is always relation to

1 watt. Therefore, with a

2.5 watt transmitter, an additional

4 dB of gain is available making a total gain of 37.8 plus

4 or

---41.8 dB.

Subtracting the total gain from the total loss, leaves a net result of

- 82 dB. By interpolation,

-82 dB is the equivalent of 575 microvolts of signal, which can be expected to be delivered to the receiver terminals.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Transmitter,

3 watt,

120

VAC, complete with tubes and crystal.

Rack mount

M-3

/STL

Low

-pass filter for use with

M -3 /STL transmitter

LPF-15

Receiver, 120

VAC, complete filter.

Rack mount with tubes and crystal,

LPF

-15

MR-

200/942 -952

Granting that conditions are not always ideal or even normal, for hops up to

17 miles a

25 dB fade factor is considered sufficient to take care of sudden, deep fades such as aircraft crossing the microwave path or multipath fades caused by atmospheric or tropospheric changes.

This 25 dB fade allow- ance added to the net figure of 82 dB gives

--

107 dB.

Again by interpolation, -

107 dB is the equivalent of 30 mi- crovolts, or in other words, it could normally be expected that at some given time there could be only

30 microvolts present at the receiver terminals.

Remote control unit.

Tone operated,

10 channel solid state.

Semi

- modular construction.

Consists of one

RMC

-2A /T transmitter control and metering unit and one RMC -2A /S studio control and indicator unit

Sub- carrier generator.

Solid state, semi

-modular construction.

Tuned for operation on assigned frequency of

41 or 67 kHz.

Less mute module

Hybrid ring combiner

RMC

-2A

HRC -1

Parabolic Antenna. 4' diameter, multi -element open dB gain.

For operation in the 890 -960 MHz band grid.

18.9

P

-948GN

In looking at the

"sensitivity" spec on the MR-

200/942

-952

Receiver, it can be seen that this receiver requires only

32 microvolts for a

60 dB signal -to -noise ratio and

10 microvolts for a

50 dB signal

-to -noise ratio; therefore, the 30 uy is ample to keep the receiver free of audible noise.

Allowing a

25 dB fade factor, 99.99% program to high

reliability

quality program material. is possible as related

Parabolic Antenna. 6' diameter, multi -element open grid.

22 dB gain.

For operation in the 890 -960 MHz band

Same as above, but with heaters

Parabolic Antenna. 10' diameter, multi -element open grid.

27 dB gain.

For operation in the 890 -960 MHz band

P

-972

P-

972/HC

P

-9120

Same as above but with heaters

P-

9120 /HC

STEREO

Foam

Heliax transmission line, rs

",

50 ohm, jacketed

Type

N plug, for

FHJ5

Type

N jack, for

FHJ5

Type

N plug, for

HJ5 -50

Type N jack, for

HJ5 -50

Type EIA flange for

HJ5

-50

HJ5

-50

In consideration of an

STL for stereo transmission, with the use of a new Stripline Hybrid

Ring Combiner, the outputs of two

M

-3

/STL transmitters are combined into one common antenna and transmission line system. Likewise, the inputs of two

MR-

200/942

-952 receivers are combined from one common an- tenna and transmission line system. Isolation between trans- mitters measures 27 to 28 dB and loss is less than

5 dB the through total of the two combiners.

Because of the

5 dB loss en- countered in the combiners, an antenna system employing

4' parabolic antennas will cover distances up to

12 miles. For distances greater than this, antennas and transmission lines are selected on the basis of their

ability

to deliver adequate

0

voltage to the receiver terminals. signal

GATES

218

Air Heliax transmission line,

'e

",

50 ohm, jacketed

Mitre elbow, 90 degree

_

Type EIA flange with gas barrier, for

HJ5 -50

45AW

45AN

75AW

75AN

75AR

75AG

Please specify exact operating frequency on all frequency conscious items.

1060

FHJ5 www.americanradiohistory.com

Studio -Transmitter

Link

-950

MHz

M -3 /STL

Transmitter.

The

M

-3

/STL transmitter (above) and

MR-

200/942

-952 re- ceiver (pictured on opposite page), with antennas and trans- mission line, combine to form a microwave link to feed pro- gram material from studio to transmitter. Program quality is at least equal to a class

AAA equalized telephone line.

A system, including transmitter, receiver and two parabolic antennas (each with 18.9 dB gain and 200' of

?'a" transmission line) is designed to cover up to 18 miles, allowing a full

30 dB fade factor for 99.99% reliability.

For greater distances, an- tennas and transmission lines are selected as necessary to ob- tain the desired gain.

To be assured of a path, a minimum of

75 feet above line -of -sight is necessary to accommodate fres- nel zone clearance.

SPECIFICATIONS

M

-3 /STL TRANSMITTER

APPLICATION: Studio -transmitter link and inter

-city relay.

FREQUENCY RANGE:

942.5 -952.5 MHz.

POWER OUTPUT:

Maximum,

3 watts; normal, 2.5 watts as set at the factory.

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE:

Nominal

50 ohms.

RF

CONNECTOR: UG-

997A/U

(mates with

UG- 21D

/U).

FREQUENCY STABILITY:

.001% or better.

TYPE OF

MODULATION: Phase.

MODULATION

CAPABILITIES: ulation

!

100 kHz 75 kHz considered as

100% mod-

TYPE OF

OSCILLATORS: Temperature controlled crystals.

AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE: 600 ohms.

AUDIO INPUT LEVEL:

-+

2 dB of

-1-10 dBm.

AUXILIARY INPUT:

41 or 67 kHz SCA.

FREQUENCY RESPONSE:

: 1 dB 40 to 15,000 Hz.

DISTORTION. At max., 100 to

100% modulation) 1.25% max. 40 to 100 Hz.

7500 Hz.

1.25% max., 7500 to 15,000 Hz.

0.80%

FM

NOISE LEVEL:

Referenced exceeds signal 400

Hz modulated

100

0/0.

65 dB as measured

(±75 kHz) with 75 micro -second pre- emphasis, and

15

- kHz low -pass filter.

AM

NOISE LEVEL:

Exceeds 50 dB referred to carrier amplitude.

POWER LINE REQUIREMENTS: 120

VAC,

50/60

Hz, 150 watts.

DIMENSIONS: 17'z" high, 19" wide,

9" deep.

ORDERING

INFORMATION:

See opposite page.

MR-

200/942

-952

RECEIVER

APPLICATION: Studio- transmitter link and inter

-city relay.

FREQUENCY RANGE: 942.5 to 052.5 MHz.

BANDWIDTH: 200 MHz at

3 dB down.

SENSITIVITY:

2.0

3.2

10.0 microvolts for 30 dB signal -to -noise ratio. microvolts for

40 dB signal

-to -noise ratio. microvolts for

50 dB signal

-to -noise ratio.

32.0 microvolts for

60 dB signal

-to -noise ratio.

OVER -ALL RESPONSE: 40 to 15,000 Hz

+1 dB (75 microsecond curve).

OSCILLATORS: Two, both temperature controlled.

INPUT:

Nominally

50 ohms (type N).

OUTPUT: 600 ohms at

+10 dBm.

METERING:

Audio, discriminator, limiter, last

IF, oscillator number one out- put, oscillator number two output and CR

-1 drive. Meter w

/selector switch.

POWER REQUIREMENTS: 120 VAC,

50/60 iz,

60 watts.

TUBE COMPLEMENT: Eight 6DS4; three 0H56, two 6BH6; one 7059; one

6AL5; three 12AX7; one 6CG7; and one 0B2.

(20 required

-8 types.)

DIMENSIONS: 1052' high, 19" wide,

9" deap. (Standard rack mounting.)

FINISH. Panel finished in gray hammertone

NET

WEIGHT: 20 pounds.

ORDERING

INFORMATION:

See opposite page.

219 www.americanradiohistory.com

Studio -Transmitter

Link

-890

-960

MHz

4U1

001u1 n1

\Lt

\I¢

6t n

VOLIS

..

'.

AIL u\L0LA10 rA onV1

Cu.!,.,

C.C. WHIM eLAtIKRO

MAS

1116...&

The Model

PCL

-303 Studio- Transmitter

Link provides a high

- quality audio channel between a broadcast studio and a re- mote transmitting site.

It has been developed specifically for application in broad- cast service. Designed for continuous service, it operates in accordance with Subpart

E,

Part 74, of the FCC Rules and

Regulations.

It is available for all

STL bands

-domestic

and foreign.

From the operational maintenance standpoint, multicircuit me- tering has been provided. Utilizing front panel meters, all significant circuits can be measured at the turn of a knob.

The equipment is furnished with rack -mounted slides for easy inspection. Interstage shielding is used where required, with equipment covers

-top and bottom

-being provided for each unit.

TRANSMITTER:

The true, is direct

FM principle of modulation employed in these

STL transmitters.

To ensure the required output frequency stability, a thoughtfully- engineered auto- matic frequency control it works:

(AFC) system is utilized. Here's how

An of extremely stable basic oscillator is modulated with a pair variable capacitance (varicap) diodes.

The frequency of this basic

FM oscillator (approximately 78 MHz) is divided by 1024 using a speed, binary divider chain which employs high- integrated circuit (IC) elements.

This divided output is phase compared to the output of a reference crystal (oven

-controlled) oscillator, and the result- ant error voltage is used to phase lock the basic oscillator to the crystal. Low- frequency modulation components have neg- ligible effect on the AFC lock as a result of the high- frequency division ratio

(1024) employed in the basic oscillator.

The phase

-locked output of the direct

FM basic oscillator is multi- plied and power amplified; in the

PCL

-303 it is further tripled to the output frequency with a parametric multiplying diode.

An

RF cavity filter at the transmitter output attenuates spu- rious signals to at least 60 dB below rated power output, and

® aA'TEO

220 www.americanradiohistory.com

Studio -Transmitter

Link

-890

-960

MHz an integral sampling probe feeds a panel meter to contin- uously monitor relative .output power.

A quiet, dependable, blower fan cools the final transistor power chain. The

fully

- regulated and protected power supply is self

-contained and maintains stable power output with line voltage variations from

105

VAC to

130

VAC.

An input audio

filter

removes unwanted program components above

17 kHz. This effectively reduces the crosstalk (in all multiplex channels) which may be caused by spurious high

- frequency noise in the program line.

Standard 75 microsecond pre- emphasis is also incorporated in the program input. BNC connectors, for inserting remote control and SCA subcarriers, and a 5

-pin connector, used when the

STL the transmitter rear of the chassis. is remotely controlled, appear on

RECEIVER: This is a conventional double

-conversion, crystal

- controlled, superheterodyne receiver wish a self- contained, regulated power supply. Signals from the antenna input are passed through a five -cavity

RF pre -selector which is used ahead of a low- noise, input mixer diode (Schottky barrier type).

The first

IF

(72 MHz) section cons sts of a three -stage

FET am- plifier employing AGC and designed for low noise and me- dium bandwidth characteristics. The second

IF section (10.7

MHz) is an amplifier exhibiting exceptionally sharp skirts and linear phase characteristics.

These characteristics are achieved by a ten

-pole, active

filter

slightly overcoupled to give the desired response. Less distortion to high- frequency modulation components are ensured by this design.

The ratio detector affords better rejection of impulse noise and adjacent channel interference.

The audio section, utilizing an operational amplifier, is a wide

-band, low- noise, low- distortion type amplifier incorporat- ing a

75 microsecond de- emphasis network. A carrier -operated squelch relay silences all output should the carrier be lost or if the power fails. Contacts for external carrier alarm use are located on the back of the chassis, as are the two BNC con- nectors for subcarrier outputs. A 600 ohm output

-to

-line trans- former and a 17 kHz low -pass

elliptical filter

complete this section.

SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS

FREQUENCY RESPONSE: dB from

30 Hz to 15,000 Hz.

DISTORTION:

Less than

0.5% from

50 Hz to 15,000 Hz.

SIGNAL -TO

-NOISE RATIO: Better than

68 dB

(

-65 dB for

PCL

-202) below

100% modulation.

MODULATION CAPABILITY: One program and two subcarrier channels.

PRIMARY POWER SOURCE:

120/240 VAC,

±10%

50 -60 Hz.

PANEL SPACE REQUIRED: 51/4" x

19

"- transmitter or receiver.

OPERATING

SPECIFICATIONS

TRANSMITTER

TYPE:

Direct

FM.

RF

OUTPUT: 7 watts minimum;

8 watts maximum into nominal 50 ohm load

-Type

N female connector.

FREQUENCY STABILITY: Better than

0.001%

(0° to 55 °C); Crystal mounted in temperature controlled oven.

MULTIPLICATION:

12 times basic oscillator frequency.

AM

NOISE: Better than 75 dB below carrier reference.

DEVIATION:

±40 kHz for 100% modulation.

SPURIOUS EMISSIONS:

More than 60 dB below carrier.

AUDIO INPUT: 600 ohms balanced;

+10 dBm for

100% modulation.

MULTIPLEX INPUTS: Two BNC connectors provided for subcarrier channels in 25

-100 kHz spectrum;

20% deviation. approximately

1.0 volt rms for

SOLID -STATE DEVICES:

5 varicaps,

11

IC's,

1

All silicon:

15 transistors

(JEDEC), 14 diodes, varactor.

POWER SUPPLY: Fully regulated, self- contained.

COOLING: Convection and forced.

DIMENSIONS:

51/4" x

19" x 16

".

RECEIVER

TYPE:

Superheterodyne

-double conversion and crystal controlled.

ANTENNA INPUT: Nominal 50 ohms impedance

-Type

N female connector.

SENSITIVITY:

Less than

3 microvolts for 20 dB quieting.

Requires only

35 microvolt signal for

60 dB quieting.

SELECTIVITY: 200 kHz.

AUDIO OUTPUT: 600 ohms balanced;

+10 dBm.

MULTIPLEX OUTPUTS: Two BNC connectors; 1.0 volt peak per subcarrier for 20% subcarrier injection at transmitter.

-to

-peak

SOLID -STATE DEVICES:

All silicon;

19 diodes, transistors

(18 bi- polar,

3 field effect),

1

IC.

21

JEDEC registered

POWER SUPPLY:

Zener regulated

-self- contained.

DIMENSIONS:

51/4" x

19" x

14

".

®

GATES

221 www.americanradiohistory.com

Automatic Transmitter Logging System

Output Writer types log in easy to read, easy to file, log format. familiar

MODEL ADP -101

The

ADP

-101 System records up to

10 transmitter readings, and log entries are automatically printed out every 10 min- utes by the Output Printer in the

familiar

format of a typical manual log. An out -of- tolerance condition causes that par- ticular reading to be printed in red, and the internal audible alarm to be sounded. A contact closure for an external alarm is also provided.

The designed

-in dependability and have been proven in the

reliability

field. Only of the ADP -101 silicon transistors, inte- grated circuits and diodes are used, with all transistors hav- ing plug -in mountings. Standard logic circuitry found in computers is terminals to incorporated.

Lamps are used

liberally

in both visually display the circuit status of the system.

Most of the circuit intelligence is located in the Printer Unit installed at the attended location.

Ili

CATES

222

Installation is straightforward and closely resembles that of the usual remote control system. The system can be completely calibrated at the Sampler Unit (transmitter site) by one man.

Although both terminals can be used back -to -back at the transmitter side, normally the Sampler Terminal is located at the transmitter and the Printer

Terminal at the studio.

For the latter, the terminals would be interconnected by a suitable communications channel capable of conveying the tone sig- nals in either direction.

The

ADP

-101 signed as a

Automatic

Data Printer has been specifically de- digital transmitter logging device for the broad- caster. The printout is typed on sprocket -fed paper by an

IBM

Output -Writer to provide a continuous 24 hour record which can be conveniently stored for quick future examina- tion. The advantages of this format are obvious.

The first column is the time the readings were taken; the second column is an internal calibration reference; and the following ten columns represent the recorded data.

Additionally,

remarks can be entered by the the

IBM operator by using the keyboard of

Output -Writer.

This method of transmitter logging is superior to, and more accurate than the narrow, industrial, strip chart recorders that are

difficult

to interpret.

As shown in the block

Unit is diagram of the ADP -101, the Sampler located at the transmitter site while the

Printer Unit and

IBM

Output -Writer are placed at the control point.

The automatic

(or manual) commands which initiate a complete sequence of data logging, as well as the binary coded

FSK data signals, are applied to a single wire or radio channel.

The bandwidth required for proper operation is less than 600

Hz.

All coded data is transmitted as a percentage of full scale, and as such provides a high degree of security to unauthor- ized reception.

Most of the circuit intelligence is located in the Printer Unit.

Adequate status indicator lamps for circuit examination are included in the ADP -101. Fewer than

10 columns can be logged, and provisions are included to sound an aural alarm when any given data channel is out -of- tolerance.

This con- dition may also be printed in red for a permanent record.

Dependability and

101.

reliability

were designed into the ADP

-

Only

JEDEC registered silicon semiconductors are used.

A special plastic card is provided to permanently record the binary code values for calibration.

The

Printer Unit is mounted on slide rails for easy stepping switch with its examination gold -plated of the status lamps. contacts is a plug

The

-in as- sembly. Separate power supplies mounted on

31/2" x

19" pan- els provide power for the Sampler and Printer Units. The

Sampler Unit is mounted on a

7"

x

19" panel; the Printer

Unit is on a

12'/4" x

19" panel.

The

ADP -101 from a

120/240

VAC, 50 -400

Hz power source. will operate www.americanradiohistory.com

Automatic Transmitter

Logging

System-

ADP

-101

TRANSMITTER

SAMPLING

VOLTAGES

SAMPLER TERMINAL

(TRANSMITTER SITE)

ANALOG- TO-

DIGITAL

CONVERTER

DATA -SENDING

OSCILLATORS

(FSK)

DATA

DETECTORS

PRINTER

(STUDIO

TERMINAL

SITE)

DECODER,

PRINTOUT

CIRCUITRY

STEPPING

SWITCH

OUT

-OF-

TOLERANCE

INPUTS

OUT -OF-

TOLERANCE

ENCODER

IBM

OUTPUT

WRITER

COMMAND

DETECTOR

COMMAND

OSCILLATOR r k

TERMINALS CONNECTED DIRECTLY

OR BY

COMMUNICATIONS CHANNEL f-

DIGITAL

CLOCK

OUT

-OF-

TOLERANCE

ALARMS

BLOCK

DIAGRAM

ADP -101

SAMPLE LOG SPECIFICATIONS

LOGGER TYPE:

Digital Automatic.

LOG FORMAT:

Columnar;

12 columns: Time, calibration voltage, Transmitter parameters (10 maximum). Remarks may be entered manually.

TRANSMITTER PARAMETER INPUTS:

10 maximum.

CALIBRATION

REFERENCE:

Internal Zener diode.

CLOCK:

Digital;

24 hour; resettable to nearest minute.

ACCURACY:

1

% full scale or better.

LOGGING INTERVAL: 10 minutes; manual override.

PRINTOUT TIME:

Approximately

1 minute maximum for all

12 columns.

PAPER TYPE: each sheet

Standard sprocket -fed; continuous or single sheets; net size

8' /2" x 11

".

PAPER

CONSUMPTION:

1 inch per hour

(6 single- spaced lines per inch).

OUT -OF- TOLERANCE

INDICATIONS:

Three: Reading audible alarm, and external alarm contacts. printed in red, internal

OUT -OF- TOLERANCE INPUTS: Requires contact closure; not part of ADP -101.

SAMPLER INPUTS: ground;

30,000 ohm input 'mpedance; individual multiturn calibration controls.

+2 volts minimum, zero

COMMUNICATIONS: Sirgle: DC continuity not.

CHANNEL

REQUIREMENTS: Required; 30 dB allowable loss

(for remote op- eration) between 1200 Hz and 1720 Hz.

TELEPHONE LINE:

Nominal 600 ohms balanced,

0 dBm; barrier strip.

SUBCARRIER CHANNELS: connectors.

Nominal 2000 ohms unbalanced,

0.5

V rms; BNC

DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD: Frequency -Shift Keying (FSK), modified

(synchronizing pulses for noise rejection).

TONE FREQUENCIES:

Command

1720 Hz; Data 1200

Hz and 1440 Hz.

OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE: 0 °- 130 °F.

SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES: and integrated circuits.

All silicon:

JEDEC registered transistors, diodes,

POWER REQUIREMENTS: 117

VAC, 60

Printer Terminal

110 watts total.

Hz; Sampler Terminal 30 watts;

SAMPLER

TERMINAL: Sampler Unit:

19" x

11

".

7" x

19" x 10

". Power Supply

31/2" x

PRINTER TERMINAL:

Printer Unit:

1210" x

19" x

12"

(Chcssis slide mount- ing). Power Supply: 311" x

19" x

11

".

Output Printer:

111/2" x

14W' x

624".

SHIPPING

INFORMATION: Wt. 200 lbs.; 15.9 cubic feet.

ORDERING

INFORMATION

Automatic transmitter logging system

ADP -101

DATE

STANDARD

DAYLIGHT

TIME CAL.

1

2

3

4'

5

6

7

8 9 10 REMARKS

223

0900

0910

0920

0930

0940

1000

1000

1000 oto

1010

1330

1340

1350

1400

1410

1420

1

240

250

1

300

1310

1320

0950 1000

1000

1000 told

1000

1000

1020

1030 1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1140

1150 t

200

1210

1220

1230

1040

1050

1100

1110

1120

1130

1000

1000

1000

1010

1000

1000

1000

1000

000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1920 4400

13460

4080 2840 1220

3040

1440 0120 0200

1920 4400 0470

4240

2880 1720 3040

1440 0120 0200

1950

4560 0480 4240

2880 1) 20

3040 1440

0120 0200

1960

4400 0470 4240 2940 1220

3000

1440 0120

0200

1960

4400

1960

4400

0470

4080

2880 1220

3000

1440

0120 0200

0470

4080

2880 1720

3040

1440

0130 0200

1960

4400 0470 4080 288o

1720

3040 1440 0120 0200

2000 4400 0470

4240

2880 1720 3040

1440 0120 0200

2000 4480 0450

3920

2880 1720 3040

1440 0120 0200

2000 4480 0440

3920

2880 1720

3040

1440 0120 0200

2000 4480

2000

4480

0440

3920

2840

1'20

3000

1440 0120 0200

0440

3920

2840 1720

3040

1440

0120 0200

2000

4480

2040

4560

0450

3920 2880

1720

3040

1440

0120 0200

0460

39 20 2880

1'20

3040

1440

0120 0200

2040

4560 0460

3920

2880

1'20

3040

1440 0110 0280

2000

4480 0440

3920

2880 1720

3040

1440

0120 0200

2000 4480 0440 3920 2880 1720

3040

1440 0120 0200

2000 4480 0440

3920

2840 1720 3040

1440 0130 0200

2000 4480 0460 3920 2880 1720 3040

1440 0110 0280

2000

4480 0460 3920 2880 1720

3040

1440

0110 0280

2000

4480 0450 4080

2880

1,20

3080 t

460

0120

0200

2000

4480

0440

3920

2880

1!20

2000

4480

0440

3920

2940

1'20

3040

1440 0110 0280

3000

1440 0110 0280

2000 4480 0460 3920 2880 1720 3040

1440 0120 0200

2000

4480 0440

3760

2880 1720

3000

1440

0120 0200

2040

4560 0450

3920

2880 1720

3000

1440

0120 0200

2040 4560

0430

3840 2940

17m

3000

1440 0120 0200

2000 4480 0440

3920

2880 1720

3040

1440

0110 0280

2040

4560 0450

3920

2880 1720

3000

1440

0120 0200

2000

4480 0450

3920

2880 1720

3040

1440

0120 0200

2000 44130

0450

3920

2840 1720

3040

1440

0120 0200

2040

4560 0440

3920 2840

1720 3000 1440

0110 0280

2000

4480 0440

3920

2840

1720 3040

1440 0120

0200

® arEs www.americanradiohistory.com

Operating

Impedance Bridge

Measures

5

MHz.

"in circuit" operating impedance

-500

kHz to

Handles through power up to

5 kW.

No signal generator or external detector required for mea- surement under power.

Can be used with signal mal bridge. generator and receiver as a nor-

Measures negative impedance loads.

Ideal for use in adjusting multi -tower directional antennas.

Based on new principle.

The

Model

OIB

-1

Operating Impedance Bridge measures the operating impedance of the individual radiators, networks, transmission line sections, and common point of directional antenna systems while they are functioning normally and un- der power.

This

"operating impedance" cannot be measured by normal impedance bridge methods because the system characteristics are disrupted when the bridge is inserted in the circuit.

The

OIB

-1 thus satisfies a critical requirement long

felt

by consulting and broadcast station engineers.

In has many addition it applications in other fields that cannot be dupli- cated by any other instrument.

The OIB

-1 is inserted directly in series with the transmission line, network, or antenna.

The transmitter power is applied and a bridge balance is obtained by manipulating the

R and

X dials on the face null of the bridge.

Balance is indicated by a reading on the meter which is mounted on the front panel

®

==

GATES

224 of the bridge. Operating resistance and reactance are then read directly from the bridge dials.

The VSWR on a trans- mission line can be read directly from a scale on the meter.

SPECIFICATIONS

FREQUENCY RANGE: 500 kHz to 5 MHz.

THROUGH

POWER

RATING:

5 kW with

VSWR 3:1.

INSERTION

EFFECT:

Equal to

9" of

150-ohm line.

FUNCTIONS: Direct reading in

R,

-400 to

+400 ohms.

Direct reading in X,

-300 to

+300 ohms. Measures VSWR,

Z0-0 to 400 ohms. Indicates rela- tive forward and reflected power.

ACCURACY:

R and

X, graved.

±5%

-+-1 ohm. Dials individually calibrated and en-

RF

SOURCE: Transmitter, transmission line, etc., or signal generator with adapting connector.

DETECTOR:

Internal for high power source. Connector on front panel for external detector when used with signal generator. Amplifier for internal detector available as factory installed option if high sensitivity is desired.

TERMINALS: Input and output are large

UHF receptacles

(UG-

357/U). 12" input and output clip leads are supplied as standard with bridge. 18" leads optional at no extra cost when specified with order. External de- tector connection is

BNC.

ACCESSORIES: Aluminum polyurethane -lined transport case.

DIMENSIONS:

121W' x 91h" x 514" deep.

WEIGHT:

10 lbs.

ORDERING INFORMATION

Model 01B-1

Operating Impedance Bridge. Specify whether 12" or 18" leads are desired

D. C.

Amplifier.

Used to increase sensitivity of Bridge for use with power sources as low as 25 watts

TC -1

Transport

Case. For 01B-1

700 -0063

700 -0064

700 -0065 www.americanradiohistory.com

Common

Point Impedance

Bridge

An instrument for permanent installation in the common point of a directional antenna system. Permits the common point resistance and reactance to be sured during normal operation reads common point current so mea- without transmitter shutdown. Panel ammeter that direct antenna power can be determined.

The

Model

CPB

-1 and

CPB

-1A Common Point Impedance

Bridges are operating impedance bridges similar to the

Model

OIB -1, but designed for permanent installation in your phasing equipment at the antenna common point. Instruments have two

4" dials calibrated directly in resistance and reactance.

A panel meter is are provided for a null detector.

The

R

&

X dials manipulated as a normal bridge while the transmitter is operating at full o- reduced power to give a null indication on the panel meter.

The value of the common point resistance and reactance can then be read directly from the two dials.

It has been found that many directional antennas have com- mon point impedances which vary from time to time due to seasonal changes in the ground system and minor tuning

drift

of the antenna parameters. On many occasions it was found from remeasurement of the common point impedance that the station had been transmitting with somewhat less than full power for some time because of these changes. The CPB

-1 and

CPB

-lA permit the station operator

-o determine the common point impedance at any time, even during normal operating hours. By minor adjustment of the common point resistance control, he can maintain his radiated power at the full license value at all times.

He also has a method of de- tecting changes in his antenna system which affect the com- mon point.

This may vent citations alert him to equipment faults and pre- for antenna misadjustment. the antenna phasing equipment for mounting this panel. Both bridges are also available w thout the rack panel. A drill template is then supplied, permitting the station engineer to mount the bridge in the existing panel of the antenna phasor.

SPECIFICATIONS

FREQUENCY RANGE: 500 -1650 kHz.

POWER RATING: CPB

-1 kW

-5

KW

-100iß

-100% amp. mod. continuous. amp. mod. continuous. CPB

-1A

-50

RESISTANCE RANGE: 30 -100 ohms.

REACTANCE RANGE:

±50 ohms

(1000 kHz).

ACCURACY: Resistance vision is made

+2%

+1 ohm. Reactance for your consultant to adjust the

±5%

±

1 ohm. (Pro- calibration to agree exactly with your licensed resistance value).

RF

SOURCE:

Your source transmitter operatinç at normal or reduced power acts as

-no generator is required.

DETECTOR: Tuned internal detector wit-s 25 ua panel meter tector is required.

-no external de-

AMMETER: Panel hole is meter. A prcvided for Weston Model 308,

3'2" square am- meter recessing bracket is supplied for high power applications.

A matching meter for your power a id resistance can be supplied.

TERMINALS: Screw terminals or stando-f insulators at rear of bridge box for connection to tubing, strap, or jumper to coax is provided.

MOUNTING: Standard

7" x

19" eng aved gray rack panel

-can be sup- plied without panel for mounting behind your phasor panel

(drill tem- plate supplied).

DIMENSIONS: Bridge box without panel: Height:

7

", Width:

9

", Depth:

914

".

Panel dimensions:

7" x 19

".

ORDERING

INFORMATION

CPB

-1 on a and

CPB

-lA bridges are normally supplied mounted standard 19" x

7" rack panel. A cutout can be made in

225

CPB -1

Common Point Impedance Bridge,

5 kW

CPB

-1A Common Point Impedance Bridge,

50 kW

700 -0055

700 -0056

®

GA

TES www.americanradiohistory.com

Wire -Audio

And

Ground System

AUDIO

Gates Radio Company has a complete line of quality wire and cable to fill any broadcasting or communication need.

Cable for every purpose

-shielded,

unshielded, multi- conduct- or, power, audio system and more.

Gates Houston service center

Contact

Gates Quincy or for types that are not listed.

The following wire recommended for microphone and shielded power supply cable has high abrasion resistance and extra flexibility.

It is especially suited for installations where cable must take tight bends or lie perfectly flat.

The cable has tinned conductors with tinned copper- braided shield.

8410 Belden single conductor shielded, black rubber jacket

8412 Belden (Gates MIC

-100)

2 conductor stranded

20 AWG

Braided shield cotton wrap heavy rubber jacket

_

_

8428 Belden neoprene jacketed heavy duty mic cable.

2 con- ductor

18

AWG braided shield

250 -0059

250 -0036

253 -0024

SH

-2

-20

2 conductor stranded 20 AWG,

2

/push back braided shield not insulated_

253 -0018

1261

2 conductor stranded

24 AWG, sulated braided shield, not in-

253 -0001

The following are

2 conductor, color -coded broadcast audio cables which come in standard and miniature size. Type 8437 has a braided, tinned copper shield; types 8450 and

8451 have spiral

-wrap aluminum -Mylar shields.

All types have tinned drain wires.

Available in

100, 500 or 1000 foot spools.

Average shipping weight per

100 feet, 2'2 lbs. Type

8451 available in black vinyl or gray jacket.

8437 Belden

2 conductor

22

AWG solid, w

/drain wire and braided shield, black vinyl jacket

8450 Belden miniature audio cable

2 conductor,

22

AWG solid, drain wire, foil shield vinyl jacket

8451 Belden miniature audio cable,

2 conductor

22

AWG stranded, drain wire, foil shield, vinyl jacket

_

Cable

6 conductor,

3 pair, wire size 22

AWG

Wire

18

AWG stranded, yellow

-

High voltage wire

8

AWG 40 kV

253 -0062

253 -0054

253 -0059

_250 -0081

.252 -0247

255 -0006

GROUND

SYSTEM

#6 copper wire

H. D.

(12.511b.)

#10 AWG soft drawn copper wire.

31.82 ft. per lb.

31.4 lbs. per 1000 ft.

____

2" soft drawn copper strap .0216"

4" soft drawn copper strap .0216"

Expanded copper ground screen. 8' x

24' sheet

6' ground rod

?k"

8' ground rod 5k"

12" plated copper strap for coil taps, etc.

_

-

_

254- 0019 -000

254- 0010 -000

003- 4010 -045

003- 4010 -050

358- 0455 -000

358- 0454

-000

358- 0452 -000

003- 4020 -010 s" H5-50

Coaxial Line

158" H7 -50A

Coaxial

Line

3"

H8-50A

Coaxial

Line

COAXIAL

TRANSMISSION

LINE HANGERS

HANGERS

NON -INSULATED

ADAPTORS

Round Member

Angular

HANGERS

INSULATED

ADAPTORS

Round

Member Angular

1

12395

-1

Wraplock can

/300 ft.

11662

-2

13550

13555

33598

-2

UNJAC

33598

-1

JAC

31670

-1

1

-2 in.

31670

-2 2

-3 in.

31670

-3 3

-4 in.

31670

-4 4 -5 in.

31670

-5

5 -6 in.

31768 33948

-3

13550 13555

33598

-4

UNJAC

33598

-3

JAC

33948

33981 33948

-2

13550 13555

CATES

226 www.americanradiohistory.com

Coaxial

Transmission Line Systems

GATES

CYCLOID

FM RING

ANTENNA

GATES

TYPE

300-6

VERTICAL

ANTENNA

GATES

POWER

DIVIDER

GATES

DUAL

CYCLOID

ANTENNA

E.

1-5/8

IA

FEW.

E

3-I/8

EIA

FEMALE

3

TYPE 1861

-I/8

EIA TO

1

-5/8

EIA

$f

1

1-5/8

E

A

FEMALE

TYPE 1861

3-1/8

EIA TO

1

-5/8

EIA

878

1

-5/8

EIA

FEMALE

D.

3-1/8 (IA

FEMALE

4

TYPE 1861

3-1,1

EIA TO

MALE TO MALE

CONNECTOR

I

-5 /B

EIA

/

TYPE tJIO

3-I/8

EIA

/////

/

78A115

3-1/8

EIA

FEMALE

3

-I/8

EIA

MALE

MARE

3

-1/8

EIA

FEMALE

1=

3-1/8

EIA

FEMALE f

TYPE

1860

1

-5/8

EIA TO

7/8

EIA i

75AR

EIA uu

85-50

75AR

7/8

EIA

FEMALE

..171.1.

TYPE

1860

5,8

EIA TO

7/8

EIA

1

-5/8

EIA MALE

87R

1

-5/8

EIA

FEMALE

1

-5/8

EIA MALE i

' r

1

-5/8

CIA MALE

7TYPE

II -5/8

EIA TO

7/8

1860

EIA

75AR

7/8

EIA

FEMALE

TYPE

I/5

-50

7,8

IN.

HELIAX

`..

TYPE

75AN

N

FEMALE

INCLUDES

GAS BARRIER

TYPE 25832

6 FT. LIMPER

O.

FHhSOA CABLE

HAS TYPE N MALE

CONNECTOR ON

EACH END r01

- f

75AR

7/8

EIA

FEMALE

TYPE

1860

1

-5/8

EIA TO

7/8

EIA

\

1

-5/8

EIA MALE

EIA

YPE H7

B

IN.

MIELIA% tLE

1

87G

-5/8

EIA FEMALE

INCLUDES

GAS

BARRIER

ä

TYPE 1861

3

-I/8

EIA TO

I

-5/8

EIA

(-1

785

78ARF

3-I/8

EIA

FEMALE

1

-5/8

EIA MALE

3-1/8

EIA MALE

ISOCOIR

Ek

JiirCI

-5/8

EIA MALE r

20 KW .

(MAX.)

3

-1/8

EIA MALE

785

1

-5/8

EIA

FEMALE

78ARF

3-I/8

FIA

FEMALE

TYPE

HB-50A

3IN.

HELIAX

`

MGM

3-I/B

EIA MALE

INCLUDES

GAS BARRIER

8FE

-10C

B FE

-50C

B FR

-5OC

FM -250H

OUTPUT

TYPE

N

FEMALE

INNER

CONNECTORS ARE

INCLUDED WITH ALL FEMALE

CABLE

CONNECTORS AND

ACCESSORIES

0 as an

FM

-3H

FM

-SH

FM

-7.5H

USE

WITH

I-

5/81N.

HELLAX

O

FM

-I

OH

FN -20H

FM -LOH

UST

WITH

311.

HELLAX

IOR

LARGER

OUTPUT

3-1/8

EIA

FEMALE

GATES

227 www.americanradiohistory.com

Transmitting

and

Receiving

Tubes

3CX2500F3 F-8550 4CX5000A 833 -A

FAST

-MOVING

INVENTORY

Gates carries thousands of tubes in inventory

-which,

because of fast turnover, are always fresh.

This is of vital importance, particularly for large transmitting tubes, where long shelf periods can make tubes gaseous. Listed below are a few of the popular tube types in stock

-many others are also on hand.

All tubes carry full warranty.

HOW

TO ORDER

Tubes may be

Shipment ordered from Quincy, Illinois or Houston, Texas. will be made as you direct

-air

freight, rail express, etc. Prices are no more at Gates

-and you have the assurance of tube freshness. Please place your

IBM number. Example: Type order by tube type and

3CV300000H3

374 -0108.

TRANSMITTING

TUBES

Type

3CV30000H3

3CX2500A3

3CX2500F3

4

-125A

4

-250A

4

-400A

4CX2508

4CX300A

4CX1000A

4CX3000A

4CX5000A

4CX10000D

4CX15000A

4X250B

575A

673

807

0

G.4TES

Number

374 -0108

374 -0094

374 -0093

374 -0008

374-0009

374 -0010

374 -0081

374 -0014

374 -0015

374 -0074

374 -0016

374 -0077

374 -0097

374 -0019

374 -0026

374 -0027

374 -0030

Type

810

813

833A

845

866A

872A

885

1612

1622

6076

6146

6360A

6528

7480

8008

F-8550

WL5891

Number

374-0031

374-0034

374-0039

374-0040

374-0042

374-0043

378-0008

370-0146

370-0149

374-0050

374-0051

374-0054

370-0160

374-0107

374-0058

374-0091

374-0067

228 www.americanradiohistory.com

Type

0A2

0A3

/VR75

0D3

/VR150

GZ34

/5AR4

5BP1A

5R4GY

5U4GB

5V4GA

5Y3GT

5749

5879

6AH6

6AL5

6AS7GA

6BG6GA

6C5

Number

370 -0144

370 -0005

370 -0008

370 -0133

378 -0003

374 -0020

370 -0017

370 -0230

370 -0020

370 -0153

370 -0155

370 -0027

370 -0030

370 -0036

370 -0052

370 -0065

RECEIVING

TUBES

Type

6CA7

6CD6GA

6L6GC

6SH7

6517

6SQ7

6V6GT

6X4

6X5GT

6080

6386

12AT7

12AU7A

12AX7

12AY7

12BY7A

Number

370 -0066

370 -0069

370 -0086

370 -0093

370 -0094

370 -0098

370 -0102

370 -0105

370 -0106

370 -0158

370 -0213

370 -0112

370 -0195

370 -0116

370 -0117

370 -0123

Semiconductor

Directory

The following is a list of transistors, silicon diodes and Zener diodes, used in

Gates manufactured products. When ordering please specify the type number of the item followed by the Gates part number.

Gates

Number

380-0011

380-0012

380-0013

380-0014

380-0015

380-0016

380-0018

380-0019

380-0020

380-0022

380-0025

380-0033

380-0034

380-0035

380-0039

380-0060

380-0061

380-0062

380-0063

380-0065

380-0066

380-0067

380-0068

380-0069

380-0070

380-0071

380-0073

380-0077

380-0078

380-0083

380-0086

380-0087

380-0088

380-0089

380-0091

380-0092

380-0094

380-0095

380-0096

380-0041

380-0042

380-0043

380-0044

380-0045

380-0046

380-0047

380-0048

380-0049

380-0050

380-0051

380-0053

380-0054

380-0056

380-0057

380-0058

Transistors

2N214

2N1183

2N1225

2N1414

2N553

2N1539

2N1307

2N1483

2N696

2N1183A

2N2082

2N1306

2N2869

2N3614

PT3134E

2N3054

2N697

2N3055

40319

2N4036

2N708

2N3500

2N3118

2N3053

40317

3N58

40314

2N2150

40321

40322

2N3440

U149

2N1724A

40310

5E4010

2N3766

2N3740

2N3819

37913

DTG2400

PT2121D

2N706A

2N918

2N708

2N709

2N2369

2N4391

2N3702

2N3704

T1409

2N4250

TN323

2N4360

559

2N3903

Transistors

40360

814.7550-001

2N3391A

11543

UC734

40242

2N4427

2N4905

2N4906

2N3417

Gates Number

380-0097

380-0098

380-0099

380-0101

380-0103

380-0105

380-0106

380-0107

380-0108

380-0111

Silicon Diodes

1

N54AS

IN2069

IN2070

1N2071

1002A

1N39B

D144

67-7297

1N3495

1N3494

MR325R

1N270

1N60

67-7747

67-7800

MR327R

1N914

1

N3754

BR82C

67-6136

384-0018

1

N456A

1N914

1

N277

T171

MDA952-1

1

N914

SG3209

1

N485

7030A

18DB10A

814-2540-001

67-6036

67-6037

67-6035

67-6099

2N3528

1

N4720

1

N643

814-3336-001

1

N

1200A

Gates Number

384-0178

384-0183

384-0184

384-0185

384-0194

384-0195

384-0197

384-0198

384-0199

384-0201

384-0204

384-0205

384-0208

384-0006

384-0018

384-0019

384-0020

384-0040

384-0066

384-0094

384-0098

384-0111

384-0116

384-0117

384-0128

384-0132

384-0133

384-0134

384-0135

384-0143

384-0149

384-0150

384-0151

384-0154

384-0155

384-0156

384-0159

384-0164

384-0165

384-0166

384-0169

229 www.americanradiohistory.com

Silicon Diodes

1N541

1N941

MDA9204.-1

MQ2

1N1200

1N54A

814-6407-001

814-6679-001

T1D40

67C100H2OTTS

MV1642

S101

1

N935

MDA920-2

Gates Number

384-0210

384-0211

384-0212

384-0214

384-0215

384-0216

384-0219

384-0222

384-0225

384-0235

384-0238

384-0239

384-0241

384-0242

Zener Diodes Gates Number

1N4736

1N3024B

1N2813

1

N4728

1N3006B

1.5R33A

1.5R45A

6046

VR12A

1.5R43B

1N4749A

1

N4734A

VR33A

1N754

1N4729A

1N3331A

1N4756A

1N4738

1N4747A

VR20

MZ1000-24

1N4733

VR8.5A

1N2835A

1N2974

1N-725

1

N754

1N-2992e

1N-3027E

1

N747A

1

N3031

B

1

N2767

1N821

M2.4AZ

6082

1N3582

1N4746

386-0016

386-0018

386-0019

386-0028

386-0030

386-0032

386-0034

386-0043

386-0044

386-0045

386-0046

386-0047

3860053

386-0057

386-0058

386-0063

386-0066

386-0068

386-0069

386-0072

386-0073

386-0074

386-0075

386-0077

386-0078

386-0079

386-0080

386-0081

386-0089

386-0090

386-0091

386-0100

386-0109

386-0111

386-0112

386-0114

386-0115

®

aATE3

Emergency

Generators

Your radio station cannot afford a power blackout.

The public has been trained to rely on their radio during an emergency.

An emergency ing generator is essential transmission, wire services, for all operations, includ- lighting, heating, or air con- ditioning.

Gates offers the entire line of Kohler electric plants ranging from 750 watts through 230 kW for emergency power systems.

1500

AND 3000

WATT

GENERATORS

Compact, lightweight, portable models, ideal for station stand- by or field use with mobile vans for powering public address systems, floodlights or small transmitters. Both models pow- ered by Kohler cast iron, 4 cycle units complete with fuel tank, air

-cooled engines. Portable carrying handle,

4 load recep- tacles and recoil starters. Remote start models available for stationary mounting. Single phase only.

Sizing of the emergency generator set is

important-

provi- sions should be made to handle the entire station load in the event the power failure is sustained.

Gasoline and

Diesel engine driven models are offered. Any gasoline model can be modified to operate on

LP or natural gas.

Fuel

availability

and storage should also be taken into consideration when selecting an electric plant.

5000, 6500,

AND 7500

WATT

GENERATORS

Air or liquid -cooled models in sizes large enough to handle a

1 kW transmitter and some lighting.

Kohler's

2 cylinder air

- cooled engine used with 5000 and 7500 watt models; 6500 watt unit has quiet, dependable

Kohler

4 cylinder liquid

- cooled engine.

All models include plant mounted control panel with overcranking protection, load connections and automatic battery charging feature.

10,000, 12,500,

AND

15,000 WATT

GENERATORS

STAND

-BY

APPLICATIONS:

To make the stand -by system completely automatic, remote control starting should be spe- cified with the Kohler electric plant and an automatic transfer switch included in the system. electric

With automatic transfer, the plant will start unattended, providing power for night lighting and heat.

Manual transfer models available also if the station is attended at all times.

®

GATES

230

Again offered with air or liquid -cooled gasoline or

Diesel engines. Protection models

120 or for larger stations. Revolving armature

120/240 volt, single phase, 240 or

120/208 volt,

3 phase voltages. Kohler exciter cranking provides fast, sure starts with sustained cranking ability. www.americanradiohistory.com

Emergency

Generators

LARGER SIZE GENERATORS

Gasoline and

Diesel models available in sizes of 30, 45, 55, 65, 85, 110 kW and larger for all types of stand -by appli- cations.

All models operate at

1800

RPM and fea- ture revolvirg field generators to produce any standard voltage.

Voltage regulation

-f

-2 %, frequency within

3

Hz. Units skid

- mounted for permanent alignment and installation ease.

Heavy -duty continuous industrial engines rated for operation have safety devices to protect high them from low oil pressure water temperature. or

Kohler electric plants are backed by a one

-year warranty and a network of distributors and

dealers-

factory and field

- trained specialists in the selection of a proper electric plant for the application cnd planning of the installation.

These specialists are ready tp service units on ever be necessary. tie spot should service

Koller

engineers are well aware of today's rigid requirements for engine generator cpplications and the design of their products reflects this awareness.

231

ACCESSORIES

1.

Fuel tanks for gasoline or

Diesel fuel storage

2.

3.

Batteries

Battery charger

4.

Cold weather starting aid

5.

Metal housings for outdoor applications m caTEs www.americanradiohistory.com

Tower Lighting

.;ç v

ó é rota n

<9 o

T= i a

O v

3 p

0°oE

ñ

'' a poé.i

ó o

ééöZ

LIP

:

-

3

>

= p p

ä

é e w w s-

éË

'-

La;i o

+ r r

éS

.r

3

$ a

I

<

2

: u.

3i.

<'.-

`

ú e a ti:

..(

r

ê

a a

8"ñ

é a

2u i a m'

6

?r'

:

áá

« a

3^,¡

4-7 3 rF

0

¡

Ireip

0.73.

Ó

í

N u

íP

óÑ

3:63,dg

ä e ji

_ i

. i

N

Ñ

ú

4

ifT

S

°$

ñ

N;

ñ

á

3

:

®

"ao

l1,

, a

0°:

!li

Sra

;e+ ii:

'

'

\

a

X3:31C147212:13211"2XECErt=4:=1".'.

C

N

0

$4

.N

6%

2:=EIECIEZEDIZECEME=11)*

/

7 u$'s

,éa vV $

ó 8

`

ñ

4-7

0.4

é

á

CY

;2

P"'

i"> a

R;

`/

S

C

>

1

ñ iJ i'Ca<

éaC ea

U

T

!

0>

O

3NG

I

*S

qgR wr

O0

é0' ill:

iÿ

:

>

Ó

'

,

'á esa

` a dzY

ê?$°ß

'uó

ñi?

é

$

6 w

O

é

T

-: i

¡

áj

eZ

T

If:

,..^3

ÿ

I

N

R. e

V

, g

8

,

FP, e

^ ia<

_>

:

ñÓ

ifa

ry

i02

: r

3

£

é i

:

."

á-

'w' si

: !,

S co

A 3

ó

S f

á

O

N

°

3

O g.

'

O= o

9. d``'```

O

Ñ-

S-(2

T

3

5-

áe

.71 a2. a- cP n

O m

C

Q

T. m

3 a

N r

O

_T

N o

N

_ m 7 n

É

Ó

W

j

0

Ç

O

¡i

a

N

O-c m

J

O

7

O s n

á' o

r--,

i

Ó ä

3:e v a 0

O

P

I

I a

V P

:

N

V

V V v

: i° i's:

311 p C

.é0

ii;

I a

1)

I

á

I

I

C

0

4

-'3$

áó

sT¡ a: -i

fit

e) ro

Ó io u

íó

O O

:

ÿ

O

I

O

ÑN

S

N

( Q p 0 e PÓ

3ÿ

3

SO a

?Ira

01111C

OOP_

8

8

Overall Height of Structure

(Feet)

GATES

232 www.americanradiohistory.com

Transmission Line

Pressurization

Systems

All air dielectric cable and rigid line should be pressurized with dry air or dry gas. Changes in temperature can cause moisture condensation from outside air and seriously impair the electrical efficiency of the line. For this reason, cable or rigid line should be under pressure at all times.

Pressurization can be accomplished by manual or automatic means, depending upon the amount of line in use at the sta- tion and whether or not the site is attended. Automatic elec- tric dehydrators are recommended for unattended sites or those where larger amounts of cable or rigid line are em- ployed.

A dry air hand pump is usually satisfactory for at- tended sites using a relatively small amount of cable. A cyl- inder of dry nitrogen gas can also be used.

Al. installations of air dielectric cable, line or microwave waveguide should be purged prior to putting the system in service and at any

Automatic Dehydrator

System

TYPE

IKOA O[M/p1ATC;

I

I

WIMLP

(wYLAeLE 'SOY

ONE

TO

30 OUTLETS)

S

-13

TUEND

FT

0Á43T -2 roLYEnm1NE

)3X0

NITN

OUTLET)

EAw

ILLUSTRATION A time moist air enters the line. To purge the system, pressurize at the equipment end of the line (5

-10 psig) with the Type

1920A automatic dehydrator, nitrogen gas cylinder, or Type

878 hand pump. Bleed the line using the gas port plug located at the antenna end of the line and allow the pressure to drop to zero.

Repeat this procedure three times to ensure that the moist air is replaced by dry air or d

-y gas.

When it is too

difficult

or inconvenient to bleed the air at the antenna end of the line, let the air escape at the transmitter or dehydrator end after pressurizing the line three times, al- lowing an hour each time for tFe air to mix.

Type 1920A dehydrator will automatically maintain from

3 to

8 psi while gas cylinder output pressure should be set between

2 and 10 psig.

AUTOMATIC DEHYDRATOR SYSTEM

1)

3)

3500

2) 3028

4944 pressure gauge tee (brass) 1/8 F.P.T.

3n all three needle valve

(40

P.S.I.) 1/8 male to 1/8 male

4)

5)

25436

-5

9908 -2 male fitting

(brass) 3/8 tube to 1/8 M.P.T. plug (brass) 1/4

M.P.T. Sq. Hd.

6)

7)

8)

4960 bushing (brass) 1/8

F.P.T. to 1/4 M.P.T.

25436

-1

25436

-2 cap (polyethylene) 3/8

O.D. half union (brass) 3/8 tube to

1/8 M.P.T.

NOTE: For reference only. Farts listed are with

Types 1920A and 6600A. included

Compressed

Gas

System

NITROGEN

CYLINDER'

I

MALE PT

ON

CYLINDER

VALVE

858

NITROGEN

TANK

FITTING 6600A

MANIFOLD

25437

-2,3/8

" -15'

POLYETHYLENE

(SUPPLIED

WITH EACH

OUTLET)

AIR HELIAX

CONNECTOR

Manual

System

PROCURE

LOCALLY

I/8"

FPT l/8"MPT

1/8" MPT

) r

I/8"F

PT

3/8"

-IOC POLYETHYLE

TUBING (INCLUDED

WITH

858A)

878

DRY

AIR

HAND PUMP

5/16 "

-

32NS

-28

LiPIPE

TEE

ITH THREE

FPT OUTLETS

E

5/16"-32

NS2A

AIR

INPUT

/

I/8

"MPT

HEX

NIPPLE

7.0F

HOSE

SUPPLIED

233

,, r

V8 "MPT HEX

NIPPLE

PRESSURE ASSEMBLY

REMOVED FROM CONNECTOR

PRESSURE ASSEMBLY

SUPPLIED WITH

PRESSURIZED CABLE

AIR

HELIAX

CONNECTOR

111

CATES www.americanradiohistory.com

Reference

Information

FIXED ATTENUATOR DATA

The data shown below provides information to construct

H pads, commonly used in audio applications. Usually

12 watt resistors are sufficient. 5% re- sistors are recommended. For

T pads, double the values of

R1 and

R2 and delete

R4 and

R5.

Rl

R2 dB

LOSS

8

9

10

12

4

5

6

7

1

2

3

15

20

25

30

35

40

1

5

6

7

2

3

4

8

9

10

12

15

20

25

30

35

40

12

15

20

25

30

35

40

Rl,

R4

OHMS

R2, R5

OHMS

600 OHMS INPUT

/600

OHMS OUTPUT

100

110

130

150

160

180

220

240

270

270

300

300

18

36

51

68

82

18

36

150

160

180

220

240

270

51

68

82

100

110

130

270

300

300

600 OHMS INPUT

/150

OHMS OUTPUT

270

270

270

270

300

300

300

-±3.3

24

47

56

62

68

75

3.9

10

13

18

20

24

30

33

36

39

47

51

62

68

68

75

75

150 OHMS INPUT

/150

OHMS OUTPUT

3.9

10

13

18

20

24

30

33

36

39

47

51

62

68

68

75

75

150 OHMS INPUT

/50

OHMS OUTPUT

10

12

15

20

25

30

35

40

62

62

62

68

68

68

75

75

®

ATES

0

4.7

10

18

20

22

24

24

R3

OHMS

82

56

30

18

10

±4.7

±3.3

620

330

220

160

120

100

82

15

8.2

4.7

2.7

1.5

62

56

47

39

27

2700

1300

820

620

470

390

330

240

220

200

150

110

62

33

18

10

5.6

30

24

15

8.2

4.7

3.3

1.5

1.0

FM FREQUENCIES

BY

CHANNEL NUMBER

For convenience, the frequencies available for

FM broadcasting (including those assigned to noncommercial educational broadcasting) are given nu- merical designations which are shown in the table below:

Channel

206

207

208

209

210

201

202

203

204

205

No. Frequency (MHz) Channel No. Frequency (MHz)

EDUCATIONAL CHANNELS

88.1

88.3

88.5

88.7

88.9

89.1

89.3

89.5

89.7

89.9

211

212

213

214

215

216

217

218

219

220

90.1

90.3

90.5

90.7

90.9

91.1

91.3

91.5

91.7

91.9

231

232

233

234

235

236

237

238

239

240

221

222

223

224

225

226

227

228

229

230

241

242

243

244

245

246

247

248

249

250

96.1

96.3

96.5

96.7

96.9

97.1

97.3

97.5

97.7

97.9

94.1

94.3

94.5

94.7

94.9

95.1

95.3

95.5

95.7

95.9

COMMERCIAL CHANNELS

92.1

92.3

92.5

92.7

92.9

93.1

93.3

93.5

93.7

93.9

261

262

263

264

265

266

267

268

269

270

271

272

273

274

275

276

277

278

279

280

281

282

283

284

285

286

287

288

289

290

102.1

102.3

102.5

102.7

102.9

103.1

103.3

103.5

103.7

103.9

100.1

100.3

100.5

100.7

100.9

101.1

101.3

101.5

101.7

101.9

104.1

104.3

104.5

104.7

104.9

105.1

105.3

105.5

105.7

105.9

251

252

253

254

255

256

257

258

259

260

98.1

98.3

98.5

98.7

98.9

99.1

99.3

99.5

99.7

99.9

291

292

293

294

295

296

297

298

299

300

106.1

106.3

106.5

106.7

106.9

107.1

107.3

107.5

107.7

107.9

NOTE: The frequency

108.0 MHz is assigned to subject to the condition that there aircraft navigation service will be no interference with the recep- tion of

FM broadcast stations, present or future.

234 www.americanradiohistory.com

Reference

Information

Tower

Height in Feet

273.0

270.6

267.3

264.8

261.5

259.1

256.6

253.3

250.9

248.4

246.0

243.7

241.1

238.8

236.5

234.2

232.0

229.9

307.5

303.4

300.1

296.0

292.7

289.4

286.1

282.9

279.6

276.3

351.2

346.8

341.9

337.0

332.1

328.0

323.4

319.8

315.7

311.6

446.8

439.5

431.3

423.9

417.3

410.0

403.1

396.8

390.3

386.5

378.8

373.1

367.3

361.1

356.2

Frequency in

Kilohertz

550

560

570

580

590

600

610

620

630

640

650

660

670

680

690

700

710

720

730

740

750

760

770

780

790

1000

1010

1020

1030

1040

1050

1060

1070

900

910

920

930

940

950

960

970

980

990

800

810

820

830

840

850

860

870

880

890

FREQUENCY VERSUS TOWER HEIGHT

For medium wave broadcast frequencies, the most used one

-quarter wave tower height is shown as related to the operating frequency.

For

3/e wave length, multiply height shown by

11/2 and for

1/2 wave length, multiply height shown by

2. For insulated towers the height is usually considered above base insulators.

Frequency in

Kilohertz

1300

1310

1320

1330

1340

1350

1360

1370

1380

1390

1200

1210

1220

1230

1240

1250

1260

1270

1280

1290

1080

1090

1100

1110

1120

1130

1140

1150

1160

1170

1180

1190

1400

1410

1420

1430

1440

1450

1460

1470

1480

1490

1500

1510

1520

1540

1550

1560

1570

1580

1590

1600

Tower Height in Feet

175.6

174.2

173.4

172.0

170.9

169.6

168.5

167.3

166.5

165.0

189.2

187.7

186.5

184.9

183.6

182.2

180.5

179.5

178.1

176.5

227.7

225.6

223.6

221.6

219.7

217.7

215.6

213.9

211.9

210.2

208.6

206.7

205.0

203.2

201.5

199.7

198.4

196.8

195.2

193.6

192.2

190.7

164.0

162.9

161.7

159.9

158.6

157.8

156.7

155.8

154.7

153.7

235 www.americanradiohistory.com

COMMONLY USED

FORMULAS

Resistance

In series:

RT

=

R1

+

R2

+

R3

Two in

=

1

In parallel:

Rt

1 1 1 parallel:

Rt

RI

+

R2

+

R3

=

RI R2

Rl

+

R2

Inductance

In series:

It

=

L1

+

L2

+

1.3

In

1

1 parallel:

Lt

=

Two in

1 1 parallel:

Lt

Li

=

+L2 +L3

Ll

L2

L1

+

L2

Capacitance

In series: Ct

=

1 1 1

In parallel:

Ct

C1

+

C2

+

C3

=

CI

+

C2

+

C3

Two in series: Ct

=

CI C2

CI

+

C2

Reactance

Inductive reactance: XL

=

2rr fL

Inductive capacitance: XC

1

=

2a fC

f =

frequency in

Hz

L c

=

inductance in

Henries

= capacitance in

Farads

Resonance

fr =

2r

1/LC

resonance occurs in

XL

=

addition

XC

-

1

=

L

7,2 where

-

C

4ir2 fR2L

fr

=

resonant frequency in Hz

L

=

inductance in

Henries

C

2rrr

=

capacitance in

Farads

=6.28

47r2

= 39.5

FREQUENCY

WAVELENGTH

3

X

105 (kHz)

X expressed in

3 XX

10'

=

meters

(MHz)

),

X expressed in centimeters

=

3

X

105

(meters)

f

expressed in kHz

=

3

X 10*

( certimeters)

f

expressed in

MHz

GATES

INDEX

Item

Page Item

AM Antenna

Accessories

AM

Broadcast Accessories

AM

Frequency Monitor

AM Modulation Monitor

AM Transmitters

Air Dielectric Coaxial Cable

Ambassador Audio

Console

Ampex

Tape Recording Equipment

Amplifiers, Audio

Plug -In

Amplifier,

Cueing

Amplifiers,

High Frequency Linear

Amplifiers,

Limiting

Amplifiers, Monitor

Amplifier,

Program or

Line

Amplifiers,

Remote Broadcast

Amplifier,

RF

FM

__

____

Amplifiers,

Transistorized -System

Type

Amplifier, Utility

(single channel)

Antenna

Couplers

_-

Antenna

Diode

Units for

Remote Control

Antenna Meter, Remote

Antenna

Phasing Equipment

Antenna

Towers,

AM,

FM, TV

Antenna

Tower Accessories

Antenna

Tuning Equipment

Antennas, Cycloid

Antennas, Dual -Cycloid

Antennas, Dummy

Antennas,

FM

Circular

__

Antennas,

FM

Directional

Antennas,

FM

Antennas,

FM

Horizontal

Vertical

Antennas, High Frequency

Antennas, Television

Arms, Pickup

_

Attache,

3-

Channel Remote Amplifier

Audio

Accessories

Audio Amplifiers,

System Type

Audio

Consoles

Audio Installations

Audio Oscillator

____

Audio

Terminal

Blocks

Automatic Gain Control Amplifiers, Audio

Automatic Transmitter Logger

Automation,

Program

Systems ____-

Average

Level

Amplifier

(Level Devil)

Baffles and Speakers

Baluns, High Frequency Transformers

Base

Station,

Remote Pickup

Base,

Turntable

_

_

_

_

Beacon Flasher

_____

Boom Stands

25

29

28

26, 27

Broadcast Modulation Monitors

_

_

-

--

-_- 26,

27, 58 thru 60

Broadcast

Systems,

Bowls, Feed -Thru

Transportable

-

176, 212, 213

70

Broadcast Transmitters

-AM,

FM, TV

_ 4 thru

21

34 thru 50, 74, 76 thru

81

4 thru

21

66

109, 110

178 thru 180

144 thru

148

151

198, 199, 206, 207

136, 137, 139

148 thru 150

149

160 thru 165, 176

Cabinets, Console

_-

172 thru

175

Cabinets, Compact

Disc for

LP

Albums

Cabinets,

Rack

153

143

Cabinets, Tape

Cabinets, Transcription

-

153

153, 169, 172 thru 175

Cable, Audio

Cable, Coaxial

-

Capacitors, Mica

Cartridge,

Recorder

/Reproducer

Equipment

226

66

73

126

-

61

144 thru

148

150

24,

210

65

24

Cartridges,

Pickup

Cartridges,

Tape

-

Chokes, Tower

Coaxial Cable and Accessories

Coils, Silver Plated

RF

Coils, Isolation 22, 23

_

71

72

Communications Equipment

Connectors, Audio

24, 25, 209, 210

52, 53

57

Conrac

TV

Monitors

54 3iConsoles,

52, 53

Audio Control

Console,

Portable

Audio

__-

30 Consoles, Speech Input

_

Consoles, Transmitter

Console

Desks

Control

50, 54 Control,

Remote

55

208, 209

82, 83

170

151 thru

162

159

144 thru

148

88 thru 119

86, 87

177

Couplers, Antenna

Courier,

2-

Channel Remote

.

-

Amplifier

Criterion

Tape Cartridge

Equipment

Cueing Amplifier

Cue -Intercom Speaker

Cycloid Antenna

- -

140

153 thru

142

222, 223

120 thru 127

140,

141

-_ 155, 156

209

172

216, 217 thru

175

72

154

172 thru

175

63 thru 65

24, 210

163

130 thru

132

Desks, for Audio Control

Consoles

Demagnetizer,

Tape Head

Diode and Pickup Coil

_-

Diplomat Audio Control

Console

Directional Antenna,

FM

Directional Antenna

Phasing Equipment

Distortion Meter

Dual

-Cycloid

FM

Antenna

Dual Limiter, Audio

Dualux

II

Audio Control

Console

Dummy Antennas

Dynamote 70,

4-

Channel Remote Amplifier

___

-

172 thru 175

154

24, 65

104 thru 106

57

22, 23

177

52, 53

139

92 thru 94

30

--

160,

161

Engine Generators, Emergency Power

Equalizers,

Audio

-

130 thru

135

170

133

25

66 thru 69, 227

73

24

186 thru

211

153

84, 85

88 thru 119

176

88 thru 119

214

151

152

54

230,

231

153

1111

GATES

236 www.americanradiohistory.com

INDEX

Item

Page

Equalized Preamplifiers

_

Equalizers,

Line

Equalizers, Transcription Turntable

Eraser, Bulk -Type Tape

_

Exciters,

SSB

__

Exciters,

RF

____ ________

Executive

Audio Control

Console

_

FM

Antenna

Towers

FM

Antennas

_

FM

Exciter, DCFM

FM

Frequency Comparator,

Pilot -SCA

_

_

FM

FM

Frequency Monitor

Isolation Transformers

FM Link and Relay

System

FM

Monitors

FM

RF

Amplifier

FM

Relay Receiver

_

FM

FM

SCA Generator

Stereo

Generator

FM Top Level

FM

Transmitters

Fader Knobs

Feed -Thru Bowls

Fixed

Equalizer

_ _

Field Intensity Meter

Flexible Coaxial Cable

Foam

Dielectric Coaxial Cable

Frequency

Frequency

Comparator,

FM

Pilot -SCA

Monitor,

FM

Frequency

Monitor, AM Model M4990

Frequency

Monitor

Extension Meters

Frequency Monitor,

FM

Furniture,

Control

Room

_

_

_

Gain and Measuring

Set

GateSound Tapes

Gatesway Audio Control

Console

Gatesway

II

Audio Control

Console

_

Generating Plants, Emergency Power

Generator,

Stereo

Generator,

Sub

-Carrier

171

153

171

_

154

197, 203

32, 33, 197, 203

101 thru

103

177

128, 129

114, 115

95 thru 97

230,

231

33

33

HF

HF

Antennas

Antenna

System

HF

Transmitters, Broadcast

HF

HF

Transmitters, Communications

Transmitter

Multicouplers

Headphones

Heliax Coaxial Cable

High Frequency Linear

Amplifiers

High Frequency

Matching Transformers

Homing Beacon Transmitter

_

208

186

209 thru

195

198 thru 207

210

154

66

198, 199, 206, 207

209

211

52

71 thru 57

_

32, 33

61

51,

61

56

218 thru 221

58 thru

61

61

51

33

33

138

_

34 thru 50

_

_..

152

70

153

29

66

66

61

61

28

65

172

61 thru 175

Item

Inductors

Installations,

Audio

Installations, Transmitter

Intercom, Studio

Sub-

Station

Isolation Coil

Isolation Transformers, FM

Page

_

73

86, 87

31, 62, 185

_

152

24

56

Jack Strips and Accessories

KD

-20A Portable Console

152

176

Level

Devil

Amplifier

Lights, Studio

Warning

Lights,

Tower Accessories, etc.

140, 141

151

72

Limiting

Log

Logging,

Amplifiers

Linear

Amplifiers, High Frequency

Load, Dummy

Periodic

Antenna

Antenna

Automatic

Transmitter

Loudspeakers

& Enclosures ____

Low Frequency Homing Beacon Transmitter

136, 137, 139

198, 199, 206, 207

30

208

222, 223

155, 156

211

Magnecord Recorder /Reproducers

Meter, Field Intensity

_

Meter,

RF

Meter, Remote Antenna

-

_

-

Meter, VU, Desk or Console Top

Mounting

Meter,

VU and Range Panel

Meter Shorting Switch

Mica Capacitors

Microphone Accessories

Microphones

_

- -

Modular Audio Equipment Cabinets

Modulation Monitor, AM

Modulation Monitors,

FM

Modulation Monitor,

HF

Monitor Amplifiers

Monitor, Frequency, AM

Monitor, Frequency,

FM

Monitor, Modulation, AM

Monitors,

Modulation,

FM

Monitor, Modulation,

HF

Monitor,

Phase

Monitors, Television

Multicouplers,

High Power

HF

Transmitter

Multiplex Generator, SCA

Music Tapes, Pre

-recorded

Open Wire Transmission Line

Ordering

Procedures

Oscillator, Audio

182

29

24

24

152

151

25

73

153, 154

157 thru 159

172 thru 175

26, 27

_

58 thru 60

196

148 thru 150

28

-

-

- 61

26, 27

58 thru 60

196

29

84, 85

210

33

128, 129

__

70

240

177

®

GATES

237 www.americanradiohistory.com

INDEX

Item

Page

Panel and Shelf Assemblies

Patch Panels and Patch Cords

Peak

Limiting Amplifier

Phasing Equipment

Phase

Monitor

Pickup Arms

Pickup Cartridges

Portable Tape Recorders

Portable Turntable

/Audio

Console

Power Supply, Plug -In

Audio Amplifiers

Preamplifiers, Turntable

President Audio Control

Console

Pressurization Equipment

_

Producer,

Program

Audio Recording Mixer

Amplifiers,

Rack

Mount

Program

Program

Automation

Systems

Logging, Automatic

_

_

Program Tapes,

Pre

-recorded

___

Programmers, Automation

System

Proof of Performance Equipment

RF

RF

Amplifier,

FM

Contactor

RF

Meter

_

__

_

-.

RF

Meter Jack

Rack

Cabinets

_ __

Random

Access

Programmers

Recorders, Audio

_

Recorders, Audio Cartridge

Recorders,

Reel -To -Reel

__

Reference

Information

__

Relay System,

FM

Remote

Amplifiers, Audio

___._

Remote

Antenna Meter

Remote

Control

Accessories

Remote

Control

Systems

Remote

Monitoring

Meters

>

Remote Pickup

Equipment

Rhombic

Antenna,

I-IF

Antennas

Rigid Transmission

Line

Ring

Transformer

_

Sampling

Loops

SCA

SCA

Modulation Monitor

Multiplex Generator

SCA

Multiplex Monitor

____

.

Scully Tape Recording Equipment

Semiconductor Directory

Sideband Generator

Single Sideband

Single Sideband

Generator,

SG

-70

Generator,

SG

-75A

/B

Single Sideband Transmitters

61

25

_

_

_

24

25

143

125

130 thru 132

178 thru 183

130 thru 132

178 thru

183

234, 235

51, 218 thru

221

160 thru

165, 176

24, 65

_

63

_

65 thru 65, 202

65

_ _

51, 216, 217

208

66

25

_

_

181

229

197, 203

203

197

200, 201, 204, 205

25

60

33

60

148

152

136, 137

_._..

22, 23

29

170

170

178 thru

183

176

145, 148

171

107, 108

69, 233

118, 119

144 thru 150

120 thru 127

127

128, 129

123, 124

177

Item

Page

Solid Statesman Peak

Limiting

Speech

Input

Systems

Amplifier

Speakers and Baffles

Speaker Matching Transformer

Splicers, Tape

Sta

-Level

__

Amplifier

Stands,

Microphone

_

Stereo Audio Limiting Amplifiers

_

Stereo Generator

Stereo

Modulation Monitor

Stereo Statesman

_

_

Audio Control

Console

136, 137

88 thru 119

155, 156

152

154

142

154

136, 137, 139

33

_

58

_

__

98 thru 100

51, 218 thru

221

152

STL Systems, FM

Studio Cue /Intercom Speaker

Studioette Audio Control

Consolette

Studio

Warning

Lights

Sub

-Carrier Generator

Switch and

Fuse

Panel

Switch,

Meter Shorting

116, 117

151

33

151

25

Tape,

Magnetic

Recording

Tape

Cartridge

Equipment

_

Tape Cartridges and Accessories

Tape Eraser, Bulk -Type

Tape Head Demagnetizer

Tape Recorders ________

Tape Splicer

Television Antennas

Television

Television

Audio Control Console

Monitors

_

_

Television Transmitters

Terminal Blocks, Audio

Test

Equipment, Audio

Tone Arms

Tower Chokes

Tower

Lighting

Tower Lights and Accessories

Towers,

Antenna, AM,

FM, TV

Top Level

Transcription Turntables, and Accessories

Amplifiers

Transcription

Tone Arms and Pickups

Transfer Switch,

RF

Transformers,

FM

Isolation

Transformers, High Frequency (Baluns)

Transformers,

Ring

Transformer, Speaker

Matching

Transistors

183

___

126, 130 thru

135

Transmission

Line,

Coaxial

Transmission Line, Open

Wire

Transmitters (Broadcast

/AM)

100,000

Watt

Model

VP

-100 Transmitter

50,000 Watt Model

VP -50 Transmitter

20,000

Watt Model

BC

-20H Transmitter

.

___

_

133, 134

154

154

178 thru 183

154

82, 83

88 thru

91

84, 85

76 thru

81

153

177

170

25

232

72

71

138

166 thru

171

170

69

56

209

25

152

229

66

70

4 thru

6

7 thru

9

___

74

IM

GATES

238 www.americanradiohistory.com

INDEX

Item

Page

10,000

5,000

Watt Model

BC

-10H Transmitter

_

10 thru

Watt Model

BC

-5H

Transmitter

__

__

13 thru

1,000/250 Watt Model

BC

-1G Transmitter ____

18,

1,000

Watt Model Vanguard

II

Transmitter

16,

500

250

Watt

Model

BC

-500G Transmitter

Watt Model

BC

-250GY Transmitter

12

15

19

17

20

21

Transmitters (Broadcast /FM)

40,000

Watt

Model

FM

-40H Transmitter

34, 35

20,000 Watt Model

FM

-20H Transmitter

10,000

36 thru 38

Watt

Model

FM

-10H Transmitter

_

_

39 thru

41

5,000 -7,500

Watt

Models FM-

5H/7.5H

Transmitters 42, 43

3,000

Watt Model

FM -3H

Transmitter

_

44, 45

1,000

250

Watt Model

FM -1H

Transmitter

Watt Model

FM

-250H Transmitter

46, 47

48

50

Watt Model

BFE

-50C Transmitter

50

Watt Model

BFR

-50C Transmitter

_

49, 50

49, 50

10

Watt

Model

BFE

-10C Transmitter 49, 50

50

50

Watt

FM Relay System

Watt

STL

System

51

51

Transmitters (Communications)

20,000 Watt Model

HF

-20CX

Transmitter

_ __

_

___

_

193

10,000

Watt Model

HF

-10CX Transmitter

194

Transmitter, Homing Beacon ______

211

Transmitters (Single Sideband)

10,000

Watt Model

STAR

-10 Transmitter

__

200,

201

10,000 Watt Model

ATL

-10

Amplifier

__

__

3,000

3,000

Watt Model

ST

-3A Transmitter ____

Watt Model

HFL

-3000

Amplifier

_

_

198, 199

__

205

1,000

1,000

Watt Model ST-IA

Transmitter __._

Watt Model

HFL

-1000

Amplifier

_

_

_

207

204

206

Transmitters (Television)

5,000

Watt

Model

BT

-5C

Transmitter

__

__

500

120

100

Watt

Model

BT

-500C Transmitter

Watt

Model

BT

-100C Transmitter

_

_

Watt

Model GTV -100 Transmitter

76, 77

78, 79

80

_

81

Item Page

Transmitters (High Frequency Broadcast)

100,000

Watt

Model

HF

-100 Transmitter

___ 186 thru

189

50,000 Watt Model

HF

-50C Transmitter

20,000 Watt Model

HF

-20B

Transmitter

10,000

Watt Model

HF

-10B

Transmitter

1,000

Watt

Model

HF

-1M Transmitter

190, 191

192, 193

194

195

Transmitter, Remote Pickup

Transmitter,

STL

Transmitter Logger, Automatic

_

Transmitting

Tubes

Transportable

Systems,

AN

/TRQ -20

Tubes,

Transmitting, Receiving

_

__

__

-__

Tuning Units, Antenna

Turntable Preamplifiers

Turntables and

Accessories

TV

Towers

TV

-15 Audio

Console

216, 217

218 thru

221

222, 223

228

212, 213

228

24, 25, 209, 210

171

166 thru

175

71

88 thru

91

Uher Portable Tape Recorder

Unique, Cueing

Amplifier

Unimote 70,

1-

Channel Remote

Utility Audio Amplifier

183

151 or Microphone Amplifier

164

150

Vanguard

II

1000

Watt AM Transmitter

VA Program Fader Knobs _.

Variable Equalizer

Vertically

Polarized

FM

Antenna

VP

-100, 100,000

Watt AM Transmitter

VP

-50, 50,000 Watt AM Transmitter

VU Meter, Desk or Console Top

_

VU

Meter and

Range Panel

__

__

Wall

Baffles

Warning

Lights, Studio

16,

17

152

153

55

4

7 thru 6 thru

9

152

151

155, 156

151

Yogi Antennas, Remote Pickup Equipment

Yard

II

Audio Control

Console

216, 217

111 thru

113

The mechanical and electrical

design

of the equipment described herein is

subject to

change without notice as deemed

necessary by

Gates Radio

Com-

pany or its suppliers in

the interest

of advancing industry requirements or the state of

the

art.

GATES

239 www.americanradiohistory.com

How

To

Order

ORDERING PROCEDURE:

All sales are made in accordance with the standard

Gates Terms and Conditions of

Sale. No order shall be binding upon Gates until accepted by the com- pany in writing at its home office in

Quincy, Illinois.

PRICES:

Catalog prices are net, f.o.b. Quincy, Illinois, or point of shipment.

Our prices are based on cash transactions and all applicable discounts have been deducted. Prices are sub- ject to change without notice. Orders are filled at prices in effect at time of shipment.

You will be billed for any price increase and credited for any price reduction. We reserve the right to add any federal, state, or local taxes required by law. If you have a with tax exemption number, please include it your order. These prices and terms apply only to the

U.S. For prices and terms in other countries, please contact

Export Department, Gates Radio

Company.

PAYMENT: There are four ways to pay for your equipment purchases:

(1) CASH

-This

means full payment with order.

(2)

C.O.D.

-A

25% down payment is required on

C.O.D. orders.

(3) OPEN

ACCOUNT

-A

25% down payment is recom- mended. The balance is payable within 30 days of in- voice date. If you do not have an established account, please provide a current financial statement, plus trade and bank references with your order. Allow at least two weeks for processing.

(4) GATES

FINANCE PLAN

-On major purchases, by do- mestic customers, a portion of the cost may be financed through a monthly payment plan.

Since

Gates financing plans are subject to change from time to time, our contact

Credit Manager or your nearest Gates District

Man- ager for full information.

The

Gates finance plan ap- plies only to the United States.

RETURNS dise

AND

EXCHANGES: Do not return any merchan- without our written approval and Return

Authorization.

We will provide special shipping instructions and a code num- ber that will assure proper handling and prompt issuance of credit.

Please furnish complete details as to circumstances and reasons when requesting return of merchandise. Custom built equipment or merchandise specially ordered for you is not returnable. Where return is at the request of, or for the con- venience of the customer, a restocking fee of 15% will be charged. All returned merchandise must be sent freight pre- paid and properly insured by the customer.

When writing to

Gates Radio

Company about your order, it will be helpful if you specify the Gates factory order number or invoice number.

SHIPPING: Please specify method of shipment on your order.

Shipping charges, insurance, and C.O.D. fees (when

appli-

cable) will be collected at time of delivery when shipment is made by air, rail or motor freight, or express. If you request parcel post shipment, postage and insurance fees will be billed to your account. Purchaser assumes all responsibility for and risk of loss of, or damage to equipment upon shipment from

Gates shipping point(s).

Should you receive merchandise dam- aged in shipment, it is your responsibility to file a damage claim immediately with the delivering carrier. Export packing

for

overseas shipment is available at slight extra charge.

WARRANTY

ADJUSTMENTS:

In the event of equipment

fail-

ure during the warranty period, replacement or repair parts may be provided in accordance with the provisions of the

Gates

Warranty.

In most cases you will be required to return the defective merchandise or part to Gates f.o.b. Quincy, Illi- nois, for replacement or repair. Repairs, within the warranty period, will be done on a no charge basis.

Warranty replace- ments of defective merchandise will be billed to your account.

This billing will be cleared by a credit issued upon return of the defective item.

MODIFICATIONS: Gates reserves the right to modify the de- sign and specifications of the equipment shown in this catalog without notice or to withdraw any item from sale, provided, however, that any modification shall not adversely affect the performance of the equipment so modified.

IM

GATES

240 www.americanradiohistory.com

a

HARRIS

INTERTrPE

CORPORATION

A

GATES

DIVISION

OF HARRIS -INTERTYPE

U

PRICE LIST

(Applies

to

Catalog

#98,

Effective

April

1,

1970)

1s is your price list for items listed in your Gates catalog. Each price has been carefully checked for accur- acy.

Rapidly changing conditions as well as the human element, will necessitate price changes or corrections from time to time.

Therefore, the prices herein are subject to change without notice.

-All prices

are

F.

O.

B.

Quincy,

Illinois or point of

manufacture.

CAT.

TYPE

PAGE NUMBER

PRODUCT

DESCRIPTION

UNIT

PRICE

CAT. TYPE

PAGE NUMBER

6

9

12

12

AM BROADCAST TRANSMITTERS

994

-6561 VP

-100, 100,000 watt trans- mitter, complete with tubes and two rectifiers crystals, silicon

$120,000.00

990 -0566

100% set spare tubes 5,866.00

990 -0567

994 -6523

Recommended spare tubes

- minimum

3,311 00

VP -50, 50,000 vapor phase complete with watt

AM transmitter, tubes, crys- tals and silicon rectifiers

60

Hz

..

95,000.00

990.0537

990 -0538

994 -6522

-001

994 -6522 -002

994 -6522 -003

990 -0539

990 -0540

100% set spare tubes

3,395.00

Recommended minimum spare tubes

_

BC

-10H, 10,000 watt trans- mitter with one set of oper- ating tubes and two crys- tals, with askarel filled modulation transformer, for operation from 208/240

V

AC,

3 phase, 60

Hz power,

50 ohm output impedance.

Power reduction to 2.5 kW

100% silicon rectifiers

On Request

22,500.00

BC

-10H, some as cept with power above ex- reduction to

5 kW

BC

-10H, same as above except tion to

1 with power reduc- kW

TK

-539 100% set tubes of spare fcr

BC -10H trans- mitter, rectifiers not included

TK

-540 100% set of spare transistors for

BC transmitter, diodes not

-10H included

22,600.00

22,800.00

870.00

186.00

990 -0536

994 -6548

15

994 -6521

990 -0535

990 -0540

990 -0536

994 -6548

17

994 -6519

374 -0074

990 -0515

PRODUCT

DESCRIPTION

UNIT

PRICE

TK

-536 Recommended mum spare tubes

- mini-

255.00

Kit for remote control of power output

BC

-5H, 5000 watt trans- mitter, with one set ating t.rbes and of oper- two crys- tals, with askarel filled modulation transformer, for operation from 208/240

V

AC,

3 phase

60 Hz power,

50 ohm output impedance.

Power reduction to either

1000 or

500 watts is in- cluded, specify which.

100% silicon rectifiers

.__._

375.00

20, 500.00

100% set spare tubes

_

665.00

TK

-540 100% set of spare transistors for diodes not included

BC

-5H,

Recommended minimum spare tubes for

BC

-5H transmitter

...

Kit for remote control of power output

186.00

255.00

375.00

Vanguard

II,

1 tube, tran- sistorized 1000

/500 or 250 watt broadcast transmitter.

50 ohm output impedance with two crystals,

4CX-

3000A and one set of tran- sistors,

RF line meter, and inbuilt

50 ohm dummy antenna.

For

AC,

208/230

V single phase 60

Hz,

3 wire power

Spore tibe,

4CX3000A

7,350

00

420.00

TK

-515, 100% spare set of transistcrs

Diodes for Vanguard not included

II,

47.25

1 www.americanradiohistory.com

CAT.

TYPE

PAGE NUMBER

19

19

20

21

PRODUCT

DESCRIPTION

UNIT

PRICE

990 -0516

994- 6245 -001

TK

-516 minimum set of spore transistors for guard II, diodes not

Van- included

BC

-1G,

1000'250 watts,

AM broadcast transmitter,

50 ohm output impedance.

With one crystal, one full set of operating tubes,

RF line meter and inbuilt

50 ohm dummy antenna. For

230 V AC, single phase,

50/60

Hz,

3 wire power. Sili- con rectifiers throughout

33.90

6,450

00

994 -6245 -003

BC

-1G,

1000/250 watts AM broadcast transmitter.

Same as above except tube type rectifiers. Bias supply only is silicon type

990 -0471

990 -0472

Spare vacuum crystal

-

Spare 100% tube comple- ment for silicon model, no rectifiers included

_.

100% set spare tubes for

BC

-1G, tube rectifier model

-complement for

994

6245 -003

994 -6326

994 -6333

990 -0481

Output power remote con- trol kit

Model

BC

-500G AM broad- cast transmitter, 500 watts, with tubes, one crystal, silicon rectifiers

Spare 100% tube comple- ment for

BC

-500G

990 -0479 Recommended minimum spare tube kit for

BC

-500G

Spare vacuum crystal

994- 3760 -005

BC

-250GY Transmitter,

250 watts, complete with one set of tubes and one vacuum crystal

990 -0507

Spare 100% set of tubes

-

990 -0508 Recommended minimum set of spare tubes

Spare vacuum crystal

6,250.00

98.00

310.00

340.00

185.00

5,995.00

218.60

85.00

98.00

4,995.00

185.00

99.50

98.00

23

ANTENNA PHASING EQUIPMENT

SEE

INSIDE BACK COVER OF PRICE LIST

24

ANTENNA

COUPLER 1250

WATTS

994.3494

44A, antenna coupling unit for

1000 watts or less.

Note: Does not include tow- er chokes, diode or line current meter

500.00

CAT. TYPE

PAGE NUMBER

PRODUCT

DESCRIPTION

SERIES & SHUNT FEED COUPLERS

994 -5178

M

-5178 antenna coupler for direct feed to series fed an- tenna. Note:

For 250, 500 and 1000 watt transmitters, metering not included. Non

- weatherproof

994 -5179

M

-5179 antenna coupler for direct feed to shunt fed an- tenna. Note: For 250, 500 and 1000 watt transmitters, metering not included.

Non- weatherproof

994 -4561 -003

ISOLATION

COIL

994 -3073 -003 M -3073, using

1/2

",

50 ohm foam heliax

FH4, coil only on mfg. plate.

In weather- proof housing

M -4561, using

1/2

",

50 ohm foam heliax

FH4, coil only on mfg. plate.

Less cabinet

UNIT

PRICE

310.00

310.00

330.00

235.00

5

-10kW ANTENNA COUPLING

UNITS

994

-5309A

M -5309A (special) antenna coupling unit for

5000 watts AM. Note:

Does not include tower chokes, diode or line current meter

994 -5309B

M

-5309B (special) antenna coupler for

10,000 watts

AM. Note Does not include tower chokes, diode or line current meter

1,100.00

1,495 00

24

634 -0206

634 -0238

634 -0209

634 -0210

R.F.

ANTENNA

METERS

308

Weston

0 -3

RF

Int.

Thermo

Std. Scale

308

Weston

0 -6

Thermo Std.

Scale

RF

Int.

308 Weston

0 -8

RF

Int.

Thermo

Std. Scale

308 Weston

0 -10

RF

Int.

Thermo Std. Scale

DIODE TYPE REMOTE METER

EQUIPMENT

994 -6112 M -6112 solid state assembly.

For all powers

250 watts through

50 kW.

Meter not included diode

632 -0418

632 -0419

Meter

0

-1

MA DC, Westing- house RX351. With 0

-3 amps

RF scale face,

3" case

Same as scale face above,

0

-5 amp

632 -0420 Same as scale face above, 0 -8 amp

34.50

64.65

34.50

34.50

95.00

40.00

40.00

40.00

2 www.americanradiohistory.com

25

CAT. TYPE

PAGE NUMBER

25

PRODUCT

DESCRIPTION

632 -0421

632 -0424

632 -0426

632 -0361

632 -0428

Some as scale obove,

0

-10 amp face

Meter O -1MA

DC RX

-371

Westinghouse with

0 -5 amp scale face

Some as scale face above, 0-8 amp

Same as scale face above,

0

-10 amp

Same as scale face above, 0 -15 amp

994 -3937

SOLENOID

TOWER CHOKES

M -3937 section tower choke,

2 weatherproof

994 -3938

M

-3938 section tower choke,

3 weatherproof

994 -3935

994 -3936

M -3935 tower section unhoused choke,

2

M

-3936 section tower unhoused choke,

3

HEAVY DUTY SAMPLING LOOP

994

-6126 Fixed, non -shielded sampl- ing loop

ROTATING

PHASE

SAMPLING LOOPS

994 -3283

M

-3283A sampling loop, shielded, insulated and ad- justable

83 -15 PN UHF type connector

RADIO

FREQUENCY

CONTACTOR

570 -0001 145-

101

-13,

SPDT

17,000 peak current voltage,

25 amps

570 -0002 145- 102 -13, DPDT 17,000 peak current voltage,

25 amps

570 -0003

570 -0004

145-

201

-13,

SPDT

22,000 voltage,

25 amps current

145- 202 -13, DPDT 22,000 peak voltage,

23 amps current

_

...........

.....

-.

994 -3493

METER

SHORTING SWITCH

M -3493 switch coupler,

1 meter used in shorting

#44 kW

_..__..._ ..._

UNIT

PRICE

40.00

45.00

45.00

45.00

45.00

160.00

185.00

90.00

115.00

190.00

195.00

130.00

145.00

155.00

170.00

METER JACK AND SHORTING

BAR

-MOUNTING

PLUG

994 -3280

994 -3281

M

-3280 meter jack and shorting bar

M -3281 meter plug mounting

17.00

12.00

38.00

CAT.

TYPE

PAGE

NUMBER

27

28

29

731

-0200

731 -0201

731

-0202

PRODUCT

DESCRIPTION

UNIT

PRICE

994 -6527 M-6527 meter shorting switch,

DPDT, silver plated contacts (replaces M -2863 &

M

-5557)

5

& 10 kW

AUSTIN RING TYKE

TOWER CHOKE

710 -0051

1

A -2100 Austin transformer,

-1.75 KVA side bracket.

No lightning gap

710 -0052

1

A -2101

Austin transformer,

-1.75 KVA side bracket.

With lightning gap

710 -0053 A -2102 Austin transformer,

1

-1.75 KVA pedestal. No lightning gap

710 -0054

710 -0055

710 -0056

A -2103 Austin transformer,

1

-1.75 KVA pedestal. With lightning gap

A -1970 Austin

2 -3 transformer,

KVA, side bracket,

Without lightning gap

A -1972

Austin transformer,

2

-3 KWA, pedestal. No lightning gap

710

-0031

710 -0057

A -1971

2

-3

Austin transformer,

KVA, side bracket. With lightning gap

A

-1973 Austin transformer,

2

-3

KVA, pedestal. With lightning gap

994 -5693

990 -0345

994 -5837

AM MODULATION MONITOR

M

-5693 modulation moni- tor, FC: approved, with tubes

TK kit. tube

...................

M

-5837 -emote meter panel

68.00

319.00

330.00

319.00

330.00

357.00

357.00

375.00

375.00

750.00

24.00

130.00

994 -4990

AM

FREQUENCY MONITOR

M

-4990 frequency monitor.

FCC approved w /tubes crystal. State frequency and

994

-5631

990 -0281

Remote Control Extension

Meter

(see page 65)

TK -281 kit

100% spare tube

1,050.00

100.00

17.00

PHASE

MCNITOR

Phase Monitor, two towers,

Clarke

112

Phase ers, monitor, three

Clarke

112 tow-

Phase

Clarke mcnitor, four towers,

1

2

1,395.00

1,445.00

1,495.00

3 www.americanradiohistory.com

CAT.

TYPE

PAGE NUMBER

PRODUCT

DESCRIPTION

UNIT

PRICE

CAT. TYPE

PAGE NUMBER

30

30

35

731

-0203

731

-0204

Phase monitor,

Clarke

112 five towers,

Phase monitor, six towers,

Clarke

112

.-

1,545.00

1,595.00

700 -0001

FIELD INTENSITY METER

120E less field intensity meter, batteries 1,150.00

994 -3968 -001

DUMMY ANTENNAS

DU -551 5 kW dummy an- tenna, air cooled, 50 ohm

994 -3968 -002

DU

-570 as above, 70 ohm

994 -6107

994-5497-001

M

-6107

10 kW dummy an- tenna, air cooled. 50 or 70 ohms only

_ -

M

-5497 50 kW dummy an- tenna, water cooled.

.

994-5497-002

WDL-1000A

994-4354

994-3483

450 00

450.00

625.00

5,000.00

M

-5497A as above,

2

-25

MHz

5,000.00

Dummy

Antenna,

100 kW, high frequency

On Request

DU -151

1 kW dummy an- tenna, air cooled,

51 ohm 160.00

DU -170

Dummy kW, 70 ohms

Antenna,

1

160.00

FM BROADCAST TRANSMITTERS

994 -6746 FM

40H3, 40,000 watt

FM transmitter consisting of two

FM -20H transmitters with common exciter,

10 watt isolation amplifier,

RF combiner and complete set of tubes for each ter. For 60 Hz transmit- operation

50 ohm,

3Ye" EIA

RF output flange

994 -6770 FM-

20/20H3, two each FM-

20H transmitters operating from common

M -6425

TE

-3 exciter, and

10 lation watt

RF iso- amplifier complete with set of tubes for each transmitter.

Designed to provide to full

20 kW output separate feed lines for maximum power

Class

C station, utilizing horizon- tal and vertical antennas.

60 Hz operation,

50 ohm,

31"

EIA flange

...

990 -0573

994 -6533

994 -6507

57, 990.00

Spare tube kit

M

-6533 stereo for

TE -1 exciter generator

M -6507 SCA

TE

-1 exciter generator for

56,790 00

1,532.40

1,200.00

580.00

PRODUCT

DESCRIPTION

UNIT

PRICE

38

38

41

43

45

994 -6745

990 -0560

990 -0552

994

-6533

994 -6507

994 -6744 -001

994 -6744 -002

990 -0551

FM

-20H3, 20,000 watt

FM transmitter with one set of tubes and crystal, for

60

Hz operation,

50 ohms,

318" EIA

RF output flange 26,995.00

TK

-560 100% spare tor kit transis-

158.00

TK

-552 tube kit spare 100% spare

-

M -6533 stereo

TE

-1 exciter generator for

766.20

1,200.00

M

-6507

SCA generator for

TE

-1 exciter

FM -10H3,

10,000 watt transmitter with one set of tubes and crystal, for

60

Hz operation, silicon recti- fiers,

50 ohms,

3'8"

EIA

RF output flange

580.00

19,995.00

Some as

50

Hz above except operation for

20,425.00

TK -551 kit spare 100

°c tube

629.00

900 -0560

TK

-560 100% tor kit spare transis-

158.00

994 -6533

994 -6507

M -6533 stereo for

TE -1 exciter generator

M

-6507 SCA generator

TE -1 exciter

_. for

1,200.00

580.00

994 -6736

-001 FM

-5H3, 5,000 watt

FM transmitter with one set of tubes and crystal, silicon rectifiers, for

60 Hz op- eration, 50 ohms, 3!

"

EIA output flange

994 -6736 -002 FM

-5H3, same as above ex- cept for 50 Hz operation

994 -6743

-001

994 -6743 -002

990 -0549

994 -6533

FM- 7.5H3, 7,500 watt

FM transmitter with one set of tubes and crystal, for

60

Hz operation,

50 ohm,

315"

EIA

RF output flange

Same as

50 Hz above except operation

TK

-549

100% kit for spare tube

M -6533 stereo for

TE -1 exciter generator

994 -6507

994 -6742 -001

15, 500.00

15,930.00

17,900.00

18,420.00

530.60

1,200.00

M

-6507

SCA

TE -1 exciter generator for

FM

-3H3, 3,000 watt

FM transmitter with one set of tubes, one crystal, silicon rectifiers, for 60

Hz opera- tion,

50 ohms,

3'8"

EIA flange

580.00

12,500.00

4 www.americanradiohistory.com

CAT. TYPE

PAGE

NUMBER

PRODUCT

DESCRIPTION

UNIT

PRICE

CAT. TYPE

PAGE

NUMBER

994 -5599

47

48

50

994 -6742 -002

990 -0549

990 -0560

-001

994 -6533

994 -6507

994

-6740

-001

994 -6740 -002

990 -0550

990 -0560

994 -6533

994-6507

994

-6739

374 -0081

990 -0560

994 -6533

994 -6507

994 -5594

990 -0391

990 -0488

994 -5595

990 -0489

990 -0490

Same as

994 -6742

-001 ex- cept for

50 Hz operation

TK

-549 100% spare kit tube

TK

-560 100% spare sistor kit tran-

M -6533 stereo for

TE

-1 exciter generator

M

-6507 SCA

TE -1 exciter generator for

FM

-1H3, 1,000 watt

FM- transmitter complete with one set of tubes, one crys- tal, silicon rectifiers, for

60

Hz

1S8" operation,

50 ohms,

EIA flange

Some as

50

Hz above except operation for

TK

-550 100% kit spare tube

_.

TK

-560 100% spare sistor kit tran-

M

-6533 stereo for

TE

-1 exciter generator

M

-6507

SCA generator

TE -1 exciter for

FM -250H, 250 watt mitter with one set trans- of op- erating tubes, crystal, sili- con rectifiers, type

"N"

RF output.

88

-108

MHz, 50/60

Hz

Spare 4CX250B

TK

-560 100% sistor kit spare tran-

M -6533 stereo for

TE -1 exciter generator

M

-6507 SCA for

TE

-1 exciter generator

BFE -10C 10 mitter watt trans- with one set of tubes, crystal and oven,

50/60

Hz

100% set spare tubes

Mfg. recommended mini- mum tube kit

BFE

-50C, 50 watt

FM mitter,

88 -108

MHz, trans- with tubes and crystal

100% set spare tubes

12,930 00

530.60

158.00

1,200.00

580.00

7,500.00

7,500.00

200.00

158.00

1,200.00

580.00

5,995.00

35.60

158.00

1,200.00

580.00

1,495.00

42.00

24.00

2,350.00

54.00

Mfg. recommended mini- mum tube kit 30.00

51

51

53

710 -0102

710 -0103

PRODUCT

C

ESCRIPTION

UNIT

PRICE

BFR

-50C, 50 mitter watt trans-

-75 kHz swing,

130

-170 MHz, 50

/60

Hz operation

FM

-11

Single

Ring Educa- tional

(88 -108 MHz) FM antenna

FM -22

Double Ring Educa- tional

(88 -108

MHz)

FM antenna

-- --

----- ----

---

--

-----

---

2,650.00

160.00

420.00

FM

BROADCAST LINK & RELAY SYSTEM

994 -5599

BFR

-50050 mitter watt

FM trans-

CM-150

3605A

RG-8/11

8235

FML-50D

994 -5595

2,650.00

No longer available

2-

Corner reflector, high gain, broadband antennas On Request

100' -Coaxial Cable On Request

100'

-Twir line 300 ohms On Request

Complete system as des- cribed above On Request

BFE

-50C 50 transmitter watt

FM

2,350.00

CM-100

994 -5594

710 -0103

LPL

-FM -6

RG -8

/U

8235-

FML-50ND

FML-10ND

CM-150

CM-100

No longer available

BFE

-10C

Alternate Trans- mitter

10 foi shorter distances: watt

FM transmitter,

88

-108 MHz

1,495.00

FM -22

Two ring

FM trans- mitting cntenna, gain

1.6

1

-FM receiving antenna

420.00

On

Request

100'

-Coaxial Cable, transmitter for

On Request

100' -Twir line 300 ohms, for receiver -_

On

Request

Complete 50 watt described above system as

On Request

Complete

10 using watt system alternate transmitter described above

.-

_

_________

__On Request

No longer available

No longer available

DUAL CYCLOID

CIRCULARLY POLARIZED

FM

ANTENNA

FMC

-1

1

-Bay

3

-1/2" line

...._

FMC -2 2

-Bay

3

-18" line

FMC -3

FMC -4

3

-Bay 3.1-8" line

4 -Bay

3

-1/8" line

1,050.00

1,990.00

2,790.00

3,720.00

5 www.americanradiohistory.com

CAT. TYPE

PAGE NUMBER

PRODUCT

DESCRIPTION

54

55

FMC -5

FMC -6

FMC -7

FMC

-8

FMC -9

FMC

-10

FMC

-1

1

FMC -12

FMC -13

FMC -14

FMC -15

FMC -16

5 -Bay

3

-1

/e" line

6

-Bay

3

-1/e" line

7

-Bay

3

-1/e" line

8

-Bay

3

-1

/8" line

9

-Bay

3

-1

/e" line

10

-Bay

3

-1

/e" line

11

-Bay

3

-1/e" line

12 -Bay

3

-1

/e" line

13

-Bay 3-1/e" line

14

-Bay

3

-1/e" line

15 -Bay 3.1

/e" line

16 -Bay

3

-1/e" line

FMA-1A

CYCLOID

FM

RING ANTENNA

One ring,

1

-5/e"

FMA-2A

FMA-2B

Two ring,

1

-5/e"

Two ring, 3.1/e"

FMA-3A

FMA-3B

FMA-4A

FMA-4B

Three ring,

1

-5rá"

Three ring,

3

-1

/e"

FMA-5A

FMA-5B

FMA-6A

FMA-6B

Four ring,

1

-5/e"

Four ring,

3

-1

/e"

Five ring,

1

-51í8"

...

.

__

._

Five ring,

3

-1

/e"

Six ring,

1

-5/á"

Six ring,

3

-1

/e"

FMA-7A

FMA-7B

FMA-8A

Seven ring,

1

-5/e"

Seven ring,

3

-1

/e"

Eight ring,

1

-%"

FMA-8B

FMA-10A

FMA-10B

FMA-12A

FMA-12B

FMA-14A

FMA-14B

FMA-16A

FMA-16B

567.00

1,105.00

1,175.00

1,640.00

1,765.00

2,185.00

2,350.00

2,730.00

2,940.00

3,275.00

3,530.00

3,865.00

4,115.00

4,360.00

Eight ring, 3.1/8"

4,725.00

Ten ring,

1

-5i6" 5,460.00

Ten ring,

3

-1/e"

5,880.00

Twelve ring,

1

-58"

___________

6,565.00

Twelve ring,

3

-1/e"

Fourteen ring,

1.5y8"

7,090.00

7,720.00

Fourteen ring,

3.1

/e"

__..

Sixteen ring, 1. 5r8"

Sixteen ring,

3

-1

/e"

8,350.00

8,820.00

9,555.00

4,650.00

5,575.00

6,510.00

7,450.00

8,365.00

9,295.00

10,225.00

11,150.00

12,075 00

13,020.00

13,965.00

14,

860.00

VERTICALLY POLARIZED FM

(no

ANTENNAS heaters required)

300G

-1

Single

3

-1

/e"

Bay-

1

-5/e" 570.00

670.00

UNIT

PRICE

CAT. TYPE

PAGE NUMBER

55

56

57

58

59

300G

-2

300G

-3

300G -4

300G

-5

300G -6

300G

-7

300G

-8

300G

-9

300G

-10

300G

-12

300G -14

300G -16

PRODUCT

DESCRIPTION

UNIT

PRICE

Two bay

-1

-%"

3

-1/e"

Three bay-1-5/8"

3

-1

/e"

Four bay

-1

-3"

3

-Ve"

1,100.00

1,175.00

1,640.00

1,765.00

2,185.00

2,350.00

Five bay

-1-5y8"

3.1

/e"

Six bay

-1.3"

31/8"

Seven

3

-Ve" bay

-1

-;á"

Eight bay

-1-1/4"

3

-1/e"

2,730 00

2,940

00

3,280.00

3,530.00

3,865.00

4,120.00

4,360.00

4,725.00

Nine bay

-1-1/4"

..........

3

-1

/e"

4,915.00

5,305.00

Ten

3

-1 bay-1-1/4"

/e"

5,460.00

5,880.00

Twelve bay

-1

-44" ..........

6,565.00

3.1/e" 7,090.00

Fourteen

3

-1/e" bay-

1

-5/e"

7,645

00

8,455.00

Sixteen bay

3

-1

/e"

-1.3/4"

8,735.00

9,660.00

FM

620 -0397

ISOLATION TRANSFORMERS

Isolation transformer, Type

402, standard

EIA 1-5/e" adjusted to customer's op- erating frequency at fac- tory, for use with a maxi- mum transmitter power of

7.5 kW

620 -0415

Isolation transformer,

Type

402, with standard

3

-1

/e" flanges, adjusted to cus- tomer's operating frequen- cy, for use with a transmit- ter power up to and including

10 kW

620 -0444

1,000 00

1,210.00

25 er, kW Isolation transform-

Type 425, standard

3

-1/e" flanges, adjusted to customer's quency, operating fre- for use with a transmitter up to and including

20 kW 2,940.00

Directional

FM

Antennas

._.On Request

994 -6569

FM

MODULATION MONITOR

Gates GTM -88S stereo modulation monitor, tuned to customer's frequency operating

994 -6581

Gates GTM -88M FM mono- phonic modulation monitor

2,495 00

1,695 00

6 www.americanradiohistory.com

CAT. TYPE

PAGE NUMBER

60

PRODUCT

DESCRIPTION

UNIT

PRICE

CAT.

TYPE

PAGE

NUMBER

994- 6591 -002

GTA -6741 SCA adapter

67 kHz

Modulation

1

,450 00

994 -4719

994 -5145

61

994 -6588

994 -6603

994 -6614

FM

ACCESSORIES

Gates GTM -88F

FM fre- quency monitor, specify operating frequency

Gates GTA -88F, 19 kHz, pilot and

SCA 67 kHz and

41 kHz frequency compara- tor.

Used in conjunction with

Gates stereo and monaural modulation mon- itor

GTM -88R FM

RF amplifier complete with antenna, interconnecting cable less

695.00

450.00

650.00

64

994 -5870

994 -5145

994 -4825

63

63

REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM

994 -5862 -001

RDC

-10AC, remote control system including studio unit, transmitter unit, plate current and voltage kits and one tower light meter- ing unit. Unit provides total oz 23 control func- tions.

Ten metering posi- tions are available. Four are permanently used for the fundamental readings

994 -5862 -002

RDC

-10AC remote control system including studio unit and transmitter unit only

994 -6112

994

-

4703 -001

M -6112 AM antenna diode for all powers. (Inductive coupled unit)

M

-4703 motor and rheostat assembly for most 250 watt transmitters

994- 4703 -002

M

-4703 motor and rheostat assembly for transmitters

. most 500 watt

1,390.00

1,250.00

95.00

160.00

170.00

994 -4703 -003

M -4703 motor and rheostat assembly for most 1000 watt transmitters

994 -5066 M

-5066 tuning motor,

7

RPM, 5 used wire (generally for coupling to an existing variable capacitor or inductor, to control transmitter output or loading) _._

994 -4806

994 -4720

185.00

255.00

M

-4806 relay assembly to control one

5 wire motor

On Request

M -4720A metering kit plate current

72.00

65 994 -5631

994 -5270

994 -4703A

994 -4703B

994 -4703C

994 -6326

65 994 -5066

994- 4848 -A

994 -4800

PRODUCT

DESCRIPTION

UNIT

PRICE

M

-471 PA plate voltage metering kit

________- _______

M

-5145 ing kit

- tower light meter-

53 00

74 00

RDC

-200A remote control system, including studio unit, plate voltage unit, tower light indicator and start

-rop relays for one transmitter or two trans- mitters if only two controls per trcnsmitter. Provides 39 wired metering circuits, as wired provides

78 switching circuits

No longer available

M

-514i tower light meter- ing kit

M

-4825 AC ing kit voltage meter-

74.00

74.00

M

-563' extension meter for

Gates M

-4990 frequency monitor

M

-5270 extension meter for

Gates M -2890 or Doolittle frequency monitor

100.00

450.00

M -470 -A motor and rheo- stat assembly for most 250 watt transmitters

M

-4708 motor and rheo- stat assembly for most 500 watt transmitters

M

-4702C motor and rheo- stat assembly for most 1000 watt t- ansmitters

M -632e motor assembly for power ouput control of

BC-1G

M -506E tuning motor,

7

RPM, 5 wire (generally used for coupling to an existing variable capacitor or in- ductor, to control transmit- ter output or loading)

M -4848 complete kit to con- trol output loading of

Gates

BC -5P -2 and

BC

-5H 5kW transmitters, including mo- tor, relay and all necessary mounting hardware

M

-4800 tuning motor as- sembly,

3

RPM wire motor,

1 for a rheostat and other

:ontrol

(similar to that used on above motor and rheostat assemblies)

160.00

170.00

185.00

185.00

255.00

395.00

120.00

7 www.americanradiohistory.com

CAT. TYPE

PAGE

NUMBER

994 -5249

65

66 -69

70

994 -5248

994 -5836B

994 -5837

994 -5210

994 -5206

994 -5208

994 -6112

994 -5129

994 -5145

994 -4845

994 -4825

994 -4720A

994 -4719A

PRODUCT

DESCRIPTION

M

-5249 auxiliary assembly to provide relay one

"on -off momentary" switching facility

M -5248 auxiliary relay as- sembly to provide one

"on- off holding" switching facility

Remote Meter for

M

-5774 modulation monitor

M

-5837 extension meter for

Gates

M -5693 modula- tion monitor

___

M

-5210 extension meter

Gates

M

-2639 for modulation monitor

M -5206 extension meter for

GR

1931A or

RCA

WM43A modulation mon- itor

M -5208 extension meter for

GR

1181A or

RCA

WF48A frequency monitor

M -6112 AM antenna diode for all powers (Inductive coupled unit)

-_

___

M -5129 adjustable

DC overload relay assembly

M

-5145 ing kit tower light meter-

M -4845 FM

(diode) output indicator

M

-4825 AC ing voltage meter- kit

_______.-

M

-4720A metering kit plate current

M -4719A plate voltage metering kit

See

Andrew

Price List.

OPEN WIRE

TRANSMISSION LINE

994-3327

M

-3327 transmission line bracket

994 -3328

M

-3328 end plate

_

994 -2870

994 -3254

994 -5280

994 -5281

M

-2870 feed -through bowl.

2 bowls, solid stud, for walls to 101/2" thick

M -3254 feed

-through bowl.

2 bowls, hollow stud, for walls to 101/2" thick

M

-5280 feed

-through bowl.

Single bowl, solid stud, for walls to 1" thick

M -5281 feed -through bowl.

Single bowl, hollow for walls to 1" thick stud,

UNIT

PRICE

CAT. TYPE

PAGE NUMBER

994 -3322

994 -3864

90.00

72 710 -0012

90.00

130.00

130.00

100.00

90.00

90.00

95.00

45.00

74.00

32.00

74.00

72.00

53.00

68.00

72.00

26.00

30.00

2000

.

2200

73

73

710 -0013

710 -0014

710 -0063

710 -0075

396 -0141

710 -0058

670

-0007

670 -0010

PRODUCT

DESCRIPTION

M -3322 horn gap

M

-3864 center post assembly

OB -20

-3 light single

- -

-_ obstruction

OB

-21 -4 light single obstruction

OB -22 -4 double obstruction light, medium screw

KG- 114 -3G code beacon

300 MM.

3/4" conduit tap

KG- 114 -4G Code beacon

300 MM. 1" conduit tap

107A21

-TS traffic lamp,

115 volts signal

LC-

700A

-2 photo -cell and beacon flasher. Single cir- cuit for one tower

63305DA Fisher -Pierce control (110VAC) light

63364DA Fisher -Pierce control (220VAC) light

UNIT

PRICE

110.00

42.00

13.05

13.05

26.10

244.50

244.50

.75

122.25

65.00

70.00

931- 6138 -010

INDUCTORS

87FA4634

87 UH, 12

-1/6"

I.,

87RA4634 fixed

1/4" edgewise,

10 amp. rating

931- 6138 -039 6FC0854 6UH,

61/2"

I., fixed

1/2" edgewise, 20 amp rating

__..

931- 6138 -040

931- 6138

-041

931 -6138 -025

10FC0855

10 UH, 61/4"

5" d., fixed

1/2" edgewise,

10 amp rating

13FC0856

13

UH,

61/4" I.,

6" d., fixed

1/2" edgewise,

20 amp rating

17FC1654

17 UH,

8

-3/4"

4" d., fixed

1/2" edgewise,

20 amp rating

931

-6138 -026

931

-6138 -027

931

-6138 -036

931- 6138 -030

24FC1655 24

UH,

8

-3/4" I.,

5" d., fixed

1

/2" edgewise,

20 amp rating

32FC1656

32 UH,

8

-3/4"

I.,

6" d., fixed

1/2" edge- wise,

20 amp rating

42FC2266 42 UH, 12 -5

/e"

I.,

6" d., fixed

1/2" edge- wise,

20 amp rating

67FC2856 67 UH,

13

-1

/

16"

I.,

6" d., fixed

1/2" edge- wise,

20 amp rating

60.00

40.00

39.00

40.00

48.00

54.00

52.00

51.00

82.00

8 www.americanradiohistory.com

CAT.

TYPE

PAGE

NUMBER

PRODUCT

DESCRIPTION

UNIT

PRICE

931- 6138 -045 78FC2568 78

11H,

16"

I.,

8" d., fixed

1/2" edgewise,

20 amp rating

931- 6337 -007 10FBT1066

10 UH,

211/2"

I.,

6" d.. fixed

3/8" copper tubing,

30 amp rating

931- 6337 -003 32FBT1658

32

UH,

15"

I.,

8" d., fixed

3Ye" copper tubing,

30 amp rating

931- 6337 -004

45F8T2158

45 UH, 181/2" I.,

8" d., fixed

3/e" copper tubing,

30 amp rating

931- 6372 -002

931- 6337

-001

65FBT2559 65 UH, 241/2" I.,

9" d., fixed

343" copper tubing,

30 amp rating

17FCT

1

178 17U H,

14"

I.,

8" d., fixed

1/2" copper tubing,

40 amp rating

931- 6372

-001

35FCT1679 35 UH, 241/2"

I.,

9" d., fixed

1/2" copper tubing,

40 amp rating

931- 6583 -008 6VC0854

6UH, d.,

20

8"

I.,

4" variable

1/2" edgewise, amp rating

402 -0033

402 -0034

926 -5509.003

994 -6233

-001

RC6 for

3/4" tubing

FBT coils

--

---- ----

--

-

---

--

RC8 coils for y4" tubing

TCT

M -5521 veeder counter geared type, reads to

1/10 turn,

Ye" shaft diameter.

With non -removable crank handle

Same as above except with removable crank handle

...-

87.00

71.00

112.00

187.00

138.00

110.00

180.00

68.00

931

-6583 -001 15VC1444 15 UH, 10 -3/4"

I.,

4" d., variable

1/2" edgewise,

20 amp rating

931-6583-002

26VC2144

26 UH, 10

-3/4"

I.,

4" d., variable

1/2" edge- wise,

20 amp rating

931- 6583 -006

931- 6583 -009

16VB1544 16 UH,

9

-1

/e"

I.,

4" d., variable

3Ye" edge- wise,

15 amp rating

30VB2344 30 UH,

11

-1

/e"

I.,

4" d., variable

3/e" edgewise,

15 amp rating

931

-6583 -010

402 -0029

402 -0031

66.00

85.00

64.00

82.00

105VB3735 105 UH, 121/2"

I.,

5" d., variable

3y8" edgewise,

15 amp rat- ing

82.00

LC4 colls for

V4" edgewise

-

_-

----

---

---

FA

__

--- .60

LC8 coils for

1/2" edgewise

FC

1.05

3.55

4.00

40.00

45.00

CAT.

TYPE

PAGE

NUMBER

73

77

PRODUCT

DESCRIPTION

UNIT

PRICE

Gl

G2

G3

G4

MICA

CAPACITORS

.0001 and .0002 mfd On Request

.0004 mfd.

On Request

.0005 md. and .001 mfd On Reques,

.0015 and

.002 mfd

.....

--

On Request

.003 thru .005 mfd. On Request

On Request

.006 t',ru

.02 mfd.

.0001 mfd.

.00025 thru .0005 mfd

.001 tnru

.005 mfd.

On Request

On Request

On Request

.01 mfd.

.0001 mfd.

-

On Request

On Request

.0002 mfd.

.0003 mfd.

-

On Request

On Request

.0004 and .0008 mfd

.001 fteru .008

.01 mfd. mfd...

On Request

On Request

On Request

.0001 and .00015 mfd. On Request

.00025 thru .0008 mfd

.001 tiro

.003 mfd

,004

.005 nfd.

._- nfd.

__...__

.006

.008 mfd. mfd.

-

-

On Request

On Request

On Request

On

Request

----

.On

Request

--

--On Request

_

-___.

On Request

.01 and

.02 mfd.

994 -6066

TELEVISION TRANSMITTERS

BT

-SCL, 5000 watt

TV trans- mitter.

Lo

-band for speci- fied

Channel 2-6.

With op- erating tubes, aural and visual crystal and sideband frequency) vestigial filter

(specify

----

----

---

990

-0341 On Request

On

Request

77

79

994 -6067

990 -0343

994 -6068

994 -6069

BT

-5CH, 5000 watt

TV transmitter.

Hi

-band for specified Channel

7

-13.

With operating tubes, aural and visual crystal and vestigial sideband filter

(specif+ frequency)

On Request

On

Request

BT-

50001, 500 watt

TV transm tier.

Lo

-band for specified Channel 2-6 with operating tubes, aural and visual crystal and vesti- gial sideband filter

(spec- ify frequency

BT-

500CH, 500 watt transmitter.

Hi

-band

TV for specified Channel

7 -13 with operating tubes, aural and visual crystal and vestigial sidebard frequency) filter

-- -- _

(specify

On

Request

On

Request

9 www.americanradiohistory.com

CAT. TYPE

PAGE

NUMBER

80

990 -0365

990 -0366

994 -6179

81

81

83

990 -0357

990 -0358

994 -6180

990 -0491

990-0418

994 -6110

994 -6111

990 -0491

990 -0418

PRODUCT

DESCRIPTION

No longer available

No longer available

No longer available

No longer available

BT

-100CL 120 watt

TV transmitter.

Lo

-band for specified Channel

2

-6 with operating tubes, aural and visual crystal and vestigial sideband filter.

(Specify frequency)

No longer available

BT-

100CH, 120 watt

TV transmitter.

Hi

-band specified Channel

7 -13 for with operating tubes, aural and visual crystal and vestigial sideband filter

(specify frequency)

No

Longer

Available

No Longer

Available

No Longer

Available

GTV -100L, 100 watt

TV transmitter for

CCIR stand- ards. Any single specified channel in

Band

I or Band

Ill with operating tubes, aural and visual crystal and sideband

230 filter.

For volt, single phase,

50

Hz operation. (Specify frequency)

No longer available

No longer available

No longer available

No longer available

TELEVISION

BATWING ANTENNA

Due to the wide variety of television antenna combin- ations, quoted all antennas are immediately on re- ceipt of

(a) frequency or channel, (b) video

ERP,

(c) approximate length of transmission line between antenna and transmitter,

(d) make and size ial line of coax- if not to be supplied by Gates, and

(e) imate height of approx- antenna above ground.

UNIT

PRICE

CAT. TYPE

PAGE NUMBER

PRODUCT

DESCRIPTION

UNIT

PRICE

90

93

96

100

102

105

994.6610

994 -6611

994 -6549

994 -6449

994 -6448

994 -6450

994 -6456

994 -6542

994 -6541

994 -6540

994 -6158

994 -6034

994 -5700 -003

478 -0291

994 -6208

994 -6424

994 -6377

994 -5700 -003

994.6034

478 -0291

AUDIO

CONSOLES

TV -15

Complete ing,

7 mic with hous- preamplifiers,

4 booster gram amplifiers, amplifiers,

2

2 pro- monitor amplifiers,

1

1 cue amplifier, power supply 30V,

1 power supply 33V,

1 power supply 24V, shelf assembly, and

25 feet of inter- connect- irg cable

13,750.00

TVS -6 Six er.

Channel

Sub

-Mix-

'Add

-on" unit com- plete with booster housing and amplifiers

2

3,700.00

80.00

Extra preamplifiers

Double equipment pedestal

290.00

160.00 Single equipment pedestal

Desk top section

Double leg assembly

DUALUX II, M -6542,

8 chan- nel mono/stereo console for tri

-channel operation. With

4 preamps,

6 output mod- ules,

2 muting modules,

4 power supply modules

GATESWAY II, M- 6541A,

8 channel monophonic con- sole complete with

3 pre amps,

3 output modules,

1

- muting module,

3 supply modules

. power

_

STEREO STATESMAN,

M -6540A

5 channel stereo console, complete with

2 preamps,

5

3 output modules, power supply modules

EXECUTIVE AUDIO CON-

SOLE

(includes

4 speaker matching transformers)

Optional preamplifier

Optional program ampli- fier

Speaker matching trans- former

Optional

3rd VU meter

Intercom sub -station

Diplomat audio console complete with four speaker matching transformers

Optional program amplifier

Optional preamplifier

Speaker matching trans- former

120.00

24.00

4,500.00

3,250.00

2,995.00

5,250.00

95.00

220.00

5.25

83.00

67.00

4,295.00

220.00

95.00

5.25

10 www.americanradiohistory.com

CAT.

TYPE

PAGE NUMBER

108

110

112

115

PRODUCT

DESCRIPTION

UNIT

PRICE

CAT. TYPE

PAGE

NUMBER

990 -0505

994 -6424

994 -6209

994-6034

994 -6208

994 -6424

990 -0503

TK

-505, 100% semi- conduc- tor replacement kit

Studio cue

/intercom speaker

The PRESIDENT, dual chan- nel sole, mic audio control con- includes

2 external

VU meters,

4 speaker matching transformers,

4 preamps, monitor am- plifier, cue amplifier, and

2 program amplifiers

_ _

Optionol plug

-in micro- phone preamplifiers

..

Exterral

VU meter with housirg

Intercom sub

-station, deluxe

Spare 100% semi -conductor kit

478 -0291

994 -6482

994 -5564

994 -6034

994 -6424

478 -0291

994 -6482

990 -0499

913 -6060

994 -6616

994 -5133 -004

990 -0451

994 -5304

478

-0291

Speaker matching trans- forme-

KCP -5

Relay,

30

D.P.D.T. to start volt

-stop ex- ternal equipment

Ambassador, single chan- nel console, complete with

2 preamplifiers and

4 speaker matching trans- formers

Extra plug -in microphone preamplifier

Interocom sub

-station, deluxe

Speaker matching former trans-

Relay kit for use

Contrcl Center to mechanical device

_ with start

TK

-499, 100% semi -con- ductor replacement kit

_..

Plug -in jumper board

Yard

II

Audio

Console complete with separate power transformer

Gatesway Audio Console complete

100% spare tube kit

Optional preamplifier

-

Speaker matching trans- former

- -

102.10

67.00

3,995.00

95.00

83.00

67.00

106.00

5.25

20.75

3,195.00

95.00

67.00

5.25

20.75

91.00

8.50

2,175.00

2,295.00

38.00

70.00

5.25

117

119

123

994 -6424

572 -0038

994 -5381

990 -0444

994 -5304

478 -0291

572-0072

994 -6407

990 -0629

478 -0291

900 -0030

900 -0031

900 -0041

900 -0042

PRODUCT

DESCRIPTION

UNIT

PRICE

Studio cue/ intercom speaker

AK -11939 relay extra muting

Studios

He

Audio Console

67 00

14.85

1,395.00

22.50

70.00

100% spare tube kit

Optional preamplifier

Speaker matching transfo-mer

Extra muting relay

The

Producer recording mixer

.

.. _-

-

TK

-629 100% spare semi

- conducor kit

5.25

16.25

795.00

28.00

Speake- matching transfo

-mer 5.25

AUTOMATION

SP

-10 Systems

Programmer

- consists of control panel and cartridge transport.

Provides a tape memory system

Systems for

ATC automation. programmer al- lows fo- the selection of an almost unlimited sequence of audio sources before sequence repetition. Design of unit provides for easy sequence changes as re- quired by format and broadcast schedule.

Con- trols ten audio sources

60 Hz

1,585.00

SP

-19 Systems

Programmer

- same as

SP

-10 except capable of controlling

19 audio sources. 60 Hz

2,150.00

AMS -10S Master

Audio

&

Control Switcher.

Auto

- matically connects program sources to audio output.

Accommodates up to 10 audio sources in an auto- mation system. Capable stereo. cor use with

SP of

-10

System Programmer 1,150.00

AMS

-19

Master control switcher, prograrrmer

- audio and for use with

SP

-19 system

2,285.00

11 www.americanradiohistory.com

12

CAT.

PAGE

TYPE

NUMBER

124

PRODUCT

DESCRIPTION

UNIT

PRICE

CAT.

PAGE

TYPE

NUMBER

900 -0086

-001

SC

-48

Simplex Programmer.

Consists of control panel and associated timer.

Pro- vides forty

-eight thumb

- wheel selectors for sequen- tial control of nine tape or external sources.

Filtering for

25 Hz will be included.

Provides switching control of audio. and

60 Hz.

Exact or approximate time correction depending upon system design

-

--_

2,365.00

125

126

900-

0086

-002 As above except

50

Hz

--

-

--

-

--

900 -0137

2,380.00

RA -5

Access

Randomax Random

Programmer.

To be used in conjunction with

Gates G- 24 -M /S Carousel

Multiple Cartridge

Units

(order seperately). Pro- grammer provides inputs for up to

5

G -24 units. 50 event storage capacity be- fore recycle. One

RA -5 and two

G -24 units occupy one rack,

(order separately).

Rack space for

RA

-5-12 units

(21

") 3,995.00

900 -0138

900

-0191

900 -0028

RA

-5X Event

Extender for use with above unit.

50 ad- ditional events. Unit plugs into basic

RA -5 program- mer. Any number of

RA

-5X units may be connected to- gether to extend event stor- age of

RA -5 in multiples of fifty.

Same rack space as

RA -5 required

1,795.00

RA

-1 random access pro- grammer for use with sin- gle G- 24 -M /S multiple cart- ridge reproducer

1,795.00

ATC -55 handler

Multiple cartridge for use in ATC automated systems, or in ary application requiring multiple cartridge storage.

Newly redesigned and mounted in standard ATC

Cabtron track. Operation is normally sequential from top to bottom. Cartridge stack stores 55 ATC tape cartridges.

Modified

ATC

Criterion Series cartridge playback travels in verti- cal plane behind storage stack for playback, 60

Hz 3,095.00

127

PRODUCT

DESCRIPTION

UNIT

PRICE

900 -0029 ATC -55S multiple cartridge handier,

60 Hz, stereo- phonic

3,295.00

900- 0134

-001 G -24

-M complete

Modified

Carousel w/1000

Hz cue tone,

150 Hz trip tone and

8 kHz tertiary tone.

Re- producer only, monaural with

24 cartridge capacity of type

300 cartridges.

Equipped for both random select or sequential opera- tion.

For operation with all

ATC systems or as separate manual units. Complete with

Index Interlock.

Rack space

(22

-3/4

") required

-13 units

900- 0134 -002

G

-24

-S

Same as cept stereo.

Rack space

-

same as above

1,775.00

1,945.00

900 -0034

900 -0039

APL automatic program logging system

(for use with

SP

-10 and

SP

-19 pro- grammer units only)

APL -M

Automatic

Program

Logging Clock, encoder, decoder and use printer.

For with

STC

-9 or

SC

-48

Simplex Programmer.

60

Hz

3,750.00

3,850 00

900 -0040

900

-0056

900 -0001

900 -0192 special code gener- ator

(optional).

Provides

8 different five digit logging codes to identify non

-cart- ridge such as automation inputs network, etc.

TA

-1

Time trol

Panel.

Announced Con-

Automatically alternates two tape cart- ridge transports each min- ute to provide audio time source in an automated sys- tem. Must be used in con- junction clock with

ATC digital and

2

Criterion units

CPR -11 Basic

Criterion solid state playback only unit with

1000

Hz cue amplifier and monophonic program pre

-amplifier for rack mount.

60 Hz

TPM time pulse module Pro- vides pulse information at one minute intervals.

For use with

Model

TA

-1

Time

Announce Control when no

Digital Clock is utilized in system .._

670.00

385.00

798.00

155.00 www.americanradiohistory.com

CAT.

TYPE

PAGE NUMBER

129

PRODUCT

DESCRIPTION

GATESOUND

PRELUDE SERIES TAPES

To crder an entire "Pre- lude" series (200, 300, etc.) simply specify:

Series num- ber; reel size; mono or or stereo; track configur- ation; and single or bi- directional.

One series fur- nishes 24 hours of music.

To order less than an en- tire series, you will find it more convenient to use the special order form, avail- able on request from Gates.

UNIT

PRICE

CAT. TYPE

PAGE NUMBER

900 -0010

900 -0011

900 -0012

900 -0013

132

132

CRITERION TAPE CARTRIDGE SYSTEMS

900 -0001

CPR -11 fier and monophonic pro- gram pre -ampl fier for rack mount,

60 Hz

50 Hz

Basic

Criterion solid state playback only unit with

1000

Hz cue ampli-

900 -0002

CPD -11 playback unit as above, monophonic and single cue, but in self

- contained desk top mount- ing,

60

Hz

-

900 -0003

900 -0004

CPR -12 playback monophonic, with unit,

1000

Hz primary and

150 Hz sec- ondary cueing for rack mount,

60 Hz

CPD

-12 playback monophonic dual cue unit, for desk top mounting,

60 Hz

900 -0005

900 -0006

900 -0007

900 -0008

798.00

808.00

798.00

830.00

830.00

CPR

-13 playback unit, monophonic, with

1000

Hz primary and

150 Hz sec- ondary and 8000

Hz ter- tiary cueing for rack mount,

60 Hz 875.00

CPD

-13 playback unit, monophonic, desk triple cue for top mounting,

60

Hz

CBA

Criterion booster am- plifier, plug in.

Provides an output of

+18 dBm, 600 ohms, unbalanced.

Monophonic

_

CAR -11 Basic

Criterion solid state recording

Capable amplifier. of recording pro- gram and

1000 Hz cue. Rack

Mount

- primary

875.00

No

Longer

Available

400.00

900 -0009

CAD

-11 recording ampli- fier, as above, except for desk top mounting 400.00

900 -0014

900 -0015

132 900 -0016

900 -0017

900 -0018

900 -0019

900 -0020

900 -0021

900 -0024

900 -0025

900 -0026

PRODUCT

DESCRIPTION

UNIT

PRICE

CAR -13 recording amplifier, moncphonic

150 with

1000 Hz, ix, and 8000

Hz cue oscillators.

For rack moud

CAD

-13 recording ampli- fier, as above except for desk top mounting

CPR

-:1 playback unit, sin- gle cue, rack mount, 60

Hz

CPD -21 playback unit, as above except desk top mounting,

60 Hz

CPR

-22 playback unit, dual cue, rack mount,

60 Hz

CPD -22 playback unit, as above, except desk top moun-ing,

60 Hz

CPR

-23 playback unit, triple cue, rack mount

60

H7

CPD -23 playback unit, as above, except desk top mounting,

60 Hz

CAR -21

1000 recording amplifier, iz cue, rack mount

CAD

-21 recording ampli- fier, cs above except desk top mounting

CAR 23

1000 recording amplifier, iz,

150 Hz and 8000

Hz cues. Rack mount

CAD -23 recording ampli- fier, as above except desk top mounting

AMS -4A Automatic

Mas- ter Switcher switches automatically audio feed from

4 or less a playback units into single channel

Two

-equired for stereo.

520.00

520.00

985.00

985.00

1,015.00

1,015.00

1,045.00

1,045.00

585.00

585.00

705.00

705.00

160.00

RC -P

-4

Remote less

Control

Panel tons with

4

"start" but- fir control of

4 or playback units from a remete point

RC

-RA Remote

Control

Panel

Set with

"start

", "Record

",

"Auxiliary

Tone" and

"Stop" buttons for control of ore record

/playback system from a remote point

30 00

30.00

13 www.americanradiohistory.com

CAT. TYPE

PAGE NUMBER

PRODUCT

DESCRIPTION

133

134

900 -0027

RC -T

Remote elapsed time control indicator

- of provides remote control

Criterion record units.

Timer indicates seconds elapsed from

"start" of re- cording.

Desk top mounting.

Back lighted switches,

60

Hz

900 -0077

900 -0125

900 -0078

900